THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  ILLINOIS 
LIBRARY 

From  the  collection  of 
Julius  Doerner,  Chicago 
Purchased,  1918. 

609 

Si9 


Return  this  book  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

Theft,  mutilation,  and  underlining  of  books 
are  reasons  for  disciplinary  action  and  may 
result  in  dismissal  from  the  University. 


University  of  Illinois  Library 


L161— 0-1096 


600  WAYS 

* / ’ 


TO 


When  Your  Pockets  are  Empty. 


BEING  AN  IMMENSE  COLLECTION  OF  THE  MOST  SALE- 
ABLE AND  MONEY  MAKING  DISCOVEBIES,  FORM- 
ULAS, RECIPES,  MECHANICAL  SECRETS  AND 
METHODS,  FROM  WHICH  PERSONS  OF  VERY 
MODERATE  CAPITAL  CAN  COMMENCE  A 
REMUNERATIVE  BUSINESS  IN  ANY 
CITY  OR  VILLAGE. 


NEW  YORK: 

M.  YOTJIVGI,  PiiWislier, 


Copyright  by  M.  Young, sl883. 


I 


/[ 


YOUNG’S 

GBEAT 

BOOK  OF  SEOKETS. 

^ Eeadek— In  publishing  this  Book  of  Secrets,  we  do  it  with  thi 
drrn  belief  that  it  will  be  the  means  of  doing  much  good  to  the  thou- 
sands that  have  never  before  had  an  opportunity  to  obtain  them. 
Many  of  these  Secrets  have  already  been  put  in  the  market,  and 
are  now  having  very  large  sales.  They  are,  of  course,  sometimes 
called  by  different  names  than  those  given  in  this  book.  Who- 
ever puts  any  of  these  valuable  Medicines  in  maritet  can  giv'e 
them  such  names  as  they  think  most  attractive,  or  that  might 
have  a tendency  to  add  to  their  sales.  From  the  sales  of  some 
of  these  Secrets  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  have  been 
made,  and  they  are  now  so  firmly  established  in  this  country, 
and  also  in  Europe,  that  they  will  probably  be  sought  after  as 
lon^  ai:  time  lasts. 

if  you  desire  to  commence  business  for  yourself,  select  from 
this  Book  one  of  these  Secrets,  one  that  you  think  would  be  the 
most  saleable  in  your  locality,  and  manufacture  it  in  small  quan- 
tities at  first.  As  your  sales  improve,  and  you  see  your  way 
more  clear  to  increase  your  business,  invest  more  largely  in 
goods.  Sell  to  families  and  stores,  and  if  you  have  the  means  at 
your  command,  leave  it  on  commission  and  advertise  it  in  every 
way  that  you  can.  Talk  about  your  goods  whenever  you  have 
an  opportunity,  and  by  so  doing  you  will  get  others  inquiring 
about  them,  and  you  will  soon  have  a business  started,  with  an 
income  from  it  that  will  sui^prise  you.  The  Patent  Medicine 
business  is  the  most  profitable,  and  the  surest  return,  (if  properly 
advertised),  of  any  business  that  you  can  engage  in.  If  you  are 
unable  to  put  up  any  of  these  valuable  Bemedies,  but  have  the 
desire  to  do  so,  we  would  suggest  that  you  write  out  the  Recipe 
for  making  the  Centennial  Gold  Med  U Prize  Vinegar  and  taka  ? 


tOUKG^S  BOOK  OF  SECKEm 


sample  of  vinegar  with  you  in  a bottle  to  show  to  storekeepers  and 
families,  and  sell  them  the  Secret  of  manufactuing  this  excellent 
vinegar  for  50  cents.  Any  person  tasting  this  article  will  wulL 
ingly  pay  you  the  price  you  charge  for  the  Eecipe.  Persons 
keeping  provision  stores  will  make  money  by  purchasing  this 
article  from  you.  You  can  sell  20  Becipes  a day,  at  50  cents  each, 
'$10  a day,  all  profit).  If  some  object  to  paying  your  price,  do 
not  refuse  to  take  less,  Tather  than  not  sell  to  them.  You  can 
use  any  other  Secret  that  you  wish  in  the  same  manner,  but  we 
mention  the  vinegar  Recipe  because  that  is  an  article  that  can 
be  sold  to  almost  everybody. 

We  call  especial  attention  to  the  Secret  of  the  Paul  Brothers, 
Violet  Ink,  published  in  this  Book.  Any  industrious  man  or 
woman,  boy  or  girl,  can  make  money  without  Capital  to  start  with, 
if  they  follow  closely  the  Instructions  we  give  in  relation  to  the 
sale  of  this  valuable  Secret.  There  are  many  Private  Recipes, 
and  Mechanical  Secrets  given  in  this  Book,  that  have  been  man- 
ufactured very  largely  during  the  past  few  years.  Fortunes  have 
been  made  in  the  manufacture  of  a Single  Recipe.  We  will  not 
attempt  to  advise  out  of  the  many  Secrets  here  given,  just  the 
one  for  the  reader  to  establish  a business  from,  we  leave  you  to 
"judge  for  yourself  what  article  would  be  the  most  suitable  and 
saleable.  The  manufacture  of  the  Phosphorous  Paste  has  been 
built  up  to  a stupendous  business.  Dr  Parkers  Diarhcea  Cure, 
is  now  one  of  the  established  Medicines  of  the  world,  and  you 
cannot  do  better  than  to  manufacture  this  Remedy.  The  Starch 
Polish  is  a standard  article.  The  Egyptian  Perfume  Secret  is 
worth  a hundred  dollars.  It  has  had  most  extensive  sale. 

If  you  do  not  wish  to  leave  home,  sell  all  you  can  in  your  own 
town,  and  then  advertise  in  your  local  newspaper,  telling  th«Ba 
what  vou  have  for  sale,  and  what  it  will  do.  The  medicines  w»ll 
always  sell.  Invalids  abound  in  all  communities,  and  the  Reipe- 
dies  you  have  in  this  Book  of  Secrets  are  the  best  the  wprld  ev^r 
produced.  After  you  have  got  a little  start  advertise  more  large- 
ly, and  you  will  find  your  profits  steadily  increasing,  and  Pv 
continued  exertion,  and  constant  effort,  you  will  establish  your- 
self in  a permanent  and  profitable  businesa 


Boc^  otsasGEem 


9 


KECIPES. 

Tlie  PaitIBrotlxex*s  Violet  Inis:,— In  1871, 
1872,  and  1873,  two  young  men,  (twin  Brothers),  Frenchmen, 
were  often  met  in  different  parts  of  France  and  England,  dressed 
alike,  and  by  closely  watching  them  they  were  seen  to  enter 
counting  houses,  banks,  insurance  offices,  green  grocers,  mer- 
chants, and  stores  and  shops  of  every  kind.  They  carried  no 
luggkge  or  large  sample  cases  like  commercial  travellers  or  drum- 
mers. They  had  the  appearance  of  young  men  with  some  deter- 
mined object  in  view,  and  as  they  flitted  swiftly  by  the  busy 
throng,  on  the  crowded  thoroughfares,  little  or  no  comment  was 
made  on  them  except  by  those  that  noticed  the  remarkable  re-, 
semblance  each  bore  to  the  other.  These  two  young  men  wen 
the  celebrated  PAUL  BBOTHEBS,  that  made  clear  in  three  years, 
between  them,  over  One  Hundred  Thousand  Pounds  Sterling, 
without  one  cent  of  captial  to  start  with.  Previous  history  does 
not  record  a similar  case.  They  stood  alone  up  to  1871.  Their 
method  of  making  a fortune  was  not  known  to  the  general  pub- 
lic until  they  had  finished  their  successful  tour  over  France  and 
England.  They  did  not  advertise  or  manufacture  goods.  They 
did  not  force  their  wares  on  those  they  met.  They  had  deter* 
mined  on  a Plan,  (successful  as  it  proved  to  be),  and  they  fol- 
lowed it  until  victory  crowned  them  with  financial  success.  In 
1870  they  made  the  discovery  of  a very  rich  VIOLET  WBITING 
INK.  They  put  it  up  in  bottles,  and  sold  it  for  Two  Shillings 
English  currency.  But  they  were  very  poor  and  could  not  ad- 
vertise or  commission  it,  and  they  struggled  hard,  but  could  not 
get  ahead.  They  walked  from  shop  to  shop,  every  day,  occasion* 
ally  selling  a bottle. , One  dark,  bleak  Saturday  night,  in  the 
City  of  Paris,  out  of  money,  foot  sore,  dishearten  and  hungry, 
they  entered  a Cafe  to  trade"  a bottle  of  their  Violet  Ink,  (if  they 
could),  for  their  supper.  The  keen  proprietor  tested  their  great 
discovery  and  was  amazed.  He  offered  them  five  francs  to  learn 
him  their  Secret  so  that  he  could  make  his  owm  ink,  and  nevei 
have  to  buy  any  more.  The  Paul  Brothers  faltered.  It  was 
hunger  on  one  side,  and  the  parting  with  their  Secret  on  the 
other.  They  decided  to  accept  the  Frenchman’s  paltry  five  franc 
piece,  and  made  the  Violet  Ink  in  his  presence.  They  then  de- 
termined to  sell  that  Secret  to  all  France  and  England.  The  five 
francs  carried  them  over  ’till  Monday  morning.  From  that  day 
fortune  never  failed  them.  They  each  took  a pint  bottle  of  the 
Violet  Ink  in  their  pocket,  and  visited  stores,  banks'  offices,  and 
every wdi ere  that  Ink  is  used  or  sold.  They  asked  a moment’s 
time  of  the  storekeeper  to  show  him  their  writing  done  with  this 
Ink.  Then  they  told  him  he  could  make  that  Ink  for  a trifle  per 
gallon.  He  could  seU  it  in  his  store,  or  use  it  for  his  own  busi- 


10 


BOOK  m sEcaa^Sfe- 


Dess  ptir]30ses.  Fiye  francs  was  their  price  to  give  the  Secret, 
They  found  hundreds  of  thousands  ready  to  buy  Their  fortune 
was  made.  Three  years  they  worked  selling  this  Secret  in  this 
way.  Very  many  days  they  made  five  and  six  hundred  francs, 
and  in  England  they  were  Imov/n  to  make  even  more  than  that 
sum  in  a single  day.  They  retired  in  the  fall  of  1873,  worth  over 
half  a million  dollars,  every  dollar  of  which  was  made  selling  the 
Secret  for  making  their  elegant  Violet  Ink. 

VVe  purchased  that  Secret  in  Paris  from  the  Paul  Brothers,  and 
we  will  now  send  it  to  you  PEEE  when  you  order  Young’s  Great 
Book  of  Secrets.  You  can  make  the  Violet  Ink  in  five  minutes 
in  your  own  home.  It  cost  next  to  nothing  to  manufacture. 
Any  storekeeper  will  pay  you  50  cents  for  the  Secret  after  you 
have  shown  him  your  sample.  Anybody  that  writes  will  buy 
this  Secret  from  you,  for  it  is  something  of  great  value.  Any 
morning,  after  breakfast,  you  can  sell  it  to  thirty  storkeepers  at 
50  cents  each — $ 15  a day  clear  profit.  If  j^ou  are  smart  and  ac- 
tive you  can  teach  fifty  every  day.  Young  ladies  can  easily  sell 
50  a day.  You  can  commence  at  ouce  and  each  day  your  income 
will  increase.  It  is  not  jieddiing,  as  you  are  dealing  entirely 
with  business  men,  teaching  them  the  Secret  to  manufacture  use 
or  sell  the  Paul  Brothers  Violet  Writing  Ink,  and  you  will  be 
heartily  welcomed, 

OKIGIlSrAI,  BECIPin  OP  THE  PAUL  BPOTHEBS 
VIOLET  WBITING  INK.. 

USED  IN  THE  GOVERNMENT  BUILDINGS  IN  FRANCE,  ENGLAND  AND 
GERMANY. 

TO  MAKE  ONE  GALLON. — Take  an  ounce  of  Violet  Aniline, 
Dissolve  it  in  one  gill  of  hot  Alcohol.  Stir  it  a few  moments. 
Wrhen  thoroughly  dissolved,  add  one  gallon  boiling  v/ater,  and 
the  ink  is  made.  This  ink  is  usually  sold  in  cities  at  $2  per  pint 
bottles,  $1  for  half  pints,  and  50  cents  for  gill  bottles.  This  is 
the  original  recipe  that  was  bought  by  us  from  the  Paul  Brothers 
in  Paris,  It  is  worth,  to  an  enterprising  man  or  woman.  One 
Thousand  Dollars*  Do  not  bury  it— use  it,  and  make  money 
out  of  it. 

Caution. — As  the  Aniline  Colors  of  Commerce  vary  a great  deal 
in  quality,  the  amount  of  dilution  must  vary  with  the  sample 
used,  and  the  shade  determined  by  trial.  The  above  recipe  is 
for  the  very  best  first  quality  Violet  Aniline.  In  some  localities 
it  may  not  be  easily  obtained.  If  you  desire  to  make  one  gallon 
from  tliQ  best  Violet  Aniline,  we  will  get  it  for  you  from  an  Im- 
porter of  Colors  in  New  York.  It  costs  us  50  cents  an  ounce. 
That  makes  one  gallon.  We  will  send  it  to  you  at  50  cents  an 
ounce,  by  Express.  It  cannot  go  by  mail. 

To  OiAiro  Bleeding  sixid  Bliind  - 

This  is  the  celebrated  French  Surgeon  (Dr  Chevazzi’s)  great  cure 
for  Piles.  If  the  piles  be  very  hot  and  painful,  they  should  he 


you  be  so  kind  as  to  help  me? 
aere  are  bugs  in  my  house  and  I am 
almost  ill  with  discouragement,  as  I have 
been  trying  various  remedies  without 
reaching  satisfactory  results.  If  you  will 
print  a cure  for  this  plague  'I  surely  will 
be  thankful.  / MRS.  C.  A.  S. 

“Windsor  Park.”  V ' p 

This"  is  the  time  of  year  when  letters 
begin  to  come  in  containing  the  same  re- 
^guest.  Once  more  I will  give  the  remedy 
_ that  is  infallible  if  used  In  the  right  way, 
with  the  hope  that  every  housekeeper 
will  paste  it  in  her  book,  for  the  subject 
will  not  be  treated  again  this  year. 

The  trouble  with  many  women  is  that 
they  leave  this  most  important  matter 
to  servants,  who  attend  to  it  superficial- 
ly, merely  going  oyer  the  beds  without 
realizing  that  the  insect  is  liable  to  be 
found  as  well  behind  the  pictures  and  in 
the  furniture,  and  their  labor  so  performed 
'^is  merely  waste  of  time.  Shake  together  in 
a large  bottle  a half  pint  each  of  wood 
alcohol  and  turpentine  and  a half  ounce 
each  of  powdered  camphor  and  corrosive 
sublimate.  Buy  a long  handled  bristol 
brush  such  as  artists  use.  Then  clean 
your  room,  take  the  bed  apart  and  brush 
into  every  crack  and  crevice  with  the 
liquid.  Go  around  all  the  molding  of  the 
room,  being  careful  not  to  touch  the  pa- 
per, for  it  will  leave  a stain.  Go  in 
the  same  way  oyer  the  backs  of  the  pic- 
tures and  the  unvarnished  portions  of  the 
furniture  and  afterward  look  carefully 
every  morning  for  traces  of  the  enemy, 
for  some  may  have  escaped  you.  If  neces- 
sary repeat  the  process,  and  I promise 
you  that:  if.  your  v/ork  has  been  done  as 
advised  you  will  need  no  more  than  two 
applications  to  be  entirely  free  from  this 
annoyance,  which  if  neglected  amounts  to' 
a positive  disgrace. 


C} 


TOTTNG  S BOOK  OF  SSCBETS. 


11 


well  fomented  by  means  of  a sponge,  with  hot  camomile  and 
poppy-head  tea,  three  times  a day,  for  half  an  hour  each  time, 
and  at  bed-time  a hot  white  bread  poultice  should  be  applied. 
K the  heat  be  not  great,  and  if  the  pain  be  not  intense,  the  fol- 
lowing ointment  will  be  found  efficacious;  powdered  opium  one 
scruple;  camphor,  (powdered  by  means  of  a few  drops  spirits  of 
wine),  half  a drachm ; powdered  galls  one  drachm ; spermaceti  oint- 
ment, three  drachms.  Mix — To  be  applied  night  and  morning. 
The  bowels  should  be  kept  gently  opened  by  one  or  two  tea- 
spoonfuls of  compound  confection  of  senna,  take  every  morning. 
The  tea  is  made  from  four  poppy  heads  and  four  oz.  camomile 
blows,  boiled  in  two  quarts  water  half  an  hour.  This  is  a valu- 
able Kecipe. 

To  O-RXi^e  Xleadlaolio.— Gather  sumac  leaves 

in  the  Summer,  and  spread  them  in  the  sun,  a few  days  to  dry. 
Then  powder  them  tine,  cind  smoke,  morning  and  evening  for 
two  weeks,  also  whenever  there  are  symptoms  of  approaching 
headache.  Use  a new  clay  pipe.  If  these  directions  are  adhered 
to  this  medicine  will  surely  effect  a permanent  cure 

To  Oixi^e  a Ooiig*li.. — Take 

three  pints  rain  water,  half  pound  raisins  chopped  fine,  three 
tablespoonfuls  flax  seed,  sweeten  to  a syrup  with  honey,  and  boil 
down  to  a quart.  Add  three  teaspoonfuls  of  extract  of  anise. 
Take  a tablespoonful  eight  times  a day. 

To  Oiix-e  Balkiness. — Colonge  water  twm  ounces; 
tincture  of  cantharides  two  drachms;  oil  of  lavender  or  rosemary, 
of  each  ten  drops.  These  applications  must  be  used  twice  a day 
for  three  or  four  weeks,  but  if  the  scalp  become  sore,  they  must 
bh  discontinued  for  a time,  or  used  at  longer  intervals: 

When  the  liair  falls  off  from  diminished  action  of  the  scalp, 
preparations  of  cantharides  are  excellent.  The  following  will 
cause  the  hair  to  grow  faster  than  any  other  preparation:  beef 
marrow  soaked  in  several  waters,  melted  and  strained,  half  a 
pound;  tincture  of  cantharides  (made  by  soaking  for  a week  one 
drachm  of  powdered  cantharides  in  one  ounce  of  proof  spirit), 
one  ounce;  oil  of  bergamot  twelve  drops. 

— Dissolve  a scruple  of  salt  of 
tartar  in  a gill  of  water;  add  to  it  ten  grains  of  cochineal;  sweeten 
it  with  sugar.  Give  to  an  infant  a quarter  teaspoonful  four  times 
a day;  two  years  old  half  spoonful ; from  four  years  a tablespoon- 
ful. Great  care  is  required  in  the  administration  of  medicines  to 
infants.  We  can  assure  paternal  inquirers  that  the  foregoing  may 
be  depended  upon. 

Li^ixidl  Grliio. — Dissolve  one  ounce  of  borax  in  a pint 
of  boiling  water;  add  two  ounces  of  shellac,  and  boil  in  a covered 
vessel  until  the  lac  is  dissolved.  This  forms  a very  useful  and 
cheap  cement,  and  withstands  damp  much  better  than  the  com* 
mon  glue.  This  is  superior  to  any  Prepared  Glue  in  market. 


12 


YOTOQ’S  book  of  SECEETb. 


!Pli6spiioi*oTi.s  Paste  tbx*  I>esti:*oj^ia|>^ 
I^ats  aaci  3JLiee® — Melt  one  pound  of  lard,  with  a very 
gentle  heat,  in  a large  mouthed  bottle  or  other  vessel  plunged 
into  warm  water  ; then  add  half  an  ounce  of  phosphorous,  and 
one  pint  of  proof  spirit;  cork  the  bottle  securely,  and  as  it  cools 
shake  it  frequently,  so  as  to  mix  the  phosphorous  uniformly; 
when  cold  pour  off  the  spirit  (which  may  be  preserved  for  the 
same  purpose),  and  thicken  tho  mixture  with  flour;  Small  por- 
tions of  this  paste  may  be  placed  near  the  rat  holes,  and  being 
luminous  in  the  dark  it  attracts  them,  is  eaten  greedily,  and  is 
certainly  fatal.  Put  it  up  in  small  tin  boxes,  and  sell  at  25  cents 
each.  There  is  a firm  in  this  city  that  has  made  over  thirty 
thousand  dollars  manufacturing  this  article. 

Di*.  Gri^eat  Oiare  for  X>iar— 

rlioea  jxiidl  Oi-ainps  in  — Two  parts 

tincture  camphor,  tincture  opium,  tincture  African  Cayenne, 
essence  peppermint,  one  j)art  tincture  rhubarb,  Mix.  Dose — 
Half  teaspoonful  for  an  adult,  and  from  five  to  ten  drops  for  a 
child.  liepeat  the  dose  in  fifteen  minutes  if  the  patient  is  not 
relieved.  Bathe  the  bowels  with  strong  vinegar.  This  is  one  of 
the  most  valuable  Secrets  that  this  book  contains,  It  has  saved 
hundreds  of  lives.  If  you  manufacture  this  article  and  sell  a few 
bottles  in  any  locality,  its  great  virtues  will  soon  spread  far  and 
wide,  and  you  will  have  orders  from  families,  druggists,  and 
others.  Put  it  up  to  retail  for  25  cents. 

— Take  one  pint  of  bruised  mustard  seed,  two 
handfuls  of  bruised  horseradish  root,  eight  ounces  of  lignum- 
vitae  chips,  and  four  ounces  of  bruised  Indian  hemp  root.  Put 
all  the  ingredients  in  seven  quarts  of  cider,  and  let  it  simrner 
over  a slow  fire  until  it  is  reduced  to  four  quarts.  Strain  the 
decoction,  and  take  a wineglassful  four  times  a day,  for  a few  days, 
increasing  the  dose  to  a small  teacupful  three  times  a day.  After 
which  use  tonic  medicines.  This  remedy  has  cured  cases  of 
dropsy  in  one  week’s  time  which  had  baffled  the  skill  of  many 
eminent  physicians.  For  children  the  dose  should  be  smaller. 

Ixicielilble  Inlc  a. 

— Dissolve  separately  one  ounce  of  nitrate 
of  silver,  and  one  and  a half  ounces  of  sub-carbonate  of  soda, 
(best  washing  soda)  in  rain  water.  Mix  the  solutions,  and  col- 
lect and  wash  the  precipitate  in  a filter;  while  still  moist  rub 
it  up  in  in  a marble  or  hard  wood  mortar  with  three  drachms  of 
tartaric  acid;  add  two  ounces  of  rain  water,  mix  six  drachms 
white  sugar,  and  ten  drachms  of  powdered  gum  arabic,  half  an 
ounce  of  archil  and  water  to  make  up  six  ounces  in  measure. 
It  should  be  put  up  in  short  drachm  bottles,  and  sold  at  25  cents. 
This  is  the  best  ink  for  marking  clothes  that  has  ever  been  dis- 
covered. There  is  a fortune  in  this  recipe,  as  a good  marking  ink 
is  very  saleable. 


I^OirNG^S  BOOK  OF  SECJaEtS. 


IS 


Aixstin^s  Persian  Starch  Enamel.-^ 

Melt  over  a slow  fire  five  pounds  refined  parrafine,  and  when  k 
is  all  melted  add  two  hundred  drops  oil  of  citronelli.  Place  sev- 
eral new  round  pie  pans,  well  oiled  with  lard  oil  or  sweet  oil,  on 
a level  table,  and  pour  about  six  tablespoonfuls  of  the  Polish  into 
each  pan.  Let  them  stand  until  they  are  cool  enough  to  lift  into 
a pail  or  basin  of  water;  let  the  pan  float  on  the  water  a moment 
so  as  to  cool  the  bottom,  and  then  submerge  or  press  the  pan 
into  the  water,  until  it  is  cool  enough  to  stamp  the  Polish  out 
into  cakes.  This  must  be  done  before  it  gets  too  hard,  and  there- 
fore it  will  require  close  watching.  Have  a round  tin  stamp 
made  to  cut  cakes  about  the  size  of  a candy  lozenge.  Stamp 
them  out,  and  let  them  cool  well  before  taking  them  out  of  the 
pans.  Put  it  up  in  square  paper  boxes,  (nine  cakes  in  each, 
retail  at  5 cents  a box).  Thirty  cakes  in  oval  boxes,  25  cents. 
The  cost  of  the  25  cent  boxes,  filled,  ready  for  market,  is  about 
5J  or  6 cents;  the  small  size  boxes  about  Ik  cents.  They  are  also 
put  up  in  10  cent  boxes  which  is  a very  saleable  size.  Directions 
— To  a pint  of  boiling  starch  stir  in  two  of  the  cakes  or  tablets, 
or  three  cakes  to  a quart.  This  gives  an  elegant  lustre  to  linen 
or  muslin,  and  imparts  a splendid  perfume  to  the  clothes,  and 
makes  the  iron  pass  very  smoothlj^  over  the  surface.  It  requires 
but  half  the  ordinary  labor  to  do  an  ironing.  It  is  admired  by 
every  lady.  It  prevents  the  iron  from  adhering  to  the  surface,  and 
the  clothes  remain  clean  and  neat  much  longer  than  by  any  other 
method  known.  Over  six  thousand  stores  are  selling  this  article 
in  New  York  and  Brooklyn.  Por  Ladies,  we  know  of  no  busi- 
ness so  suitable  and  pleasant  to  engage  in.  If  you  desire  futher 
information  write  your  questions  briefly  and  we  will  answer 
them  at  once. 

To  Gri:*ea^e  oi*  Stains  from 

Olotliing*. — Ordinary  benzine  is  as  good  a grease  eradicator 
as  is  now  used.  Put  up  in  four  ounce  bottles  and  label  it  “The 
Nation’s  Grease  Extractor,”  and  sell  for  20  or  25  cents.  Benzine 
generally  costs  about  15  cents  a gallon.  Dip  the  corks  in  wax. 

]Pomatii.ms. — For  making  pomatums,  the  lard,  fat,  suet, 
or  marrow  used,  must  be  carefully  prepared  by  being  melted  with 
as  gentle  a heat  as  possible,  skimmed  and  cleared  from  the  dregs 
which  are  deposited  on  standing.  Take  mutton  suet,  prepared 
as  above,  one  pound;  lard  three  pounds;  carefully  melted  togeth- 
er, and  stirred  constantly  as  it  cools,  two  ounces  oil  bergamot 
being  added  just  after  lifting  the  pomade  from  the  fire.  Haed 
Pomade. — Mutton  suet  and  lard  each  one  pound;  white  wax,  four 
ounces;  oil  of  bergamot  one  ounce.  Put  up  in  short,  large 
mouthed  bottles,  and  sell  at  15  or  20  cents. 

Oemexif:  fox*  !Ox*oli:eix  Olxixia,  Grlass,  &c. 
— The  following  recipe,  from  experience,  we  know  to  be  a good 
one,  and,  being  nearly  colorless,  it  possesses  advantages  which 


14 


YOtiNG^S  BOOK  OF  SECEEtS. 


liquid  glue  and  other  cements  do  not:  Dissolve  half  an  ounce 
of  gum  acacia  in  a wineglass  of  boiling  water;  add  plaster  of 
Paris  sufficient  to  form  a thick  paste,  and  apply  with  a brush  to 
the  parts  required  to  be  cemented  together. 

and  "W'ealc  — Sulphate  of  zinc  three 

grains;  tincture  of  opium  ten  drops,  water  two  ounces.  To  be 
applied  three  or  four  times  a day. 

Another. — Dissolve  five  grains  acetate  of  morphia,  ten  grains 
sugar  of  lead,  and  six  grains  sulphate  of  zinc,  in  five  ounces 
rose-water.  Bathe  the  eyes  freely  three  times  a day.  For  Scrof- 
ulous Sore  Ej^es,  take  blue  violets,  dig  them  up,  top  and  root, 
wash  clean,  dry  them,  and  make  a tea.  Drink  several  times  a 
day,  wetting  the  eyes  each  time,  and  it  will  soon  effect  a cure. 

Out:  oi*  — Apply  the  moist  surface  of  the  in- 

side coating  or  skin  of  the  shell  of  a raw  egg.  It  will  adhere  of 
itself,  leave  no  scar,  and  heal  without  pain.  ^ 

'W ens. — Take  the  yolks  of  eggs,  beat  up,  and  add  as  much 
fine  salt  as  will  dissolve,  and  apply  a plaster  to  the  Wen  every 
ten  hours.  It  cures  without  pain  or  any  inconvenience. 

Sprained  or  'Wrisi:. — Wash  the  ankle 

very  frequently  with  cold  salt  and  water,  which  is  far  better  than 
warm  vinegar  or  decoctions  of  herbs.  Keep  the  foot  as  cool  as 
possible  to  prevent  inflammation,  and  sit  with  it  elevated  on  a high 
ctishion.  Live  on  low  diet,  and  take  every  day  some  cooling 
medicine  such  as  Epsom  salts.  It  cures  in  a few  days. 

Best:  Blaeliini^  for  Boots  and  Slioes. — 
Ivory  black  one  and  a half  ounces,  molasses  one  and  a half  ounces 
sperm  oil  three  drachms,  strong  oil  of  vitriol  three  drachms, 
common  vinegar  half  a pint.  Mix  the  ivory  black,  molasses  and 
vinegar  together,  then  mix  the  sperm  oil  and  oil  of  vitriol  sepa- 
rately, and  add  them  to  the  other  mixture. 

Ereelcles. — Muriate  of  ammonia  half  a drachm,  lavender 
water  two  drachms,  rain  water  half  a pint.  Applied  with  a sponge 
two  or  three  times  a day. 

rjCo  tnke  Max-lcingr  Inlc  onf:  of*  Einen. — 

A saturated  solution  of  cyanuret  of  potassium,  applied  with  a 
camel’s  hair  brush.  After  the  marking  ink  disappears,  the  linen 
should  be  well  washed  in  cold  water. 

Bair  Byo. — This  preparation  has  held  the  market  in 
Europe  for  several  years,  and  gives  entire  satisfaction.  Solution 
No.  1. — Hydrosulphuret  of  ammonia  one  ounce,  solution  of  pot- 
ash three  drachms,  distilled  or  rain  water  one  ounce,  (all  by 
measure).  Mix,  and  put  into  small  bottles,  labeling  it  No.  1. 
Solution  No.  2. — Nitrate  of  silver  one  drachm,  rain  water  two 
ounces.  Dissolved  and  labeled  No.  2.  Directions. — The  solution 
No.  1.  is  first  applied  to  the  hair  with  a tooth  brush,  and  the 
application  continued  for  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes.  Then  let 
the  hair/  dry  a short  time.  The  solution  No.  2.  is  then  brushed 


young’s  book  of  secrets. 


15 


over  a comb  being  used  to  separate  the  hairs  and  allow  the  liquid 
to  come  in  contact  with  every  part.  Care  must  be  taken  that  the 
liquid  does  not  come  in  contact  with  the  skin,  as  the  solution 
No.  2.  produces  a very  permanent  dark  stain  on  all  substances 
with  which  it  comes  in  contact.  If  the  shade  is  not  sufficiently 
deep,  the  operation  may  be  repeated.  The  hair  should  be  cleans- 
ed from  grease  before  using  the  dye.  This  can  be  easily  done 
by  washing  the  head  in  clear  water,  adding  thereto  about  two 
tablespoonfuls  of  ordinary  washing  soda.  Dry  the  hair  well  with 
a towel.  This  Dye  (No.  1.  and  No,  2.  put  up  in  a box  together), 
is  sold  at  50  cents.  A fine  business  can  be  built  up  by  manufact- 
uring and  selling  this  Hair  Dye. 

Tlxiroai:. — Pour  a pint  of  boiling  water 'upon 
twenty  or  thirty  leaves  of  common  sage,  let  the  infusion  stand  foi 
half  an  hour.  Add  vinegar  sufficient  to  make  it  moderately  acid, 
and  honey  according  to  the  taste.  It  must  be  used  several  times 
a day.  Another  excellent  remedy  is  a strong  solution  of  salt  and 
water.  Gargle  every  hour.  A wet  towel  worn  on  the  throat  at 
night  will  assist  in  affecting  a cure.  For  a Putrid  Sore  Throat 
use  a gargle  of  brewers’  yeast  six  times  a day,  also  bind  thin 
slices  of  salt  pork  on  the  throat. 

— One  of  the  first  things  to  be  attened  to  is 
to  regulate  the  bowels,  which  in  this  disease  are  always  in  a cos- 
tive state.  The  best  means  of  keeping  them  loose  is  the  eating  of 
a handful  of  clean  wheat  bran,  once  or  twice  a day.  This  is  the 
most  simple  and  efficacious  method  of  cleansing  the  stomach. 
It  may  be  eaten  from  the  hand  .with  a few  swallows  of  water  to 
wash  it  down,  also  use,  to  regulate  the  stomach  and  bowels,  the 
daily  use  of  common  salt,  in  teaspoonful  doses,  dissolved  in  a 
half  tumblerful  of  water,  taken  in  the  morning  fasting.  Avoid 
rich  diet,  and  use  brown  iDread  instead  of  that  made  of  superfine 
flour. 

Tlie  Best  Bill  iiz  tli.e  — Two  pounds 

of  aloes,  one  pound  of  gamboge,  four  ounces  of  the  extract  of 
colocynth,  half  a pound  of  castiie  soap,  two  fluid  ounces  of  oil  of 
peppermint,  and  one  fluid  drachm  of  cinnamon.  Mix  and  form 
into  pills.  These  pills  are  the  most  celebrated  of  any  in  the 
world,  and  the  fortunate  manufacturer  has  accumulated  over  a 
million  dollars  from  their  sale. 

Tootliaelie. — Take  equal  parts  of  camphor,  sulphuric 
ether,  ammonia,  laudanum,  tincture  of  cayenne,  and  one-eight 
part  oil  of  cloves.  Mix  well  together.  Saturate  with  the  liquid 
a small  piece  of  cotton,  and  apply  to  the  cavity  of  the  diseased 
tooth,  and  the  pain  will  3ease  immediately.  Put  up  in  long 
drachm  bottles.  Ketail  at  25  cents.  This  is  a very  saleable  prep- 
aration, and  affords  a large  profit  to  the  manufacturer. 

— The  easiest  way  to  get  rid  of  warts  is 
to  pare  off  the  thickened  skin  which  covers  the  prominent  wart : 
cut  it  off  by  successive  layers,  and  shave  it  till  you  come  to  thf 


16 


young’s  book  of  secbets. 


surface  of  the  skin,  and  till  you  draw  blood  in  two  or  three  places. 
Then  rub  the  part  thoroughly  over  with  lunar  caustic,  and  one 
effective  operation  of  this  kind  will  generally  destroy  the  wart; 
if  not,  you  cut  off  the  black  spot  which  has  been  occasioned,  by 
the  caustic,  and  apply  it  again;  or  you  may  apply  acetic  acid, 
and  thus  you  will  get  rid  of  it.  Care  must  be  taken  in  applying 
these  acids,  not  to  rub  them  on  the  skin  around  the  wart. 

jyyG  Sillc  Lilac. — I'or  every  pound  of  silk  take  one 
and  a half  pounds  of  archil,  mix  it  well  with  the  liquor,  make  it 
boil  a quarter  of  an  hour,  dip  the  silk  quickly,  then  let  it  cool, 
and  wash  it  in  river  water,  and  a fine  half  violet,  or  lilac,  more 
or  less  full,  will  be  obtained. 

To  take  Ink  J^tains  oat  of*  Mlako^aa^^. 

— Put  a few  drops  of  spirits  of  nitre  in  a teaspoonful  of  water, 
touch  the  spot  with  a feather  dipped  in  the  mixture,  and  on  the 
ink  disappearing,  rub  it  over  immediately  with  a rag  wet  in  cold 
water,  or  there  will  be  a white  mark  which  will  not  be  easily 
effaced. 

To  Oleaa  Mlarkle. — Take  two  parts  common  soda,i 
one  part  of  pumica-stone,  and  one  part  of  finely  powdered  chalk; 
sift  it  through  a fine  sieve,  and  mix  it  with  water;  then  rub  it 
well  over  the  marble,  and  the  stains  will  be  removed;  then  wash' 
the  marble  over  with  soap  and  water,  and  it  will  be  as  clear  as  it 
was  at  first. 

Paint.— To  get  rid  of  the  smell  of  oil  paint  plunge  a hand-; 
ful  of  hay  into  a pail  of  water,  and  let  it  stand  in  the  room  newly' 
painted. 

To  Remove  Offensive  Bx^eatk. — h'or  this 
purpose  almost  the  only  substance  that  should  be  admitted  at  the 
fcoiletts  is  the  concentrated  solution  of  chloride  of  soda.  From 
six  to  ten  drops  of  it  in  a wineglassful  of  spring  water,  taken 
immediately  after  the  operations  of  the  morning  are  completed. 

In  some  cases,  the  odor  arising  from  carious  teeth  is  combined 
with  that  or  the  stomach.  If  the  mouth  be  well  rinsed  with  a tea- 
spoonful  of  the  * solution  of  the  chloride  in  a tumbler  of  water,*^ 
the  bad  ordor  of  the  teeth  will  be  removed. 

Wkit:e  Mictal. — This  is  a splendid  article  for  spoons; 
castors,  ornaments,  and  in  short  articles  of  every  description., 
It  closely  resembles  silver,  and  may  be  used  with  great  profit  by 
the  manufacture  of  an  infinite  variety  of  commercial  articles  of, 
almost  every  description. 

The  alloy  is  ten  ounces  of  lead,  six  ounces  of  bismuth,  four 
drachms  of  antimony,  eight  ounces  of  brass,  and  ten  ounces  of  , 
block  tin,  all  melted  together.  This  can  be  run  into  moulds  or 
hammered  into  any  shape,  as  it  is  perfectly  malleable. 

Rjing'^vonxi.. — The  head  is  to  be  waslied  twice  a day 
with  soft  soap  and  warm  soft  water;  when  dried,  the  places  to’  be 
rubbed  with  a piece  of  linen  rag  dipped  in  ammonia  from  gas  tar; 
the  patient  should  take  a little  sulphur  and  molasses,  or  some 


young’s  book  of  sercets,  17 

other  genuine  aperient,  every  morning ; brushes  and  combs  should 
be  washed  every  day,  and  the  ammonia  kept  tightly  corked. 

— So  perfect  in  its  resem- 
blance that  no  chemist  living  can  detect  it  from  pore  virgin  silver. 
It  is  all  melted  together  in  a crucible.  Quarter  of  an  ounce  of 
copper,  two  ounces  of  brass,  three  ounces  of  pure  silver,  one 
ounce  of  bismuth,  two  ounces  of  saltpetre,  two  ounces  of  common 
salt,  one  ounce  of  arsenic,  one  ounce  of  potash.  Add  a little 
borax  to  make  it  run  easy. 

"WiiKisoi*  J^oax>. — This  is  made  with  lard.  In  France 
they  use  lard  with  a portion  of  olive  or  bleached  palm  oil.  It  is 
made  with  one  part  of  olive  oil  to  nine  of  tallow.  But  a great 
part  of  what  is  sold  is  only  curd  (tallow)  soap,  and  scented  with 
oil  of  caraway  and  bergamot.  The  brown  is  color  with  burnt 
sugar,  or  umber. 

I-Ion.ey'  — White  cured  soap  li  pounds,  brown 

Windsor  soap  half  pound.  Cut  them  into  thin  shavings,  and 
liquefy  as  directed  above  for  scented  soap;  then  add  four  ounces 
of  honey,  and  keep  it  melted  till  most  of  the  water  is  evaporated ; 
then  remove  from  the  fire,  and  when  cool  enough  add  any  essen- 
tial oil.  According  to  Piesse  the  honey  soap  usuallj^  sold,  con- 
sists of  fine  yellow  soap,  perfumed  with  oil  of  citronella. 

Blade  lale. — Boil  log- 
wood twenty-two  pounds,  in  enough  water  to  yield  fourteen 
gallons  decoction.  To  a thousand  parts  of  this  decoction,  when 
cold,  add  one  par^  chromate  of  potash.  The  mixture  is  to  be 
well  stirred.  The  proportions  are  to  be  carefully  observed,  and 
the  yellow  chromate,  not  the  birchromate,  employed.  This  ink 
possesses  some  great  advantages,  to  adhere  strongly  to  paper,  so 
that  it  can  neither  be  washed  off  by  water,  nor  even  altered  by 
weak  acids,  to  form  no  deposit,  and  not  be  in  the  least  acted  upon 
by  steel  pens. 

Xnli. — Best  ground  Brazil  wood  four 
ounces,  diluted  acetic  acid  one  pint,  alum  half  an  ounce.  Boil 
them  slowly  in  a covered  tinned  copper  or  enamelled  saucepan 
for  one  hour,  strain,  and  add  one  ounce  gum. 

YelloAV  Xnk. — Gamboge  triturated  with  water,  and  a 
little  alum  added. 

Gri:*oen  Xnlt. — Bub  three  and  a half  drachms  Prussian 
Blue,  and  three  drachms  of  gamboge,  with  two  ounces  of  mucil- 
age, and  add  half  a pint  of  water. 

Goldl  an.<i  Silveir  Xnlc. — ^Fine  Bronze  powder,  or 
gold  or  silver  leaf,  ground  with  a little  sulphate  of  potash,  and 
washed  from  the  salt,  is  mixed  wuth  water  and  a sufficient  quan* 
tity  of  gum. 

or  Hecret  Xulcs.—The  solutions 
used  should  be  so  nearly  colorless  that  the  writing  cannot^be  seen 
till  the  agent  is  applied  to  render  it  visibte. 

Boil  oxide  of  cobalt  in  acetic  acid.  If  a little  common  salt  be 


m 


young’s  book  of  sscbets. 


added,  the  writing  becomes  green  when  heated;  but  with  nitre  it 
becomes  a pale  rose  color. 

A weak  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper.  The  writing  becomes 
blue  when  exposed  to  the  vapor  of  ammonia. 

BXo-iiifolci  — A process  by  which  several  letters 

can  be  written  at  one  time.  It  is  commonly  known  as  copying 
paper.  Mix  lard  with  black  lead  or  lamp-black  into  a stiif  paste, 
rub  it  over  tissue  paper  with  flannel,  and  wipe  off  the  superfluous 
quantity  with  a soft  rag.  These  sheets  alternated  wuth  black 
carbon  paper,  and  written  with  a hard  pencil,  will  produce  sever- 
al co}ues  of  a letter  at  once. 

To  Malte  sl  Bari-el  of*  GrOodL 
Dissolve  fifteen  pounds  of  bar  soap  in  fifteen  g^illons  boiling  water, 
and  let  it  get  cold.  Cut  up  the  soap  in  slices.  When  cold  it 
will  be  thick  like  jelly. 

Dissolved  fifteen  pounds  of  sal-soda  in  fifteen  gallons  more  of 
boiling  water,  which  will  take  three  minutes,  then  add  to  this 
composition  six  i)ounds  of  unslacked  lime;  let  these  articles  boil 
together  twenty  minutes.  When  cold  and*  settled,  turn  off  this 
fluid,  and  stir  it  up  with  the  soap,  be  careful  not  to  disturb  the 
sediment,  then  add  three  pints  of  alcohol,  and  stir  all  the  articles 
together. 

Fn-iiit. — Take  a half  bushel  of 
unslacked  lime,  and  slack  it  with  boiling  water,  cover  it  during 
the  process.  Strain  it,  and  add  a peck  of  salt  dssolved  in  warm 
water,  three  pounds  of  ground  rice  boiled  to  a thin  paste  put  in 
boiling  hot,  half  pound  of  Spanish  whiting,  and  one  j^ound  of 
clear  glue  dissolved  in  warm  water.  Mix  and  let  it  stand  several 
days.  Keei^  it  in  a kettle,  and  i^ut  it  on  as  hot  as  possible  with 
a brush. 

The  above  is  the  receipt  used  for  the  President’s  house  at 
Washington.  It  is  said  to  look  as  well  and  last  as  long  as  oil 
paint,  on  wood,  brick  or  stone. 

To  Oleaii  Ki<l  Olovos. — Make  a strong  lather 
with  curd  soap  and  warm  v/ater,  in  which  steep  a small  piece  of 
new  flannel.  Place  the  glove  on  a flat  unyielding  surface — such 
as  the  bottom  of  a dish,  and  having  thoroughly  soaped  the  flannel 
(when  squeezed  from  the  lather),  rub  the  glove  till  all  dirt  be  re^ 
moved,  cleaning  and* re-soaping  ther  flannel  from  time  to  time* 
Care  must  be  taken  to  omit  no  part  of  the  glove,  b}^  turning  the 
fingers,  elc.  The  gloves  must  be  dried  in  the  sun,  or  before  a 
moderate  fire,  and  will  present  the  appearance  of  old  parchment. 
When  quite  dry,  they  must  be  gradually  pulled  out,  and  will 
look  new. 

OoiTHS. — Boil  a potato  in  its  skin,  and  after  it  is  boiled  take 
-the  skin  and  put  the  inside  of  it  to  the  corn,  and  leave  it  on  for 
about  twelve  hours;  at  the  end  of  that  period  the  corn  will  b^ 
nearly  cured. 


YOtJKG’'S  BOOK  OF  SECEETS. 


19 


To  Flies  in  a Koom. — Take  half  ^ 

teaspoonful  of  black*^i)eppef,  one  teaspoonfnl  of  brown  sugar,, 
and  one  tablespoonful  of  cream;  mix  them  well  together  and 
place  them  in  a room  on  a plate,  where  the  flies  are  troublesome 
and  thej^  will  soon  disappear. 

IPi-eseir^iijfcg^  The  following  mixture  was 

patented  several  years  ago  by  Mr.  Jayne  of  Sheflieid,  England. 
He  alleged  that  by  means  oi  it  he  could  keep  eggs  two  years. 
A part  of  his  composition  is  often  made  use  of — perhax)s  the 
whole  of  it  would  be  better.  Put  into  a tub  or  vessel  one  bushel 
of  quick  lime,  two  pounds  of  salt,  half  a pound  of  cream  of 
tartar,  and  mix  the  same  together,  with  as  much  water  as  will 
reduce  the  composition,  or  mixture  to  that  consistence  that  it 
will  cause  an  egg  put  into  it  to  swim  with  its  top  just  above 
the  liquid.  Then  put  and  keep  the  eggs  therein. 

Folisis  iox*  !Ooot^  ^lioes. — 

Mix  together  two  pints  of  the  best  vinegar  and  one  pint  of  wod- 
er,  stir  into  it  a quarter  of  a pound  of  glue,  broken  up,  half  a 
])ound  of  logwood  chips,  a quarter  of  an  ounce  of  finely  pow- 
dered indigo,  a quarter  of  an  ounce  of  the  best  soft  soap  and  a 
quarter  of  an  ounce  of  isinglass.  Put  the  mixture  over  the  fire 
and  let  it  boil  ten  or  fifteen  minutes.  Then  strain  the  liquid, 
and  bottle  and  cork  it.  When  cold  it  is  fit  for  use.  The  polish 
should  be  applied  with  a clean  sponge. 

To  Komodo  'W atei* 

— When  a drop  of  water  falls  on  a black  crape  veil  oi 
collar,  it  leaves  a conspicuous  white  mark.  To  obliterate  this, 
spread  the  crape  on  a table  (laying  it  on  a large  book  or  pr.per  to 
keep  it  steady),  and  place  underneath  the  stain  a piece  of  old 
black  silk.  With  a large  camel’s  hair  brush,  dipped  in  common 
ink,  go  over  the  stain,  and  then  wipe  off'  the  ink  with  a small 
piece  of  old  soft  silk.  It.will  dry  immediately,  and  the  white 
mark  will  be  seen  no  more. 

To  im  -tii.e  Feet:  Oeea.*= 

^ioise^i  — If  your  feet  become  painful 

from  walking  or  standing  too  long,  put  them  into  w^arm  salt  and 
water  mixed  in  the  proportion  of  Wo  large  handfuls  of  salt  to  a 
gallon  of  water..  Bea  water  made  warm,  is  still  better.  Keep 
your  feet  and  ankle  in  the  water  until  it  begins  to  feel  cool, 
rubbing  them  well  with  your  hands.  Then  wix3e  them  dry 
and  rub  them  long  and  hard  with  a coarse  towel.  Where  the 
feet  are  tender  and  easily  fatigued,  it  is  an  excellent  practice  to 
go  through  this  practice  regulary  every  night,  also  on  coming 
liome  from  a walk.  With  perseverance  this  has  cured  neuralgia 
in  the  feet. 

Fe'vor  aM-d  — First  clear  the  bowels  with  the 

fluid  extract  of  senna  and  jalep  two  drachms,  infusion  of  cloves 
two  ounces;  mix.  To  be  taken  at  a draught.  In  the  cold  stage 


20 


YOtJNG’a  BOOK  OP  SECBKTS. 


give  hot  drinks  and  try  to  excite  warmth.  In  the  hot  ague  give 
cooling  drinks.  Then  give  quinine  one  scruple,  alcohol  four 
ounces,  sulphuric  acid  five  drops;  mix — in  two  tablespoonful 
doses,  every  half  hour,  at  the  same  time  give  five  drop  doses  of 
tincture  or  fluid  extract  of  veratum  and  rub  the  patient  with  dry 
towels.  In  the  intermission  give  three  grain  doses,  once  in  four 
hours,  and  continue  it  a fortnight  after  the  cessation  of  the  at- 
tacks. 

The  following  is  known  as  the  Cuban  Eemedy  for  chills  and 
fever.  Just  before  the  approach  of  the  fever  spread  two  plas- 
ters about  two  inches  wide  composed  of  black  pepper,  bruised 
fine  (not  ground),  mixed  into  a paste  with  the  white  of  an  egg. 
Immediately  before  the  fever  comes  bind  them  on  the  inside  of 
the  wrists,  and  lie  down.  Do  not  remove  them  until  the  fever 
has  passtid  off.  If  the  fever  is  not  entirely  broken  by  the  first 
application,  apply  fresh  plasters  of  the  same  the  next  time  the 
fever  comes  on. 

To  Yoixi*  Teetlx  a®  Wliifce  as 

SaoTV. — Take  one  part  chloride  of  lime  and  fifteen  parts  of 
prepared  chalk,  adding  half  an  ounce  of  pulverized  Peruvian 
bark  and  a few  drops  of  otto  of  roses.  Use  it  thoroughly  morn- 
ing and  evening. 

To  nxalce  01iaiiipag*ae  Oiciei:*  foi^  T’oar 
Oea-ts  a Oalloa. — Take  five  gallons  lukewarm  water, 
add  one  gallon  common  molasses,  three  pounds  of  brown  su- 
gar ^ne  gallon  of  vinegar,  one  gallon  of  yeast  quarter  of  a 
pound  of  tataric  acid.  Let  all  stand  in  the  warm  water  to  dis- 
solve one  hour,  then  add  cold  w’^ater.  Let  stand  forty-eight 
hours  to  work,  with  bung  out.  This  makes  forty-two  gallons. 
In  all  cases  the  barrel  should  be  full.  To  keep  for  a length  of 
time  add  one  pound  of  mustard.  Bottle  and  seal  it  well. 

To  Ooclcr^oaclies  IVom  Yoixr 

Indwelling'S. — Strew  pulverized  hellebore  root  on  the 
hearth,  fioor,  or  places  they  frequent  at  night.  In  the  morning 
the  roaches  will  be  found  either  dead  or  dying,  for  such  is 
their  avidity  for  this  plant,  that  they  never  fail  to  eat  it  when 
they  can  get  it.  Black  pulverized  hellebore  may  be  had  at  all 
herb  shops.  Put  up  in  small  tin  boxes  and  retail  at  twenty- 
five  cents. 

To  Oixre  Deafness. — Obtain  pure  pickerel  oil  and 
apply  four  drops  morning  and  evening  to  the  ear.  Great  care 
should  be  taken  to  obtain  oil  that  is  perfectly  pure. 

To  Olean  Yonr  D^wellings  from  DedL 
Sags. — Corrosive  sublimate  and  the  white  of  an  egg,  beat 
together  and  laid  with  a feather  around  the  crevices  of  the  bed- 
si;eads  and  the  sacking  is  very  effectual  in  destroying  bugs  in 
thenio  Tansy  is  also  said  to  be  very  effectual  in  keeping  them 
awlay.  Strew  it  under  the  sacking  bottom.  The  best  exterm  in- 


YOtma^S  BOOS  OF  SECEEl’S. 


ator  is  black  pulverized  hellebore  root,  it  destroys  them.  Place 
it  where  the  bugs  will  be  likely  to  crawl. 

To  Make  Faiai:  for  One  Oenf:  a Tomi<i. 
— To  one  gallon  of  soft  hot  water  add  four  pounds  sulphate  of 
zinc  (crude).  Let  it  dissolve  perfectly,  and  a sediment  will 
settle  at  the  bottom.  Turn  tho  clear  solution  into  another  ves« 
sel.  To  one  gallon  of  paint  (lead  and  oil),  mix  one  gallon  of 
the  compound.  Stir  it  into  the  paint  slowly  for  ten  or  fifteen 
minutes,  and  the  compound  and  paint  will  perfectly  combine. 
If  too  thick  thin  it  with  turpentine.  This  recipe  has  been 
sold  to  painters  as  high  as  $100  for  the  privilege  to  use  the 
same  in  their  business. 

To  Make  Heas  Lay  tke  ^W^kole  Year. 

— Give  each  hen  half  an  ounce  of  fresh  meat  every  day,  and 
mix  a small  amount  of  red  pepper  with  their  food  during  tne 
winter.  Give  them  plenty  of  grain,  water,  gravel  and  lime  and 
allow  no  cocks  to  run  with  them. 

to  Raise  a Mastaeke. — Tincture 
of  benzoin  compound  two  drachms,  tincture  of  Spanish 
flies  two  drachms,  castor  oil  six  ounces,  oil  bergamot 
one  drachm,  oil  of  verbena  fifteen  drops,  strong  alcohol  nine 
ounces.  Circulation  should  be  stimulated  first  by  friction  with 
a rough  towel,  apply  to  the  whiskers  and  mustache  morning 
and  evening. 

To  Make  OaeaMiker  Yiaes  Ibeax*  Five 

Oroj>s. — When  a cucumber  is  taken  from  the  vine  let  it  be 
cut  with  a knife,  leaving  about  the  eighth  of  an  inch  of  the  cu- 
cumber on  the  stem,  then  slit  the  stem  with  a knife  from  its  end 
to  the  vine  leaving  a small  portion  of  the  cucumber  on  each  di- 
vision, and  on  each  separate  slit  there  will  be  a new  cucumber 
as  large  as  the  first. 

Tlatia^  Fluidic — Take  one  ounce  of  pre- 
cipitate silver  to  half  an  ounce  of  cynate  of  potash  and  a quar- 
ter of  an  ounce  of  hyposulphite  of  soda,  put  all  in  a quart  of 
w’ater,  add  a little  whiting,  and  shake  before  using.  Apply 
with  a soft  rag.  Put  up  in  ounce  bottles,  and  retail  at  twenty- 
five  cents.  This  secret  is  worth  $100  to  an  ag^nt  to  sell  to  families. 

01iax>I>odl  Randls  an^i  quarter 

pound  of  honey,  and  one  quarter  pound  sal-soda  with  one  pint 
of  water.  Apply  often. 

Tixlmonio  for  OoTi^ks. — White 

sugar  three  and  a half  pounds,  tincture  or  syrup  of  ipecac  two 
ounces,  antimonial  wine  one  ounce,  morphine  five  grains,  dis- 
solved in  a tablespoonful  of  water;  with  ten  dropr  sulphuric 
acid,  half  an  ounce  tincture  blood  root,  one  ounce  syrup  of 
tolu.  Add  these,  to  the  sugar,  and  mix  the  whole  maes  as  the 
confectioners’  do  for  lozenges,  and  cut  into  lozenges  of  the  or- 
dinary size.  Use  from  six  to  twelve  of  these  in  twenty-four 


totr^a's  BOOK  OK 


hours.  These  wafers  are  equal  to  any  made  and  are  generally 
sold  at  high  prices. 

Heaciaolie.  — Extract  hyocymus  five 
grains,  pulverized  camphor  five  grains;  Mix.  Make  four  pills, 
one  to  be  taken  when  the  pain  is  most  severe  in  nervous  head- 
ache. Or  three  drops  tincture  nux-vomica  in  a spoonful  of  wat- 
er, two  or  three  times  a day. 

— One  tablespoonful  of  red  lead,  and  one  table- 
spoonful of  Castile  soap  and  mix  them  with  as  much  weak  lye 
as  will  make  it  soft  enough  to  spread  like  a salve,  and  apply 
it  on  the  first  appearance  of  the  felon,  and  it  will  cure 
in  ten  or  twelve  days. 

Kes'tore  — Let  there  be  an  occasional 

pressure  of  the  finger  on  the  ball  of  the  eye.  Let  the  pressure 
always  be  from  the  nose  and  towards  the  temples,  and  wash  the 
eyes  three  times  a day  in  cold  water.  If  this  simple  advice  is 
followed  the  day  is  not  far  distant  when  partial  blindness  shall 
disappear  from  the  world. 

Eiilai:*g’edl  Veins  of*  tlxe  Leg*.— Apply  firm- 
ly strips  of  leather  spread  with  soap  plaster.  Generally  it  is 
better  to  support  the  whole  limb  with  a strong  calico  bandage 
which  should  be  applied  before  getting  out  of  bed,  It  is  well 
to  use  friction  in  connection  with  iodine  ointment. 

Oosf:i>^eiiess. — Common  charcoal  is  highly  recom- 
mended for  costiveness.  It  may  be  taken  either  in  tea  or  table- 
spoonful, or  even  larger  doses  according  to  the  exigencies  of  the 
case,  mixed  with  molasses,  repeating  it  as  often  as  necessary. 
Bathe  the  bowels  with  pepper  and  vinegar.  Or  lake  two  ounces 
of  rhubarb,  add  one  ounce  of  rust  of  iron,  infuse  in  one  quart 
of  wine.  Half  a wineglassful  every  morning.  Or  take  pulver- 
ized blood  root  one  drachm,  pulverized  rhubarb  one  drachm, 
Castile  soap  two  scruples.  Mix  and  roll  into  thirty-two  pills. 
Take  one  morning  and  night.  By  following  these  directions  it 
may  perhaps  save  you  from  a severe  attack  of  piles  or  some  other 
kindred  disease. 

'W'a.sliiiig  JEasy. — To  save  your  linen  and 

your  labor  pour  on  half  a pound  of  soda  two  quarts  of  boiling 
water,  in  an  earthenware  pan;  take  half  a pound  of  soap,  shred 
fine,  put  it  into  a saucepan  with  two  quarts  of  cold  water, 
stand  it  on  a fire  till  it  boils,  and  when  perfectly  dissolved  and 
boiling  add  it  to  the  former.  Mix  it  well,  and  let  it  stand  till 
'cold,  when  it  has  the  appearance  of  a strong  jelly,  Let  your 
linen  be  soaked  in  water,  the  seams  and  any  other  dirty  part 
rubbed  in  the  usual  way  and  remain  till  the  following  morning. 
Get  your  wash  boiler  ready,  and  add  to  the  water  about  a pint 
basin  full.  When  lukewarm  put  in  your  linen  and  allow  it  to 
boil  twenty  minutes.  Binse  it  in  the  usual  way,  and  that  is  all 


YOUNG  S BOOK  OF  SECBETS. 


23 


which  is  necessary  to  get  it  clean,  and  to  keep  it  in  good  color. 
The  above  receipt  is  invaluable  to  housekeepers.  Give  it  a 
trial.  4 

Vin.eg'cii:*.— Put  into  a wide-mouthed  bottle  fresh 
nice  clean  mint  leaves  enough  to  hl]#it  loosely,  then  fill  up  the 
bottle  with  good  vinegar,  and  after  it  has  been  stopped  close  for 
two  weeks  it  is  to  be  poured  off  clear  into  another  bottle,  and 
kept  well  corked  for  use.  Serve  with  lamb  when  mint  cannot 
be  obtained. 

Exicelleni:  Haii*  ‘W'a.slx. — Take  one  ounce  of 
borax,  half  an  ounce  of  camphor,  powder  these  ingredients  very 
fine  and  dissolve  them  in  one  quart  boiling  water;  when  cool 
the  solution  will  be  ready  for  use;  damp  the  hair  frequently. 
This  w^ash  effectually  cleanses,  beautifies  and  strengthens  the 
hair,  preserves  the  color  and  prevents  earl}^  baldness.  The 
camphor  will  form  into  lumps  after  being  dissolved,  but  the 
water  will  be  sufficiently  impregnated. 

OhLiUblaiM-S,  etc.— One  raw  egg,  well 

beaten,  half  a pint  of  vinegar,  one  ounce  spirits  of  turpentine,  a 
quarter  of  an  ounce  of  spirits  of  wine,  a quarter  of  an  ounce  of 
camphor.  These  ingredients  to  be  beaten  well  together,  then 
put  in  a bottle  and  shaken  lor  ten  minutes,  after  which  to  be 
corked  down  tightly  to  exclude  the  air.  In  half  an  hour  it  is  fit 
for  use.  To  be  well  rubbed  in,  two,  three  or  four  times  a day. 
For  rheumatism,  in  the  head,  to  be  rubbed  at  the  back  of  the 
neck  and  behind  the  ears.  In  chilblains,  this  remedy  is  to  be 
used  before  they  are  broken. 

Tlie  — In  manufactur- 

ing this  article,  follow  the  same  directions,  and  use  the 
same  ingredients  as  are  used  in  Austin’s  Starch  Enamel  pub- 
lished on  another  page  of  this  book,  with  the  simple  alteration 
of  using  the  oil  of  jassemine  instead  of  the  oil  of  citronella.  In 
perfuming  use  one  ounce  of  oil  of  jassemine  to  every  po’  ind  and 
a half  of  parrafine.  Stamp  out  in  cakes  one  inch  long,  half 
an  inch  wide,  and  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  thickness. 
Put  each  cake  into  a small  sliding  box,  and  sell  at  ten 
cents  each.  It  is  very  saleable  and  you  can  make  money  fast 
by  putting  this  up.  It  is  new  and  has  not  been  introduced 
as  yet  in  many  localities,  and  if  you  are  first  in  the  field  you 
are  sure  to  do  a large  business  at  it.  Give  it  a trial. 

StiiTfiixiei'  — To  four  parts  of  seltzer 

water  add  one  ounce  of  Moselle  wine,  or  hock,  and  put  a tea- 
spoonful of  iiowdered  sugar  into  a wineglassful  ol  this  mixture; 
an  ebullition  takes  place  and  you  have  a sort  of  champagne 
which  is  more  wholesome  in  hot  weather  than  the  genuine  wine 
known  by  that  name. 

— Take  tnree  drops  of  a sneep’s  gall,  warm, 
and  drop  it  into  the  ear  before  going  to  bed.  The  ear  must  b^ 


24 


YOUNG'S  BOOK  OP  SECRETS. 


syringed  with  warm  soap  and  water  in  the  morning.  The  gall 
must  be  applied  for  three  successive  nigbts.  It  is  only  efficaci- 
ous when  the  deafness  is  produced  by  cold.  The  most  conven- 
ient way  of  warming  the  gall  is  by  holding  it  in  a silver  spoon 
over  the  flame  of  a light.  The  above  remedy  has  been  frequently 
tried  with  perfect  success. 

GrOTi."t. — This  is  Col.  Birch’s  receipt  for  rheumatic  gout  or 
acute  rheumatism,  commonly  called  in  England  the  “Chelsea 
Pensioner.”  Half  an  ounce  of  nitre  (saltpetre),  half  an  ounce 
of  sulphur,  half  an  ounce  of  flower  of  mustard,  half  an  ounce  of 
Turkey  rhubarb,  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  powdered  guaicum. 
Mix,  and  take  a teaspoonful  every  other  night  for  three  nights, 
and  omit  three  nights,  in  a wineglassful  of  cold  water,  water 
which  has  been  previously  well  boiled. 

Lifo  Belts. — An  excellent  and  cheap  life  belt,  for  per- 
sons proceeding  to  sea,  bathing  in  dangerous  places,  or  learning 
to  swim,  may  be  thus  made: — Take  a yard  and  three-quarters  of 
strong  jean,  double,  and  divide  it  into  nine  compartments.  Let 
there  be  a space  of  two  inches  after  each  third  compartment.  Fill 
the  compartments  with  very  fine  cuttings  of  cork,  which  can  be 
had  at  any  cork-cutting  establishment.  Work  eylet  holes  at  the 
bottom  of  each  compartment  to  let  the  water  drain  out.  Attach 
a neck-band  and  waist  strings  of  stout  boot  web,  and  sev/  them 
on  strongly. 

Bleeding*  from  f:lxe  IVose. — From  whatever 
cause,  may  generally  be  stopped  by  putting  a plug  of  lint  into 
the  nostrils;  if  this  does  not  do,  apply  a cold  lotion  to  the  fore- 
head; raise  the  head,  and  place  both  arms  over  the  head,  so  that 
it  will  rest  on  both  hands;  dip  the  lint  plug,  slightly  moistened, 
into  some  powdered  gum-arabic,  and  plug  the  nostrils  again;  or 
dip  the  plug  into  equal  parts  of  powdered  gum-arabic  and  alum. 
An  easier  and  simpler  method  is  to  place  piece  of  writing  paper 
on  the  gums  of  the  upper  jaw,  under  the  upper  lip,  and  let  it 
remain  there  for  a few  minutes. 

JjiJoarlo't  . — It  is  unnecessary  for  a child  to  flie 

of  scarlet  fever  as  it  is  that  it  should  be  blind  with  cataract.  Let 
us  see.  At  any  time  before  the  body  has  finished  its  infi'ectual 
struggle  we  are  able  to  help  it,  not  by  wonderful  medicine,  but 
by  the  knowledge  of  anatomy  and  the  application  of  a little  com- 
mon sense.  We  consult  the  sympathetic  nerve,  and  do  what  it 
commands  us  to  do.  We  must  give  this  child  salt  when  it  wants 
it.  We  must  give  it  acid  when  it  has  a fever  and  anxiously  craves 
it — ^not  vinegar,  but  lemon  juice,  because  the  first  coagulates 
albumen  and  the  latter  does  not,  on  account  of  the  amount  of 
oxygen  it  contains.  To  imitate  the  soothing  mucus  in  the  intes- 
tines, which  is  now  wantiug,  and  to  give  some  respiratory  food 
at  the  same  time,  we  add  some  gum  aiabic.  To  restore  and  relieve 
the  injured  nerve,  we  apply  moist  warmth. 


young’s  book  op  secrets. 


2$ 


In  practice  we  can  fulfil  all  this  with  the  following  manipula- 
tions: — Undress  the  child  and  bring  it  to  bed  at  the  very  first 
signs  of  sickness.  Give  it,  if  it  has  already  fever,  sourish  warm 
lemonade,  with  some  gum-arabic  in  it.  Then  cover  its  abdomen 
with  some  dry  flannel.  Take  a well-folded  bed  sheet  and  put  in 
boiling  hot  water;  wring  it  out  by  means  of  dry  towels  and  put 
this  over  the  whole  and  wait.  The  hot  cloth  will  perhaps  require 
repeated  heating.  According  to  the  severity  of  the  case  and  its 
stage  of  progress,  perspiration  will  commence  in  the  child,  in 
from  ten  minutes  to  two  hours.  The  child  then  is  saved;  it  then 
falls  asleep.  Soon  after  the  child  awakes,  it  shows  slight  incli- 
nation for  food;  help  its  bowels,  if  necessary,  with  injections  of 
soap,  oil  and  water,  and  it*',  recovery  will  be  as  steady  as  the 
growth  of  a plant  in  the  green-house  if  well  treated. 

Of  course  if  the  child  were  already  dying  nothing  could  save  it, 
or  if  it  has  effusions  in  the  lining  of  the  heart  or  brain,  it  is  much 
better  that  it  should  die.  But  if  the  above  is  applied  in  due  time, 
under  the  eyes  and  directions  of  a competent  physician,  I will 
guarantee  that  not  one  in  a hundred  children  will  ever  die  of 
scarlet  fever.  I know  this  will  startle  some  of  my  readers,  especi- 
ally those  who  have  already  lost  children,  but  I shall  go  still 
further.  I maintain  that-a  child  will  never  get  scarlet  fever  if 
properly  treated.  If  the  child  has  correctly  mixed  blood  it  will 
never  catch  the  scarlet  fever  if  put  in  bed  with  a sick  child. 
This  is  still  more  startling,  but  nothing  easier  got  rid  of. 

r*oisoii.s. — As  a general  rule,  give  emetics  after  poisons 
that  cause  sleepiness  and  raving;  chalk,  milk,  butter,  and  warm 
water,  or  oil,  after  poisons  that  cause  vomitings  and  pain  in  the 
stomach  and  bowels,  with  purging;  and  when  there  is  no  infla- 
mation  about  the  throat,  tickle  it  with  a feather  to  excite  vomiting. 
Always  send  immediately^  for  a medical  man. 

— A very  pleasant  perfume,  and  also  preventive 
against  moths,  may  be  made  of  the  following  ingredients: — Take 
of  cloves,  carraway  seeds,  nutmeg,  mace,  cinnamon,  and  Tonquin 
beans,  of  each  one  ounce;  then  add  as  much  Florentine  orris-root 
as  will  equal  the  other  ingredients  put  together.  Grind  the  whole 
well  to  powder,  and  then  put  it  in  little  bags,  among  your 
clothes,  etc. 

— A most  valuable  remedy  for  promoting, 
the  growth  of  the  hair,  is  an  application  once  or  twice  a day,  of 
.vild  indigo,  and  alcohol.  Take  four  ounces  of  wild  indigo,  and 
steep  it  about  a week  or  ten  days  in  a pint  of  alcohol,  and  a pint 
of  hot  water,  when  it  will  be  ready  for  use.  The  head  must  be 
thoroughly  washed  with  the  liquid,  morning  and  evening,  appli- 
cation being  made  with  a sponge  or  soft  brush.  Another  excellent 
preparation  is  composed  of  three  ounces  of  castor  oil,  with  just 
enough  alcohol  to  cut  the  oil,  to  which  add  twenty  drops  tincture 
of  cantharides,  and  perfume  to  suit.  This  not  only  softens  and 


m 


young’s  book  of  seckbts. 


imparts  a gloss  to  the  hair,  hut  also  invigorates  and  strengthens 
the  roots  of  the  hair. 

Oong’li. — Take  of  powdered  gum-arabic  half  an 
ounce;  liquorice-juice  half  an  ounce.  Dissolve  the  gum  first  in 
warm  water,  squeeze  in  the  juice  of  a lemon,  then  add  of  paregoric 
two  drachms;  syrup  of  squills  one  drachm.  Cork  all  in  a bottle, 
and  shake  well.  Take  one  teaspoonful  when  the  cough  is 
troublesome. 

Black  ^ilk  Bcvi^er. — Boil  logwood  in  water 
half  an  hour,  then  simmer  the  silk  half  an  hour,  take  it  out  and 
put  into  the  dye  a little  blue  vitriol,  or  green  copperas;  cool  it 
and  simmer  the  silk  for  half  an  hour.  Or,  boil  a handful  of  fig 
leaves  in  two  quarts  of  water  until  it  is  reduced  to  one  pint; 
squeeze  the  leaves,  and  bottle  the  liquor  for  use.  When  wanted 
sponge  the  silk  with  it. 

Boils. — These  should  be  brought  to  a head  by  warm  poul- 
tices of  camomile  flowers,  or  boiled  white  lily  root,  or  onion  root 
by  fermentation  with  hot  water,  or  by  stimulating  plasters. 
When  ripe  they  should  be  destroyed  by  a needle  or  lancet.  But 
this  should  not  be  attempted  until  they  are  fully  proved. 

Bixnions. — May  be  checked  in  their  early  development 
by  binding  the  joint  with  adhesive  plaster,  and  keej^ing  it  on  as 
long  as  any  uneasiness  is  felt.  The  bandaging  should  be  perfect, 
and  it  might  be  well  to  extend  it  round  the  foot.  An  inflamed 
bunion  should  be  poulticed,  and  larger  shoes  be  worn.  lodin  e 
twelve  grains,  lard  or  spermaceti  ointment  half  an  ounce,  makes 
a captial  ointment  for  bunions.  It  should  be  rubbed  on  gently 
twice  or  three  times  a day. 

Oaiitions  in.  ‘Visiting:  tire  Hick.— Do  net  visit 
the  sick  when  you  are  fatigued,  or  in  a state  of  perspiration,  or 
with  the  stomach  empty- for  in  such  conditions  you  are  liable 
to  take  the  infection.  When  the  disease  is  very  contagipus,  take 
the  side  of  the  patient  which  is  near  to  the  window.  Do  not 
enter  the  room  the  first  thing  in  the  morning  before  it  has  been 
aired;  and  when  you  come  away  take  some  food,  change  your 
clothing  immediately,  and  expose  the  latter  to  the  air  for  some 
days.  Tobacco  smoke  is  a fine  preventive  of  malaria. 

To  Besti-oy  t:lre  Taste  of  Me<iiciire.— 
Have  the  medicine  in  a glass  as  usual,  and  a tumbler  of  water  by 
the  side  of  it,  then  take  the  medicine  and  retain  it  in  the  mouth, 
which  should  be  kept  closed,  and  if  you  then  commence  drinking 
the  water  the  taste  of  the  medicine  is  washed  away.  Even  the 
bitterness  of  quinine  and  aloes,  may  be  prevented  by  this  means. 

Okeai>  and  GJ-ood  Viaeg-ar.— To  eightjgallons 
of  clear  rain  water,  add  three  quarts  of  molasses;  turn  the  mix- 
ture into  a clean  tight  cask,  shake  it  well  two  or  three  times,  and 
add  three  spoonfuls  of  good  yeast,  or  two  yeast  cakes,  place  the 
cask  in  a warm  place,  and  in  ten  or  twelve  days  add  a sheet  of 


^otma*s  BOOK  of  secbets. 


S7 

Common  brown  wrapping  paper,  smeared  with  molasses,  and  torn 
into  narrow  strips,  and  you  will  soon  have  good  vinegar.  The 
paper  is  necessary  to  form  the  “mother  ” or  life  of  the  vinegar. 

Oancor. — The  following  is  said  to  be  a sure  cure  for  can- 
cer:— A piece  of  sticking  plaster  is  put  over  the  cancer,  with  a 
circular  piece  cut  out  of  the  centre,  a little  larger  than  the  cancer, 
so  that  the  cancer  and  a small  circular  rim  of  healthy  skin  next 
to  it  is  exposed.  Then  a plaster,  made  of  chloride  of  zinc,  blood 
root  and  wheat  fiour,  is  spread  on  a piece  of  muslin,  the  size  of 
this  circular  opening,  and  applied  to  the  cancer  for  twenty-four 
hours.  On  removing  it,  the  cancer  will  be  found  burned  into 
and  appear  of  the  color  and  hardness  of  an  old  shoe  sole,  and 
the  circular  rim  outside  of  it  will  apjDear  white  and  parboiled,  as" 
if  scalded  by  hot  steam.  The  wound  is  now  dressed,  and  the 
outside  rim  soon  separates,  and  the  cancer  comes  out  in  a hard 
lump,  and  the  place  heals  up.  The  plaster  kills  the  cancer,  so 
that  it  sloughs  like  dead  flesh,  and  never  grows  again.  The 
remedy  was  discovered  by  Dr.  King,  of  London,  and  has  been 
used  by  him  for  several  years  with  unfailing  success,  and  not  a 
case  has  been  known  of  the  reappearance  of  the  cancer  when  this 
remedy  has  been  applied. 

— Alcohol,  oil  of  peppermint  castor 
oil,  of  each  one  ounce;  mix,  add  oil  of  anise,  half  drachm;  mag- 
nesia, sixty  grains;  pulverized  ginger,  fourty  grains;  water,  tv/o 
ounces;  white  sugar  to  form  a syrup. 

— Take  one  pound  of  honey;  add 
two  tablespooniuls  of  paregoric,  and  the  same  of  oil  of  anise  seed; 
add  enough  water  to  make  a thick  syrup,  and  bottle.  For  child- 
ren teething,  dose,  teaspoonful  occasionally. 

of*  — Pure  soft  water,  one  quart; 

pulverized  Castile  soap,  four  ounces;  emulsion  of  bitter  almonds, 
six  ounces;  rose  and  orange  flower  water,  of  each,  eight  ounces; 
tincture  of  benzoin,  two  drachms;  borax,  one  drachm;  add  live 
grains  bichloride  of  mercury  to  every  eight  ounces  of  the  mixture. 
To  use,  apply  on  a cotton  or  linen  cloth  to  the  face,  etc. 

foi*  Forgoing*  -flie  Colonge, 

Wo  ounces;  liquid  hartshorn,  one  drachm,  tincture  cantharides, 
two  drachms;  oil  rosemary,  twelve  drops;  lavender  twelve  drops. 
Apply  to  the  face  daily  and  await  results.  Said  to  be  relial  »le. 

To  xiie  of*  Milli  iai 

Oo^WS. — Give  your  cows  three  times  a day,  water  slighily 
warm,  slightly  salted,  in  which  bran  has  been  stirred  at  the  rate 
of  one  quart  to  two  gallons  of  water.  You  will  find  if  you  have 
not  tried  this  daily  practice,  that  the  cow  will  give  tv/enty-five 
per  cent  more  milk,  and  she  will  become  so  much  attached  to 
the  diet  that  she  will  refuse  to  drink  clear  -water  unless  very 
thirsty,  but  this  mess  she  will  drink  at  almost  any  time,  and  ask 
for  more.  The  amount  of  this  drink  necessary  is  an  ordinary 


28 


jfOtTKG^S  BOOK  OK 


water-pail  full  each  time,  morning  noon  and  ii\gnt.  Avoid  giv- 
ing cows  slops,”  as  they  are  no  more  fit  for  the  animal  than 
they  are  for  the  h^man. 


, Tea.— Macerate  ono  ounce  flaxseod  and 

had  an  ounce  of  bruised  liquorice  root  in  one  pint  of  boiling 
water  tor  two  hours,  in  a lightly  closed  vessel  ; filter,  and 
add  one  fluid  ounce  of  lemon  juice.  This  is  a good  drink 
in  cases  oi  catarrh. 


To  ReiM-OT^e  GJ-x*ease.— Aqua  ammonia,  two 
ounces,  soft  water  one  quart,  saltpetre  one  teaspoonful;  shaving 
soap  in  shavings,  one  ounce;  mix  all  together;  dissolve  the  soap 
well,  and  any  grease  or  dirt  that  cannot  be  removed  with  this 
preparation,  nothing  else  need  be  tried  for  it. 

KeMiedy  for  TSTeu-x-alg^ia.. — Hypophosphite  of 
soda  taken  in  one  drachm  doses  three  times  a day  in  beef  tea  is  a 
good  remedy  for  this  painful  affection.  So  is  the  application  of 
bruised  horseradish,  or  the  application  of  oil  of  peppermint  ap- 
plied lightly  with  a camel  hair  pencil 
Joolcoy  Olixlb. — Spirits  of  wine  five  gallons  orange- 
flower  water  one  gallon,  balsam  of  Peru,  four  ounces,  essence  of 
bergamot  eight  ounces,  essence  of  musk  eight  ounces,  essence  of 
cloves  four  ounces,  essence  of  neroli  two  ounces. 

Oeixteixnia.!  Grold  Meclfil  IVo. 

1. — Mix  twenty-five  gallons  of  warm  rain  water,  with  four  gal- 
lons molasses  and  one  gallon  of  j^east,  and  let  it  ferment;  yoK 
will  soon  have  the  best  of  vinegar;  keep  adding- these  articles  fn 
these  proportions  as  the  stock  is  sold.  Use  brewer's  yeast. 

Fox*  ^ale. — Take  three  barrels;  let  one. 

of  them  be  jmur  vinegar  barrel;  fill  this  last  up  before  it  is  quite 
empty,  with  molasses,  two  gallons;  soft  water,  eleven  gallons; 
yeast,  one  quart;  keeping  these  proportions  in  filling  up  the 
whole  three  barrels;  sell  the  vinegar  out  of  your  old  vinegar  bar- 
rel as  soon  as  it  is  ready,  which  will  be  in  a short  time;  when 
nearly  empty,  fill  it  up  with  the  fluid  as  before,  and  pass  on  to 
sell  out  of  the  next  barrel;  by  the  time  it  is  disposed  of  go  on  to 
the  last;  then  go  back  to  the  first,  filling  up  yo.ur  barrels  in  every 
case  when  nearly  empty,  and  you  will  always  keep  a stock  of 
good  vinegar  on  hand  unless  your  sales  are  ver^  large;  in  which 
case,  foHow  the  next  process.  Have  the  bung-holes  open  in  the 
barrels  to  admit  air.  The  free  admission  of  warm  air  hastens 
the  process.  Use  brewers'  yeast. 

iix  Tlii*ee  — Get  a quantity  of 

maj)le,  beech,  or  basswood  chijDS  or  shavings,  and  soak  these  in 
good  vinegar,  for  two  or  three  days.  With  these  chijjs  you  will 
fill  a barrel,  which  has  been  pierced  with  a large  number  of  inch 
hol^^s  all  around  the  sides  for  the  free  admission  of  air  among 
t^hips  ithe  more  holes  in  the  barrel  the  better,  for  the  more 


YOUNG  S BOOK  OF  SECEETS. 


29 


air  the  sooner  the  vinegar  will  be  made) ; cut  another  barrel  in 
fwc>  halves,  place  one  half  below  the  barrel  with  tiie  chips, ’and 
the  other  half  above  it.  The  top  tub  must  have  its  bottom  pier- 
ced with  a number  of  gimlet  holes,  in  which  are  placed  several 
threads  of  twine,  to  conduct  the  vinegar  evenly  over  the  chips. 
The  liquid  drains  down  slowly  through  the  chips  and  out  of  a 
faucet  jiear  the  bottom  of  the  barrel  into  the  lower  tub.  It 
should  run  through  eveiy  four  hours,  and  then  be  baled  or 
pumped  back.  Directions  to  make  vinegar  from  sugar:  Use 
one  an  half  pounds  to  each  gallon  of  water;  of  the  dregs  of  mo- 
lasses l^arrels,  use  two  pounds  .to  each  gallon  of  water;  small  beer 
lager  beer,  ale,  etc.,  which  have  become  sour,  make  good  vinegar 
by  being  reduced  with  water;  small  beer  needs  but  little  water, 
lager  be^r  as  much  water  as  beer;  to  two  gallons  of  cider,  add 
half  gallon  of  water;  you  can  also  make  excellent  vinegar  out  of 
the  artificial  cider  mention  below.  Use,  inevery  case,  soft  water 
to  make  \ inegar,  and  use  two  quarts  yeast  to  every  barrel,  It 
mrkes  much  quicker  if  the  fluid  is  slightly  lukewarm.  Leach 
either  of  these  preparations  through  the  shavings. 

This  process  should  be  attended  to  during  warm  weather,  or 
in  a room  where  a pretty  high  temperature  is  kept  up,  as  it  will 
not  work  otherwise, 

W'lii'to  — Mash  up  twenty  pounds 

raisins,  and  add  ten  gallons  of  water;  let  it  stand  in  a warm  place 
for  one  month,  and  you  will  have  pure  white  wine  vinegar.  The 
raisins  may  be  used  a second  time  the  same  way. 

OaxiJiries. — Baker’s  sponge  cake  dipped  in 
sherry  wine  is  strongly  recommended  for  sick  canary  birds  that 
have  been  moulting.  The  bird  will  no  doubt  eat  sparingly  of 
it,  but  the  remedy  is  excellent.  It  has  been  known  in  many  in- 
stances to  restore  the  voice  and  health  of  canaries  after  shedding 
eighteen  months  and  two  years.  Birds  often  continue  moulting 
from  weakness,  and  a short  time  feeding  them  on  the  cake  and 
sherry,  in  connection  with  their  seed,  soon  shows  a beneficial 
effect.  I would  also  advise  not  to  give  the  bird  any  greens  to 
eat,  nor  apples,  while  in  the  condition  described.  Canaries 
having  asthma  are  relieved,  and  sometimes  cured,  by  giving 
them  a pap  made  of  baker’s  bread  boiled  in  sweet  milk.  In  very 
bad  cases,  remove  their  seed  for  a few  days  and  let  them  feed 
entirely  upon  it.  The  following  treatment  completely  restored 
a fine  singer  which  I had  quite  despaired  of,  as  he  had  been 
sick  and  silent  for  months  : Leave  off  seed  entirely.  Make  q 
paste  of  sweet  milk  and  bread  crumbs,  throwing  the  crumbs  into 
the  milk  while  boiling,  and  stir  until  quite  smooth  ; add  a pinch 
of  cayenne  pepper,  varied  occasionally  by  some  finely-minced 
clove  or  garlic  ; dissolve  in  the  drinking  water  a little  black  cur- 
rant jelly,  a bit  of  fig,  or  half  a potash  lozenge.  I used  all  oi 
these  and  my  bird  is  well ; so  to  which  the  preference  should  be 


80 


young’s  book  of  secee^*s. 


given  I know  not,  though  I incline  to  the  jelly.  It  may  take  a 
long  time  to  cure  the  bird,  and  if  the  trouble  arises  from  hard- 
ness of  the  tongue,  it  must  be  painted  daily  with  strong  borax 
water.  If  he  sneezes,  a little  olive-oil  must  be  gently  put  up  the 
nostrils.  He  should  have  plenty  of  tepid  water  to  bathe  in, 
celery,  sweet  apple,  or  lettuce.  But  by  no  means  hang  him  close 
to  the  window,  tlie  cold  is  too  severe,  even  in  a moderately  warm 
room,  for  a bird  in  delicate  health.  Paste  must  be  fresh  daily. 

To  Mleaxti  Orockery. — No.  1.  Pour  pounds  of 
white  glue,  one  and  a half  pounds  dry  white  lead,  one-half 
pound  isinglass,  one  gallon  soft  water,  one  quart  alcohol,  one- 
half  pint  white  varnish  ; dissolve  the  glue  and  isinglass  in  the 
water  by  gentle  heat  if  preferred  ; stir  in  the  lead,  put  the  alco- 
hol in  the  varnish,  and  mix  the  whole  together. 

in  Tlastex*. — It  often  becomes  desirable  to 
insert  screws  into  plaster  walls  without  attaching  them  to  any 
wood-work  ; but  when  we  turn  them  the  plaster  gives  way,  and 
our  effort  is  vain  ; and  yet  a screw  may  be  inseided  in  plaster, 
so  as  to  hold  light  pictures,  etc.,  very  firmly.  Enlarge  the  hole 
to  about  twice  the  diameter  of  the  screw,  till  it  with  plaster  of 
Paris,  such  as  is  used  for  fastening  the  tops  of  lamps,  etc.,  and 
bed  the  screw  in  the  soft  plaster.  When  the  plaster  has  set  the 
screw  will  hold  like  iron. 

Onre  for  mxdl  Ag-ne. — One-half  ounce 

spirits  nitre,  one-half  ounce  tincture  pepper,  thirty-five  grains 
quinine,  one  pint  of  brandy.  Take  a wineglassful  three  times  a 
day,  one-half  hour  before  meals.  If  for  a child,  give  only  half 
the  quantity. 

Extirpation  of*  Oockroaclies.— Common 
red  wafers,  to  be  found  at  any  stationer’s,  will  answer  the  pur- 
pose. The  cockroaches  eat  them  and  die.  Also,  sprinkle  pow- 
dered 6oma5  plentifully  around  where  “ they  most  do  congregate,’* 
and  renew  it  occasionally  ; in  a short  time  not  a roach  will  be 
seen.  This  is  a safe  and  most  effectual  exterminator. 

To  Olean.  01<i  Black  $^ilk.— Grate  two  pota- 
toes into  a quart  of  water ; let  it  stand  to  settle,  and  then  drain 
it  off  clear.  Lay  a breadth  of  the  silk — from  'which  you  have 
wiped  off  all  the  dust  with  a flannel  rag — outside  upward  on  a 
clean  cloth  spread  over  an  ironing  blanket.  Sponge  it  across 
the  breadth  well  ; fold  it  up,  taking  care  to  keep  the  wetted  side 
upward.  Do  all  the  breadths,  laying  them  each  aside  ; then  iron 
them  with  a hot  iron,  having  a thin  piece  of  linen,  or  an  old 
handkerchief,  spread  over  the  silk  under  the  iror  ; this  will  pre- 
vent the  silk  from  shining.  Chloroform  will  cleanse  the  finest 
silks,  and  remove  spots  without  injury  to  the  fabric. 

To  Black  ^ilk.— Two  ounces  soap 

bark  (to  be  had  at  any  drug  store)  soaked  over  night  in  one  quart 
of  rain-water.  Pour  off  the  water  from  the  bark  in  the  morning 


TOUNG^S  BOOK  OP  SECBETS. 


31 


and  sponge  the  silk  thoroughly  on  both  sides,  and  hang  smoothly 
on  a Dlothes-horse  to  dry.  Do  not  iron.  Old  and  soiled  black 
silks  have  been  made  to  look  somewhere  approaching  to  new- 
ness and  more  than  respectable  by  this  process. 

Ai.  — Four  ounces 

saltpetre  in  one  pint  ot  alcohol  ; shake  well  and  bathe  parts 
affected  ; wetting  red  hannel  with  it  ; lay  it  on.  It  does  not 
cure,  but  takes  away  the  redness,  reduces  the  swelling,  and  re- 
lieves the  torment  and  agony. 

To  A.ipvsiy'  A.iits. — Put  red  pepper  in  the 

places  tha  ants  frequent  the  most,  and  scrub  the  shelves  or 
drawers  with  strong  carbolic  soap. 

To  I^ein-O^e  ‘‘Ked  MLites”  fVoiii  Oan- 
—Put  into  the  cage  as  a perch  one  or  more  hollow 
sticks,  with  holes  cut  into  them  at  short  distances  as  in  a cane 
pipe.  The  insects  crawl  into  these,  and  can  easily  be  knocked 
or  shaken  out,  or  destroyed  by  letting  hot  water  run  through 
the  sticks.  This  should  be  done  every  day  till  the  bird  is  re- 
lieved. Hang  a piece  of  new  white  flannel  in  the  cage  at  night 
next  the  perch  so  that  it  shades  the  bird  from  the  light.  In  the 
morning  you  will  find  the  inites  on  the  flannel ; wash,  or  i)ut  in 
a new  piece  the  following  night,  and  continue  doing  so  until 
they  are  all  removed.  It  is  also  well  to  scald  the  cage.  The 
perches  should  be  of  red  cedar  wood. 

Ho-w  to  OiiE*<3  Dr-tmlceiiiiess. — Sulphate  of 
iron,  five  grains  ; peppermint  water,  eleven  drachms  ; spirit  of 
nutmeg,  one  drachm  ; one  tablespoonful  twice  a day.  This 
preparation  acts  as  a stimulant  and  tonic,  and  supplies  the  place 
ot  the  accustomed  liquor. 

To  R-e^t:or‘e  — Where  velvet  has  been 

crushed,  hold  thef  wrong  side  over  a basin  of  quite  boiling  water, 
and' the  pile  will  ’ gradually  rise.  Do  not  lose  patience,  for  it 
takes  a considerable  time,  but  the  result  is  marvellous. 

A tea  made  by  pouring  one 
pint  of  boiling  water  on.  two  tablespoonfuls  of  dried  rosemary 
leaves,  with  a wineglassful  of  rum  added,  is  excellent. 

To  Gotten  tlie  Hands. — Before  retiring,  take  a 
large  pair  of  old  gloves  and  spread  mutton  tallow  inside,  also  all 
over  tlie  hands.  Wear  the  gloves  all  night,  and  wash  the  hands 
with  olive-oil  and  white  castile  soap  the  next  morning. 

To  Hemo^e  Stains  from.  Fni— 

nitnro. — Have, ready  three  pieces  of  woolen  cloth;  with  one 
well  dipx^ed  in  lamp  oil  (or  if  that  is  not  convenient  linseed  oil), 
rub  the  spot  briskl}^  wet  the  second  with  alcohol  and  apply  to 
oily  surface,  rubbing  quickly,  as  too  much  alcohol  will  destroy 
the  varnish,  and  finally  polish  with  the  third  cloth,  moistened 
with  oil  or  furniture  polish. 


32 


young’s  book  of  secbets. 


Hoap  !M!aiiTi.faot:iAY*e. — When  wood  ashes  cannoi 
conveniently  be  had  it  is  usual  for  soap  manufactures  to  use 
equal  quantities  of  recently  slacked  lime,  and  sal-soda,  soda  ash 
or  caustic  soda,  using  water  enough  to  give  the  ley  sufficient 
strength  to  support  a fresh  egg.  It  must  be  very  strong.  The 
solution  can  be  effected  by  heat,  or  stirring,  or  by  both  methods, 
finally  drawing  off,  or  bailing  out  the  liquid  clear  of  sediment, 
previously  throwing  in  salt  and  giving  time  for  the  sediment  to 
settle;  one  ton  of  yellow  soap  will  require  about  a thousand 
pounds  tallow  and  three  hundred  an  fifty  pounds  resin,  with 
ley  sufficient.  The  same  quantity  of  white  soap  will  require 
nearly  thirteen  hundred  pounds  tallow,  boiling  in  every  case 
with  the  proper  quantity  of  ley,  until  it  forms  a perfectly  hom- 
ogeneous mass  by  a perfect  blending  of  the  component  parts  all 
together,  when  it  is  poured  out  into  suitable  frames  to  harden 
and  cool.  It  is  aftervvard  cut  up  into  proper  sized  bars  by  means 
of  wires  to  which  handles  are  attached  and  then  piled  up  to  dry. 

Oandles  Iroin  — Dissolve  quarter 

pound  alum,  and  quarter  pound  saltpetre,  in  half  pint  water  on  a 
slow  fire;  then  take  three  pounds  of  lard  cut  into  small  pieces, 
and  put  into  the  pot  with  this  solution,  stirring  it  constantly 
over  a very  moderate  fire  until  the  lard  is  all  dissolved ; then  let 
it  simmer  until  all  steam  ceases  to  rise  and  remove  it  at  once 
from  the  fire.  If  you  leave  it  too  long  it  will  get  discolored. 
These  candles  are  harder  and  better  than  tallow. 

To  Tol3acco. — This  is  done  by  means  of 

a mixture  of  one  part  each  of  lemon  peel,  orange  peel,  figs, 
corriander  seed  and  sassafras;  halt  part  each  of  elderfiowers, 
elderberries,  and  cinnamon ; two  parts  of  saltpetre,  three  of  salt, 
and  four  of  sugar.  This  mixture  most  be  digested  in  fifty  parts 
of  water,  and,  before  applying  it  flavor  with  an  alcoholic  solution 
of  gum  benzion,  mastic,  and  myrrh.  It  is  said  that  this  decoc- 
tion gives  a flavor  to  common  leaves  resembling  Porto  Rico,  but 
to  this  end  the  leaves  must  be  well  dried,  about  a year  old,  well 
permeated  with  the  preparation,  kept  in  p pile  for  eight  days, 
turned  daily,  and  finally  dried. 

lor  Oig'ar  — Take  two  ounces 

Tonqua  beans,  and  one  ounce  cinnamon;  bruise  and  pulverize 
them  to  a powder,  and  put  them  into  one  pint  of  Santa  Cruze 
rum;  let  it  stand  for  a few  days  to  macerate;  stir  all  together, 
and  with  this  liquid  sprinkle  your  common  or  inferior  tobacco. 
Dry  out  of  the  sun,  and  the  flavor  will  be  unequalled. 

XJiierrini^  Test  lor  ^ood  noixr. — Good 
flour  is  white,  with  a yellowish  or  straw-color  tint.  Squeeze  some 
of  the  flour  in  your  hand ; if  good,  it  will  retain  the  shape  given 
by  pressure.  Knead  a little  between  your  fingers;  if  it  works 
soft  and  sticky,  it  is  poor.  Throw  a little  against  a dry  perpen- 
dicular surface;  if  it  fall  like  powder,  it  is  bad. 


young’s  book  of  secrets. 


33 


Transparent  ^oap. — Slice  six  pounds  nice  yellow 
bar-soap  into  shavings;  put  into  a brass,  tin  or  copper  kettle, 
with  alcohol,  half  gallon;  heating  gradually  over  a slow  lire,  stir- 
ring till  all  is  dissolved;  then  add  one  ounce  sassafras  essence, 
and  stir  until  all  is  mixed;  now  pour  into  pans  about  one  an  half 
inches  deep,  and  when  cold  cut  into  square  bars  the  length  or 
width  of  the  pan,  as  desired. 

To  Oorrect  Mixsty  ITlon-r, — Carbonate  of 
magnesia,  three  pounds;  dour,*  seven  hundred  an  sixty-five 
pounds;  mix.  This  improves  bad  flour,  causing  it  to  become 
more  wholesome,  producing  lighter  and  better  bread  than 
when  alum  is  used,  and  absorbs  and  dissipates  the  musty  smell. 

Ta-teiii:  Floixi*. — Kiln-dried 

flour,  one  cwt. ; tartaric  acid,  ten  ounces;  mix  thoroughly.  After 
two  or  three  days,  add,  of  bicarbonate  of  soda,  twelve  ounces; 
lump  sugar  half  pound;  common  salt  one  an  half  pounds.  Mix, 
and  pass  through  the  “dressing  machine.”  Have  all  the  articles 
perfectly  dry,  and  separately  reduced  to  fine  powder  before  add- 
ing to  the  flour.  Mix  with  cold  water,  and  bake  at  once.  It 
produces  light  and  porous  bread. 

To  Oxii*©  — -Take  tv/o  parts  of  fine  salt;  one 

part  loaf  sugar;  one  part  saltpetre;  mix  completely.  Use  one 
ounce  of  this  mixture  to  each  pound  of  butter;  work  well.  Bury 
your  butter  firkins  in  the  earth  in  your  cellar  bottom,  tops  near- 
ly level  with  the  ground,  or  store  away  in  a very  cool  place, 
covering  the  butter  with  a clean  cloth  and  a strong  brine  on  the 
top,  and  it  will  keep  two  years  if  desired. 

To  Hoi: 

ex*. — A simple  mode  of  keeping  butter  in  warm  weather  is  to 
invert  a large  crock  of  earthen,  or  a flour  pot  if  need  be  (varying 
with  the  size  of  the  vessel  containing  the  butter),  over  the  dish 
or  firkin  in  which  the  butter  is  held.  The  porousness  of  the 
earthenware  will  keep  the  butter  cool,  and  all  the  more  so  if  the 
pot  be  wrapped  in  a wet  cloth,  with  a little  water  in  the  dish, 
with  the  butter.  Not  the  porosity  of  the  earthenware,  but  the 
rapid  absorption  of  heat  by  external  evaporation  causes  the  but- 
ter to  become  hard. 

Tx-einixim  MCetlxodl  of*  Iceepiog'  Hams 
of:o. — To  four  gallens  of  water,  add  eight  pounds  coarse  salt, 
quarter  ounce  potash;  two  ounces  saltpetre;  two  pounds  brown 
sugar.  Boil  together,  skim  when  cold,  put  on  the  above  quanti- 
ty to  one  hundred  pounds  meat;  hams  to  remain  in  eight  weeks, 
beef,  three  weeks.  Let  the  hams  dry  several  days  before  smok- 
ing. Meat  of  all  kinds,  salmon  and  other  fish,  lobsters,  etc., 
may  be  preserved  for  years  by  a light  application  of  pyroligneous 
acid  applied  with  a brush,  sealing  up  in  cans  as  usual.  It  im- 
parts a splendid  flavor  to  the  moat,  is  very  cheajD,  an  and 
effectu^i  preservative  against  loss. 


34 


young’s  book  of  secbets. 


.-2EY*ai:€{d[  — une  pound  flour,  one  hundred 

grains  carbonate  of  soda;  sixty  grains  common  salt;  one  teaspoon 
powdered  sugar;  hundred  an  twenty  grains  muriatic  acid,  more 
or  less,  according  to  its  strength;  one  wine  pint  of  water,  inferior 
flour  will  require  less.  Well  mix  the  flour,  soda,  salt,  and  sugar 
in  a earthen  vessel,  then  add  the  acid  mixed  with  the  water,  stir 
with  a wooden  spoon.  Bake  in  one  loaf  about  one  hour.  Bake 
in  tin  or  iron  pans,  but  avoid  the  use  of  metallic  vessels  or  spoons 
while  mixing. 

To  R.e store  JRancicl  Butter.— Use  one  pint 
water  to  each  pound  of  butter,  previously  adding  twenty  grains 
chloride  of  lime  to  each  pint  of  water;  wash  well  the  butter  in 
this  mixture,  afterward  re-wash  in  cold  water  and  salt;  or  melt 
the  butter  in  a water  bath  with  animal  charcoal,  coarsely  powd- 
ered and  previously  well  sifted  to  free  it  from  dust;  skim,  remove, 
and  strain  through  flannel;  then  salt. 

Toixiato  — Boil  one  bushel  of  tomatoes  till 

they  are  soft,  squeeze  them  through  a fine  wire  sieve;  add  one  an 
half  pints  of  salt,  two  ounces  cayenne  pepper,  and  five  heads  of 
onions,  skinned  and  separated;  mix  together,  and  boil  till  reduced 
one  half;  then  bottle. 

Tire  IXor-t^lierir-Lig’lri:  Briming*  TliridL. 

— Get  good  deodorized  benzine,  sixty  to  sixty-five  gravity,  and 
to  each  barrel  of  forty-two  gallons,  add  two  pounds  pulverized 
alum,  three  an  half  ounces  gum  camphor,  and  three  an  half 
ounces  oil  of  sassafars,  or  two  ounces  oil  bergamot;  stir  up  and 
mix  thoroughly  together,  and  it  will  soon  be  ready  for  use. 
N.  B. — As  this  fluid  creates  a much  larger  volume  of  light  and 
flame  than  carbon  oil,  it  is  necessary  to  use  either  a high  burner, 
such  as  the  sun  burner,  to  elevate  the  flame  away  from  the  lamp 
in  order  to  keep  it  cool,  or  instead  thereof,  to  use  a burner  pro- 
vided with  a tube  for  the  escape  of  the  gas  generated  from  the 
fluid,  such,  for  instance,  as  the  Meriden  burner. 

Olxeni^  stal’d!.  Tolidt. 

-—This  article  has  undoubtedly  had  a more  extensive  sale 
through  agents  than  any  other  article  used  in  the  household.  It 
is  a meritorious  one,  and  will  always  find  sale  if  our  directions 
are  followed.  Care  must  be  taken  to  procure  th^  ingredients 
marked  as  we  give  it. 

DIBECTIONS  AND  BECIPE. 

Procure  from  your  druggist  an  article  of  commerce  called  and 
marked  A 1 (not  B 1),  but  A 1 paraffine  wax.  It  must  be  the 
hardest  wax  made.  If  an  inferior  grade  is  used  it  will  not  pro- 
duce the  same  result  as  the  best  A 1 wax.  Please  buy  no  other. 
Place  your  paraffine  in  a tin  boiler  or  pan,  or  pail,  or  kettle,  as  is 
most  convenient.  Melt  it  over  a slow  fire.  Use  care  in  melting. 
When  melted  thoroughly  remove  the  vessel  from  the  fire  ; cover 
it  to  keep  the  liquid  hot.  Take  some  round  tin  pie  pans,  and 


IPOUNG  S BOOK  OP  SECEETS. 


^^5 

efl  tliem  with  sweet  oil  as  you  would  for  pie  baking,  but  do  not 
nse  lard.  Put  these  pans  on  a level  table,  and  pour  in  enough 
of  the  hot  wax  to  make  a de^Dth  in  each  pan  equal  to  about  the 
thickness  of  one-eighth  of  an  inch.  While  hot  glance  over  the 
pans  to  see  that  they  are  level.  As  this  is  very  essential,  please 
remember  it.  If  the  pans  are  not  level,  the  cakes  will  be  all 
thicknesses,  which  should  not  be  so.  Let  them  cool,  but  not 
too  fast.  Watch  them  closely,  and  have  a tin  stamp  ready  to 
stamp  the  cakes  out  about  the  size  of  an  ordinary  candy  lozenge. 
This  stamp  should  be  about  eight  inches  long,  larger  at  the  top 
than  at  the  bottom,  so  that  the  cakes  can  pass  up  through  the 
stamp  as  you  are  cutting  them  out  of  the  pans.  Lay  the  cakes 
in  another  pan  to  cool.  Before  they  become  very  hard  separate 
them  from  each  other  ; if  not  it  will  be  difficult  to  do  so  when 
they  become  very  hard.  Do  not  neglect  this.  Have  boxes  made 
at  any  paper  box  makers  in  any  large  city.  They  cost  about 
from  one  to  two  cents  each  ; sliding  boxes  are  the  best.  Have 
your  labels  printed,  and  commence  business  at  once.  This  is  a 
staple  article.  Wholesale  grocers  throughout  the  United  States 
generally  have  it  in  stock.  You  can  wholesale  it  to  them,  or  re- 
tail it  to  families.  This  one  Secret  is  worth  one  hundred  times 
the  price  of  this  book.  It  has  been  manufactured,  by  the  pub- 
lisher of  this  book  since  1863,  and  there  has  been  a constant  de- 
mand for  it. 

Young’s  Tiirliisli  or  Fx*ozeii.  Pex— 
fii.iii.os. — This  is  a saleable,  cheap,  and  meritorious  Solidified 
Perfume.  Perhaps  no  article  of  luxury  has  had  such  a con- 
tinuous sale.  The  demand  has  never  diminished.  In  1863— 
simultaneous  with  the  introduction  of  the  Starch  Polish — we  in- 
troduced this  novelty — Solidified  Ferfame,  The  sales  have  been 
simply  enormous.  We  are  selling  this  perfume  as  fast  as  ever, 
and  we  feel  that  the  world  is  wide,  and  room  lor  all,  and  have 
determined  to  publish  the  correct  Becipe  in  this  book,  and  we 
vouch  for  its  reliability,  as  anj^  one  can  test  by  calling  on  the 
publisher  of  this  book,  at  his  manufactory,  1 73  Greenwich  street. 
New  York,  where  this  perfume  is  made  nearly  every  day  to  fill 
orders.  It  is  easily  and  cheaply  made.  The  tj.  S.  Eevenue  De- 
partment requires  every  person  manufacturing  this  article  to 
place  a one  cent  proprietary  stamp  on  every  box  sold.  Please  re- 
member this, 

RECIPE  AND  DIRECTIONS. 

Procure  A 1 Paraffine  wax  from  any  wholesale  druggist.  Be 
sure  to  get  the  hard  A 1 wax.  Melt  it  over  a slow  fire  in  any  tin 
vessel  ; care  should  be  taken  not  to  let  it  burn.  Be  particular 
about  this.  When  melted  remove  it  from  the  fire,  and  cover  the 
top  of  the  vessel.  Now,  you  must  remember  that  Solidified  Per- 
fumes cannot  be  successfully  made  while  hot,  but  they  must  be 
warm.  The  heat  drives  out  the  perfume,  and  counteracts  the 


3G 


YOTJNG^S  BOOK  OF  SECStSWS. 


effects  of  the  essential  oils  used  for  perfuming  purposes.  For 
the  perfume  you  must  use  only  the  strongest  essential  oils.  Light 
extracts  are  worthless.  Take  two  ounces  oil  lemon  grass,  and 
one-half  ounce  oil  cloves,  and  one-quarter  ounce  oil  lavender 
flowers  ; mix  them  well  together.  For  this  amount  of  perfume 
you  require  about  four  quarts  of  the  liquid  paraffine.  Pour  the 
oils  into  the  melted  paraffine  while  warm,  stirring  it  well  while 
pouring.  Have  ready  round  pie  pans,  well  oiled  with  olive  oil. 
Pour  in  the  perfumed  wax  until  you  have  about  one  quarter  inch 
in  depth  of  the  melted  liquid  Perfume  in  each  pan.  Be  sure  to 
have  your  pans  level  on  the  table.  Have  a tin  stamp  ready  to  use 
to  cut  the  cakes  out  at  the  proper  time.  This  stamp  should  be 
made  larger  at  the  top  than  at  the  bottom.  It  should  be  square. 
The  stamp  that  we  use  is  one  and  three-eighths  inches  long,  and 
one  inch  wide  at  the  stamping  point.  It  is  a little  larger  at  the 
top.  The  edges  are  filed  sharp  as  a knife,  and  kept  so  constantly. 
Stamp  the  cakes  out  when  they  are  cooling,  before  they  get  too 
hard  to  cut.  You  must  use  your  eyes,  your  hands,  and  common 
sense  and  good  judgment  at  this  stage  of  its  manufacture.  If  it 
is  too  cold  and  hard  you  cannot  cut  it.  If  too  soft  your  punch 
will  stick  to  the  soft  wax.  Watch  it  closely,  and  you  cannot 
fail  to  have  the  best  results.  Lay  the  square  cakes  in  pans  to 
cool,  or  if  your  punch  does  not  draw  them  up  from  the  pan  you 
are  stamping,  let  them  remain  in  the  original  pan  until  cold 
enough  to  box  up.  Use  gilt  boxes  the  size  of  the  cak^c.  L 
your  own  price  on  them.  They  are  worth  15  to  25  cents  retaiL 
Beckon  your  cost  of  manufacture,  and  regulate  your  wholesale 
price  accordingly.  We  consider  this  information  worth  OQi 
thousand  dollars  to  any  smart,  active  man  or  woman.  We  mean 
just  what  v/e  say.  One  thousand  dollars  is  a mere  song  for  this 
recipe.  We  have  kept  one  man  stamping  out  this  solidified 
perfume  for  six  consecutive  years.  Any  child  of  good  common 
sense  can  make  it.  Although  we  introduced  it  in  1863,  we  have 
not  manufactured  it  continually  during  that  time.  We  made  it 
for  six  years,  and  then  laid  it  aside.  We  have  now  commenced 
its  manufacture  again.  It  sells  well  now.  We  are  making  it 
from  the  above  recipe.  You  have  the  right  and  privilege  to  do 
the  same.  But  remember  we  do  not  give  you  the  privilege  to 
publish  this  recipe  for  sale.  We  give  you  the  right  to  manu- 
factvire  the  goods  and  sell  them.  If  the  recipe  is  sold,  you  must 
buy  this  book  and  sell  them  this  book  containing  the  recipe. 
We  own  the  copyright  for  this  article,  and  we  will  protect  it.  The 
books  we  will  sell  you  at  a liberal  discount  from  the  retail  price. 
But  manufacturing  the  goods  for  market  is  the  business  you 
should  give  your  attention  to. 


totjnq’s  book  of  secbets. 


ADVEETISED  SECEETS. 


We  here  publish  some  of  the  advertised  Secrets  which  we  our- 
selves have  bought  from  time  to  time  during  the  past  twenty 
years.  Some  of  these  Secrets  we  have  sent  $5.00  for,  many  we 
have  paid  $1.00  for,  and  others  we  have  sent  50  cents  to  the 
self-styled  “ owners”  for  a copy.  We  do  not  claim  that  fortunes 
can  be  made  from  them,  neither  do  we  say  that  there  cannot. 
We  publish  them  as  we  received  them.  For  what  has  cost  us 
about  $200  to  collect  from  the  different  parties  advertising  these 
Secrets  we  give  for  a mere  trifle,  and  these  Secrets  are  now  as 
much  your  property  to  manufacture  or  use  as  the  particular  in- 
dividuals from  whom  they  were  purchased  by  us. 

Awnerioan.  Grin 

at  Sixteen  Oent}^  pen  Fint. — To  make  this  com- 
pound it  is  necessary  to  procure  clean  rectified  spirit,  either 
proof  or  in  one  five  under  proof,  which  can  be  procured  at  any 
of  the  distillers.  Procure  one  gallon  of  proof  spirit,  and  one 
ounce  of  juniper  berries,  and  let  them  steep  together  for  a 
week,  then  take  a quarter  of  an  ouncp  of  the  oil  of  juniper 
berries,  and  with  this  add  ten  drops  of  the  oil  of  turpentine  and 
five  drops  of  the  oil  of  sweet  fennel  seeds.  Kub  these  three 
oils  together  with  a sufficient  quantity  of  loaf  sugar  to  absorb 
the  oils,  after,  which  add  gradually  the  eighth  of  a pint  of  recti- 
fied spirits  of  wine.  Stir  it  till  the  whole  is  thoroughly  incor- 
porated and  mix  it  well  in  the  proof  spirits.  The  next  day  add 
half  a pint  of  clean  lime-water  and  fine  it  with  a bit  of  rock 
alum  the  size  of  a pea.  Strain  off  when  clear — add  two  or  three 
quarts  of  sweetened  water  to  bring  it  to  the  strength  of  what  is 
termed  extra  strong  or  strong  ; this  will  produce  twelve  or  four- 
teen pints  of  American  Gin,  at  a cost  of  little  more  than  16  cents 
per  pint. 

Premiu-m  — Fermented  mead  is  made  in  the 

proportion  of  one  pound  of  honey  to  three  pints  of  water,  or  by 
boiling  over  a moderate  fire  till  tho  quantity  is  reduced  one 
third,  three  parts  water  and  one  paF  honey.  The  liquor  is  then 
skimmed  and  casked,  care  being  taken  to  keep  the  cask  full 
whde  fermenting,  during  which  process  the  cask  is  left  um 
stopped  and  exposed  to  the  sun,  or  in  a warm  room,  until  the 
working  cease.  The  cask  is  then  bunged,  and  in  a few  months 
the  cellar  renders  it  fit  for  use.  Mead  is  rendered  more  vinous 
and  pleasant  by  the  addition  of  cut  raisin,  or  other  fruits,  boiled 


38 


young’s  book  or  secbets. 


in  the  proportion  of  half  a pound  of  raisins  to  six  pounds  of 
honey,  with  a toasted  crust  of  bread  ; an  ounce  of  salt  of  tartar 
in  a glass  of  brandy  being  added  to  the  liquor  w^hen  cashed,  to 
which  some  add  five  or  six  drops  of  the  essence  of  cinnamon  ; 
others  pieces  of  lemon  peel,  with  various  syrups.  This  is  not 
only  a splendid  beverage  for  home  consumption,  but  will  sell 
readily  at  any  public  resort. 

Ale  "witlio-ULt:  or  Hops. — No  production 

in  this  country  abounds  so  much  with  saccharine  matter  as  the 
shells  of  green  peas.  A strong  decoction  of  them  so  much  re- 
sembles, in  odor  and  taste,  an  infusion  of  malt  (termed  wort),  as 
to  deceive  a brewer.  This  decoction,  rendered  slightly  bitter 
with  the  wood  sage,  and  afterward  fermented  with  yeast,  affords 
a very  excellent  beverage.  The  method  employed  is  as  follows  : 
Fill  a boiler  with  the  green  shells  of  peas,  pour  on  water  till  it 
rises  half  an. inch  above  the  shells,  and  simmer  for  three  hours. 
Strain  off  the  liquor,  and  add  a strong  decoction  of  the  wood 
sage,  or  the  hop,  so  as  to  render  it  pleasantly  bitter  ; then  fer- 
ment in  the  usual  manner.  The  wood  sage  is  the  best  substitute 
for  hops  ; and  being  free  from  any  anodyne  property  is  enfiitled 
to  a preference.  Boil  a fresh  quantity  of  shells  in  the  decoction, 
and  when  cold,  it  may  be  thoroughly  impregnated  with  saccha- 
rine matter,  as  to  afford  a liquor,  when  fermented,  as  strong  as 
ale. 

R;eiw.€3<iy  fox*  Astliixia. — The  Reper- 
toire de  Riiarmacie  gives  the  following  simple  remedy  for  the 
Asthma  ; Take  a strong  saturated  solution  of  nitrate  of  potassa  ; 
dip  tinder  into  it,  and  then  allow  it  to  dry.  Procure  a wide- 
moutli  phial,  the  cork  of  which  has  an  aperture  in  the  centre,  so 
as  to  admit  any  hollow  tube  whatever — a pipe  closed  at  the  end 
for  example.  Light  the  piece  of  tinder  and  place  it  in  the  phial. 
Then  cause  the  patient  to  inhale  the  gases  that  are  disefagaged, 
either  through  the  mouth  or  nostrils.  At  the  end  of  a few  respi- 
rations he  will  find  relief  which  will  augment.  In  regaird  to  an 
explanation  of  this  mode  of  treatment,  it  is  supposed  that  a small 
portion  of  oxygen,  disengaged  by  the  combustion  of  the  nitrate 
of  potassa,  is  inhaled  by  the  patient.  It  is  knowm  that  in  asth- 
matic patients  the  sanguinous  circulation  is  incomplete  in  the 
lungs,  and  the  blood  is  imperfectl}?'  regenerated,  that  it  is  black, 
and  does  not  burn  its  excess  of  carbon.  By  the  oxygen  absorbed, 
therefore,  combustion  may  be  facilitated. 

Oemen't. — Professor  Hirzel  has  dis-. 
covered  an  important  use  of  glycerine.  When  glycerine  is 
mixed  with  fine  and  well  dried  litharge,  it  yields  a cement  that  is 
capable  of  a large  number  of  applications.  All  metals  and  nearly 
all  solid  bodies  can  be  bound  together  by  this  cement ; it  is  said 
to  harden  under  water  as  readily  as  in  the  air,  and  to  resist  a 
temperature  of  500  deg.  It  is  especially  lecommended  for  such 


young’s  book  of  SECBETSo 


39 


pieces  of  apparatus  as  are  exposed  to  tlie  action  of  chlorine  ; 
hydrochloric  acid,  sulphuric  acid,  sulphurous  acid,  and  nitric 
acid  ; also  the  vapor  of  alcohol,  ether,  and  bisulphide  of  carbon, 
as  none  of  these  agents  act  upon  it.  The  cement  can  be  used  in 
steam  engines,  pumps,  foundations  for  machinery,  and  finally, 
as  a substitute  for  plaster  in  galvano-plaster  and  electro-plating. 
The  preparation  of  glycerine  and  litharge  to  be  taken  must  de- 
pend somewhat  upon  the  consistency  of  the  cement,  and  its  pro- 
posed uses.  An  excess  of  glycerine  would  retard  the  setting,  as 
it  does  not  readily  evaporate. 

Bordeau-X  Imitateil. — Take  a quart  of 

fine  American  cider,  and  an  equal  quantity  of  port  wine,  mix 
and  shake  them,  put  the  mixed  liquor  in  bottles,  and  cork  them 
well,  and  let  the  bottles  be  laid  on  their  sides.  In  one  month  it 
will  be  a very  good  imitation  of  foreign  Bordeaux  wine. 

Grreai:  of*  "Waterproofing’  Olotlx.— 

Bor  many  years  I have  worn  India  rubber  waterproof  r but  1 
will  buy  no  more,  for  I have  learned  that  good  Scottish  tweed 
can  be  made  completely  impervious  to  rain,  and,  moreover,  I 
have  learned  how  to  make  it  so  ; and  for  the  benefit  of  the 
public  I have  been  led  to  sell  this  recipe,  which  is  as  follows  ; 
In  a pail  of  soft  water  put  half  a pound  of  sugar  of  lead  (the 
acetate  of  lead),  and  half  a pound  of  alum  ; stir  this  at  intervals 
until  it  becomes  clear ; then  pour  it  off  into  another  pail,  and 
put  the  garments  therein,  and  let  it  be  in  for  twenty-four  hours, 
and  then  hang  it  '"p  to  dry  without  wringing  it.  Two  of  my  party 
— a lady  and  gentleman — have  worn  garments  thus  treated  in  the 
wildest  storm  of  wind  and  rain  without  getting  wet.  The  rain  hangs 
upon  the  cloth  in  globules  ; in  short,  they  are  really  waterproof. 
A fortnight  ago  I walked  nine  miles  in  a storm  of  wind  and  rain, 
siich  as  you  rarely  see,  and  when  I slipped  off  my  overcoat  my 
underclothes  were  as  dry  as  when  I put  them  on.  This  is,  I 
think,  a secret  worth  knowing  ; for  cloth,  if  it  can  be  made  to 
keep  out  wet,  is  in  every  way  better  than  what  we  knpw  as  water- 
proof. 

f:o  Raise  t;lie  Vinegax*  Blaaf:. — 

What  is  popularly  known  as  the  vinegar  plant  is  only  a form  of 
the  “mother  of  vinegar,”  which  is,  again,  only  a state  of  common 
mold.  The  manner  of  obtaining  it  is  as  follows  : Leave  a little 
vinegar  in  a small  bottle  to  become  stale  <during  hot,  close 
weather  is  best),  till  a film  appears  on  the  surface.  This  film  is 
the  spawn  or  mycelium  of  a species  of  mildew,  and  is  the  in- 
cipient state  of  the  vinegar  plant  proper.  If  a few  fragments  of 
coarse  brown  sugar  be  now  added,  it  will  somewhat  ajd.  its 
growth  ; but  when  the  film  has  attained  the  thickness  of  parch- 
ment, it  is  ready  for  transfer  to  syrup,  where  it  soon  becomes 
the  housewife’s  normal  vinegar  plant.  Procure  a large  jar  or 
bottle,  and  to  two  quarts  of  boiling  water  add  half  a pound  of 


40 


young’s  book  of  seckets. 


molasses,  and  half  a pound  of  the  commonest  brown  sugar  ; stir 
all  these  ingredients  well  together,  and  when  cool  transfer  the 
film  from  the  surface  of  the  vinegar  to  the  surface  of  the  syrup  ; 
cover  up  to  exclude  air,  and  keep  in  a warm  cupboard.  This 
film  will  rapidly  grow  and  form  a thick,  slippery  gelatinous 
mass  all  over  the  surface  of  the  syrup,  and  in  course  of  six  weeks 
or  so  the  liquid  will  be  changed  to  excellent  vinegar.  The  vine- 
gar plant  can  now  be  taken  and  divided  into  layers,  or  cut  up 
into  fragments,  each  piece  of  which  if  placed  upon  fresh  syrup 
will  rapidly  grow  and  change  the  liquor  into  vinegar.  The  vine- 
gar should  be  allowed  to  settle  and  be  strained  before  it  is  used. 

Fislx  O'u.l'tiix’e. — How  TO  Secube  neably  Double  the 
USUAL  Pboduct  in  Fish  Eaising. — I have  closely  observed  the 
habits  of  many  of  the  fishes  that  inhabit  our  southern  streams, 
and  among  others  the  trout.  Here  they  are  migratory,  or  at 
least  they  leave  the  small  streams  in  October,  and  return  to  them 
in  March.  They  spawn  in  April,  and  the  young  brood  are  hatched 
out  in  a few  days.  Now  my  plan  for  increasing  the  yield  is  to 
have  the  eggs  of  the  trout  and  other  fishes  well  protected  in 
their  natural  bed,  w^here  deposited  by  the  mother,  bj'’  placing 
over  it  a frame  of  fine  wire  net  or  cloth.  But  little  attention  is 
needed  to  find  the  nest  of  the  trout  or  other  fish  ; then  as  soon 
as  the  eggs  are  all  deposited  you  have  only  to  put  the  wire  net 
over  the  nest  and  it  will  keep  off  nearly  all  of  the  fish  and  in- 
sects that  pray  on  the  eggs.  In  this  way  I think  j^ou  maybe 
sure  of  75  per  cent,  of  the  eggs  producing  young  trout,  and  as 
these  remain  near  the  nest  till  old  enough  to  escape  from  most  of 
the  dangers  of  their  infant  state,  the  wire  net  will  save  nearly 
all  of  theui. 

d atones.” — How  to  Find,  How  to  Pbepabe,  and 
How  TO  Use  the  Gbeat  Natubal  Remedy  fob  Bites  of  Poison- 
ous OB  Rabid  Animals. — There  are  several  possessors  of  what 
are  called  “mad  stones,”  and  each  of  these  persons  is  regarded 
as  peculiarly  fortunate  to  possess  the  article,  which  has,  in  many 
cases,  been  handed  down  irom  generation  to  generation,  or  has 
been  purchased  at  a high  price.  The  wmnders  achieved  by  such 
stones  have  many  witnesses  in  their  respective  sections,  and  a 
single  little  stone  has  yielded  its  owner  a handsome  income,  as 
persons  bitten  by  snakes,  mad  dogs,  etc.,  will  readily  pay  $2  to 
$10  merely  to  be  allowed  to  apply  the  marvelous  stone  to  tlje 
wound.  The  finding  of  these  stones  has  been  so  far  mere  chance. 
I propose  to  tell  how  they  can  be  obtained  with  greater  certainty. 
In  nearly  every  section  there  is  what  is  known  as  “red  shale” 
or  “red  shell,”  and  also  of  a darker  color,  a nearly  black  variet^y 
of  similar  rocks.  Among  specimens  of  both  these  minerals  will 
be  found  occasionally  one  very  porous  or  absorbent.  Try  one 
of  these  on  the  tongue  ; when  one  is  found  that  v/ill  adhere 
strongly  it  is  suitable  to  use.  Grind  down  to  convenient  shape, 


"SCtlNG'S  BOOK  OF  SECRETS. 


41 


with  a flat  surface.  In  this  way  several  specimens  have  been 
found  which  on  comparison  proved  exactly  like  the  famous  one 
owned  by  the  Pointer  lamilj^  of  Halifax  County,  Virginia,  for 
fifty  years,  , and  performing  many  cures.  Should  you  have  any 
difficulty  in  finding  any  of  these  natural  “mad  stones,”  I have 
learned  how  artificial  ones  may  be  manufactured,  possessing 
equal  value  ; indeed,  such  is  the  secret  of  the  great  East  Indian 
“ pamboo-kaloo  ” remedy  in  cases  of  wounds  by  venomous  ser- 
pents, of  which  are  given  many  well  authenticated  instances  of 
its  virtue  when  the  patient  was  bitten  by  the  deadly  cobra  di 
capello.  The  stone  is  intensely  black  and  highly  polished,  and, 
being  porous,  rapidly  imbibes  the  blood  and  with  it  the  poison. 
The  stone  adheres  for  a few  minutes,  like  the  “mad  stone,” 
then  drops  off.  Analysis  of  one  of  these  has  shown  it  is  a piece 
of  charred  bone,  evidence  of  which  is  afforded  both  by  the  aper- 
ture of  cells  or  tubes  on  its  surface  and  by  the  fact  that  it  ex- 
hibits an  organic  structure  within.  When  heated,  water  and 
ammonia  escape,  and  finally  the  carbon  burns  away,  leaving  a 
white  ash  which  is  phosphate  of  lime.  The  snake  charmers 
from  the  coast  also  visit  Ceylon  proper  to  prepare  the  snake 
stones  themselves,  and  to  preserve  the  composition  a secret ; the 
manufacture  of  them  is  a lucrative  trade  carried  on  by  the  monks 
of  Manilla,  who  supply  the  merchants  of  India.  The  Mexicans 
also  have  a snake  stone,  piedra  ponsona,  which  is  substantially 
the  same  as  those  above  mentioned.  To  make  it,  it  is  only  ne- 
cessary to  procure  a sound,  solid  piece  of  horn,  hart’s  horn  is 
considered  best,  and  roast  slowly  until  thoroughly  charred 
throughout.  This  is  the  v/hole  secret  of  making,  and  the  pro- 
duct will  be  found  to  have  all  the  merits  possessed  by  any 
already  celebrated  for  their  cures.  In  using  either  the  natural 
or  artificial,  the  wood  must  be  slightly  moistened  with  water  or 
spittle^  or  what  would  be  even  better,  a little  spirits  of  harts- 
horn. The  stone  is  to  be  then  pressed  into  the  wound  and 
allowed  to  adhere  until  it  drops  off.  Cures  are  reported  in  even 
severe  cases  in  from  eight  to  twelve  hours.  One,  to  my  ov/n 
knowledge,  applied  in  a case  of  bite  by  a copperhead  snake  and 
effected  a complete  cure  in  twelve  hours.  The  patient  was  very 
sick  and  delirious. 

Mag’ica.l  IPsxin-t  01ea.ii.ei:*-— Provide  a plate  with 
some  of  the  best  whiting  to  be  had,  and  have  ready  some  clean 
warm  water  and  a piece  of  flannel,  which  dip  into  the  water  and 
squeeze  nearly  dry;  then  take  as  much  whiting  as  will  adhere  to 
it,  apply  it  to  the  painted  surface,  when  a little  rubbing  will 
instantly  remove  any  dirt  or  grease.  After  which  wash  the  part 
well  with  clean  water,  rubbing  it  dry  with  a soft  chamois.  Paint 
thus  cleaned  looks  as  well  as  when  first  laid  on,  without  any 
injury  to  the  most  delicate  colors  It  is  far  better  than  using 
soap,  and  does  not  require  more  than  half  the  time  and  labor. 


42 


YOTJKG'S  book  op  SECEEm 


Oaptain  "Vine  HaiPs  Hemeciy  fbs* 

Lo'v  e oP  Drinli.— Sulphate  of  iron,  five 

grains  ; peppermint  water,  eleven,  drachms  ; spirit  of  nutmeg, 
one  drachm.  To  be  taken  twice  a day  in  doses  of  about  a wine- 
glassful  or  less,  with  or  without  water.  This  recipe  is  not  only 
an  inestimable  boon  to  the  victim  of  strong  drink,  but  iDroperl'y 

pushed  ” is  capable  of  yielding  a handsome  income  from  its 
manufacture.  This  remedy  is  prepared  by  different  persons 
under  different  titles,  and  sold  at  from  $1  to  $5  per  bottle. 

Excelsior*  Axle  Gri*ease, — Take  one  part  good 
plumbago  (black  lead)  sifted  through  a coarse  muslin  so  as 
to  be  perfectly  free  from  grit,  and  stir  it  into  five  quarts 
of  lard,  warmed  so  as  to  be  stirred  easily  without  melting. 
Stir  vigorously  until  it  is  smooth  and  uniform.  Then  raise 
the  heat  until  the  mixture  melts.  Stir  constantly,  remove 
from  the  fire,  and  keep  stirring  until  cold.  Apply  cold 
to  the  axle  or  any  other  bearing  with  a brush.  If  intended 
for  use  where  the  axle  or  bearing  is  in  a warm  apartment,  as 
the  interior  of  mills,  etc.,  two  ounces  of  hard  tallow  or  one 
ounce  of  beeswax,  may  be  used  to  every  ten  pounds  of  the  mix- 
ture. This  grease  is  cheaper  in  use  than  oil,  tallow  or  tar,  or 
any  compound  of  them,  and  can  be  sold  at  a good  profit  in  any 
thickly  settled  countryo 

Hax*cl  "Wa-tei*  — The  Laundresses’ 

Assistant,  warranted  not  to  injure  the  finest  fabric.  No  acid,  no 
potash.  In  the  wash  room  it  saves  time,  labor,  expense,  muscle, 
temper  and  hands.  The  clothes  will  come  out  clean  and  white, 
without  wear  or  tear,  or  rubbing  on  wash-boards,  therefore  will 
last  twice  as  long.  For  house  cleaning  it  is  unequaled.  One 
girl  can  wash  more  clothes,  paint,  walls,  windows  or  floors  in  a 
day  with  perfect  ease,. with  this  powder,  than  she  could  in  tour 
days  with  hard  labor,  soap  and  scrubbing  brush;  and  the  paint 
will  look  new  and  bright.  It  only  requires  to  be  tested  to  be 
appreciated.  If  it  does  not  give  satisfaction,  we  will  refund  the 
money. 

Eecipe. — Mix  any  quantity  of  soda  ash  with  an  equal  portion  of 
carbonate  of  snda,  (ordinary  soda)  crushed  into  coarse  grains. 
Have  a thin  solution  of  glue,  or  decoction  of  linseed  oil  ready, 
into  which  pour  the  soda  until  quite  thick.  Spread  it  out  on 
boards  in  a warm  apartment  to  dry.  As  soon  as  dry,  shake  up 
well  so  that  it  will  pack  easily  into  nice  square  packages.  Label 
neatly.  Pound  packages  ought  not  to  cost  over  seven  cents, 
ready  for  market;  tliese  retail  readily  for  thirty-five  cents 

Ely  Eapei*,  oi*  ’Em 

-Alixo  Oil. ! ’’—You  must  take  linseed  oil,  no  other  will  do, 
and  put  it  into  a strong  iron  pot.  Tlie  pot  must  be  third  full 
only,  and  must  have  a lid  that  fits  closely.  Y'ou  bring  the  oil  to 


young’s  book  of  seobets. 


43 


a boil  and  then  set  fire  to  ’ t on  top  as  well.  This  operation  can  only 
be  carried  on  out  doors.  When  it  has  been  afire  about  forty  min- 
utes put  on  the  lid  to  quench  it  and  then  take  a little  out  on  a 
stick  and  cool  it  to  see  whether  it  is  thick  enough.  If  not  boil 
and  burn  again  twenty  minutes  more,  and  so  on  until  it  is  thick 
enough.  Some  oil  requires  long  as  four  or  five  hours,  some 
longer  yet  and  some  less.  When  of  the  right  consistency,  about 
like  thick  New  Orleans  molasses,  it  can  be  brushed  on  stout 
manilla  (brown)  paper.  When  rightly  made  it  will  remain  sticky* 
for  six  months.  It  can  be  made  cheaper  and  quicker  if  some 
common  rosin,  cracked  up  into  coarse  powder,  is  put  into  it  (one 
pound  rosin  to  a gallon  of  oil)  but  it  dries  up  quicker;  still  this 
kind  is  good  enough  for  general  use.  The  sheets  of  paper  should 
be  about  the  size  of  letter  paper  and  with  a crease  in  the  middle, 
.and  when  covered  with  the  compound  should  be  folded  so  that 
the  covered  parts  come  together.  They  can  then  be  packed  and 
carried  without  injury  to  anything  else.  When  wanted  they  can 
be  easily  pulled  apart.  The  sheets  are  a ready  sale  at  five  cents 
apiece.  Two  hundred  and  fifty  can  be  made  from  one  gallon  of 
linseed  oil  which  costs  about  one  dollar,  the  paper  costs  about 
(Eighty  cents,  it  ought  to  be  good  and  strong  and  tJie  boiling 
would  bring  the  cost  to  about  a cent  a sheet.  Mine  costs  me 
rather  less,  but  I make  it  in  larger  quantities. 

Gi-reaifc  Harness  Blaclcing*. — 

Three  ounces  turpentine,  two  ounces  white  wax,  to  be  dissolved 
together  over  a slow  fire;  then  add  one  ounce  of  ivory-black  and 
one  drachm  of  indigo,  to  be  well  pulverized  and  mixed  together. 
When  the  wax  and  the  turpentine  are  dissolved,  add  the  ivory- 
bKick  and  the  indigo,  and  stir  till  cold.  Apply  very  thin;  brush 
afterward,  and  it  will  give  a beautiful  polish.  This  blacking 
keeps  the  leather  soft,  and,  properly  applied,  gives  a good  polish. 
It  is  excellent  for  buggy  tops,  harness,  etc.  Old  harness,  if  hard 
may  be  washed  in  warm  water,  and  when  nearly  dry,  grease  it 
with  neatsfoot  oil. 

Firo  Kindllers. — To  make  very  nice  fire  kindlers, 
take  resin  any  quantity,  and  melt  it,  putting  in  for  each  pound 
being  used,  from  two  to  three  ounces  of  tallow,  and  when  all  is 
hot,  stir  in  pine  sawdust  to  make  very  thick;  and,  while  yet  hot, 
spread  it  out  about  one  inch  thick,  upon  boards  which  have  fine 
sawdust  sprinkled  upon  them,  to  prevent  it  from  sticking.  When 
cold,  break  up  into  lumps  alDOut  one  inch  square.  But  if  for 
sale,  take  a thin  board  and  press  upon  it,  while  yet  warm,  to  lay 
it  off  into  inch  squares;  this  makes  it  break  regularly,  if  you 
press  the  crease  sufficiently  deep,  grease  the  marked  board  to 
prevent  it  from  sticking. 

To  Keep  Oidea:*  s^weet,  and.  ^^>veeten 

SoH-I*  Older* • — To  keep  cider  perfect  take  a keg  aud  bore 
holes  in  the  bottom  of  ity  spread  a piece  oi  woollen  clotJi  at  the 


44 


young’s  book  of  secrets. 


bottom:  then  fill  with  clean  sand  closely  packed;  draw  your 
cider  from  a barrel  just  as  fast  as  it  will  run  through  the  sand; 
after  this,  put  in  clean  barrels  which  have  had  a piece  of  cotton 
or  linen  cloth  two  by  seven  inches  dipped  in  melted  sulphur 
and  burned  inside  of  them,  thereby  absorbing  the  sulphur  fumee 
(this  process  will  also  sweeten  sour  cider) ; then  keep  it  in  a 
cellar  or  room  where  there  is  no  fire,  and  add  half  pound  white 
mustard  seed  to  each  barrel.  If  the  cider  is  long  made,  or  sour- 
ing when  you  get  it,  about  one  quart  of  hickory  ashes  (or  a little 
more  of  other  hard  wood  ashes)  stirred  into  each  barrel  will 
sweeten  and  clarify  it  nearly  equal  to  rectifying  it  as  above;  but 
if  it  is  not  rectified,  it  must  be  racked  off  to  get  clear  of  the 
pomace,  as  with  this  in  it,  it  will  sour.  Oil  or  whiskey  bar- 
rels are  best  to  put  cider  in,  or  half  pint  sweet  oil  to  a barrel,  or 
a gallon  of  whiskey  to  a barrel,  or  both,  may  be  added  with 
decidedly  good  effects;  isinglass,  fo'b.r  ounces  to  each  barrel, 
hepls  to  clarify  and  settle  cider  that  is  not  to  be  rectified, 

Blaoliciii.g'- — Ivory  black  two  pounds;  mo- 
lasses, two  pounds;  sweet  oil,  one  pound;  rub  together  till  well 
mixed;  then  add  oil  vitrol,  three  quarters  of  a pound;  add  coarse 
sugar,  half  pound;  and  dilute  with  beer  bottoms;  this  cannot  be 
excelled. 

Ilixntei-’s  ^?^ecY•ets  and.  Prwate  Gl-nide 
■to  Ti*a;pj>oi:*s. — The  following  secret  applies  to  all  ani- 
mals, as  every  animal  is  attracted  by  the  peculiar  odor  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree , but  it  is  best  adapted  to  land  animals, 
such  as  foxes,  minks,  sables,  martens,  wolves,  bears,  wild-cats* 
ete.,  etc.  Take  one  half  pound  strained  honey,  one  quarter 
drachm  oil  of  lavender,  and  four  pounds  of  tallow,  mix  the 
whole  thoroughly  together,  and  make  it  into  forty  pills,  or  balls, 
and  place  one  of  these  pills  under  the  pan  of  each  trap  when 
setting  it.  The  above  preparation  will  most  wonderfully  attract 
all  kinds  of  animals,  and  trappers  and  others  who  use  it  will  be 
sure  of  success. 

To  Catch  Foxes. — Take  oil  of  amber,  and  beaver’s  oil,  each 
equal  parts,  and  rub  them  over  the  trap  before  setting  it.  Set 
in  the  usuaLway. 

To  Catch  Mink. — Take  oil  of  amber,  and  beaver’s  oil,  and  rub 
over  the  trap.  Bait  with  fish  or  birds. 

To  Catch  Muskrats. — In  the  female  muskrat  near  the  vagina, 
is  a small  bag  which  holds  from  30  to  40  drops.  Now  all  the 
trapper  has  to  do  is  to  procure  a few  female  muskrats  and 
squeeze  the  contents  of  a bag  into  a vial.  Now  when  in  quest 
of  muskrats,  sprinkle  a few  drops  of  the  liquid  on  the  bushes 
over  and  around  the  trap.  This  will  attract  the  male  muskrats 
in  large  numbers,  and  if  the  traps  are  properly  arranged,  large 
numbers  of  them  may  be  taken.  In  trapping  muskrats  steel 
traps  should  be  used,  and  they  should  be  set  in  tne  paths  and 


young's  book  of  seokets. 


45 


fiins  of  tlie  animals,  where  they  come  upon  the  banks,  and  in 
every  case  the  trap  should  be  set  under  the  water,  and  carefully 
concealed  ; and  care  should  be  taken  that  it  has  sufficient  length 
ol  chain  to  enable  the  animals  to  reach  the  water  after  being 
caught,  otherwise  they  are  liable  to  escape  by  tearing  or  gnawing 
off  their  legs. 

To  Catch  Beaveb. — In  trapping  for  beaver,  set  the  trap  at  the 
edge  of  the  water  or  dam,  at  the  point  where  the  animals  pass 
from  deeji  to  shoal  water,  and  always  beneath  the  surface,  and 
fasten  it  by  means  of  a stout  chain  to  a picket  driven  in  the  bank, 
or  to  a bush  or  tree.  A flat  stick  should  be  made  fast  to  the 
trap  by  a cord  a few  feet  long,  which,  if  the  animal  chanced  to 
carry  away  the  trap,  would  float  on  the  water,  and  poiut  out  its 
position.  The  trap  should  then  be  baited  with  the  following 
preparation,  called  the  “Beaver  Medicine.”  This  is  prepared 
from  a substance  called  castor,  and  is  obtained  from  the  glan- 
dulous  pouches  of  the  male  animal.  The  contents  of  five  or  six 
of  these  castor  bags  are  mixed  with  a nutmeg,  twelve  or  fifteen 
cloves,  and  thirty  grains  of  cinnamon  in  fine  powder,  and  the 
whole  well  stirred  together  with  as  much  whiskey  as  will  give  it 
the  consistency  of  mixed  mustard.  This  preparation  must  be 
left  closely  corked  up,  and  in  four  or  five  days  the  odor  becomes' 
powerful  ; and  this  medicine  smeared  upon  the  bits  of  wood, 
etc. , with  which  the  traps  are  baited,  will  attract  the  beaver  from 
a great  distance,  and  wishing  to  make  a close  inspection,  the 
animal  puts  its  legs  into  the  trap  and  is  caught. 

The  same  caution  in  regard  to  length  of  chain  should  be  ob- 
served for  beaver  as  for  otters,  muskrats,  etc.,  for  unless  they 
can  reach  the  water  they  are  liable  to  get  out  of  the  trap  and 
escape. 

Biittea:*  Tvitlioixt:  — Take 

one-half  pint  of  the  very  cheapest  black  molasses  (good  molasses 
won’t  do)  and  one-half  pint  of  good  vinegar,  mix  well  together, 
put  it  over  the  fire  until  it  boils,  then  take  it  off,  and  take  one- 
eighth  pint  of  wheat  flour  and  cold  water  enough  to  make  a thin 
batter,  and  mix  well  ; then  pour  all  these  together,  and  boil  until 
it  gets  as  thick  as  you  want  it.  Stir  all  the  time.  Put  in  cinna- 
mon or  allspice  to  suit  your  taste.  You  will  then  have  splendid 
ap])le  butter. 

iiow  lyTalce  01<1  — 

Kainite,  or  Tkee  Medicine. — It  is  very  well  known  that  the  rea- 
son why  peach,  apple,  quince  and  pear  orchards  gradually  grow 
])oorer  and  poorer  until  they  cease  to  produce  at  all,  is  because 
the  potash  is  exhausted  from  the  soil  by  the  plant.  This  potash 
must  be  restored,  and  the  most  effective  way  to  do  it  is  to  use 
the  following  compound,  discovered  bj^  a distinguished  German 
chemist  : Thirty  parts  of  sulphate  of  potash  ; fifteen  parts  sul- 
’vbate  of  magnesia  ; thirty-five  parts  salt ; fifteen  parts  gypsum 


46 


young’s  book  of  seoeeys. 


(plaster-of-paris)  ; five  parts  chloride  of  magnesia.  This’should 
be  roughly  powdered  and  mixed  and  then  mingled  with  barn- 
yard manure,  or  dug  in  about  the  roots  of  the  trees.  From  ten 
to  twenty  pounds  to  a tree  are  quite  enough. 

Ho-w  to  Keep  A.pples  FresK  a.iid 
^on-Tidl  all  "W^iatei*. — I discovered  a very  superioi 
way  of  preserving  apples  until  spring.  By  it  any  apple  in  good 
condition  when  packed  will  be  equally  good  when  unpacked, 
and  even  those  rotting  because  not  in  good  condition  when  put 
away  v/ill  not  injure  any  others.  Take  fine  dry  sawdust,  prefer- 
ably that  made  by  a circular  saw  from  well  seasoned  hard  wood, 
and  place  a thick  layer  on  bottom  of  a barrel.  Then  place  a 
layer  of  apples,  not  close  together  {ind  not  close  to  staves  of  the 
barrel.  Put  sawdust  liberally  over  and  around,  and  proceed 
until  a bushel  and  a half  (or  less)  are  so  packed  in  each  barrel. 
They  are  to  be  kept  in  a cool  place.  I kept  some  in  an  open 
garret,  the  thermometer  for  a week  ranged  close  to  zero.  No 
bruised  or  mellow  apples  will  be  preserved,  but  they  will  not 
communicate  rot  to  their  companions.  There  is  money  in  this, 
applied  to  choice  apples. 

Art  of*  Kat  Killing  "witlxoii.t  Traps  or 
Toisoii. — Take  common  sponge,  dried,  cut  into  small 
pieces,  soak  in  lard,  melted  tallow  or  meat  gravy.  Place  these 
pieces  within  easy  access  to  the  rats.  They  will  eat  greedily,  and 
the  moisture  of  the  stomach  will  cause  the  pieces  to  swell  and 
kill  the  rat.  Yv^ater  may  be  placed  within  reach,  and  will  hasten 
results  by  expanding  the  sponge. 

I.  X.  JLd,  Saliciag’  l*0"w<ier. — Many  large  for- 
tunes have  been  made  in  this  country  and  England  by  the 
manufacture  and  sale  of  baking  powders.  These  powders  are 
specially  well  adapted  to  all  the  western  parts  of  our  country, 
where  people  must  bake  often  in  a hurry,  and  always  without 
the  means  that  are  to  be  had  in  the  east ; and  notwithstanding 
the  many  objections  raised  against  the  use  of  anything  but  yeast 
as  a rising,  these  powders,  if  properly  made,  are  perfectly  whole- 
some. It  only  requires  that  the  powders  should  be  made  of  pur© 
material,  exactly  as  laid  down  in  the  recipe.  It  is  very  true  that 
the  competition  as  to  price  tempts  manufacturers  to  cheapen  the 
stuff  in  their  powders  until  the  bread  baked  from  them  tastes  as 
if  it  were  made  of  soap.  But  a good  article  will  acquire  a repu- 
tation which  will  secure  it  a steady  and  profitable  sale. 

Becipe. — Take  1 pound  tartaric  acid  in  crystals,  IJ  pounds  of 
bi-carbonate  of  soda  and  pounds  of  potato  starch.  Each 
must  be  powdered  separately,  well  dried  by  a slow  heat,  well 
mixed  through  a sieve.  Pack  hard  in  tinfoil,  tin  or  paper  glazed 
on  the  outside.  The  tartaric  acid  and  bi-carbonate  of  soda  can 
of  course  be  bought  cheaper  of  wholesale  druggists  than  you 
can  make  them  unless  you  are  doing  things  on  a very  large 


TOUNO’S  BOOK  OF  SECEETS. 


4? 


js»ele,  but  potato  starch  any  one  can  make  ; it  is  only  necessary 
to  peel  the  potatoes  and  to  grate  them  up  fine  into  vessels  of 
water,  to  let  them  settle,  pour  off  the  water  and  make  the 
settlings  in  balls  and  to  dry  them.  With  these  directions  any 
one  can  make  as  good  a baking  powder  as  is  sold  anywhere  ; if 
he  wants  to  make  it  very  cheap,  he  can  take  cream  of  tartar  and 
common  washing  (carbonate)  of  soda,  instead  of  the  articles 
named  in  the  recipe,  but  this  would  be  advisable  only  where 
customers  insist  on  excessively  low  prices  in  preference  to  qual- 
ity of  goods. 

To  Malice  Maple  ^^ag'al:• 

IMaple  Trees. — Though  the  secret  I am  about  to  reveal 
may  seem  very  simple  (when  explained),  I believe  there  are  few 
who  would  discover  it  of  their  own  accord.  The  value  of  the 
maple  sugar  crop  is  considerable,  and  there  is  ready  sale  for  all 
that  can  be  fnade.  I was  led  by  curiosity  to  boil  down  a little 
butternut  sap  one  time  with  an  equal  quantity  of  maple  sap,  and 
the  result  was,  a sugar  which  I could  not  distinguish  from  pure 
maple.  I experimented  further  and  found  that  if  a little  com- 
mon (cane)  sugar  was  added  to  the  sap  of  the  butternut  it,  would 
do  as  well  as  and  addition  of  maple  sap.  I found  that  the  sap, 
of  birch  and  several  other  trees  would  also  make,  when  a very 
little  cane  sugar  was  added,  a sugar  which  in  looks  and  taste 
exactl}^  resembled  maple.  To  be  able  to  make  “maple”  sugar 
from  trees  not  heretofore  deemed  valuable  for  the  purpose  is 
just  so  much  clear  profit. 

Griii.g'ei*  — ^Water,  ten  gallons;  lump  sugar 

twenty  pounds;  bruised  ginger,  eight  ounces;  three  or  four  eggs. 
Boil  well  and  skim ; then  pour  hot  on  six  or  seven  lemons  cut  in 
slices,  macerate  for  two  hours;  then  rack  and  ferment;  next  add 
spirit  two  quarts,  and  afterward  finings,  one  pint;  rummage  well. 
To  make  the  color,  boil  half  ounce  saleratus  and  half  ounce  alum 
in  one  pint  of  water  till  you  get  a bright  red  color. 

Beei*. — Take  five  an  half  gallons  water,  three 
quarters  of  a pound  ginger  root  bruised,  tartaric  acid,  hf  If  ounce; 
white  sugar,  two  an  half  pounds;  whites  of  three  eggs  well  beaten, 
ten  small  teaspoonfuls  of  lemon  essence;  yeast,  one  gill;  boil  the 
root  for  thirty  minutes  in  one  gallon  of  the  water;  strain  off,  and 
put  the  essence  in  while  hot;  mix,  make  over  night;  in  the  morn- 
ing, skim  and  bottle,  keeping  out  the  sediments. 

.Oiciex*  A.p|j>les. — Water  one  gallon; 

common  sugar,  one  pound ; tartaric  acid,  half  ounce ; yeast,  one 
tablespoonful ; shake  well,  make  in  the  evening,  and  it  will  be  fit 
to  use  next  day. 

Fox*  Bottling. — Put  in  a barrel,  five  gallons  hot  water; 
thirty  pounds  common  sugar;  three  quarters  pound  tartaric  acid: 
twenty-five  gallons  of  cold  water;  three  pints  of  hop  or  brewers* 
yeast,  worked  into  paste  with  one  pint  of  water  and  one  pound 


48 


young’s  book  of  secbets. 


flour.  Let  it  work  in  the  barrel  forty-eight  hours,  the  yeast  run* 
ning  out  of  the  bunghole  all  the  time,  putting  in  a little  sweet< 
ened  water  occasionally  to  keep  it  full;  then  bottle,  putting  in 
two  or  three  broken  raisins  to  each  bottle;  and  it  will  nearly 
equal  champagne. 

OIioai>  OidLoi^. — Put  in  a cask  five  gallons  hot  water; 
fifteen  pounds  brown  sugar;  one  gallon  molasses;  half  gallon 
hop  or  brewers*  yeast;  good  vinegar,  six  quarts;  stir  well,  add 
twenty-five  gallons  cold  water,  ferment  as  the  last. 

Oi<iex*.  — Cold 'water,  twenty  gallons;  brown 
sugar,  fifteen  pounds;  tartaric  acid,  half  pound;  rummage  well 
together,  and  add,  if  you  have  them,  three  or  four  pounds  of 
dried  sour  apples,  or  boil  them  and  pour  in  the  expressed  juice. 
This  cider  will  keep  longer  than  the  others. 

Oiiig’ei*  Beei*. — Cold  water,  ten 
gallons;  boiling  water,  eleven  gallons;  mix  in  a barrel;  add 
molasses,  thirty  pounds,  or  brown  sugar,  twenty-four  pounds; 
oil  of  spruce  or  any  oil  of  which  you  wish  the  flavor,  one  ounce; 
add  one  pint  yeast,  ferment,  bottle  in  two  or  three  days.  If  you 
wish  white  spruce  beer,  use  lump  sugar;  for  ginger  flavor,  use 
seventeen  ounces  ginger  root  bruised,  and  a few  hops;  boil  for 
thirty  minutes  in  three  gallons  of  the  water,  strain  and  mix  well; 
let  it  stand  two  hours  and  bottle,  using  yeast,  of  course,  as 
before. 

H[oj>  lOeex*,  [Fine. — Mix  fourteen  pounds 

of  molasses  and  eleven  gallons  water  well  together,  and  boil  them 
for  two  hours  with  six  ounces  hops.  When  quite  cool,  add  a 
cupful  of  yeast,  and  stir  it  well  by  a gallon  or  two  at  a time. 
Let  it  “ferment  for  sixteen  hours,  in  a tub  covered  with  a sack, 
then  put  it  in  a nine-gallon  cask,  and  keep  it  filled  up;  bung  it 
down  in  two  days,  and  in  seven  days  it  will  be  fit  to  drink,  and 
will  be  stronger  than  London  porter. 

Boex*. — To  make  twenty  gallons,  boil  six 
ounces  of  ginger  root  bruised,  quarter  pound  cream  of  tartar,  for 
twenty  or  thirty  minutes,  in  two  or  three  gallons  of  water;  this 
will  be  strained  in  thirteen  pounds  coffee  sugar,  on  which  you 
have  put  half  an  ounce  oil  of  lemon,  and  six  good  lemons  squeez- 
ed up  together,  having  warm  water  enough  to  make  the  whole 
twenty  gallons  just  so  hot  that  you  can  hold  your  hand  in  it 
without  burning,  or  about  seventy  degrees  of  heat;  put  in  one 
an  a half  pints  of  hop  or  brewers*  yeast  worked  into  paste  with 
five  or  six  ounces  flour.  Let  it  work  over  night,  then  strain  and 
bottle  for  use. 

H[o|3  — Hops  six  ounces;  molasses  five  quarts;  boil 

the  hops  till  the  strength  is  out,  strain  them  into  a thirty-gallon 
barrel;  add  the  molasses  and  one  teacupful  of  yeast  and  fill  up 
with  water;  shake  it  well,  and  leave  the  bung  out  till  fermented 


young’s  book  of  secrets. 


will  be  in  about  twenty-four  hours.  Bung  up,  and  it  will 
be  fit  ^or  use  in  about  three  days. 

Beoi:*. — Hops  one  ounce;  water  one  gallon; 
boil  for  ten  minutes,  strain,  add  molasses,  one  pound;  and  when 
luke-warm,  yeast,  one  spoonful.  Ferment. 

R/Oot;  — ^Water  ten  gallons,  heat  to  sixty  degrees 

Fahrenheit,  then  add  three  gallons  of  molasses;  let  it  stand  two 
hours,  pour  it  into  a bowl  add  powdered  or  bruised  sassafras  and 
wintergreen  bark,  of  each  half  pound;  yeast  one  pint;  bruised 
sarsaparilla  root,  half  pound;  add  water  enough  to  make  twenty- 
five  gallons  in  all.  Ferment  for  twelve  hours,  then  bottle. 

OttsL^wsL  Beei:*,  andl  Grinder  A.le.— Ottawa 
beer  is  made  by  using  eight  ounces  of  a fluid  extract  which  con- 
tains the  concentrated  stength  of  four  pounds  of  thirteen  different 
roots  and  barks,  added  to  one  gallon  of  syrup  which  is  mixed 
with  fourteen  gallons  water,  into  which  carbonic  acid  gas  is  forced 
at  a pressure  of  eighty  pounds  to  the  square  inch.  GingQV  Ale  is 
made  in  the  same  way  except  that  four  ounces  of  extract  is  suffi- 
cient. When  the  ginger  is  really  used,  an  extract  deprived  of 
resinous  impurities  is  made  use  of,  which  gives  a clear  amber 
colored  drink. 

— Loaf  or  crushed  sugar,  eight  pounds; 
pure  water,  one  gallon;  gum-arabic,  two  ounces;  mix  in  a brass 
or  copper  kettle.  Boil  until  the  gum  is  dissolved,  then  skim 
and  strain  through  white  flannel,  after  which  add  tartaric  acid, 
five  an  a half  ounces;  dissolve  in  hot  water;  to  flavor,  use  extract 
of  lemon,  orange,  vanilla,  rose,  sarsasparilla,  strawberry,  etc.,  etc., 
half  ounce,  or  to  your  taste.  If  you  use  juice  of  lemon,  add  two 
an  a half  pounds  of  sugar  to  a pint,  you  do  not  need  any  tartaric 
acid  with  it;  now  use  two  tablespoonfuls  of  syrup  to  three  quart- 
ers of  a tumbler  of  water,  and  one  third  teaspoonful  of  super- 
cabonate  of  soda,  made  fine;  drink  quick.  For  soda  fountains, 
one  ounce  of  super-carbonate  of  soda  is  used  to  one  gallon  of 
water.  For  charged  fountains  no  acids  are  needed  in  the  syrups. 

"Wine. — Wash  the  berries  and  pour 
one  quart  of  boiling  water  to  each  gallon.  Let  the  mixture  stand 
twenty -four  hours,  stirring  occasionally  ; then  strain  and  meas- 
ure into  a keg,  adding  two  pounds  sugar,  and  good  rye  whiskey 
one  pint,  or  best  alcohol,  one  half  pint  to  each  gallon.  Cork 
tight  and  put  awaj^  for  use.  The  best  wine  that  can  be  made. 

TV^ine. — Take  thirty  pounds 
of  chopped  raisins  iree  from  stems  and  dust ; put  them  in  a 
large  keg,  add  to  them  ten  gallons  soft  water  ; let  them  stand 
two  weeks  unbunged,  shaking  occasionally  (warm  place  in 
winter),  then  strain  through  woolen,  or  filter ; color  with  burnt 
sugar ; bottle  and  cork  well  for  use.  The  more  raisins  the  bet* 
ter  the  wine,  not  exceeding  five  pounds  to  each  gallon. 


so 


young’s  book  of  seckets. 


Kaisin  "Vrine,  Ec^ixal  to  Boil  tLe 

proper  quantity  of  water  and  let  it  stand  till  cold.  *^To  each  gal^. 
ton  of  this  add  four  pounds  of  chopped  raisins,  previously  well 
Washed,  and  freed  from  stalks  ; let  the  whole  stand  for  one 
month,  stirring  frequently  ; then  remove  the  raising,  and  bung 
up  closely  for  one  month  more  ; then  rack  into  another  vessel, 
leaving  all  sediment  behind,  and  repeat  till  it  becomes  fine  ; 
then  to  every  ten  gallons  add  six  pounds  of  fine  sugar  and  one 
dozen  of  good  oranges,  the  rinds  being  pared  thin  and  in- 
fused in  two  quarts  of  brandy,  which  should  be  added  to  the 
liquor  at  its  last  racking.  Let  the  whole  stand  three  months  in 
the  cask,  then  bottle.  It  should  remain  bottled  twelve  months. 
To  give  it  the  flavor  of  Madeira,  when  it  is  in  the  cask  put  fu 
a couple  of  green  citrons,  and  let  them  remain  till  the  win^e  u 
bottled. 

A-iiFex^ican.  ““  Good  (crab, 

apple  cider  is  the  best),  seven  gallons  ; best  fourth-proof  bram 
dy,  one  quart ; genuine  champagne  wine,  five  pink* ; milk,  one 
gallon  ; bitartrate  of  potassa,  two  ounces.  Mix,  let  stand  » 
short  time,  bottle  while  fermenting.  An  excellent  imitation. 

Bri-tislx  01xaiixx>a.^is.e.-^Loaf  sugar,  fifty-sh 
pounds  ; brown  sugar  (pale),  forty-eight  pounds  ; water  (warm), 
forty-five  gallons  ; white  tartar,  four  ounces  ; mix,  and  at  a 
proper  temperature  add  yeast,  one  quart  ; and  afterward  sweei 
cider,  five  gallons  ; bruised  wild  cherries  fourteen  or  fifteen 
ounces  ; pale  spirits,  one  gadon  ; orris  powder,  one  half  ounce , 
bottle  while  fermenting 

HiondLoii  — Chopped  raisins,  four  hundred 

pounds ; soft  watk^r,  one  hundred  gallons ; sugar,  forty-five 
pounds ; white  cartar,  one  pound  ; cider,  sixteen  gallons.  Let 
them  stand  together  in  a close  vessel  one  month  ; stir  frequent- 
ly. Then  ddd  of  spirits  eight  gallons  ; wild  cherries  bruised, 
eight  pounds.  Let  them  stand  one  month  longer,  and  fine  with 
isinglass.  

Oingj'ex*  Wine. — Put  one  ounce  of  good  ginger  root 
oruised  in  one  quart  ninety-five  per  cent  alcohol  ; let  it  stand 
nine  days  and  strain  ; add  four  quarts  water,  and  one  pound 
white  sugar  dissolved  in  hot  water,  color  with  tincture  of  san 
ders  to  suit. 

OaLX^amel  is  made  by  boiling  clarified  sugar  till  it  is  verj 
brittle,  then  pouring  it  on  an  oiled  slab  or  sheet  of  tin,  and  as 
soon  as  it  is  cool  enough  to  receive  an  impression  with  the  finger, 
stamping  it  in  small  squares,  about  an  inch  in  size,  with  a cara- 
mel mould;  then  turning  over  the  mass,  wiping  the  bottom  to 
remove  any  oil  that  may  have  adhered  from  the  slab,  and  putting 
it  in  a dry  place  to  harden.  If  you  have  no  caramel  mould,  you 
nay  score  it  on  the  slab  with  a common  case  knife,  after  which 
ehey  are  glazed  with  another  coating  of  sugar.  Keep  them  tightly 
closed  from  the  air  after  they  are  made. 


TOITNG^S  BOOK  01’  SECKETS. ' 


Si 


I^eiMon.  Oax’aiia.el  is  made  by  grating  the  yellow 
rind  of  a lemon  with  a lump  of  sugar;  add  to  this  a few  drops 
of  lemon  juice,  with  water  enough  to  dissolve  the  sugar  com- 
pletely, and  stir  the  whole  into  the  boiled  syrup  a few  minutes 
before  it  is  taken  from  the  fire.  Orange  and  Lime  caramels  are 
prepared  in  the  same  manner  from  these  respective  fruits.  ^ Cof- 
fee caramel,  coffee  two  ounces,  sugar  one  pound.  Make  an  infu- 
sion of  the  coffee,  using  as  little  water  as  possible;  strain  it 
through  a cloth,  and  stir  it  gradually  into  the  boiled  syrup  a few 
minutes  before  taking  it  from  the  fire.  Chocolate  caramel,  choco- 
late four  ounces,  sugar  one  pound.  Dissolve  the  chocolate  in  as 
little  water  as  possible,  and  add  it  to  the  boiled  sugar,  as  in  the 
coffee  caramels.  Vanilla  and  Orange  cream  caramels  are  made  by 
using  the  respective  essences  of  these  fruits. 

Ooiities:!!:  fox*  Bi*ol^oxi  HVJEax— 
Iblo. — Take  gum  arable,  one  pound;  make  into  a thick  mucil- 
age; add  to  it  powdered  piaster  of  Paris,  one  and  a half  pound; 
sifted  quick  lime,  five  ounces;  mix  well;  heat  the  marble  and 
apply  the  mixture, 

sxixd.  Axxg,’lei:*^’  fox* 

Otiixxo  XMXcl  Fi^lXo — A few  drops  of  oil  of  anise  or  oil 
rhodium,  on  any  trapper’s  bait,  will  entice  any  wild  animal  into 
the  snare  trap.  India  cockle  mixed  with  flour  dough,  and 
sprinkled  on  the  surface  of  still  water,  will  intoxicate  fish,  ren- 
dering them  insensible;  when  coming  up  to  the  surface  they 
can  be  lifted  in  a tub  of  fresh  water  to  revive  them,  when  they 
may  be  used  v/ithout  fear.  Fish  may  also  be  caught  in  large 
numbers  during  the  winter  season  by  watching  them  through 
the  ice,  and  striking  it  with  a mallet  directly  over  where  they 
happen  to  be.  The  shock  stuns  them,  and  they  will  rise,  belly 
upward,  toward  -the  surface,  when  they  are  easily  secured  by 
breaking  a hole  in  the  ice.  ^ 

To  K'Ojxaix*  -flxo  of  jMiix-i-ox^s. 

■ — Pour  upon  a sheet  of  tin  foil  three  drachms  of  quicksilver  to 
the  square  foot  of  foil.  Pub  smartly  with  a piece  of  buckskin 
until  the  foil  becomes  brilliant.  Lay  the  glass  upon  a fiat 
table,  face  downward,  place  the  foil  upon  the  damaged  portion 
of  the  glass,  lay  a sheet  of  paper  over  the  foil,  and  place  upon  it 
a block  of  wood  or  a piece  of  marble  with  a perfectly  fiat  surface, 
put  upon  it  sufficient  vceiglit  to  press  it  down  tight;  let  it  remain 
in  this  position  a few  hours.  The  foil  will  adhere  to  the  glass. 

To  Oloo^sx  ]M.ax*l>lo. — Tako  two  parts  of  common 
Boda,  one  part  pumice-stone,  and  one  part  of  finely  powdered 
chalk,  sift  it  through  a fine  seive  and  mix  it  witli  water;  then 
rub  it  v/ell  ail  over  the  marble,  and  the  stains  will  be  removed; 
then  wash  the  marble  over  with  soap  and  water,  and  it  will  be 
as  clean  as  it  was  at  first. 


52 


young’s  book  ok  seceets. 


I?oli^li  Knlsomine.— Take  sevea 
pounds  of  Paris  white  and  a quarter  of  a j^ound  of  light-colored 
glue.  Set  the  glue  in  a tin  vessel  containing  three  pints  of 
water,  let  it  stand  over  night  to  soak,  then  put  it  in  a kettle  ol 
boiling  water  over  the  fire,  stirring  till  it  is  well  dissolved  and 
quite  thin.  Then,  after  putting  the  Paris  white  into  a large 
water  pail,  pour  on  hot  v/ater  and  stir  till  it  appears  like  thick 
milk.  Now  mingle  the  glue  liquid  with  the  whiting,  stir  it 
thoroughly  and  apply  with  a whitewash  brush  or  a large  paint 
brush 

fbi*  find  1-lonses.— 

Water  lime,  one  peck;  freshly  slaked  lime,  one  peck;  yellow 
ochre  in  powder,  four  pounds;  burnt  umber,  four  pounds.  To 
be  dissolved  in  hot  water  and  applied  with  a brush. 

Oiftsido  IPniiil:. — Take  two  parts  (in 
bulk)  of  water  lime,  ground  fine;  one  part  (in  bulk)  of  white 
lead,  in  oil.  Mix  them  thoroughly,  by  adding  best  boiled  lin- 
seed oil  enough  to  prepare  it  to  pass  through  a 2:>aint-mili ; .after 
which,  temi^er  with  oil  till  it  can  bo  appbed  with  a common 
paint-brush.  Make  any  color  to  suit.  It  will  last  three  times 
as  long  as  lead  paint  It  is  sitpekiok. 

Px“emiTmi  Paint  "witliont  Oil  ox*  Lead. 
— Slake  stone-lime  with  boiling  water  in  a tub  or  barrel  to  keep 
in  the  steam  ; then  pass  six  quarts  through  a fine  sieve.  Now 
to  this  quantity  add  one  quart  of  coarse  salt  and  a gallon  of  wa- 
ter ; boil  the  mixture,  and  skim  it  clear.  To  every  five  gallons 
of  this  skimmed  mixture  add  one  pound  alum  ; one-half  pound 
copperas  ; and  by  slow  degrees  three-quarters  pound  potash, 
and  four  quarts  sifted  ashes  or  fine  sand  ; add  any  coloring  de- 
siied.  A more  durable  paint  was  never  made. 

Pfix*is  G!ri*een, — Take  unslaked  lime  of  the  best  quali- 
ty, slake  it  with  hot  water  ; then  take  the  finest  part  of  the  pow- 
der, and  add  alum  water  as  strong  as  it  can  be  made,  sufficient 
to  form  a thick  paste  ; then  color  it  with  bichromate  of  potash 
and  sulphate  of  copper  until  the  color  suits  your  fancy,  and  dry 
it  for  use.  N.  B. — The  sulphate  of  copper  gives  a blue  tinge  ; 
the  bichromate  of  potash  a yellow.  Observe  this,  and  you  will 
get  it  right. 

To  — To  one-half  pail  of 

common  whitewash  add  one-half  pint  of  flour.  Pour  on  boiling 
w\ater  in  quantity  to  thicken  it.  Then  add  six  gallons  of  the 
lime  water,  and  stir  well. 

-will  ixoi:  !Rtx1>  olF. — 

Mix  up  half  a pailful  of  lime  and  water,  ready  to  put  on  the 
wall  ; then  take  one  quarter  pint  flour,  mix  it  up  with  water ; 
then  pour  on  it  boiling  v/ater,  a sufficient  quantity  to  thicken 
it  ; then  pour  it  while  hot  into  the  whitewash,  stir  it  a.U  to* 
gether,  and  it  is  ready  for  use. 


YOmSTO’S  BOOK 'OP  SECRETS. 


53 


JF'ariM.eir’s  X^alnt. — Farmers  will  find  the  following 
profitable  for  house  or  fence  paint:  Skim  milk,  two  quarts; 
iresh  slaked  lime,  eight  ounces;  linseed  oil,  six  ounces;  white 
Burgundy  pitch,  two  ounces;  Spanish  white,  three  pounds.  The 
lime  is  to  be  slaked  in  water,  exposed  to  the  air,  and  then  mixed 
with  about  one-fourth  of  the  milk  ; the  oil  in  which  the  pitch  is 
dissolved  to  be  added  a little  at  a time,  then  the  rest  of  the  milk, 
and  afterv/ard  the  Spanish  white.  This  is  sufficient  for  twen- 
ty-seven yards,  two  coats.  This  is  for  white  paint.  If  desir- 
able, any  other  color  may  be  produced  ; thus,  if  a cream  color  is 
desired,  in  place  of  the  part  of  Spanish  white  use  tbe  other  alone. 

Beaii-tilij-l  Gri*een.  Paiixi:  lor  "W' sills. — 
Take  four  pounds  Eoman  vitriol,  and  pour  on  it  a tea-kettleful 
of  boiling  water.  When  dissolved  add  two  pounds  pearlash, 
and  stir  the  mixture  well  with  a stick  until  the  effervescence 
ceases  ; then  add  one-quarter  pound  pulverized  yellow  arsenic, 
and  stir  the  whole  together.  Lay  it  on  with  a paint  brush  ; and 
if  the^wall  has  not  been  painted  before,  two  or  even  three  coats 
will  be  requisite.  If  a pea-green  is  required,  put  in  less,  if  an 
apple-green,  more  of  tbe  yellow  arsenic.  This  paint  does  not 
cost  the  quarter  of  oil  paint,  and  looks  better. 

Blixe  Oolor  ioi-  Oeiliix^s,  etc. — Boil  slowly 
for  three  hours  one  pound  blue  vitriol  and  one-half  pound  of  the 
best  whiting  in  about  three  quarts  water  ; stir  it  frequently 
while  boiling,  and  also  on  taking  it  off  the  fire.  When  it  has 
stood  till  quite  cold,  pour  off  the  blue  liquid,  then  mix  the  cake 
of  color  with  good  size,  and  use  it  with  a plasterer’s  brush  in 
the  same  manner  as  whitewash,  either  for  walls  or  ceilings. 

A.i"*'tilicial  Grold. — This  is  a new  metallic  alloy  which 
B now  very  extensively  used  in  France  as  a substitute  for  gold. 
Pure  copper,  one  hundred  parts  ; zinc,  or,  preferably,  tin,  sev- 
enteen parts  ; magnesia,  six  parts  ; sal-ammoniac,  three-sixths 
parts  ; quick-lime,  one-eighth  part ; tartar  of  commerce,  nine 
parts  ; are  mixed  as  follows  : The  copper  is  first  melted,  and 
the  magnesia,  sal-ammoniac,  limo  and  tartar  are  then  added 
separatel^^  and  by  degrees,  in  the  form  of  powder  ; the  whole  is 
now  briskly  stirred  for  about  a half  an  hour,  so  as  to  mix  thor- 
oughly ; and  when  the  zinc  is  added  in  small  grains  by  throw- 
ing it  on  the  surface,  and  stirring  till  it  is  entirely  fused  ; the 
crucible  is  then  covered,  and  the  fusion  maintained  for  about 
thirty-five  minutes.  The  surface  is  then  skimmed,  and  the  al- 
loy is  ready  for  casting.  It  has  a fine  grain,  is  malleable,  and 
takes  a splendid  polish.  It  does  not  corrode  readily,  and  for 
many  purposes  is  an  excellent  substitute  for  gold.  When  tar- 
nished, its  brilliancy  can  be  restored  by  a little  acidulated  wai- 
ter. If  tin  be  employed  instead  of  zinc,  the  alloy  wdll  be  more 
brilliant.  It  is  very  much  used  in  France,  and  must  ultimately 
attain  equal  popularity  here. 


54 


young’^s  book  of  secrets. 


To  Soldier  Tortoise  — Bring  the  edges 

©f  the  pieces  of  shell  to  fit  each  other,  observing  to  give  the 
same  inclination  of  grain  to  each,  then  secure  them  in  a piece 
of  paper,  and  place  them  between  hot  irons  or  pincers  ; apply 
pressure,  and  let  them  cooL  The  heat  must  not  be  so  great  as 
to  hum  the  shell,  therefore  try  it  first  on  a white  piece  of  paper. 

To  a Tlcistex*  of*i^£iris  Oasi:  from 

a Forsoa’s  Faoe. — The  person  must  lie  on  his  back, 
and  his  hair  be  tied  behind  ; into  each  nostril  put  a conical  piece 
of  paper,  open  at  each  end,  to  allow  of  breathing.  The  face  is 
to  be  lightly  oiled  over,  and  the  plaster,  being  properly  pre- 
pared, is  to  be  poured  over  the  face,  taking  particular  care  that 
the  eyes  are  shut,  till  it  is  a quarter  of  an  inch  thick.  In  a few 
minutes  the  piaster  may  be  removed.  In  this  a mould  is  to  be 
formed,  from  which  a second  cast  is  to  be  taken,  that  will  fur- 
nish casts  exactly  like  the  original. 

IViclcol  — The  following  is  the  substance  of 

the  patent  granted  to  Dr.  Isaac  Adams,  March  22,  1870. • The 
process  is  highly  successful.  “This  improvement  consists  in 
the  use  of  three  new  solutions  from  which  to  deposit  nickel  by 
the  electric  current.  1.  A solution  formed  of  the  double  sul- 
phate of  nickel  and  alumina,  or  the  sulphate  of  nickel  dissolved 
in  a solution  of  soda,  potash,  or  alumina  alum,  the  three  differ- 
ent varieties  of  commercial  alum.  2.  A solution  formed  of  the 
double  sulphate  of  nickel  and  magnesia,  with  or  without  an  ex- 
cess of  ammonia.  I have  found  that  a good  coating  of  nickel 
can  be  deposited  from  the  solution  before  mentioned,  provided 
they  are  prepared  and  used  in  such  a manner  as  to  be  free  from 
any  acid  or  alkaline  reaction.  When  these  solutions  are  used, 
great  care  must  be  taken,  lest  by  the  use  ot  too  high  battery 
power,  or  from  the  introduction  of  some  foreign  matters,  the  so- 
lution becomes  acid  or  alkaline.  I prefer  to  use  these  solutions 
at  a temperature  above  one  hundred  degrees  Fahrenheit,  but  do 
not  limit  my  invention  to  the  use  of  these  solutions  at  that  tem- 
perature. I therefore  claim,  1.  The  electro  deposition  of  nickel  by 
the  means  of  solution  of  the  double  sulphataof  nickel  and  alumi- 
na prepared  and  used  ia  such  a manner  as  to  be  free  from  the  pres- 
ence of  ammonia,  potash,  soda,  lime  or  nitric  acid,  or  from  any 
other  acid,  or  from  any  acid  or  alkaline  reaction.  2.  The  electro 
deposition  of  nickel  by  means  of  a solution  of  the  double  sul- 
phate of  nickel  and  potash,  prepared  and  used  in  such  a man- 
ner as  to  be  free  from  the  presence  of  ammonia,  soda,  alumina, 
lime  or  nitric  acid,  or  from  any  acid  or  alkaline  reaction.  3, 
The  electro  deposition  of  nickel  by  means  of  a solution  of  the 
double  sulphate  of  nickel  and  magnesia,  prepared  and  used 
in  such  a manner  as  to  be  free  from  the  presence  of  potash, 
soda,  alomina,  lime  or  nitric  acid,  or  from  any  acid  or  alka- 
line reaction.’' 


fOUNa’s  BOOK  OF  SECEETS. 


65 


— Dissolve  one  ounce  of 
nitrate  of  silver,  in  crystals,  in  twelve  ounces  of  soft  water  ; then 
dissolve  in  the  water  two  ounces  cyanuret  of  potash  ; shake  the 
v/hole  together,  and  let  it  stand  till  it  becomes  clear.  Have 
ready  some  half-ounce  vials,  and  fill  half  full  of  Paris  white,  or 
fine  whiting  ; and  then  fill  up  the  bottles  with  the  liquor,  and  it 
is  ready  for  use.  The  whiting  does  not  increase  the  coating 
powder  ; it  only  helps  to  clean  the  articles,  and  save  the  silver 
fiuid,  by  half  filling  the  bottles. 

To  Solution  iox*  Electro- 

Elating’. — Put  together  into  a glass  one  ounce  good  silver, 
made  thin  and  cut  into  strips;  two  ounces  best  nitric  acid,  and 
one  half-ounce  pure  rain-water.  If  solution  does  not  begin  at  once, 
add  a little  more  water — continue  to  add  a very  little  at  a time 
until  it  does.  In  the  event  it  starts  off  well,  but  stops  before  the 
silver  is  fully  dissolved,  you  may  generally  start  it  up  again  all 
right  by  adding  a little  more  water.  When  solution  is  entirely 
effected,  add  one  quart  of  warm  rain-water  and  a large  table- 
spoonful of  table  salt.  Shake  well  and  let  settle,  then  proceed 
to  pour  off  and  wash  through  other  waters  as  in  the  case  of  the 
gold  preparation.  When  no  longer  acid  to  the  taste,  put  in  an 
ounce  and  an  eighth  cyanuret  potassa  and  a quart  pure  rain-wa- 
ter; after  standing  about  twenty-four  hours  it  will  be  ready  for 
use. 

Oeinexxi:  loi:*  E<etx*oleii.iix  Eamps. — Boil 
three  parts  of  resin  with  one  part  of  caustic  soda  and  five  of 
water.  The  composition  is  then  mixed  with  half  its  weight  of 
plaster  of  Paris,  and  sets  firmly  in  one-half  to  three-quarters  of 
an  hour.  It  is  of  great  adhesive  power,  not  permeable  to  petro- 
leum, a low  conductor  of  heat,  and  but  superficially  attacked  by 
hot  water. 

To  nxalce  and  apply  Grold-Elating 
Eo»^dd:*. — Prepare  a chloride  of  gold  the  same  as  for  plat- 
ing with  a battery.  Add  to  it,  when  thoroughly  w^ashed  out, 
cyanuret  potassa  in  a proportion hf  two  ounces  to  five  penny- 
weights of  gold.  Pour  in  a pint  of  clear  rain-water,  shake  up 
well,  and  then  let  stand  till  the  chloride  is  dissolved.  Add  then 
one  pound  of  prepared  Spanish  whiting,  and  then  let  it  evapo- 
mte  in  the  open  air  till  dry,  after  which  put  away  in  a tight 
vessel  for  use.  To  apply  it  you  prepare  the  article  in  the  usual 
way,  and,  having  made  the  powder  into  a paste  with  water,  rub 
it  upon  the  surface  with  a piece  of  chamois-skin  and  cotton  ffan- 
ael. 

An  old  mode  of  making  a gold-plating  pov^ier  was  to  dip 
clean  linen  rags  into  solution  prepared  as  in  the  second  article 
preceding  this,  and  having  dried,  to  fire  and  burn  them  into 
ashes.  The  ashes  formed  the  powder,  and  were  to  be  applied 
as  above. 


XOITNG  S BOOK  OP  SECBETS. 


^6 

To  Grol^  Solixtion.  fbi:*  Electro- 

Elatiii|§‘. — Dissolve  five  pennyweights  gold  coin,  five  grains 
pure  copper,  and  four  grains  pure  silver  in  three  ounces  nitro- 
niuriatic  acid,  which  is  simply  two  parts  muriatic  acid  and  one 
part  nitric  acid.  The  silver  will  not  be  taken  into  solution  as 
are  the  other  two  metals,  but  will  gather  at  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel.  Add  one  ounce  pulverized  sulphate  of  iron,  one  half 
ounce  pulverized  borax,  twenty-five  grains  pure  table  salt,  and 
one  quart  hot  rain  water.  Upon  this  the  gold  and  copper  will 
be  thrown  to  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  with  the  silver.  Let 
stand  till  fully  settled,  then  pour  off  the  liquor  very  carefully, 
and  refill  with  boiling  rain-water  as  before.  Continue  to  repeat 
this  operation  until  the  precipitate  is  thoroughly  washed;  or,  in 
other  words,  fill  up,  let  settle,  and  pour  off  so  long  as  the  accu- 
mulation at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  is  acid  to  the  taste.  You 
now  have  about  an  eighteen  carat  chloride  of  gold.  Add  to  it 
an  ounce  and  an  eighth  cyanuret  potassa,and  one  quart  rain-water 
— the  latter  heated  to  the  boiling  point.  Shake  up  well,  then 
let  stand  about  twenty -four  hours,  and  it  will  be  ready  for  use. 
Some  use  platina  as  an  alloy  instead  of  silver,  under  the  impres- 
sion that  plating  done  with  it  is  harder.  I have  used  both,  but 
never  could  see  much  difference.  Solution  for  a darker  colored 
plate  to  imitate  Guinea  gold  may  be  made  by  adding  to  the 
above  one  ounce  dragon’s  blood  and  five  grains  iodide  of  iron. 
If  you  desire  an  alloyed  plate,  proceed  as  first  directed,  without 
the  silver  or  copper,  and  with  an  ounce  and  a half  of  sulphuret 
potassa  in  place  of  the  iron,  borax,  and  salt. 

To  "Waslx  — ^Never  use  a particle  of 

soap  on  your  silverware,  as  it  dulls  the  lustre,  giving  the  article 
more  the  appearance  of  pewter  than  silver.  When  it  wants 
cleaning,  rub  it  with  a piece  of  soft  leather  and  prepared  chalk, 
the  latter  made  into  a kind  of  paste  with  pure  water,  for  the 
reason  that  water  not  pure  might  contain  gritty  particles. 

Best:  Oeineiit:  fox*  ^q[xi.ax*ia. — One  part,  by 
measure,  say  a gill  of  litharge  ; one  gill  of  plaster  of  Paris  ; one 
gill  of  dry  white  sand;  one-third  of  a gill  of  finely  powdered 
resin.  Sift,  and  keep  corked  tight  until  required  for  use,  when 
it  is  to  be  made  into  a putty  by  mixing  in  boiled  oil  (linseed) 
with  a little  patent  drier  added.  Never  use  it  after  it  has  been 
mixed  (that  is,  with  the  oil)  over  fifteen  hours.  This  cement 
can  be  used  for  marine  as  well  as  fresh  water  aquaria,  as  it  re- 
sists the  action  of  salt  water.  The  tank  can  be  used  immediate- 
ly, but  it  best  to  give  it  three  or  four  hours  to  dry. 

Ereixc^  Bixtty. — Seven  pounds  linseed  oil  and  foul 
pounds  brown  umber  are  boiled  for  two  hours,  and  sixty-two 
grammes  wax  stirred  in.  After  removal  from  the  fire  five  and  a 
half  pounds  fine  chalk  and  eleven  pounds  white  lead  are  added 
and  thoroughly  incorporated  ; said  to  be  very  hard  and  perma< 
nent. 


young’s  book  Off  SECBETSe 


67 


Grille  fbir  on  Metal^.^-Bolling 

water,  one  quart  ; pulverized  borax,  two  ounces  ; gum  shellac, 
four  ounces.  Boil  till  dissolved.  Used  for  attaching  labels  to 
metals,  or  it  will  do  to  write  inscriptions  with,  and  dust  or  dab 
on  a little  bronze  powder  over  it,  varnishing  over  the  bronze. 

IF'ire  and.  Grlno. — Mix  a hand- 

ful of  quick-lime  with  four  ounces  of  linseed  oil;  thoroughly 
lixiviate  the  mixture;  boil  it  to  a good  thickness,  and  spread  it 
on  thin  plates  in  the  shade;  it  wall  become  very  hard,  but  can 
be  dissolved  over  a fire,  like  common  glue,  and  is  then  fit  lor 
use. 

i^fepared  Hii^aid  Grlxie. — Take  of  best  w'hite 
glue  sixteen  ounces;  white  lead,  dry,  four  ounces;  rain-water, 
two  pints;  alcohol,  four  ounces  With  constant  stirring  dis- 
solve the  glue  and  lead  in  the  water,  by  means  of  a water-bath. 
Add  the  alcohol,  and  continue  the  heat  for  a few  minutes.  Last- 
ly, poui  into  bottles  while  it  is  still  hot. 

To  ixiake  Iron  'talio  a Tolislx 

— Pulverize  and  dissolve  the  following  articles 
in  one  quart  of  hot  water:  Blue  vitriol,  one  ounce;  borax,  one 
ounce;  prussiate  of  potash,  one  ounce;  charcoal,  one  ounce; 
salt,  one-half  pint,  then  add  one  gallon  of  linseed  oil,  mix  well, 
bring  your  iron  or  steel  to  the  proper  heat  and  cool  in  the  solu- 
tion. It  is  said  the  manufacturers  of  the  Judson  governor  paid 
$100  for  this  receipt,  the  object  being  to  case  harden  iron  so  that 
it  would  take  a bright  polish  like  steel. 

Hardeaiixg*  and  Tilliag*  for  Fire- 
proof* J^af  os- — Experience  has  shown  that,  the  fire  and 
burglar-proof  diamond  chill  for  iron  or  steel  has  no  superior  as 
a hardening  for  security  in  the  construction  of  safes;  and  as  a 
non-conductor  of  heat,  we  would  recommend  a filling  of  plaster 
of  Paris  or  alum.  It  is  claimed  by  some  that  a mixture  of  both 
of  these  articles  forms  the  best  known  filling  for  safes,  as  an  ex- 
ternal application  of  heat  is  certain  to  liberate  a large  quantity 
of  water,  which  is  transformed  into  steam,  thus  insuring  entire 
safety  to  the  contents  of  the  safe.  Other  manufacturers  employ 
a concrete  filling  for  safes,  and  extol  it  very  highly.  Mr.  Moffat, 
gas  and  steam  fitter,  Boston,  has  informed  me  that  he  has  ap- 
plied for  protection  in  the  matter  of  a discovery  by  which  he 
claims  that  he  can  fully  protect  a safe  against  a double-blast  fur- 
nace heat,  by  means  of  an  outside  lining  of  bricks  composed  of 
asbestos  and  kaolin,  a very  small  portion  of  the  latter  material 
being  used.  Prom  the  well  known  incombustible  nature  of 
these  materials,  there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  the  claim 
in  question  is  a just  one. 

To  "Wx'ite  in  Silver. — Mix  one  ounce  of  the  finest 
pewter  or  block  tin  and  two  ounces  of  quicksilver  together,  till 
both  become  fluid,  then  grind  it  with  gum  w ater  and  write  with 
it.  The  writing  will  then  look  as  if  done  with  silver. 


m 


young’s  book  of  secrets. 


Kollei:*®^ — No.  1 Black  Oom.posiiio'n,  very 
durable  and  elastic.  Genuine  Irish  or  Buffalo  glue,  ten  and  a 
half  pounds;  black  sugar-cane  or  best  maple  molasses,  one  gcab 
Ion;  purified  India  rubber  shavings,  one  pound;  Carolina  tar, 
two  ounces;  glycerine,  twelve  ounces;  strong  vinegar,  foui: 
ounces.  Soak  the  glue  over  night  and  drain  in  the  morning  by 
means  of  a covered  colander.  Boil  molasses  and  skim  for  twenty 
minutes.  Add  the  rubber  shavings  and  stir  until  it  combines 
with  the  molasses,  add  the  glue  and  boil  six  or  seven  minutes 
and  pour.  If  purified  rubber  cannot  be  procured,  add  one  and 
one-halt  pounds  more  glue  and  four  ounces  more  glycerine. 
No.  1 glue,  two  pounds;  Baeder’s  glue,  two  pounds;  best  sugars 
house  molasses,  one  gallon;  glycerine,  one-half  pint.  For  Win-' 
ter  use,  reduce  each  glue  one-fourth  to  three-eighths  of  a pound. 
Soak  the  glues  wrapped  up  separately  in  woolen  cloths  about 
three  hours.  Boil  the  molasses  forty-five  or  fifty  minutes,  skim- 
ming thoroughly.  Then  add  the  glues  drained  of  superfluous 
water.  Boil  the  whole  for  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes,  add  the 
glycerine,  boil  and  stir  three  to  five  minutes,  then  pour  off.  No. 
3 Strong  Middle  Weather  Rollers.  Temp,  sixty  to  seventy  degrees 
Fahr.  Coopers  best  glue,  eight  and  one-half  pounds;  extra 
syrup,  two  gallons;  glycerine,  one  pint;  Venice  turpentine,  two 
ounces.  Steep  the  glue  in  rain  water  until  pliant,  and  drain  it 
well.  Then  melt  it  over  a moderate  fire,  but  do  not  “ cook  it.” 
This  will  take  from  fifteen  to  twenty-five  minutes.  Next  put  in 
the  syrup,  and  boil  three-quarters  of  an  hour,  stirring  it  occa- 
sionally, and  skimming  off  impurities  arising  to  the  surface. 
Add  the  glycerine  and  turpentine  a few  minutes  before  remov- 
ing it  from  the  fire,  and  pour  slowly.  Slightly  reduce  or  in- 
crease the  glue  as  the  weather  becomes  colder  or  warmer. 

To  Frin-fcs,  etc. — Take  of  gum  san- 

darac  four  ounces;  mastic,  one  ounce;  Venice  turpentine,  one 
ounce;  alcohol,  fifteen  ounces.  Digest  in  a bottle,  shaking  fre- 
quently, and  it  is  ready  for  use.  Directions:  Use,  if  possible, 
good  plate  glass  of  the  size  of  the  picture  to  be  transferred,  go 
over  it  with  the  above  varnish,  beginning  at  one  side,  press 
down  the  picture  firmly  and  evenly  as  you  proceed,  so  that  no 
air  can  possibly  lodge  iDetween;  put  aside,  and  let  dry  perfectly, 
then  moisten  the  paper  cautiously  with  water,  and  remove  it 
piecemeal  by  rubbing  carefully  with  the  fingers;  if  managed 
nicely,  a complete  transfer  of  the  picture  to  the  glass  will  be 
effected. 

Blaclc  Tolisli. — Black  lead, 

pulverized,  one  pound;  turpentine,  one  gill;  water,  one  gilk, 
sugar  one  ounce. 

Grlae  "to  Miois'tuLre. — Glue,  five  parts, 

resin,  four  parts,  red  ochre,  two  parts,  mix  with  smallest  possi- 
ble quantity  of  water. 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


59 


Instmotions  lor  01iiii.ese  01yx*oiio- 
^yT>^9  or  IirLj>ro"^ed[  I^l^iolo-OliroiYialio 

Oil  I^ainling*. — This  painting  is  done  on  common  win- 
dow glass,  which  must  be  cleaned  thoroughly  before  using. 
The  best  way  to  clean  glass  is  to  dampen  it  with  spirits  of  wine 
and  polish  with  a piece  of  dry  silk.  Then  take  the  picture  that 
you  wish  to  copy,  and  cut  otf  the  w^aste  paper  till  you  leave 
about  an  inch  margin  all  around  it,  and  then  cut  your  glass  to 
the  exact  size  of  the  picture.  Seeing  that  your  glass  is  clear, 
apply  a coat  of  Chinese  varnish  on  one  side,  laying  it  on  evenly 
and  thick.  Lay  it  away  where  it  will  be  free  from  dust  till  it 
dries,  which  usually  takes  about  six  hours.  If  it  is  placed  in 
the  sun  or  near  the  fire,  it  will  dry  much  quicker. 

When  ready  to  finish  the  picture,  take  the  paint,  or  whatever 
it  may  be,  and  immerse  it  in  the  solution  of  color,  face  up,  till 
it  becomes  thoroughly  wet;  then  take  it  out  and  lay  it  on  a 
sheet  of  paper,  face  up,  in  order  that  the  face  of  the  picture  may 
dry  and  leave  the  other  side  damp.  While  your  j)icture  is  dry- 
ing, which  usually  takes  from  two  to  three  minutes,  according 
to  the  thickness  of  it,  give  the  glass  another  coat  of  varnish  on 
the  same  side.  When  the  picture  is  dry,  lay  it  on  the  glass, 
face  down,  and  press  it  firmly,  so  as  to  exclude  all  air.  If  there 
is  any  air  left  it  will  show  itself  in  white  spots  on  the  glass,  and 
must  be  pressed  out.  Let  it  remain  about  five  minutes,  and 
then  take  a dry  cloth,  and  rub  away  the  back  of  the  picture  till 
you  can  see  the  outlines  evenly  and  distinctly.  After  you  have 
rubbed  it  to  suit,  give  it  a coat  of  Finishing  Varnish  and  let  it 
dry.  When  dry  smooth  it  off*  with  a piece  of  fine  sand  paper, 
then  give  it  another  coat  of  finishing  varnish,  let  it  dry,  and 
place  a ifiece  of  paper,  any  color  you  choose,  on  the  back,  and  it 
is  ready  for  framing.  You  may  use  warm  water  in  place  of  the 
solution  of  color,  but  you  must  rub  it  off  immediately. 

If  you  are  unable  to  procure  the  fir  balsam,  any  transparent 
varnish  will  do  instead. 

The  articles  to  be  used  are  a flat  camel’s  hair  brush,  about  an 
inch  wide,  the  Chinese  varnish  compound  of  fir  balsam,  two 
ounces;  spirits  turpentine,  one  ounce;  mix  well.  Finishing 
varnish,  fir  balsam,  spirits  turpentine,  spirits  of  wine,  each  an 
ounce;  and  solution  for  fixing  the  color,  vinegar,  four  table- 
siioonsful,  and  water  one  quart. 

The  above  recipe  has  been  extensively  sold  at  $5,  at  which 
price  one  person  alone  is  said  to  have  cleared  about  seven  thou- 
sand dollars  on  its  sale. 

Oounmoi’oial  Iiali. — Take  one- 
quarter  pound  extract  of  logwood,  one  gallon  clean  soft  water; 
heat  it  to  the  boiling  point  in  a x)erfectly  clean  iron  kettle;  skim 
well,  stir;  then  add  ninety  grains  of  bichromate  of  x')otash,  fif- 
teen grains  prussiate  of  potash,  dissolved  in  half  a pint  of  hot 
water.  Stir  for  three  minutes;  take  off  and  strain. 


60 


ItOtJNG’s  BOOK  OP  SECRETS. 

Arttficial  Honoy. — Take  ten  pounds  good  white 
(brown)  sugar,  three  pounds  soft  water,  two  and  one-half 
pounds  bee  bread  honey,  forty  grains  cream  tartar,  twelve  drops 
oil  of  peppermint,  three  ounces  gum  arabic,  one  drop  otto  of 
rose,  put  them  into  a brass  or  copper  kettle,  and  boil  them  for 
five  minutes;  then  take  two  teaspoonsxul  of  pulverized  slippery 
elm,  and  mix  v/ith  one  pound  of  water;  then  strain  it  and  mix 
it  into  the  kettle;  take  it  off  and  beat  up  the  white  of  two  eggs, 
and  stir  them  in;  let  it  stand  two  minutes,  then  skim  it  well, 
and  when  nearly  cold  add  one  pound  of  pure  bees’  honey,  and 
so  on  for  larger  quantities. 

This  recipe  has  been  sold  for  $5  by  several  persons  during  the 
past  six  or  eight  years,  who  each,  of  course,  claimed  it  as  their 
own  great  discovery,  asserting  that  it  was  patented,  and  under 
their  sole  control. 

loo  Ox*oo.m. — Have  rich  sweet  cream  and  one-half 
pound  loaf  sugar  to  each  quart  of  cream  or  milk.  If  you  cannot 
get  cream  the  best  imitation  is  to  boil  a soft  custard,  six  eggs  to 
a quart  cf  milk  (eggs  well  beat).  Or  another  is  made  as  follows: 
Boil  one  quart  of  milk,  and  stir  into  it  while  boiling  one  table- 
spoonful of  arrowroot  w^et  with  cold  milk;  when  cold  stir  into 
it  the  yolk  of  one  egg  to  give  it  a rich  color.  Five  minutes  boil- 
ing is  enough  for  either  plan.  Put  the  sugar  in  after  they  cool. 
Keep  the  same  proportion  for  any  amount  desired.  Or  thus: 
To  six  quarts  milk  add  one-half  pound  Oswego  corn  starch,  first 
dissolved.  Put  the  starch  in  one  quart  of  the  milk;  then  mix 
together  and  simmer  a little  (not  boil),  sweeten  and  flavor  to 
your  taste — excellent.  The  juice  of  strawberries  or  raspberries 
gives  a beautiful  color  and  flavor  to  ice  cream;  or  about  one- 
half  ounce  essence  or  extract  to  one  gallon,  or  to  suit  the  taste. 
Have  your  ice  well  broken— one  quart  salt  to  a bucket  of  ice. 
About  one-half  hour’s  constant  stirring,  with  occasional  scrap- 
ing down  and  beating  together,  will  freeze  it. 

— Three-fourths  of  an  ounce 
Peruvian  bark,  one  ounce  wild  cherry  bark,  two  ounces  gentian 
root  bruised,  one  ounce  dried  orange  peel,  one  ounce  cardam-om 
seeds  bruised;  keep  in  one  gallon  spirits  two  or  three  weeks. 
Extensively  sold  for  cocktails.  Cures  dyspepsia,  etc. 

01111:1X10111:- — Elder  bark,  spikenard 
and  yellow  dock  roots,  of  each  one  pound;  boil  in  two  gallons 
of  water  down  to  one;  then  press  the  strength  out  of  the  roots 
and  boil  the  liquid  down  to  half  a gallon;  add  eight  pounds  of 
the  best  resin,  one  pound  of  beeswax  and  tallow  enough  to 
soften.  Roll  into  rolls,  and  apply  by  w’arming  and  spreading 
on  linen. 

Ftiiio;;^  ^OS-X^. — Dissolve  two  ounces  of  Venice  soap  in 
two  ounces’of  lemon  juice;  add  one  ounce  oil  of  almonds  and 
one  ounce  oil  of  tartar,  mix  and  stir  it  till  it  has  acquired  the 
consistency  of  honey. 


young’s  book  of  secrets. 


6J 

]Rixl>l>er  Hand,  stamps. — Set  up  the  desired 
name  and  address  in  common  t3^pe,  oil  the  tj^pe  and  place  a 
guard  about  one-half  inch  high  around  the  form;  now  mix 
plaster  of  Paris  to  the  proper  consistence,  pour  in  and  allow  it 
to  set.  Have  your  vulcanized  rubber  all  ready,  as  made  in  long 
strips  three  inches  wide  and  one-eighth  of  an  inch  thick,  cut  off 
the  size  of  the  intended  stamp,  remove  the  plaster  cast  from  the 
type,  and  place  both  the  cast  and  the  rubber  in  a screw  press, 
applying  sufficient  heat  to  thoroughly'  soften  the  rubber,  then 
turn  down  the  screw  hard,  and  let  it  remain  until  the  rubber 
receives  the  exact  impression  of  the  cast  and  becomes  cold, 
when  it  is  removed,  neatly  trimmed  with  a sharp  knife  and  ce- 
mented to  the  handle  ready  for  use. 

^A-ppi’o-^ed  Fi’ictioii.  — About  the 

best  known  preparation  for  friction  matches  is  gum  arabic,  six- 
teen parts  by  weight;  phosphorus,  nine  parts;  nitre,  fourteen 
parts;  peroxyde  of  manganese,  in  powder,  sixteen  parts.  The 
gum  is  first  made  into  a mucilage  with  water,  then  the  man- 
ganese, then  the  phosphorus,  and  the  whole  is  heated  to  about 
130  degrees  Fahr.  When  the  phosphorus  is  melted  the  nitre  is 
added,  and  the  whole  is  thoroughly  stirred  until  the  mass  is  a 
uniform  paste.  The  wooden  matches  prepared  first  with  sulphur 
are  then  dipped  in  this  and  afterward  dried  in  the  air.  Friction 
papers,  for  carrying  in  the  pocket,  may  be  made  in  the  same 
manner,  and  by  adding  benzoin  to  the  mucilage  they  will  have 
an  agreeable  odor  when  ignited. 

To  malte  and.  Gold-Plating^  So- 

Ixition. — Dissolve  one-half  ounce  of  gold  amalgam  in  one 
ounce  of  nitro-muriatic  acid.  ’Add  two  ounces  of  alcohol,  and 
then,  having  brightened  the  article  in  the  usual  way,  apply  the 
solution  with  a soft  brush.  Rinse  and  dry  in  sawdust,  or  with 
tissue-paper,  and  polish  up  with  chamois-skin. 

La>^endex*  Perfixmed  "^^atex*. — Two  ounces 
oil  garden  lavender,  one  drachm  essence  ambergris,  six  drachms 
oil  bergamot.  Mix  with  two  quarts  and  a pint  proof  spirits. 

Plonida  *Watoi*. — Half-pint  proof  spirits,  two 
drachms  oil  lemon,  half  drachm  cil  rosemary — mix. 

^lixioad  Soajx. — Best  white  tallow  soap,  fifty  pounds; 
essence  of  bitter  almonds,  twenty  ounces;  melt  by  the  aid  of  a 
steam  or  water  bath. 

01i.ea]p  "W'a'tex* Glae. — Melt  common 
glue  with  the  smallest  possible  quantity  of  water  ; add,  by  de- 
grees, linseed  oil,  rendered  drying  by  boiling  it  with  litharge. 
While  the  oil  is  being  added,  the  ingredients  must  be  well 
stirred,  to  incorporate  them  thoroughly. 

Bxiflalo  Oil. — Take  the  best  lard  oil  and  perfume  it 
well  with  equal  parts  of  oil  garden  lavender  and  oil  lemon. 

Oil. — Olive  oil,  one  pound;  oil  origanum; 
one  drachm ; oil  rosemary,  one  scruple — mix 


62 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


HOW  TO  MAKE  WIHES,  LIQUORS  AHD 
CORDIALS. 

To  Olear  and  Tiae  Licj^aors. — After  all  the 
articles  used  to  iprepare  an 5^  kind  of  liquors  are  put  in,  and  they 
do  not  become  perfectly  clear,  you  will  draw  into  a barrel  which 
has  but  one  head  or  bottom  in  it,  with  a faucet  near  the  bottom, 
and  sift  into  each  barrel  from  one  to  two  ounces  pulverized 
lime,  which  will  cause  every  impurity  to  settle,  when  it  can  be 
drawn  again  and  returned  to  clean  barrels  or  bottles  as  desired. 
White  Wines  are  generally  fined  by  isinglass  in  the  proportion 
of  one  and  one-half  ounce  (dissolved  in  one  and  one-half  pints 
of  water  and  thinned  with  some  of  the  wine)  to  the  hogshead. 
Eed  Wines  are  generally  fined  with  the  whites  of  eggs,  in  the 
proportion  of  twelve  to  eighteen  to  each  pipe;  they  must  be“ 
well  beaten  to  a froth,  with  about  one  pint  of  water,  and  after- 
wards mixed  with  a little  of  the  wine  before  adding  to  the 
liquor.  Eummage  well. 

Where  spirits  are  mentioned,  it  signifies  high  wines  rectified 
and  reduced  to  hydrometer  proof.  Proof  spirits  signifies  the 
same  thing.  Common  whiskey  is  much  below  this  proof,  but  a 
good  substitute  may  be  produced  from  rectified  whiskey  by  de- 
priving it  of  its  taste  and  odor,  by  means  of  a process  which 
renders  it  suitable  for  use.  The  whiskey  should  be  of  proper 
strength,  and  treated  as  follows  (this  process  destroys  the  fusil 
oil,  and  precipitates  the  verdigris  to  the  bottom): 

To  forty  gallons  whiskey  add  one  and  one-half  pounds  un- 
slacked  lime,  three-fourths  of  a pound  powdered  alum,  and 
one-half  pint  spirits  of  nitre;  stir  well  and  let  stand  twenty-foui 
hours.  Then  draw  ofl  into  another  cask,  avoiding  the  sediment. 
It  is  then  fit  for  use.  All  oils  used  must  be  cut  in  90  per  cent, 
alcohol,  using  one  quart  alcohol*  to  two  ounces  oil,  and  should 
stand  hventy-four  hours  before  using. 

Ooloring*  foi*  — Take  one-half  pound 

white  sugar,  put  it  into  an  iron  kettle,  moisten  a little,  let  it 
boil  and  burn  to  a red,  black  and  thick;  remove  from  the  fire, 
and  put  in  a little  hot  water  to  prevent  it  hardening  as  it  cools. 
Use  this  to  color  any  liquors  needing  color,  to  your  taste,  or  as 
near  the  color  of  the  liquor  you  imitate  as  you  can.  Tincture 
kino  is  a good  color  and  one  ounce  gum  to  one  pint  alcohol 
makes  the  tincture. 

BlacLclber-ry  — Take  ten  gallons  of 

brandy,  and  use  five  quarts  nice  rich  blackberries  mashed; 
macerate  the  berries  in  the  liquor  for  ten  days;  then  strain  off, 
and  add  one  ounce  sugar  to  each  gallon.  If  strawberries  are 
used,  work  the  same  proportions  with  only  half  the  quantity  of 
sugar. 

Jamaica.  Ram. — Pure  spirits  one  gallon;  one  quart 
of  the  kind  of  rum  you  wish  to  imitate*,  one-eighth  ounce  oil  of 
caraway — is  enough  for  six  gallons.  Color  to  suit. 


(Young’s  book  (Xf  SEeEETS.^ 


63 


Grin. — To  one  hundred  gallons  of  rectilied 
^^irits  add  (after  you  have  cut  the  oils  well)  one  and  one-half 
c^nce  of  the  oil  of  English  juniper,  one-half  ounce  of  angelica 
essence,  one-half  ounce  of  the  oil  of  coriander,  and  one-half 
ounce  oil  caraway;  put  this  into  the  rectified  spirit  and  rum- 
mage well.  This  is  strong  gin.  To  make  this  up,  as  it  is  called 
by  the  trade,  add  forty-five  pounds  of  loaf  sugar  dissolved;  then 
rummage  the  whole  well  together  with  four  ounces  roche  alum. 
For  finings,  add  four  ounces  salts  of  tartar. 

Hollan<l  Oiix  IXo.  ^ . — To  forty  gallons  proof  or 
neutral  spirits  add  spirits  of  nitre  three  ounces,  loaf  sugar  four 
pounds,  oil  of  juniper  one  ounce,  oil  caraway  one-eighth  ounce. 
The  last  two  to  be  cut  in  one  quart  alcohol.  Stand  twenty -lour 
hours. 

Oo^nac  Braiiily- — To  every  ten  gallons  of  pure 
spirits  add  two  quarts  New  England  rum,  or  one  quart  Jamaica 
rum,  and  from  thirty  to  forty  drops  of  oil  cognac,  cut  in  one- 
half  pint  alcohol,  and  color  with  burnt  sugar  to  suit. 

Braxicly. — To  everj^  ten  gallons  of  brandy 
made  by  the  recipe  for  French  brandy  add  threp  quarts  of  wild 
black  cherries,  stones  and  all  bruised,  crushed  sugar  tws 
pounds.  Let  it  stand  for  one  week,  then  draw  or  rack  it  off  as 
it  is  wanted  for  use.  Do  not  use  the  bitter  almond  oil  in  any 
case,  as  it  is  the  rankest  poison. 

Olierry  — Good  whiskey  ten  gallons,  wild 

black  cherries  five  quarts,  well  bruised  with  stones  broken; 
common  almonds,  shelled,  one  pound;  white  sugar,  cinnamon, 
cloves  and  nutmeg,  well  bruised,  of  each  one-half  ounce.  Mix 
and  let  stand  twelve  daj^s,  and  draw  off.  This,  with  the  addi- 
tion of  two  gallons  brandy,  makes  the  most  superior  cherry 
brandy. 

Biincli. — ^Yellow  rinds  of  two  dozen  lemons, 
steep  two  days  in  two  quarts  brandy,  add  spirit  three  quarts, 
hot  water  two  quarts,  lemon  juioe  one  quart,  loaf  sugar  four 
pounds,  boiling  milk  two  quarts,  two  nutmegs  grated;  mix,  and 
in  two  hours  strain  through  wool. 

R;ii.iix  — Tartaric  acid  five  pounds,  pale  sugar 

one  hundred  pounds,  oil  lemon  four  drachms,  oil  orange  fiv(f 
drachms;  put  them  into  a large  cask  (eighty  gallons)  and  add 
water  ten  gallons.  Eummage  till  the  acid  and  sugar  are  dis- 
solved, then  add  rum  (proof)  twenty  gallons,  water  to  make  up 
fifty-five  gallons  in  all,  coloring  one  quart  or  more.  Fine  with 
twelve  eggs.  The  addition  of  twelve  sliced  oranges  will  im- 
prove the  flavor. 

Bixncli.. — Water  three  gallons,  tartaric  acid  four  ounces, 
i>Y  to  taste,  lump  sugar  to  sweeten,  brandy  three  pints,  rum 
ihree  pints.  The  peels  of  three  lemons  grated,  essence  of  lemon 
to  flavor,  rub  the  essence  with  a little  lump  sugar  in  a mortar, 
bidding  a little  of  the  suirit. 


64 


young’s  book  of  secrets. 


IKuin.  SlYmIb  nVo.  — Lemon  juice  one  pint,  wBite 

sugar  two  pounds,  rum  three  pints,  water  four  quarts,  mix  and 
color.  Eeady  for  use. 

Gringj'ei:*  W'ine  for  Bar  Barposes. — Put 

one  ounce  good  ginger  root  bruised  in  one  quart  95  per  cent, 
alcohol ; let  it  stand  nine  days  and  strain ; add  four  quarts  water 
and  one  pound  white  sugar  dissolved  in  hot  water;  color  with 
tincture  of  sanders  to  suit. 

Griag-er  for  Baaiily;  XJse. — Water 

ten  gallons,  lump  sugar  twenty  pounds,  bruised  ginger  eight 
ounces,  three  or  four  eggs.  Boil  well  and  skim,  then  pour  hot 
on  six  or  seven  lemons  cut  in  slices,  macerate  for  two  hours, 
then  rack  and  ferment;  next  add  spirit  two  quarts,  and  after- 
ward finings  one  pint;  rummage  well 

J^foaxacli  Bitfors* — Gentian  root  six  ounces,  or- 
ange peel  ten  ounces,  cinnamon  one  ounce,  anise  seed  two 
ounces,  coriander  seed  two  ounces,  cardamom  seed  one-half 
ounce,  Peruvian  bark  unground  two  ounces;  bruise  all  the  arti- 
cles and  add  one  ounce  gum  kino,  put  in  two  quarts  alcohol  and 
two  quarts  pure  spirit,  ,or  good  whiskey  may  be  used  instead  of 
pure  spirit;  shake  occasionally  for  ten  days,  and  filter  through 
three  thicknesses  of  woolen ; then  one-half  pint  of  this  may  be 
added  to  a gallon  of  whiskey,  more  or  less  as  desired. 

Beppeniiinf:  Oorclial. — Good  whiskey  ten  gal- 
lons, water  ten  gallons,  white  sugar  ten  pounds,  oil  peppermint 
one  ounce,  in  one  pint  alcohol,  one  pound  flour  well  worked  in 
with  the  fluid,  one-half  pound  burnt  sugar  to  color.  Mix  and 
let  it  stand  one  week  before  using.  Other  oil  in  place  of  pep- 
permint, and  you  have  any  flavor  desired. 

— Wine,  al-e  or  porter,  one-third  to  two-thirds 
water,  hot  or  cold  according  to  the  season  of  the  year,  loaf  sugar 
to  the  taste,  with  nutmeg* 

Onri-aaii:  axid  Otlxex*  Brixif:  AV^iire, — To 

every  gallon  of  expressed  juice  add  two  gallons  soft  water,  six 
pounds  brown  sugar,  one  and  one-half  ounce  cream  tartar  and 
one  quart  brandy  to  every  six  gallons.  Some  prefer  it  without 
brandy.  After  fermentation,  take  four  ounces  isinglass  dis- 
solved in  one  pint  of  the  wine,  and  put  to  each  barrel,  which 
will  fine  and  clear  it,  when  it  must  be  drawn  into  clean  casks 
or  bottled,  which  is  preferable. 

Glairy  AVine 

are  made  by  taking  the  above  wine  when  made  with  port  wine, 
and  for  every  ten  gallons  from  four  to  six  quarts  of  the  fresh 
fruit  bruised  and  strained  are  added,  and  let  stand  four  days, 
till  the  flavor  is  extracted.  When  bottling,  add  three  or  four 
broken  raisins  to  each  bottle. 

Balo  Bi’andly  is  made  the  same  as  by  the  above  re- 
cipe, using  pale  instead  of  the  French,  and  using  only  one 
ounce  tincture  of  kino  for  every  five  gallons. 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


65 


M!ox*olla  “W'iMO. — To  each  quart  of  the  expressed 
juice  of  the  Morelia,  or  tame  cherries,  add  three  quarts  of  water 
and  four  pounds  of  coarse  brown  sugar;  let  them  ferment  and 
skim  till  worked  clear,  then  draw  olf,  avoiding  the  sediment  at 
the  bottom.  Bung  up  or  bottle,  which  is  best  for  all  wines,  let- 
ting the  bottles  lie  always  on  the  side,  either  for  wines  or  beers. 

JLoncioM.  Chopped  raisins  four  hundred 

pounds  ; soft  water,  one  hundred  gallons;  sugar,  forty-five 
pounds;  white  tartar,  one  pound;  cider,  sixteen  gallons.  Let 
them  stand  together  in  a close  vessel  one  month — stir  frequent- 
ly. Then  add  of  spirit  eight  gallons;  wild  cherries,  bruised, 
eight  pounds.  Let  them  stand  one  month  longer,  and  fine 
with  isinglass. 

]Poi*£  'Wixie. — Worked  cider,  forty-two  gallons;  good 
port  wine,  twelve  gallons;  good  brandy,  three  gallons;  pure 
spirits,  six  gallons;  mix.  , Elderberries  and  aloes,  and  the  fruit 
of  the  black  haw  make  a fine  purple  color  for  v/ines,  or  use 
burnt  sugar.  • 

^cot;<3lx  aii<i  ^Whiskey. — To  forty  gal- 

lons of  pure  spirit  add  five  gallons  Scotch  or  Irish  whiskey; 
creosote,  one-quarter  ounce,  dissolved  in  one  quart  of  alcohol; 
loaf  sugar,  one  pound;  stand  ten  daj^s. 

Note. — The  peculiar  flavor  of  Scotch  whiskey  may  be  nicely 
imitated  by  adding  a few  drops  of  pure  creosote  dissolved  in  a 
bttle  acetic  acid,  to  two  or  three  gallons  of  good  London  gin; 
and  the  imitation  will  be  still  more  perfect  if  the  liquor  is  kept 
some  months  before  drinking  it. 

Winos. — To  twenty-eight  gallons  clarified 
cider  add  one  gallon  good  brandy;  crude  tartar  (this  is  what  is 
deposited  by  grape  wines);  one  pound  of  an}^  kind  of  wine  you 
wish  to  imitate;  sweet  milk  to  settle  it,  one  pint;  draw  off 
thirty-six  hours  after  thoroughly  mixing. 

Oommon  — To  forty  gallons  pure  or  neu- 

tral sj)irits  add  one  pound  crude  tartar,  dissolved  in  one  gallon 
hot  water;  acetic  ether,  one-quarter  pint;  bruised  raisins,  six 
pounds;  tincture  kino,  two  ounces:  sugar,  three  pounds;  color 
with  sugar  coloring;  stand  fourteen  days  and  draw  off. 

Froiiolx  Braiidly. — Pure  spirit,  one  gallon;  best 
French  brandy,  or  any  you  wish  to  imitate,  one  quart;  loaf 
sugar,  two  ounces;  sweet  spirits  of  nitre,  one-half  ounce;  a few 
drops  of  tincture  catechu  or  oak  bark  to  roughen  the  taste  if 
desired,  and  color  to  suit. 

MIoxiO]B:ig*a,lxela  TV^liislcey'. — Common  vrhiskey, 
thirty-six  gallons;  dried  peaches,  two  quarts;  rye,  burnt  and 
ground  as  coffee,  one  quart;  cinnamon,  cloves,  allspice,  bruised, 
one  ounce  each;  loaf  sugar,  five  pounds;  sweet  spirits  of  nitie, 
two  ounces;  put  these  in  foTir  gallons  pure  spirits;  f»hake  every 
day  for  a week,  then  draw  off,  and  add  the  whole  to  thirty-six 
gallons  of  whiskey. 


young’s  book  of  seckets. 


XJs<iiieTbaTi.^li. — To  one  gallon 
brandy  add  stoned  raisins  one  pound;  cinnamon,  cloves,  nut- 
megs, and  cardamoms,  each  one  ounce,  crushed  in  a mortar; 
saffron,  one-half  ounce;  rind  of  one  orange  and  sugar  candy. 
Shake  these  well;  in  fourteen  days  afterward  fine  for  use. 

-Good  pale  cider,  one  hogs- 
head; spirit,  three  gallons;  sugar,  twenty  pounds;  mix  and  let 
it  stand  two  weeks;  then  fine  with  skimmed  milk,  one-half  gal- 
lon; this  will  be  very  pale,  and  a similar  article,  when  properly 
bottled  and  labeled,  opens  so  brisk  that  even  good  judges  have 
mistaken  it  for  genuine  champagne. 

Kaisiii.  ^Vine. — Take  thirty  pounds 
of  chopped  raisins,  free  from  stems  and  dust,  put  them  in  a 
large  keg,  and  add  ten  gallons  soft  water;  let  them  stand  two 
weeks  unbunged,  shaking  occasionally  (warm  place  in  winter) 
then  strain  through  woolen  or  filter;  color  with  burnt  sugar, 
bottle  and  cork  well  for  use.  For  bar  use,  add  a pint  of  good 
brandy  to  each  gallon.  The  more  raisins  the  better  the  wine — 
not  exceeding  five  pounds  to  each  gallon. 

Old  Boix3:-l30ii  — To  forty  gallons 

spirits  add  five  gallons  good  Bourbon  whiskey;  spirits  of  nitre, 
two  ounces;  fusil  oil  from  corn,  two  ounces;  put  in  one  quart 
alcohol;  stand  four  days. 

Oordial. — One  gallon  essence  of 
peppermint,  twenty  gallons  spirits,  twenty-five  gallons  water, 
five  gallons  gomme  syrup.  The  cost  can  be  regulated  by  adding 
water.  Sells  well. 

Old  Rye.  — Take  dried  peaches  one-half  p>eck;  bake, 
scorch  and  roast  them  in  a stove,  but  don’t  burn;  bruise  and 
put  them  in  a W'oolen  pointed  bag,  and  leach  good  common 
whiskey  over  them  twice  slowly — this  for  one  barrel — add  after- 
ward twelve  drops  aqua  ammonia  to  each  barrel.  With  age  you 
will  have  whiskey  equal  to  “Old  Bye.” 

Tal>le  IWraiisie.;  or,  Frize  Roiney  "Witli- 
Old  Bees’  lioxiey. — White  sugar,  five  pounds;  water, 
one  and  one-kalf  pounds;  simmer  gradually  over  the  fire  and 
add  one-half  ounce  alum  in  powder;  skim  off'  the  scum,  if  any; 
set  off  to  cool,  adding  a small  quantity  of  the  following  extracts 
to'iflavor  to  suit  the  taste:  Extract  for  Flavoring  Honey — Al- 
cohol, one  part;  good  Jamaica  ginger,  two  ounces;  macerate  for 
ten  days,  adding  two  or  three  drops  of  ottar.of  roses  to  scent. 
Frangipanni — Spirit,  one  gallon;  oil  of  bergamot,  one  ounce; 
oil  of  lemon  one  ounce;  macerate  four  days,  frequently  shaking, 
then  add  v,^ater,  one  gallon;  orange-ffower  water,  one  pint;  es^ 
sence  vanilla,  two  ounces.  Mix.  Jockey  Club. — Spirits  of 
wine,  five  gallons;  orange-flower  water,  one  gallon;  balsam 
Peru,  four  ounces;  essence  of  bergamot,  eight  ounces;  essence 
of  musk,  eight  ounces;  essence  of  cloves,  four  ounces;  essence 
of  neroli,  two  ounces.  Mix,  Ladies’  Own. — Spirits  of  v/ine 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


67 


one  gallon;  ottar  of  roses,”  twenty  drops;  essence  tlij^me,  one- 
half  ounce;  essence  nerolL  one-quarter  ounce;  essence  vanilla, 
one-half  ounce;  essence  bergamot,  one-quarter  ounce;  orange- 
flower  water,  six  ounces.  Kiss-me-quick. — Spirits,  one  gallon^ 
essence  thyme,  one-quarter  ounce;  essence  orange-flowers,  two 
ounces;  essence  neroli,  one-half  ounce;  'ottar  roses,  thirty 
drops;  essence  jasmine,  one  ounce;  essence  balm  mint,  one-half 
ounce;  petals  of  roses,  four  ounces;  oil  lemon,  tvrenty  drops; 
calorus  aromaticus,  one-half  ounce;  essence  neroli,  one-half 
ounce.  Mix  and  strain.  Uppee  Ten. — Spirits  of  wine,  four 
quarts;  essence  cedrat,  two  drachms;  essence  violets,  one-quar- 
ter ounce;  essence  neroli,  one-half  ounce;  ottar  roses,  tw^enty 
drops;  orange-flower  essence,  one  ounce;  oil  rosemary,  thirty 
drops;  oils  bergamot  and  neroli,  each  one-half  ounce. 

Common  sal-ammo- 
niac, well  pulverized,  one  part;  saltpetre,  two  parts;,  mix  well 
together.  Then  take  common  soda,  well  pulverized.  To  use, 
take  equal  quantities  of  these  preparations  (which  must  be  kept 
separate  and  well  covered  previous  to  using),  and  put  them  in 
the  freezing-pot;  add  of  water  a proper  quantity,  and  put  in 
the  article  to  be  frozen  in  a proper  vessel,  cover  up,  and  your 
wants  will  soon  be  supplied.  For  freezing  creams  or  wines  this 
can  not  be  beat, 

Non-Explosiv©  — Take 

five  quarts  alcohol,  one  quart  cam  phene,  and  two  ounces  pul- 
verized alum;  mix,  and  let  it  stand  twenty-four  hours.  If 
transparent,  it  is  fit  for  use;  if  not,  add  sufficient  alcohol  to 
bring  it  to  the  natural  color  of  the  alcohol.  The  cover  of  the 
lamp  must  fit  close,  and  a tin  stopper  be  kept  over  the  tube 
when  not  in  use,  to  prevent  evaporation, 

IF'aoos. — Tincture  hartshorn,  one  ounce;  borax, 
one-half  ounce;  alcohol,  one  pint;  water,  one  pint;  tincture 
cantharides,  two  drachms.  Geaham’s. — Cologne,  two  ounces; 
liquid  hartshorn,  one  drachm;  tincture  cantharides,  two 
drachms;  oil  rosemary,  twelve  drops;  oil  nutmeg,  twelve  drops, 
oil  lavender,  twelve  drops. 

Tinctures  are  made  with  one  ounce  of  gum,  i ot,  or 
bark,  etc.,  dried,  to  each  pint  of  proof  spirits,  and  let  it  stand 
one  week  and  filter. 

I^ssencos  are  made  with  one  ounce  of  any  given  oil 
added  to  one  pint  alcohol.  Peppermint  is  colored  with  tincture 
turmeric;  cinnamon  with  tincture  red  sanders;  wintergreen 
with  tincture  kino.  1 ^ 

T’n.rni'tii.re  Tolisli. — ^Equal  quantities  of  common 
wax,  white  wax,  white  soap,  in  the  proportion  of  one  ounce  of 
each  to  pint  water.  Cut  the  above  ingredients  fine,  and  dissolve 
over  a fire  until  well  mingled.  Bottle  and  label. 


YOXTNa’g  BOOK  OP  SECRETS. 


Grill. o. — The  following  recipe  for  ‘‘Prepared 
Glne,”  the  discovery  of  a French  chemist,  is  selling  about  the 
country  as  a secret,  for  various  piices,  from  one  to  five  dollars. 
It  is  a handy  and  valuable  composition,  as  it  does  not  gelatin- 
ize, putrefy,  ferment  or  become  offensive,  and  can  be  used  cold 
for  all  the  ordinary  purposes  of  glue  in  making  or  mending 
furniture,  or  broken  vessels  that  are  not  exposed  to  water,  etc.  : 
In  a wide-mouthed  bottle  dissolve  eight  ounces  of  best  glue  in 
a half-pint  of  water,  by  setting  it  in  a vessel  of  water  and  heat- 
ing till  dissolved.  Then  add  slowly,  constantly  stirring,  half, 
ounce  of  strong  aquafortis  (nitric  acid).  Keep  well  corked,  and 
it  will  be  ready  for  use. 

Oil. — One-half  ounce  pulverized  saltpetre  put 
in  halSpint  sweet  oil.  Cures  inflammatory  rheumatism.  Bottle 
and  label.  Pays  well. 

Oresig’as  Lotton  for  the  skin  and  complexion,  a 
great  secret.  Distill  two  handfuls  jessamine  flowers  in  a quart 
of  rose  water  and  quart  orange  water.  Strain  through  porous 
paper  and  add  a scruple  of  musk  and  a scruple  of  ambergris. 
Bottle  and  label.  Splendid  wash  for  the  skin. 

Tootlx  — Six  ounces  pre- 

pared chalk,  one-half  ounce  cassia  powder,  one  ounce  orris. 
Mix  well,  Put  in  small  pots  and  label. 

Hail*  Hestorattve. — Four  drachms  oxide  bis- 
muth, four  drachms  spermaceti,  four  ounces  pure  hog’s  lard. 
The  lard  and  spermaceti  should  be  melted  together.  When 
nearly  cool,  stir  in  the  bismuth  and  perfume.  Put  in  pots  and 
label.  Prevents  the  hair  from  turning  gray,  restores  gray  hair. 

Toilot  — One  pound  white  starch,  four 

ounces  oxide  bismuth.  Mix,  box  and  label. 

Piiixpex*nel  Kalydox*  for  the  skin  and  complex- 
ion.— Steep  pimpernel  in  pure  rain  water  for  three  days.  Bottle 
and  label.  Benders  the  skin  clear  and  white. 

Haix*  Ja^ig-oiratox*. — Quart  bay  rum,  pint  alcohol, 
one  ounce  castor  oil,  one  ounce  tincture- cantharides,  pint  sweet 
oil.  Bottle  and  label. 

3E5aa<loliae  for  adjusting  the  hair. — Boil  a tablespoon- 
ful of  linseed  oil  in  half-pint  water  for  five  minutes.  Perfume, 
put  in  pots  and  label. 

‘ Balixx  of*  Grilead. — Opodeldoc,  spirits  of  wine,  sa‘i 
ammoniac,  equal  parts  of  each.  Shake.  Bottle  and  label. 
Cures  neuralgia,  pains,  aches,  etc.  Apply  as  a lotion. 

To  TV"x*ii:o  Hecx-et  Tei:tex*s. — Put  five  cents’ 
worth  citrate  of  potassa  in  an  ounce  vial  of  clear  cold  water 
This  forms  an  invisible  fluid.  Let  it  dissolve,  and  you  can  use 
on  paper  of  any  color.  Use  a goose-quill  in  writing.  When 
you  wish  the  writing  to  become  visible,  hold  it  to  a j^ed-hot 
stove.  _ „ 


young’s  book  op  seceets. 


69 


FY*loi:ioii  Soa'p. — One  pound  brown  soap,  two 
pounds  Ime  white  sand.  Put  in  a vessel  and  heat  all  together. 
Mould  in  small  cakes.  Pays  Well. 

■VTatex-proof*  OompositioM  ll>ir  Boots 
and  J^lioes. — Beeswax,  two  ounces;  beef  suet,  four 
ounces;  resin,  one  ounce;  neatsfoot  oil,  two  ounces;  lampblack, 
one  ounce.  Melt  together.  Sells  well. 

A Oertaia  Oaro  for  Braakeaness. — 
Sulphate  of  iron  five  grains;  magnesia,  ten  grains;  peppermint 
water,  eleven  drachms;  spirits  of  nutmeg,  one  drachm;  twice  a 
day.  This  preparation  acts  as  a tonic  and  stimulant,  and  so 
partially  supplies  the  place  of  the  accustomed  liquor,  and  pre- 
vents that  absolute  physical  and  moral  prostration  that  follows 
a sudden  breaking  off  from  the  use  of  stimulating  drinks. 

Oemenf:  for  mending  China,  Glass,  or 
Wooden  Ware. — Take  one  pound  of  the  best  white  glue,  one- 
half  pound  dry  white  lead,  one  quart  soft  water,  one-half  pint 
aJcohol;  put  the  three  first  articles  in  a dish,  and  that  dish  in  a 
pot  of  boiling  water;  let  it  boil  until  dissolved,  then  add  the 
alcohol  and  boil  again  until  mixed.  A little  camphor  should 
also  be  added  to  preserve  it  and  disguise  its  composition.  Put 
in  small  bottles;  25  cents  each. 

JOCKEY  TBICKS. 

"to  IMalice  a Foixndereci  and 
Spavined  Hox^se  GrO  Off  Eiinixex*. — ^Take 
tincture  cayenne,  one  ounce;  laudanum,  two  ounces;  alcohol, 
one  pint;  rub  the  shoulders  well  with  warm  water,  then  rub  the 
above  on  his  shoulders  and  back-bone;  give  him  one  ounce  of 
laudanum  and  one  pint  of  gin ; put  it  down  his  throat  with  a 
pint  bottle;  put  his  feet  in  warm  water  as  hot  as  he  can  bear  it; 
take  a little  spirits  of  turpentine,  rub  it  on  the  bottom  part  of 
his  feet  with  a sponge  after  taking  them  out  of  the  water;  drive 
him  about  half  a mile  or  a mile,  until  he  comes  out  as  limber  as 
a rag.  If  he  does  not  surrender  to  his  pain,  tie  a thin  cord 
around  the  end  of  his  tongue. 

Ho>v  to  Make  Old  Horses  Apx>ear 
Yoaag’. — Take  tincture  of  assafoetida,  one  ounce;  tincture 
cantharides,  one  ounce;  oil  cloves,  one  ounce;  oil  cinnamon, 
one  ounce;  antimony,  two  ounces;  fenugreek,  one  ounce;  fourth 
proof  brandy,  one-half  gallon.  Let  it  stand  ten  days,  then  give 
ten  drops  in  one  gallon  of  water. 

Hovr  to  Make  a Trae-Balliag-  Horse 
Baalk. — Take  tincture  of  cantharides,  one  ounce,  and  cor- 
rosive sublimate,  one  drachm.  Mix  and  bathe  the  shoulders  at 
night. 

How  to  Bistiag^aisk  Between  Bis- 
temper  and  Grlaaders. — The  discharge  from  the 
nose,  if  glanders,  will  sink  in  water;  if  distemper,  ib  will  not. 


YOUNG^S  BOOK  OF  SECEES» 


70 

To  Plaice  a Hoi.-'&se  T'lesliy  ia  a 

Timo.— Feed  with  buckwheat  bran,  to  which  add  a little  of 
the  shorts;  keep  in  a dark  stable.  Half  a day’s  drive  wall  make 
a horse  fatted  in  this  way  poor. 

to  Make  a Hoirse  Htaacl  l>y  His 
Fee<i  aad  IN'ot  lilat  It.-~Grease  the  front  teeth 
and  roof  of  the  mouth  with  common  tallow,  and  he  wdll  not  eat 
until  you  wash  it  out. 

Ho^v  to  Make  a Hox*se  Appear*  as  if* 
He  Had  tlxe  Grlaixdex-s. — Melt  fresh  butter  and 
pour  tn  his  ears. 

Ho^^  to  Make  a Hor*se  Appear*  as  if 
IFoaiKlered..— Take  a fine  wire  or  any  substitute,  and 
fasten  it  around  the  postern  joint  at  night,  smooth  the  hair 
down  over  it  nicely,  and  by  morning  he  will  walk  as  stiff  as  if 
foun  dered. 

Grildia^  T^itkont  a Hatter*y. — Clean  the 
silver  or  other  article  to  be  gilded  with  a brush  and  a little  am- 
monia vurter,  until  it  is  evenly  bright  and  shows  no  tarnish. 
Take  a small  piece  of  gold  and  dissolve  it  in  about  four  times 
its  volume  of  metallic  mercury,  which  will  be  accomplished  in 
a few  minutes,  forming  an  amalgam.  Put  a little  of  the  amal- 
gam on  a piece  of  dry  cloth,  rub  it  on  the  article  to  be  gilded. 
Then  place  on  a stone  in  a furnace,  and  heat  to  the  beginning 
of  redness.  After  cooling,  it  must  be  cleaned  wuth  a brush  and 
a little  cream  of  tartar;  and  a beautiful  and  permanent  gilding 
will  be  found. 

To  Henew  Old^  T^etfex*^  oi:*  Papei*®.— 

Boil  galls  in  wine  and  sponge  over  the  surface.  The  letters  or 
writings  will  be  as  fresh  as  ever. 


li3Ci*eoj^e  of  Milk  Hfittoi*. — If  cows 

are  given  four  ounces  of  French  boiled  hemp  seed,  it  will  great- 
ly increase  the  quantity  of  milk.  If  pans  are  tur?''ed  over  this 
milk  for  fifteen  minutes  v/liea  first  milked,  or  till  cold,  the 
same  milk  will  give  double  the  quantity  of  butter. 

To  Oattle,  el; Or,  fx*oixi 

Old. — If  cattle  are  occasionally  fed  a little  of 
the  extract  oi  the  June  berry,  it  will  renew  or  extend  the  period 
of  their  lives.  Use  in  connection  with  the  vanilla  bean,  and  the 
two  will  produce,  the  most  wonderful  resuits.  It  will  act  on 
people  the  same  as  on  the  animal  kingdom.  K"iW  fiax  s3od  fre- 
quently given  to  cattle  in  small  quaDtitms*  wBl  make  them, 
whether  young  or  old,  or  ii  poon  aiiA  thiu  ^ sogq 

to  appear  fat  and  healthy 


tOtrUG’s  BOOK  OP  SECBEtS. 


71 


BJCo-liio  Tee  tlx  Wlxiiie. —Apply 

carefully  over  the  teeth  a stick  dipped  in  strong  acetic  or  nitric 
acid,  and  immediately  wash  out  the  mouth  with  cold  water.  To 
make  the  teeth  even,  if  irregular,  draw  a piece  of  fine  cord  be- 
twixt them. 

3?a.ste  Keseiixlxlixig*  tlxe  lOiaixioxicl.— 

Take  white  sand,  nine  hundred  parts;  read  lead,  six  hundred 
parts;  pearl  ash,  four  hundred  and  fifty  parts;  nitre,  three  hun- 
dred parts;  arsenic,  fifty  parts;  manganese,  half  a part.  To 
make  it  harder  use  less  lead,  and  if  it  should  have  a yellow  tint, 
add  a little  more  manganese. 

Jixiitjxtiosi  Tojxa-z:.— Strass,  five  hundred  parts; 
glass  of  antimony,  twenty-one  parts;  purple  of  cassia,  half  a 
part.  Fuze  for  twenty-four  hours,  and  cool  slowly. 

Iiixitixtioxi  oi"  -tlio  — Strass,  eighty  parts; 

oxide  of  manganese,  two  parts.  Mix  and  fuse  same  as  topaz. 

lixiitsx'tioii  Eiixox*Xil<l, — Strass,  five  hundred  parts; 
glass  of  antimony,  twenty  parts;  oxide  of  cobalt,  three  parts. 
Fuse  with  care  for  twenty-four  hours,  then  cool  slowly. 

^^p;plxiT*e.— Oxide  of  cobalt,  one  part; 
strass,  eighty  parts.  Fuse  carefully  for  thirty-six  hours.  Silver 
and  Gold  Solutions  are  merely  these  metals  dissolved  in  acids, 
then  diluted.  The  article  to  be  plated  is  suspended  in  the  solu- 
tion, and  a common  galvanic  battery  brought  into  play— the 
negative  wire  in  the  solution,  and  the  positive  attached  to  the 
article. 

Vsxlixixlxlo  — Put  eight  silver  shillings 

into  two  ounces  of  nitric  acid.  When  the  silver  disappears, 
throw  into  it  a pint  of  water  and  four  ounces  of  common  salt. 
The  salt  will  throw  down  a powder,  which  is  pure  silver.  Now 
decant  off  the  water  and  repeat  the  same  washings  till  all  the 
effects  of  the  salt  shall  have  disappeared.  Now  add  to  this  white 
powder  two  ounces  of  cyanide  of  potassium,  and  three  ounces  of 
hyposulphate  of  soda.  Now  add  to  all  this  two  quarts  of  pure 
rain  water,  and  j^our  silver  mixture  is  complete. 

Now  you  may  do,  by  the  aid  of  this  mixture,  all  sorts  of  plat- 
ing— watch-chains,  rings,  medals,  watches,  ornaments,  steel, 
iron  and  German  silver  goods  of  every  description,  as  spoons, 
spectacles,  etc. 

Hang  any  of  these  articles  in  the  solution,  suspended  at  the 
end  of  a strijr  of  lead,  or  you  can  immerse  the  article  and  boil  it 
ten  or  tw’enty  minutes,  according  to  the  thickness  of  the  silver- 
ing that  you  desire.  If  the  articles  to  be  plated  are  clean,  a 
pure  and  durable  silver  surface  wdll  be  the  result. 

A.  of*  Oopjxox*  Resexxxlxlin^- 

O-olcl,  which  is  known  as  “oreide”  of  gold,  is  composed  bf 
one  hundred  parts  (by  weight)  of  pure  copper,  seventeen  of 
zinc,  six  of  common  magnesia,  3-60  sal  ammoniac,  1-80  quick 
lime  ana  tartar. 


72 


young’s  book  ok  secbets. 


IFiiines. — The  fumes  of  lead  will  mf^e  all  metals  mallea- 
ble, while  the  fumes  of  mercury  and  arsenic  will  make  all 
metals  brittle. 

To  Malte  Ooldl  toir  Electro- 

nai:iii-54’.— Dissolve  two  and  one-half  pennyweights  of  gold 
in  one-quarter  ounce  nitric  acid  and  one  and  one-half  ounces  of 
muriatic  acid;  then  evaporate  to  dryness,  and  add  one  ounce 
cyanide  of  potassium  and  one  quart  of  hot  rain-water..  The 
operator  must  avoid  breathing  the  fumes  that  ascend  from  the 
solution;  they  are  dangerous. 

Oenii-an.  — German  silver  is  an  alloy  of 

nickel  with  copper  or  zinc,  containing  in  one  hundred  parts 
fifty  of  copper,  thirty  of  zinc,  and  twenty  of  nickel.  This 
makes  the  most  valuable  composition  known  as  German  silver. 

OoiniW-OiJL  — Melt  in  a crucible  seven 

pounds  of  tin,  and  when  fused  throw  in  one  pound  of  lead,  six 
ounces  of  coj)per  and  two  ounces  of  zinc. 

To  IMalie  Silver*  Solixtioii. — Dissolve  one 
ounce  of  silver  in  two  ounces  of  nitric  acid  and  two  ounces  of 
hot  rain-vrater.  When  dissolved,  add  about  two  ounces  of  com- 
mon table  salt  and  one  quart  hot  water;  stir  the  mixture  and 
allow  it  to  settle ; pour  off  the  liquor  and  wash  the  precipitate  at 
least  four  times  in  hot  water;  then  add  one  ounce  cyanide  of 
potassium,  two  ounces  of  hyposulphate  of  soda  and  one  quart 
of  rain-water. 

Hotv  "to  GS-et  Slee  j>. — How  to  get  sleep  is  to  many 
persons  a matter  of  high  importance.  Nervous  persons  who  are 
troubled  with  wakefulness  and  excitability,  usually  have  a 
strong  tendency  of  blood  on  the  brain,  with  cold  extremities. 
The  pressure  of  the  blood  on  the  brain  keeps  it  in  a stimulated 
or  wakeful  state,  and  the  pulsations  in  the  head  are  often  pain- 
ful. Let  such  rise  and  chafe  the  body  and  extremities  with  a 
brush  or  towel,  or  rub  smartly  with  the  hands,  to  promote  cir- 
culation, and  withdraw  the  excessive  amount  of  blood  from  the 
brain,  and  they  will  fall  asleep  in  a few  moments.  A cold  bath, 
or  a sponge  bath  and  rubbing,  or  a good  run,  or  a rapid  walk  in 
the  open  air,  or  going  up  and  down  stairs  a few  times  just  be- 
fore retiring,  will  aid  in  equalizing  circulation  and  promoting 
sleep.  These  rules  are  simple,  and  easy  of  application  in  castle 
oi  cabin,  and  may  minister  to  the  comfort  (if  thousands  who 
would  freely  expend  mone3^  for  an  anodyne  to  promote  “Na- 
ture’s sweet  restorer,  balmy  sleep.” 

To  Destroy  Imsocts. — ^When  bugs  have  obtained 
a lodgment  in  walls  or  timber,  the  surest  mode  of  overcoming 
the  nuisance  is  to  putty  up  every  hole  that  is  moderately  large, 
and  oil-paint  the  whole  wall  or  timber  In  bed-furniture,  a 
mixture  of  soft  soap  wuth  snuff  or  arsenic,  is  useful  to  fiH  up 
the  holes  where  the  bolts  or  fastenings  are  fixed,  etc.  Fren-^h 
polish  may  be  applied  to  the  smoother  parts  of  the  wmod. 


young’s  book  of  secbets. 


73 


HiO've’s  If  a gentleman  wants  a wife, 

he  wears  a ring  on  the  first  finger  of  the  left  hand;  if  he  be  en- 
gaged, he  wears  it  on  the  second  finger;  if  married,  on  the 
third,  and  on  the  fourth  if  he  never  intends  to  be  married. 
When  a lady  is  not  engaged,  she  wears  a hoop  or  diamond  on 
her  first  finger;  if  engaged,  on  the  second;  if  married,  on  the 
third ; and  on  the  fourth  if  she  intends  to  die  unmarried.  When 
a gentleman  presents  a fan,  flower,  or  trinket  to  a lady  with  the 
left  hand,  this,  on  his  part,  is  an  overture  of  regard.  Should 
she  receive  it  with  the  left  hand,  it  is  considered  as  an  accept- 
ance of  his  esteem ; but  if  with  the  right  hand,  it  is  a refusal  of 
the  offer.  Thus,  by  a few  simple  tokens  explained  by  rule  the 
passion  of  love  is  expressed;  and  through  the  medium  of  the 
telegraph,  the  most  timid  and  diffident  man  may,  without  diffi- 
culty, communicate  his  sentiments  of  regard  to  a lady,  and, 
in  case  his  offer  should  be  refused,  avoid  experiencing  the  mor- 
tification of  an  explicit  refusal. 

To  Fatten.  in  a Time. — 

Mix  together  ground  rice  well  scalded  vrith  milk,  and  add  some 
coarse  sugar.  Feed  them  with  this  in  the  daytime,  but  not  too 
much  at  once.  Let  it  be  rather  thick. 

"Vriien  el^^et:  Grets  I?lnslTe<i  from  pressure 
hold  the  parts  over  a basin  of  hot  water,  with  the  lining  of  the 
article  next  the  water.  The  pile  will  soon  rise,  and  assume  its 
original  beauty. 

J^nmmex*  ^nits  slionl<i  l>e  "VTaslx- 

e<i. — Summer  suits  are  nearly  aU  inade  of  white  or  buff  linen, 
pique,  cambric,  or  muslin,  and  the  art  of  preserving  the  new 
appearance  after  washing  is  a matter  of  the  greatest  importance. 
Common  washerwomen  spoil  everything  with  soda,  and  nothing 
is  more  common  than  to  see  the  delicate  tints  of  lawns  and  per- 
cales turned  into  dark  blotches  and  muddy  streaks  by  the  ig- 
norance and  vandalism  of  a laundress.  It  is  worth  while  for 
ladies  to  pay  attention  to  this,  and  insist  upon  having  their 
summer  dresses  washed  according  to  the  directions  which  thej’- 
should  be  prepared  to  give  their  laundresses  themselves.  In 
the  first  place,  the  water  should  be  tepid,  the  soap  should  not 
be  allowed  to  touch  the  fabric;  it  should  be  washed  and  rinsed 
quick,  turned  upon  the  wrong  side  and  hung  in  the  shade  to 
dry,  and  when  starched  (in  thin  boiled  but  not  boiling  starch) 
should  be  folded  in  sheets  or  towels  and  ironed  upon  the  wrong 
side  as  soon  as  possible.  But  linen  should  be  washed  in  water 
in  which  hay  or  a quart  bag  of  bran  has  been  boiled.  This  last 
will  be  found  to  answer  for  starch  as  well,  and  is  excellent  for 
print  dresses  of  all  kinds,  but  a handful  of  salt  is  very  useful 
also  to  set  the  colors  of  light  cambrics  and  dotted  lawns;  and  a 
little  ox  gall  will  not  only  set  but  brighten  yellow  and  purple 
tints,  and  has  a good  effect  upon  green. 


f4 


irOtJNG’s  1500K  OF  SECEEtS. 


Ho"w  to  IF’asteii  Kvilblbei:*  to  'W'ood.  a^^noi; 
IMotol. — As  rubber  plates  and  rings  are  now-a-days  used 
almost  exclusively  for  making  connections  between  steam  and 
other  pipes  and  apparatus,  much  annoyance  is  often  experienced 
by  the  impossibility  or  imperfection  of  an  air-tight  connection. 
This  is  obviated  entirely  by  emplojdng  a cement  which  fastens 
alike  well  to  the  rubber  and  to  the  metal  or  wood.  Such  cement 
is  prepared  by  a solution  of  shellac  in  ammonia.  This  is  best 
made  by  soaking  pulverized  gum  shellac  in  ten  times  its  weight 
of  strong  ammonia,  when  a slimy  mass  is  obtained,  which  in 
three  to  four  weeks  wdll  become  liquid  without  the  use  of  hot 
water.  This  softens  the  rubber,  and  becomes,  after  volatiliza- 
tion of  the  ammonia,  hard  and  impermeable  to  gases  and  fluids. 

Eenco  Posts. — I discovered 
many  years  ago  that  wood  could  be  make  to  last  longer  than 
iron  in  the  ground,  but  thought  the  process  so  simple  and  inex- 
pensive that  it  was  not  worth  while  to  make  any  stir  about  it.  I 
would  as  soon  have  poplar,  basswood,  or  quaking  ash  as  any 
other  kind  of  timber  for  fence  posts.  I have  taken  out  bass- 
w^ood  posts  after  having  been  set  seven  years,  which  were  as 
sound  when  taken  out  as  when  they  were  first  put  in  the 
ground.  Time  and  w^eather  seemed  to  have  no  effect  on  them. 
The  posts  can  be  prepared  for  less  than  two  cents  a-piece.  This 
is  the  recipe:  Take  boiled  linseed  oil  and  stir  it  in  pulverized 
charcoal  to  the  consistency  of  paint.  Put  a coat  of  this  over  the 
timber,  and  there  is  not  a man  that  will  live  to  see  it  rotten. 

X-lo'w  to  Te^t  tlio  — 

Procure  an 3Mong  glass  vessel — a cologne  bottle  or  long  phial. 
Take  a narrow  strip  of  paper,  just  the  length  from  the  neck  to 
the  bottom  of  the  phial,  and  mark  it  off  wdth  one  hundred  lines 
at  equal  distances;  or  into  fifty  lines,  and  count  each  as  two, 
and  paste  it  upon  the  phial,  so  as  to  divide  its  length  into  a 
hundred  equal  parts.  Fill  it  to  the  highest  niark  with  milk 
fresh  from  the  cow,  and  allow  it  to  stand  in  a perpendicular  po- 
sition twent^z-four  hours.  The  number  of  spaces  occupied  by 
the  cream  wdll  give  you  its  exact  percentage  in  the  milk  with- 
out any  guess  v/ork. 

To  Tiii"wa2:*o  l>y  tlie  Meat  of*  a 

Oaii^lo. — Take  a vial  about  two-thirds  full  of  muriatic 
acid  and  put  into  it  little  bits  of  sheet  zinc  as  long  as  it  dis- 
solves them;  then  put  in  a crumb  cf  sal  ammoniac,  and  fill  up 
with  water,  and  it  is  ready  to  us,  ^ Then,  with  the  cork  of  the 
vial,  wet  the  place  to  be  mended ^with  the  preparation;  then 
put  a piece  of  sheet  zinc  over  the  hole,  and  hold  a lighted  can- 
dle or  spirit  lamp  under  the  place,  wdiich  melts  the  solder  on 
the  tin,  and  causes  the  zinc  to  adhere  without  further  trouble. 
Wet  the  zinc  also  with  the  solution;  or  a little  solder  may  be 
put  on  instead  of  the  zinc,  or  with  the  zinc. 


YOTTNG’s  book  of  SECBEm 


76 


To  Talio  Ix*oii"iMLOTxl<is  oiii:  o±  Xjinon.— 

Hold  the  iron-mould  on  the  cover  of  a tanliard  of  boiling  water, 
and  rub  on  the  spot  a little  juice  of  sorrel  and  a little  salt;  and 
when  the  cloth  has  thoroughly  imbibed  the  juice  wash  it  in  lye. 

To  Talie  oat  of*  Vel^v^ot  ol’  all 

Ooloi’S  except  Or*iaiisoa. — Take  a crumby  wheat- 
en  loaf,  cut  it  in  two,  toast  it  before  the  fire,  and,  w^hile  very 
hot,  apply  it  to  the  part  spotted  with  wax.  Then  apply  another 
piece  of  toasted  bread  hot  as  before,  and  continue  this  applica- 
tion until  the  wax  is  entirelj^  taken  out. 

GrodfVey’s  Oorcliai- — Sassafras,  six  ounces;  seeds 
of  coriander,  caraway,  and  anise,  of  each  one  ounce;  infuse  in 
six  pints  of  water,  simmer  the  mixture  till  reduced  to  four 
pints;  then  add  six  pounds  of  molasses;  boil  a few  minutes; 
when  cold  add  three  fluid  ounces  of  tincture  of  opium.  For 
children  teething.  / 

Poultice  fkyir  Biii-us  or  Trozeu  Plesli» 

— Indian-meal  poultices,  covered  with  young  hyson  tea,  moist- 
ened with  hot  water,  and  laid  over  burns  or  frozen  parts,  as  hot 
jis  can  be  borne,  will  relieve  the  pain  in  five  minutes;  and  blis- 
ers,  if  they  have  not,  will  not  arise.  One  poultice  is  generally 
sufficient. 

Tree  ol  Lea<i. — Dissolve  an  ounce  of  sugar  of  lead 
in  a quart  of  clean  water,  and  put  it  into  a glass  decanter  or 
globe.  Then  suspend  in  the  solution,  near  the  top,  a small, 
piece  of  zinc  of  an  irregular  shape.  Let  it  stand  undisturbed 
for  a day,  and  it  will  begin  to  shoot  out  into  leaves  and  appar- 
ently to  vegetate.  If  left  undisturbed  for  a few  days,  it  will  be- 
come extremely  beautiful;  but  it  must  be  moved  with  great  cau- 
tion. It  may  appear  to  those  unacquainted  with  chemistry  that 
the  piece  of  zinc  actually  puts  out  leaves;  but  this  is  a mistake, 
for,  if  the  zinc  be  examined,  it  will  be  found  nearly  unaltered. 
This  phenomenon  is  owing  to  the  zinc  having  a greater  attrac- 
tion for  oxygen  than  the  lead  has;  consequently,  it  takes  it  from 
the  oxyde  of  lead,  which  re-appears  in  its  metallic  state. 

To  Prcsci’xc  — Take  a cask  or  barrel 

which  will  hold  water,  and  put  into  it,  first  a layer  of  bran, 
dried  in  an  oven,  or  of  ashes,  well  dried  and  sifted;  upon  this 
place  a layer  of  grapes  well  cleaned,  and  gathered  in  the  after- 
noon of  a dry  day,  before  they  are  perfectly  ripe;  proceed  thus 
with  alternate  layers  of  bran  or  ashes  and  grapes,  till  the  barrel 
is  full,  taking  care  that  the  grapes  do  not  touch  each  other,  and 
Jet  the  last  layer  be  of  bran  or  ashes;  then  close  the  barrel,  so 
that  the  air  may  not  penetrate,  which  is  an  essential  point. 
Grapes  thus  packed  will  keep  for  nine  or  even  twelve  months. 
To  restore  them  to  freshness,  cut  the  end  of  the  stalk  of  each 
bunch  of  grapes,  and  put  it  into  red  wine,  as  you  would  flowert^ 
into  water.  White  grapes  should  be  put  into  whito  wineo 


76 


young’s  book  of  SECBEm 


To  JPre^ent  fVoiii  Feia^ 

—This  simple  and  effectual  remedy 
is  nothing  more  than  a little  beeswax  and  mutton  suet,  warmed 
in  a pipkin  until  in  a liquid  state.  Then  rub  some  of  it  lightly 
over  the  edges  of  the  sole  where  the  stitches  are,  which  will  r^ 
pel  the  wet,  and  not  in  the  least  prevent  the  blacking  from  hav 
ing  the  usual  effect. 

To  Msilie  ^ea.-"vra.tei:*  lit  fox* 

-Soda  put  into  sea-water  makes  it  turbid;  the  lim^ 
and  magnesia  fall  to  the  bottom.  To  make  sea-water  fit  fol 
washing  linen  at  sea,  as  much  soda  must  be  put  in  it  as  not  onlj! 
to  effect  a complete  precipitation  of  these  earths,  but  to  rendei 
the  sea-water  sufficiently  laxivial  or  alkaline.  Soda  should 
always  be  taken  to  sea  for  this  purpose. 

Ojuaclceci  Glycerine  and  tannin,  equal 

weights,  rubbed  together  into  an  ointment,  is  very  highly  rec- 
ommended, as  is  also  mutton  tallow  and  glycerine. 

To  Take  tke  ImpresssioTi  of* any  Bat- 
tex*ll^  ia  all  its  Ooloi*s. — Having  taken  a butter- 
fly, kill  it  without  spoiling  its  wings,  which  contrive  to  spread 
out  as  regularly  as  possible  in  a flying  position.  Then,  with  a 
small  brush  or  pencil,  take  a piece  of  white  paper;  wash  a part 
Df  it  with  gum-water  a little  thicker  than  ordinary,  so  that  it 
may  easily  dry.  Afterward,  laying  your  butterfly  on  the  paper, 
cut  off  the  body  close  to  the  wings,  and,  throwing  it  away,  lay 
the  xraper  on  a smooth  board,  with  the  fly  upward;  and,  laying 
another  paper  over  that,  put  the  whole  preparation  into  a scre\^ 
press,  and  screw  down  very  hard,  letting  it  remain  under  thav 
pressure  for  half  an  hour.  Afterward  take  off  the  wings  of  the 
butterfly,  and  you  will  And  a perfect  impression  of  them,  with 
all  their  various  colors,  marked  distinctly,  romaining  on  the  pa-, 
per.  When  this  is  done,  draw  between  the  wings  of  your  imj; 
pression  the  body  of  the  butterfly,  and  color  it  after  the  insec 
itself. 

Easy  and  ^afe  MCetlioci  of*  Blsvslxax-g*- 
Graeaso  fl*oia  "V^ooleix  Oloflxs* — Fuller’s 
earth  or  tobacco-pipe  cla}^  being  put  wet  on  an  oil  spot,  absorbs 
the  oil  as  the  w^ater  evaporates,  and  leaves  the  vegetable  or  ani- 
mal fibres  of  the  cloth  clean  on  being  beaten  or  brushed  out. 
When  the  spot  is  occasioned  by  tallow  or  wax,  it  is  necessvury  to 
heat  the  part  cautiously  by  an  iron,  or  the  fire,  while  the  cloth 
is  drying.  In  some  kinds  of  goods,  blotting-paper,  bran,  of 
raw  starch  may  be  used  with  advantage. 

Oaiidied  T^eiixoix  ox*  Beppex^xniiat,  fox^ 
Oolcls. — Boil  one  and  one-half  pounds  of  sugar  in  9 half- 
pint of  water,  till  it  begins  to  candy  round  the  sides;  put  in 
eight  drops  of  essence;  pour  it  upon  buttered  paper,  and  cut  it 
with  a knife* 


Young’s  book  of  skcek'FS- 


7? 


CTh-lorine  Pastiles  fox*  I>isiiifeotiii|^ 

■tKo  Bx^ea.f:li. — Dry  chloride  of' lime,  two  drachms;  sugar 
eight  ounces;  starch,  one  ounce;  gum  tragacanth,  one  drachm; 
carmine,  two  grains.  Form  into  small  lozenges. 

2.  Sugar  flavored  with  vanilla  one  ounce ; powdered  tragacanth, 
20  grains;  liquid  chloride  of  soda  sufficient  to  mix;  add  two 
drops  of  any  essential  oil.  Form  a paste  and  divide  into  lozen- 
ges of  lift  sen  grains  each. 

<01iolox*a  — Spirits  of  wine,  one  ounce; 

spirits  of  lavender,  quarter  ounce;  spirits  of  camphor,  quarter 
ounce;  compound  tincture  of  benzoin,  half  an  ounce;  oil  of  ori- 
ganum, quarter  ounce;  twenty  drops  on  moist  sugar.  To  be 
rubbed  outwardly  also. 

2.  Twenty-five  minims  of  diluted  sulphuric  acid  in  an  ounce 
of  water. 

Oox*xi  Reixiedy^. — Soak  a piece  of  copper  in  strong 
vinegar  for  twelve  or  twenty-four  hours.  Pour  the  liquid  off, 
and  bottle.  Apply  frequently,  till  the  corn  is  removed. 

2.  Supercarbonate  of  soda,  one  ounce,  finely  pulverized,  and 
mixed  with  half  an  ounce  of  lard.  Apply  on  a linen  rag  every 
night. 

Ixifaix-f’s  ^yx*xxx>. — The  syrup  is  made  thus:  one 
pound  best  box  raisins,  half  an  ounce  of  anise-seed,  two  sticks 
licorice;  split  the  raisins,  pound  the  anise-seed,  and  cut  the 
licorice  fine;  add  to  it  three  quarts  of  rain  water,  and  boil  down 
to  tv/o  quarts.  Feed  three  or  four  times  a day,  as  much  as  the  child 
will  willingly  drink.  The  raisins  are  to  strengthen,  the  anise 
is  to  expel  the  wind,  and  the  licorice  as  a physic. 

Ooxig*!!  — Put  one  quart  hoarhound  to  one 

quart  water,  and  boil  it  down  to  a pint;  add  two  or  three  sticks 
of  licorice  and  a tablespoonful  of  essence  of  lemon.  Take  a 
tablespoonful  of  the  syrup  three  times  a day,  or  as  often  as  the 
cough  may  be  troublesome.  The  above  recipe  has  been  sold 
for  $100.  Several  firms  are  making  much  money  by  its  manu- 
facture. 

Toiiio-— The  following  is  the  tonic  used  by  reformed 
drunkards  to  restore  the  vigor  of  the  stomach.  Take  of  gentian 
root,  half  an  ounce;  valerian  root  one  drachm;  best  rhubarb  root, 
two  drachms;  bitter  orange  peel,  three  drachms;  cardamon  seeds, 
half  an  ounce,  and  cinamon  bark,  one  drachm.  Having  bruised 
all  the  above  together  in  a mortar  (the. druggist  will  do  it  if  re- 
quested), pour  upon  it  one  and  a half  pints  of  boiling  ^vater  and 
cover  up  close;  let  stand  till  cold;  strain,  bottle  and  cork  se- 
curely; keep  in  a dark  place.  Two  tablespoonfuls  may  be 
taken  eveiq^  hour  before  meals,  and  half  that  quantity  whenever 
the  patient  feels  that  distressing  sickness  and  prostration  so 
generally  present  for  some  time  after  alcholic  stimulants  have 
been  abandoned. 


young’s  book  OS'  SECBETSc 


f8 

To  Inci'oase  tli.e  Lading*  of*  Eggs.— 

The  best  method  is  to  ^nix  with  their  food,  every  other  day, 
about  a teaspoonful  of  ground  cayenne  pepper  to  each  dozen 
fowls.  While  upon  this  subject,  it  would  be  well  to  say,  that  if 
your  hens  lay  soft  eggs,  or  eggs  without  shells,  you  should  put 
plenty  of  old  plaster,  egg-shells,  or  even  oyster-shells  broken 
up,  where  they  can  get  at  it. 

A.i*iiioa  Eiiiimeiit;. — Add  to  one  pint  of  sweet  oil, 
two  tablespoonfuls  of  tincture  of  arnica;  or  the  leaves  maj^  bo 
heated  in  the  oil  over  h slow  fire.  Good  for  wounds,  stiff-joints, 
rheumatic,  and  all  injuries. 

Oaiix]plioraf:e<l  Oil. — This  is  another  camphor  lini- 
ment. The  proportions  are  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  for- 
mula, substituting  olive  oil  for  the  alchohol,  and  exposing  the 
materials  to  a moderate  heat.  As  an  external  stimulant  applica- 
tion it  is  even  more  powerful  than  the  spirits;  and  to  obtain  its 
fall  influence  the  part  treated  should  be  also  covered  with  flannei 
and  oil  silk.  It  forms  avaluable  liniment  in  chronic  rheumatism 
and  other  painful  affections,  and  is  specially  valuable  as  a coun- 
ter-irritant in  sore  or  inflamed  throats  and  diseased  bowels. 
Camphor  constitutes  the  basis  of  a large  number  of  valuable 
liniments.  Thus,  in  cases  of  wh(»oping-cough  and  some  chronic 
bronchitic  affections,  the  following  liniment  may  be  advantage- 
ously rubbed  into  the  chest  and  along  the  spine.  Spirits  of 
camphor,  two  parts;  laudanum,  half  a part;  spirits  of  turpen- 
tine, one  part;  castile  soap  in  ])owder,  finely  divided,  half  an 
ounce;  alchohol,  three  parts.  Digest  the  whole  together  for  three 
days,  and  strain  through  linen.  This  liniment  should  be  gently 
warmed  before  using.  A powerful  liniment  for  old  rheumatic 
pains,  especially  when  effecting  the  loins,  is  the  following:  cam- 
phorated oil  and  spirits  of  turpentine,  of  each  two  parts;  water 
of  hartshorn,  one  part;  laudanum,  one  part;  to  be  well  shaken 
together.  Another  very  efficient  liniment  or  embrocation,  ser- 
viceable in  chronic  painful  affections,  may  be  conveniently  and 
easily  made  as  follows:  Take  of  camphor,  one  ounce;  cayenne 
pepper,  in  powder,  two  teaspoonfuls;  alchohol,  one  pint.  The 
whole  to  be  digested  with  moderate  heat  for  ten  days,  and  fil- 
tered. It  is  an  active  rubificant;  and  after  a slight  friction  with 
it,  it  produces  a grateful  thrilling  sensation  of  heat  in  the 
pained  part,  which  is  rapidly  relieved. 

Tal>let  ton*  OliappedL  Hands, 
— Melt  tallow,  and  add  a little  powdered  camphor  and 
glycerine,  with  a few  drops  of  oil  of  almonds  to  scent.  Pour  in 
molds  and  cool. 

Grx-ea-t  Eain  Exti^actox*. --Spirits  of  ammonia, 
one  ounce;  laudanum,  one  ounce;  oil  oforganum,  one  ounce;  mut- 
ton tallow,  half  pound;  combine  the  articles  with  the  tallow' 
when  it  is  nearly  cool. 


young’s  book  of  secbets. 


79 


Oex*taiii  Oure  foi* 

I>los,  oto. — Having  in  numberless  instances  seen  the  good 
ejSfects  of  the  following  prescription,  I can  certify  to  its  perfect 
remedy:  Dillute  corrosive  sublimate  with  the  oil  of  almonds, 
apply  it  to  the  face  occasionally,  and  in  a few  days  a cure  v/ill 
be  effected. 

‘V’oriM.ifii.jjj'O. — Wormseed,  two  ounces; 
valerian,  rhubarb,  pink-root,  white  agaric,  of  each,  one  and  a 
half  ounces;  boil  in  sufficient  water  to  yield  three  quarts  of  de- 
coction, and  add  to  it  thirty  drops  of  oil  of  tansy,  and  forty-five 
drops  of  oil  of  cloves,  dissolved  in  a quart  of  rectified  spirits. 
Dose,  one  teaspoonful  at  night. 

Ooiig-li  — For  the  cure  of  coughs, 

colds, ^asthma,  whooping  cough,  and  all  diseases  of  the  lungs: 
One  spoonful  of  common  tar,  three  spoonfuls  of  honey,  the  yolk 
of  three  hen’s  eggs,  and  half  pint  of  wine;  beat  the  tar,  eggs 
and  honey  well  together  with  a knife,  and  bottle  for  use.  A 
teaspnonful  every  morning,  noon,  and  night,  before  eating. 

To  Tal^e  out  ^i3ot^  of  Ixilc. — As  soon  as  the 
accident  happens  wet  the  place  with  juice  of  sorrel  or  lemon,  or 
with  vinegar,  and  the  best  hard  white  soap. 

Tily  Wliito,  is  nothing  but  purified  chalk,  scented. 

foi*  01otli.iii$^. 

— Nitrate  of  silver,  five  scruples;  gum  arable,  two  drachms;  sap 
green,  one  scruple;  distilled  water,  one  ounce;  mix  together. 
Before  writing  on  the  article  to  be  marked,  apply  a little  of  the 
following:  carbonate  of  soda^  one-half  ounce;  distilled  water, 
four  ounces;  let  this  last,  which  is  the  mordant,  get  dry;  then, 
with  a quill  pen,  write  what  you  require. 

— To  four  drachms  of  lunar  caustic, 
in  four  ounces  of  water,  add  sixty  drops  of  nut-galls,  made 
strong  by  being  pulverized  and  steeped  in  soft  water.  The  mor- 
dant, which  is  to  be  applied  'to  the  cloth  before  writing,  is  com- 
posed of  one  ounce  of  pearlash,  dissolved  in  four  ounces  of 
water,  with  a little  gum  arable  dissolved  in  it.  Wet  the  spot 
with  this;  dry  and  iron  the  cloth;  then  write. 

2.  Nitrate  of  silver,  five  scruples;  gum  arable,  two  drachms; 
sap  green,  one  scruple;  distilled  water  one  ounce.  Mix  together 
Before  writing  on  the  article  to  be  marked,  apply  a little  of  the 
following:,  carbonate  of  soda,  half  an  ounce;  distilled  w^ater, 
four  ounces;  let  tliis  last,  which  is  the  mordant,  get  dry;  then 
with  a quill,  write  what  you  require. 

Inlc  ]Po^^dei:*  loi-  tiinixie dilate  fJse. — Re- 
duce to  powder  ten  ounces  of  gall-nuts,  three  ounces  of  green 
copperas,  two  ounces  each  oi  powdered  alum  and  gum  arable. 
Put  a little  of  this  mixture  into  white  wine,  and  it  will  be  fit  for 
immediate  use. 


80 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


Xnlc,  In^lelilble  One  and  a half 

drachms  of  nitrate  of  silver,  one  ounce  of  distilled  water,  half 
an  ounce  of  strong  mucilage  of  gum  arable,  three-quarters  of  a 
drachm  of  liquid  ammonia.  Mix  the  above  in  a clean  glass  bot- 
tle, cork  tightly,  and  keep  in  a dark  place  till  dissolved,  and 
ever  afterward.'  Directions  for  use.  Shake  the  bottle,  then 
dip  a clean  quill  j)en  in  the  ink,  and'  write  and  draw  what  you 
require  on  the  article;  immediately  hold  it  close  to  the  fire 
(without  sorching),  or  pass  a hot  iron  over  it,  and  it  will  be- 
come a deep  and  indelible  black,  indestructible  by  either  time 
or  acids  of  any  description. 

jro.j>airoso  OoiYiont:. — Immediately  mix  the  best 
powdered  rice  with  a little  cold  water,  then  gradually  add  boil- 
ing water  until  a proper  consistence  is  acquired,  being  particu- 
larly careful  to  keep  it  well  stirred  all  the  time;  lastly,  it  must 
be  boiled  for  a minute  in  a clean  saucepan  or  earthen  pipkin. 
This  glue  is  beautifully  white  and  almost  transparent,  for  which 
reason  it  is  well  adapted  for  fancy  paper  work,  which  requires 
a strong  and  colorless  cement 

Liq[ii.ici  Grlixo. — Dissolve  one  part  of  powdered  alum, 
in  a hundred  and  twenty  parts  of  water;  add  one  hundred  and 
twenty  parts  of  glue,  ten  of  acetic  acidj  and  forty  of  alcohol, 
and  digest.  Prepared  glue  is  made  by  dissolving  common  glue 
in  warm  water,  and  then  adding  acetic  acid  (strong  vinegar)  to 
keep  it.  Dissolve  one  pound  of  best  glue  in  one  and  a half 
pint  of  water,  and  add  one  pint  of  vinegar.  It  is  then  ready  for 
use. 

— To  make  black 

paper,  lamp-black  mixed  with  cold  lard;  red  paper,  Venetian 
red  mixed  with  lard;  blue  paper,  Prussian  blue  mixed  with 
lard;  green  paper.  Chrome  green  mixed  with  lard,  ^he  above 
ingredients  to  be  mixed  to  the  consistency  of  thick  paste,  and 
to  be  applied  to  the  paper  with  a ra'g.  Then  take  a flannel  rag, 
and  rub  until  all  color  ceases  coming  ofl*.  Cut  your  sheets  four 
inches  wide  and  six  inches  long;  put  four  sheets  together,  one 
of  each  color,  and  sell  for  twenty-five  cents  per  package.  The 
first  cost  will  not  exceed  three  cents. 

Directions  for  writing  with  this  paper  : Lay  down  your  paper 
upon  which  you  wish  to  write;  then  lay  on  the  copying  paper, 
l<and  over  this  lay  any  scrap  of  paper  you  choose;  then  take  any 
hard  pointed  substance  and  write  as  you  would  with  a pen. 

Rou.g'e  for  tlie  Oomplexioii. — 
Four  ounces  of  alcohol,  tw’o  ounces  of  w^ater,  twenty  grains  of 
carmine;  twenty  grains  of  ammonia,  six  grains  of  oxalic  acid; 
six  grains  of  alum — mix. 

OoiM.]plex:ioii  PoiM.a'tti.iii. — Mutton  grease,  one 
pound;  oxid  of  bismuth,  four  ounces;  powdered  French  chalk, 
two  ounces.  Mix. 


young’s  book  of  seckets. 


81 


To  GU-ray  Hair. — When  the  hair 

gins  to  change  color,  the  use  of  the  following  pomade  has  a 
beneficial  effect  in  preventing  the  disease  extending,  and  has 
the  character  of  even  restoring  the  color  of  the  hair  in  many  in- 
stances: Lard,  four  ounces;  spermaceti,  four  drachms;  oxide  of 
bismuth,  four  drachms.  Melt  the  lard  and  spermaceti  together, 
and  when  getting  cold  stir  in  the  bismuth;  to  this  can  be  added 
any  kind  of  perfume,  according  to  choice.  It  should  be  used 
whenever  the  hair  requires  dressing.  It  must  not  be  imagined 
that  any  good  effect  speedily  results;  it  is  in  general  a long 
time  taking  place,  the  change  being  very  gradual. 

Vineg'ar  R-oii.g’e. — Cochineal,  three,  drachms;  car- 
mine lake,  three  drachms;  alcohol,  six  drachms;  mix,  and  then 
put  into  one  pint  of  vinegar,  perfumed  with  lavender;  let  it 
stand  a fortnight,  then  strain  for  use. 

Pearl  Po^^der  for  Ooniplexioa. — Take 
white  bismuth,  one  pound;  starch  powder,  one  ounce;  orris 
powder,  one  ounce.  Mix  and  sift  through  lawn.  Add  a drop 
of  ottar  of  roses  or  neroli. 

Pearl  "W^afer  for  f:lie  Ooiaplexioa. — 

Castile  soap,  one  pound;  water,  one  gallon.  Dissolve,  then  add 
alcohol,  one  quart;  oil  of  rosemary  and  oil  of  lavender,  each  two 
drachms.  Mix  well. 

J^paiiisli  Vermilioa  for  t:lic  Toilet:. — 

Take  an  alkine  solution  of  bastard  saffron,  and  precipitate  the 
color  with  lemon  juice;  mix  the  precipitate  -with  a sufficient 
quantity  of  finely  powdered  french  chalk  and  lemon  juice,  then 
add  a little  i^erfume. 

To  Hemo^v^e  Preekles  and!  Tan. — Tinc- 
ture of  benzoin,  one  pint;  tincture  tolou,  one-half  pint;  oil 
rosemary,  one-half  ounce.  Put  one  teaspoonful  of  the  above 
mixture  in  one-quarter  pint  of  water,  and  with  a towel  wash  the 
face  night  and  morning. 

Peaclitw^aag:er’s  Tootli  i-a:sf:e.  — Pow- 
dered myrrh,  two  ounces  burned  alum,  one  ounce;  cream  tar- 
tar, one  ounce;  cuttle  fish  bone,  four  ounces;  drop  lake,  two 
ounces;  honey,  half  a gallon.  Mix. 

Pino  Toofli  Po^wdor.  — Powdered  orris  root, 
one  ounce;  peruvian  bark,  one  ounce;  prepared  chalk,  one 
ounce;  myrrh,  one-half  ounce. 

^^npex-idr  Oolog^ne  Alcohol,  one  gal- 

lon; add  oil  of  cloves,  lemon,  nutmeg,  and  bergamot,  each  one 
drachm;  oil  neroli,  three  and  a half  drachms;  seven  drops  of 
oils  of  rosemary,  lavender  and  cassia;  half  a pint  of  spirits  of 
nitre;  half  a pint  of  elder-flower  water.  Let  it  stand  a day  or 
two,  then  take  a cullender  and  at  the  bottom  lay  a piece  of  white 
cloth,  and  fill  it  up,  one-fourth  of  white  sand,  and  filter  through 
it. 


16UNG*S  BOOE  OF  SEOEETS. 


m 

PoiiS-a-tTi-iii.  Ibi* 

1:11- <0  <3rr*0"wili  oi  HLain*. — Take  almond  oil, 
quarter  of  a pound;  white  wax,  half  an  ounce;  clarified  lard, 
three  ounces;  liquid  ammonia,  a quarter  fluid  ounce;  ottar  of 
lavender,  and  cloves,  of  each  one  drachm.  Place  the  oil,  wax 
and  lard  in  a jar,  which  set  in  boiling  water;  when  the  wax  is 
melted,  allow  the  grease  to  cool  till  nearly  ready  to  set,  then  stir 
in  the  ammonia  and  the  perfume,  and  put  into  small  jars  for 
use.  Never  use  a hard  brush,  nor  comb  the  hair  too  much. 
Apply  the  pomade  at  night  only. 

iia.  — For  starching  muslins,  ging- 

hams and  calicoes,  dissolve  a piece  of  alum  the  size  of  a shell- 
bark,  for  every  pint  of  starch,  and  add  to  it.  By  so  duing  the 
colors  will  keep  bright  for  a long  time,  which  is  very  desirable 
when  dresses  must  be  often  v/ashed,  and  the  cost  is  but  a trifle. 

— An  ounce  of  gum 

camphor  and  one  of  the  powdered  shell  of  red  pepper  are  mace- 
rated in  eight  ounces  of  strong  alcohol  for  several  days,  then 
strained.  With  this  tincture  the  furs  or  cloths  are  sprinkled 
over,  and  rolled  up  in  sheets.  Instead  of  the  pepper  bitter  ap« 
pie  may  be  used.  This  remedy  is  used  in  Eussia  under  the 
name  of  the  Chinese  tincture  for  moths. 

to  V e^0tsil>lej^  siiicl 

to  to  5X51  Eiios-itaou.©  etc. — 

A curious  discovery  has  recently  been  made  public  in  France, 
in  regard  to  the  culture  of  vegetable  and  fruit  trees.  By  water- 
ing with  a solution  of  sulphate  of  iron,  the  most  wonderful 
fecundity  has  been  attained.  Pear-trees  and  beans  which  have 
l)een  submitted  to  this  treatment  have  nearl}'  doubled  in  the  size 
of  their  productions,  and  a noticeable  improvement  has  been 
remarked  in  their  flavor.  Dr.  Becourt  reports  that  while  at  the 
head  of  an  establishment  at  Enghein,  or  the  sulphurous  springs, 
he  had  the  gardens  and  plantations  connected  with  it  watered, 
during  several  weeks  of  the  early  spring,  with  sulphurous  wa- 
ter, and  that  not  only  the  plantation  prospered  to  a remarkable  . 
extent,  but  flowers  acquired  a peculiar  brilliancy  of  coloring 
and  healthy  aspect  which  attracted  universal  attention. 

Oocli:Troacli.c^. — The  following  is 
said  to  be  effectual:  These  vermin  are  easily  destroyed,  simply 
by  cutting  up  green  cucumbers  at  night,  and  placing  them 
about  where  roaches  commit  depredations.  What  is  cut  from 
the  cucumbers  in  prejiaring  them  for  the  table  answers  the  pur- 
pose as  well,  and  three  applications  will  destroy  all  the  roaches 
in  the  house,  Remove  the  peelings  in  the  morning  and  renew 
them  at  night. 

To  a a T'iirto 

-i^;i>|3oai:*aao0. — A teaspoonful  of  pulverized  alum  mixed 
with  stove  polish  will  give  the  stove  a fine  lustre,  which  will  be 
quite  permanent. 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


83 


K-oii.g’O* — Take  half  pint  ol  alcolioi  and  one 
ounce  of  alkanet;  macerate  ten  daj^s  and  pour  off  the  liquid, 
^hich  should  be  bottle.  This  is  the  simplest  and  one  of  the  best 
articles  of  the  kind. 

Caution. — White  lead,  and  all  cosmetic  powders  containing  it 
should  never  bo  applied  to  the  skin,  as  it  is  the  most  dangerous 
article  that  could  be  used. 

]V]Coixi:lx  fox*  Pex*lixxixixi|^  tlxe 

JSx’oo  tlx. — Extract  ot  licorice,  three  ounces;  oil  of  cloves,  one 
and  a half  drachms;  oil  of  cinnamon,  fifteen  drops.  Mix,  and 
divide  into  one-grain  pills,  and  silver  them. 

2.  Catechu,  seven  drachms;  orris  powder,  forty  grains,  sugar, 
three  ounces;  oil  of  rosemar^^  (or  of  clove,  peppermint,  or  cin- 
namon), four  drops.  Mix^  and  roll  fiat  on  an  oiled  marble  slab, 
and  cut  into  very  small  lozenges. 

To  Oloaxi  Tixx*iiitixx*e, — An  old  cabinet  maker 
says  the  best  preparation  for  cleaning  picture  frames  and  restor- 
ing furniture,  especially  that  somewhat  marred  or  scratched,  is 
a mixture  of  three  parts  linseed  oil  and  one  part  spirits  of  tur- 
pentine. It  not  only  covers  the  distiured  surface,  but  restores 
wood  to  its  natural  color,  and  leaves  a lustre  upon  its  surface. 
Put  on  with  a woolen  cloth,  and  when  dry,  rub  with  woolen. 

Bx*ixi^os  oix  Tixx-iiii:Txx*o. — Wet  the  part  in  warm 
water;  double  a piece  of  brown  paper  five  or  six  times,  soak  in 
tne  warm  water,  and  lay  it  on  the  place;  apply  on  that  a warm, 
but  not  hot,  fiat-iron  till  the  moisture  is  evaporated.  If  the 
bruise  be  not  gone  repeat  the  process.  After  two  or  three  appl- 
cations  the  dent  will  be  raised  to  the  surface.  If  the  bruise  be 
small,  merely  soak  it  with  warm  water,  and  hold  a red-hot  iron 
near  the  surface  keeping  the  surface  continually  wet — the  bruise 
will  soon  disappear. 

Aixotliex*  Oxxx*o  fox*  I>i*ixxiliceiixioss.— The 

following  appeared  lately  in  a leading  New  York  Daily.  In 
times  past  you  have  published  numerous  articles  on  the  cure  of 
drunkenness;  but  none  of  them,  so  far  as  I have  been  able  to 
disscover,  have  resulted  in  relieving  the  victim  they  were  in- 
tended to  benefit.  With  your  permission,  I will  now  give  to 
the  world,  a sure  and  speedy  cure  for  intemperance -a  cure  that 
has  been  tried  frequently,  and  always  successfully. 

Let  the  inebriate — it  matters  not  whether  he  is  just  getting  oif, 
is  beginning  it,  or  on  a “spree” — begin  by  taking  every  two 
hours  one  drachm  (teaspoonful)  of  tincture  of  cinchona  (Peru- 
vian bark).  This  will  make  him  feel  good.  He  can  increase 
the  dose  to  six  daachrns  (teaspoonfuls)  without  any  danger,  and 
take  it  in  that  proportion  four  to  ten  times  a day.  It  will  not 
destroy  his  appetite  for  food.  In  the  course  of  a few  days,  the 
anti-periodic  properties  of  the  cinchona  begin  to  tell,  and  he 
loses  not  only  all  taste  for  the  tincture,  but  also  for  everything 
in  the  way  of  alcohol. 


84 


young’s  book  op  secrets. 


Kecently  in  this  city,  a well-known  gentleman — who  has  in 
times  past  been  on  his  $500.  and  $1,000  sprees — tried  this  reme- 
dy, telling  the  various  druggists  where  he  drank  it  that  he  was 
fighting,  and  would  conquer,  the  greatest  demon  on  earth;  but 
they  could  hardly  believe  him.  Yet  he  conquered,  and  the  ap- 
petite for  drink  vanished.  He  was  never  nervous,  never  lost  his 
appetite  or  sleep  during  the  siege,  and  came  out  of  the  ordeal  in 
perfect  health.  During  the  time  his  fever  lasted  I gave  him  two 
or  three  doses  of  simple  medicine  for  his  general  health,  but  the 
tincture  of  cinchona  did  the  business.  This  case  can  be  verified 
by  the  proprietors  of  seven  of  our  drug  stores.  So  well  satisfied 
am  I of  the  value  of  the  treatment,  that  I will  guarantee  a cure 
in  all  cases,  using  this  remedy  alone. 

Minneapolis,  Minn.,  March  9.  E.  D.  Unger,  M.  D. 

To  "to  — Dissolve  a quan- 

tity of  alum  in  water  so  a to  make  a pretty  strong  brine,  and 
skim  it  carefully;  then  add  some  soap  to  it,  and  dip  a linen  rag 
in  it,  and  rub  over  the  silver. 

FARMERS’  DEPARTMEITT. 

How  to  g*et  Varieties  of*  Pota- 

toes.— When  the  vines  are  done  growing  and  are  turned 
brown,  the  seed  is  ripe;  then  take  the  balls  and  string  with  a 
large  needle  and  strong  thread;  hang  them  in  a dry  place,  where 
they  will  gradually  dry  and  mature,  without  danger  or  injury 
from  frost.  In  the  month  of  April,  soak  the  ball  for  several  hours 
from  the  pulp;  when  washed  and  dried,  they  are  fit  for  sowing 
in  rows,  in  a bed  well  prepared  in  the  garden ; they  will  sprout 
in  a fortnigth;  they  must  be  attended  to  like  other  vegetables. 
When  about  two  inches  high,  they  may  be  thinned  and  trans- 
planted into  rows.  As  they  increase  in  size,  they  should  be 
hilled.  In  the  autumn  many  of  them  will  be  of  the  size  of  a 
walnut,  and  from  that  to  a pea.  In  the  following  spring  they 
“should  be  planted  in  hills,  placing  the  large  ones  together, — they 
will  in  the  second  season  attain  their  full  size,  and  will  exhibit 
several  varieties  of  form,  and  may  then  be  selected  to  suit  the 
judgment  of  the  cultivator.  I would  prefer  gathering  the  balls 
from  potatoes  of  a good  kind.  The  first  crops  from  seeds  thus 
obtained,  will  be  productive,  and  will  continue  so  for  many 
years,  gradually  deteriorating,  untill  they  will  need  a renewal 
|by  the  process. 

TABLES. 

We  give  in  the  following  tables  a great  deal  of  condensed  infor- 
mation, such  as  every  seedman  is  asked  for  hundreds  of  times 
in  a season.  Carefully  refer  to  them  as  well  as  to  all  other  parts 
of  our  Book : 


^OtTNG’S  BOOK  OF  SECBETS. 


85 


NXTMBEB  OP  PLANTS  ON  AN  ACRE  AT  SPECIAL 
DISTANCES. 


6  inches  apart  each  way 174,240 

1 foot  “ “ “ 42,560 

18  inches  “ “ 19,360 

2 feet  by  1 foot 21,780 

2 feet  each  way 10,890 

3 feet  by  2 feet 7,260 

3 feet  apart  each  way. 4,840 

4 feet  “ 2,725 

5 feet  “ “ 1,745 

6 feet  “ •«  « 1,210 

7 feet  “ ‘‘  887 

8 feet  “ “ « 680 


QUANTITY  OP  SEEDS  REQUIRED  POR  A GIVEN 
NUMBER  OP  PLANTS,  NUMBER  OP  HILLS, 

OR  LENGTH  OP  DRILL. 

Asparagus 1 oz.  to  60  ft,  drill. 

Beet 1 oz.  to  60  ft. 

Carrot 1 oz.  to  150  ft.  “ 

Endive 1 oz.  to  150  ft.  “ 

Okra 1 oz.  to  40  ft.  “ 

Onion 1 oz.  to  100  ft.  “ 

Onion  sets,  small 1 qt.  to  20  ft.  “ 

Parsley 1 oz.  to  150  ft.  “ 

Parsnips 1 oz.  to  200  ft.  “ 

Radish .1  oz.  to  100  ft.  “ 

Salsify 1 oz.  to  70  ft.  “ 

Spinach 1 oz.  to  100  ft.  ‘‘ 

Turnip 1 oz.  to  150  ft.  “ 

Peas 1 qt.  to  100  ft.  “ 

Dwarf  Beans 1 qt.  to  100  ft.  “ 

Pole  Beans 1 qt.  to  150  hills. 

Corn 1 qt.  to  200  “ 

Cucumber 1 oz.  to  50  “ 

Water  Melon 1 oz.  to  30  “ 

Musk  Melon 1 oz.  to  60  “ 

Pumpkin 1 oz.  to  40  “ 

Early  Squash '. 1 oz.  to  50  “ 

Marrow  Squash 1 oz.  to  16  “ 

Cabbage 1 oz.  3,000  Plants 

Cauliflower.... ..loz.  3,000  “ 

Celery 1 oz.  4,000  “ 

Egg  Plant 1 oz.  2,000  “ 

Lettuce 1 oz.  4,000  “ 

Pepper 1 oz.  2,000 

Tomato 1 oz.  2,000  “ 


39 


yOtTKG’s  BOOK  OF  SECEETS. 


QUANTITY  OP  SEEDS  USUALLY  SOWN  TO  THE 
ACRE. 

Barley,  broadcast 2 to  3 bush. 

Beaus,  dwarf,  in  drills 11  bush. 

Beans,  pole,  in  hills 8 to  10  qts. 

Beet,  in  drills 4 to  5 lbs. 

Broom-Corn,  in  hills 4 to  6 qts. 

Buckwheat,  broadcast | to  1 bush. 

Carrot,  in  drills 2 to  3 lbs. 

Corn,  in  hills 8 qts. 

Corn,  in  soiling 3 bush. 

Clover,  Alsike 5 lbs. 

Clover,  Red,  alone. 10  lbs. 

Clover,  Red,  with  Timothy 10  lbs. 

Clover,  White 6 to  8 lbs. 

Clover,  Lucerne 15  lbs. 

Cucumber,  in  hills 1 to  2 lbs. 

Flax,  broadcast , 1 to  2 bush. 

Grass,  Blue,  alone 3 bush. 

“ Hungarian i bush. 

' ' Lawn 3 bush. 

Orchard 2 to  3 bush. 

Red  Top 2 bush. 

Rye 2 bush. 

R.  I.  Bent 3 bush. 

Timothy J-  bush. 

Millet 5 bush. 

Mustard,  broadcast 12  to  16  qts. 

Oats,  broadcast 2 to  3 bush. 

Onions,  in  drills  4 to  6 lbs. 

Parsnips,  in  drills 4 to  5 lbs. 

Peas,  Early,  in  drill 1 2 bush. 

Peas,  Marrowhxt,  in  drills I4-  bush. 

Peas,  broadcast 3 bush. 

Potato,  cut  tubers,  in  drills 10  bush. 

Radish,  in  drills 6 to  8 lbs. 

Radish,  broadcast. 10  lbs. 

Rye,  broadcast IJ  to  2 bush. 

Salsify,  in  drills 6 to  8 lbs. 

Sorghum .* 10  to  12  lbs. 

Spinach,  in  drills 8 to  10  lbs. 

Turnip,  in  drills 1 lb. 

Turnip,  broadcast. 2 lbs. 

Vetches,  broadcast. 2 to  3 bush. 

Wheat,  broadcast IJ  to  2 bush. 

Clover,  8 lbs.  j 

Timothy,  6 qts.  >•  together  for  one  acre. 

Red  Top,  1 bush.  ) 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


8^ 

W OeiFient. — Take  white  (fish)  glue,  one  pound 

and  ten  ounces;  dry  white  lead  six  ounces;  soft  water  three 
pints;  alcohol  one  pint. 

Dissolved  the  glue  by  putting  it  in  a tin  kettle  or  dish,  con- 
taining the  water,  and  set  this  dish  in  a kettle  of  water,  to 
prevent  the  glue  from  being  burned,  when  the  glue  is  all  dis- 
solved, put  in  the  lead  and  stir  and  boil  until  it  is  thoroughly 
mixed;  remove  from  the  fire,  and  when  cool  enough  to  bottle, 
add  the  alcohol,  and  bottle  while  it  is  yet  warm,  keeping  it 
corked.  This  last  recipe  has  been  sold  about  the  country  for 
from  twenty-five  cents  to  five  dollars,  and  one  man  gave  a horse 
for  it. 

Oold  for 

says  a recent  English  work,  rekconed  a great 
secret  among  workmen,  is  made  by  grating  a pound  of  old 
cheese,  with  a bread  grater,  into  a quart  of  milk,  in  which  it 
must  be  left  for  a period  of  fourteen  hours.  It  should  be  stirred 
quite  often.  A pound  of  unslaked  lime,  finely  pulverized  in  a 
mortar,  is  then  added,  and  the  whole  is  thorougly  mixed  by 
beating.  This  done,  the  whites  of  twenty-five  eggs  are  incorpor- 
ated with  the  rest,  and  the  whole  is  ready  for  use.  There  is 
another  cement  for  the  same  purpose  which  is  used  hot.  It  is 
made  of  resin,  beeswax,  brick-dust,  and  chalk  boiled  together. 
The  substances  to  be  cemented  must  be  heated,  and  when  the 
surfaces  are  coated  with  cement,  they  must  be  rubbed  hard  up- 
on each  other,  as  in  making  a glue  joint  with  wood. 

Oompo^itioii  for*  Re^f:or*iMg’  ^cor*olie<i 
X^irten. — Boil,  to  a good  consistency,  in  half  a pint  of  vine- 
gar, two  ounces  of  Fuller’s  earth,  an  ounce  of  hen’s  dung,  half 
an  ounce  of  cake  soap,  and  the  juice  of  two  onions.  Spread 
this  composition  over  the  whole  of  the  damaged  part,  and  if 
the  scorching  is  not  quite  through,  and  the  threads  actually  con- 
sumed, after  suffering  it  to  dry  on,  and  letting  it  receive  a sub- 
sequent good  v/ashing  or  two,  the  place  will  appear  full  as 
white  and  perfect  as  any  other  part  of  the  linen. 

Oixitmenf:.— Take  of  gall-nuts,  in  very 
fine  powder,  one  drachm  avoirdupois;  spermecti  cerate  seven 
drachms;  mix,  add  pure  glycerine,  two  drachms,  and  rub  the 
whole  to  a uniform  mass.  An  excellent  application  to  obstinate 
broken  chilblains,  particularly  when  used  as  a dressing.  When 
the  parts  are  very  painful,  one  ounce  of  compound  ointment  of 
galls  may  be  advantageously  substituted  for  the  galls  and  cerate 
ordered  above. 

OinfiFieixf:, — Lard,  rasins  cut  in  pieces, 
and  fine-cut  tobacco,  equal  weights;  simmer  well  together,  then 
strain  and  press  out  all  from  the  dregs.  This  is  an  excellent 
ointment  for  salt-rheum  and  other  skin  diseases.  It  is  also  good 
for  piles,  bruises,  and  cuts. 


88 


young’s  book  of  seceets. 


Grreen  Salve. — White  pine  turpentine  and  lard,  halt 
pound  each;  honey  and  bees’- wax,  quarter  of  a pound  each;  melt 
all  together  and  stir  in  half  an  ounce  of  very  finely  pulverized 
verdigris.  This  ointment  cannot  be  surpasssed  when  used  for 
deep  wounds.  It  prevents  proud  flesh  from  forming,  and  keeps 
up  a healthy  discharge. 

Ooart:  — This  plaster  is  merely  a kind  of 

varnished  silk,  and  its  manufacture  is  very  easy.  Bruise  a suffi- 
cient quantity  of  isinglass,  and  let  it  soak  in  a little  warm  water 
for  twenty-four  hours;  expose  it  to  heat  over  the  fire  till  the 
greater  part  of  the  water  is  dissipated,  and  supply  its  place,  by 
proof  spirits  of  wine,  which  will  combine  with  the  isinglass. 
Strain  the  whole  through  a piece  of  open  linen,  taking  care  that 
the  consistence  of  the  mixture  shall  be  such  that,  when  cool,  it 
may  form  a trembling  jelly.  Extend  a piece  of  black  or  flesh- 
colored  silk  on  a wooden  frame,  and  fix  it  in  that  position  by 
means  of  tacks  or  twine.  Then  apply  the  isinglass  (after  it  has 
been  rendered  liquid  by  a gentle  heat)  to  the  silk  with  a brush 
of  fine  hair  (badgers’  is  tfie  best).  As  soon  as  this  first  coating 
is  dried,  which  will  not  be  long,  apply  a second;  and  afterward, 
if  the  article  is  to  be  very  superior,  a third.  When  the  whole  is 
dry,  cover  it  with  two  or  three  coatings  of  the  balsam  of  Peru. 
This  is  the  genuine  court  plaster.  It  is  pliable,  and  never 
breaks,  which  is  far  from  being  the  case  with  spurious  articles 
sold  under  that  name. 

Bloo<i  MEalter*  aii<l  Parilier. — Mix  half  an 
ounce  sulphate  of  maganese  with  one  pint  water.  Dose,  a wine- 
glassful  three  times  a day.  This  can  be  used  in  the  place  of 
iron  tonic,  or  in  connection  with  it. 

Dr  Rlieims’  Healixig*  !E*aj>er. — Make  a 
strong  tincture  of  capsicum-pods  by  steeping  them  for  several 
days,  in  a warm  place,  in  twice  their  weight  of  rectified  spirts  ot 
wine.  Dissolve  gum-arabic  in  water  to  about  the  consistency  ol 
molasses.  Add  to  this  an  equal  quantity  of  the  tincture,  stirring 
it  together  with  a small  brush  or  a large  camel’s-hair  pencil,  un- 
til they  are  well  incorporated.  The  mixture  will  be  cloudy 
and  opaque.  Take  sheets  of  silk  or  tissue-paper;  give  them  with 
the  brush  a coat  of  the  mixture;  let  them  dry,  and  then  give 
another;  let  that  dry,  and,  if  the  surface  is  shining,  there  is 
enough  of  the  peppered  gum;  if  not,  give  a. third  coat.  This 
paper,  applied  in  the  same  way  as  court  plaster  to  chilblains  that 
are  not  broken,  and  burns  that  are  not  blistred,  speedily  relieves 
the  itching  and  the  pain.  It  acts  like  a charm,  and  effects  a 
rapid  cure.  The  same  with  cuts  and  discolored  bruises.  It 
likewise  allays  rheumatic  pains  in  the  joints.  Its  great  value  is 
that,  besides  acting  as  ordinary  sticking-plaster,  it  abates  suffer- 
ing and  hastens  the  process  of  healing. 


YOUNGS  BOOK  OF  SECEETg. 


89 


Oooley^s  Oom.  — In  a piece  of  card, 

cnt  a roiindliole  the  size  of  the  central  portion  of  the  corn;  lay 
the  card  on  a piece  of  adhesive  plaster,  and  warm  the  spot  of 
plaster  exposed  by  the  hole  in  the  card,  by  holding  a hot  iron 
near  it  for  a second  or  two;  then  remove  the  card  and  sprinkle 
some  finely  powdered  nitrate  of  silver  on  the  warm  spot  of  the 
plaster.  When  cold,  shake  off  the  loose  powder,  and  apply  to 
the  corn.  Two  or  three  applications  seldom  fail  to  cure. 

So  Eoon.oiTi.ioal. — Look  carefully  to  your  expendi- 
tures. No  matter  what  comes  in,  if  more  goes  out,  you  will 
aways  be  poor.  The  art  is  not  in  making  money,  but  in  keeping, 
it;  little  expenses,  like  mice  in  a barn,  when  there  are  many, 
make  great  waste.  Hair  by  hair,  heads  get  bald;  straw  by  straw, 
the  thatch  goes  off  the  cottage;  and  drop  by  droj),  the  rain  comes 
in  the  chamber.  A barrel  is  soon  empty  if  the  tap  leaks  but  a 
drop  a minute.  When  you  mean  to  save,  begin  with  your 
mouth;  many  theives  pass  down  the  red  lane.  The  ale  jug  is  a 
great  waste,  In  all  other  things  keep  within  compass.  Never 
stretch  your  legs  farther  than  the  blankets  will  reach,  or  you 
will  soon  take  cold.  In  clothes,  choose  suitable  and  lasting  stuff 
and  not  tawdry  fineries.  To  be  warm  is  the  main  thing;  never 
mind  looks.  A fool-  may  make  money,  but  it  needs  a wise  man 
to  spend  it.  Remember,  it  is  easier  to  build  two  chimneys  than 
to  keep  one  going.  If  you  give  all  to  back  and  board,  there  is 
nothing  left  for  the  savings  bank.  Fare  hard  and  work  hard 
when  you  are  young,  and  you  will  have  a chance  to  rest  when 
you  are  old. 

Oax*l3olio  Elaster. — Carbolic  glycerine,  thirty-four 
parts  by  weight;  prepared  chalk,  ninety-four  parts.  Mix  well 
by  kneading,  and  enclose  in  closely-stoppered  jars. 

In'iatixig'  Elas'ter. — Boil  together  one  pound  tar, 
half  an  ounce  burgundy  pitch,  one  ounce  white  pine  turpentine, 
and  two  ounces  resin.  Finely  powder  one  ounce  each  mandrake 
root,  blood  root,  poke  root,  and  Indian  turnip.  Stir  these  into 
the  melted  tar  etc.,  before  it  cools.  This  plaster,  spread  on 
muslin  and  renew^ed  daily,  will  raise  a sore,  which  is  to  be  wiped 
with  a dry  cloth,  to  remove  matter,  etc.  The  sore  must  not  be 
wetted.  This  is  a powerful  counter-irritant,  for  removing  enter- 
nal  pains,  and  in  other  cases  where  an  irritating  plaster  is 
necessary. 

^al've  — Take  one  pound  hog’s 

lard,  three  ounces  white  lead,  three  ounces  red  lead,  three  ounces 
bees’-wax  two  ounces  black  resin,  and  four  ounces  common  tur- 
pentine; all  these  ingredients  must  be  put  together  in  a pan, 
and  boiled  three-quarters  of  an  hour;  the  turpentine  to  be  put 
in  just  before  it  is  done  enough,  and  give  it  a gentle  boil  after- 
ward. This  is  an  excellent  cure  for  burns,  sores,  or  ulcers,  as  it 
first  draws,  then  heals  afterward;  it  is  excellent  for  all  wounds. 


90 


young’s  book  op  secrets  . 


Fnmily  ^alve. — Take  the  root  of  yellow  dock  and 
dandelion,  equal  parts;  add  good  proportion  of  celandine  and 
plantain.  Extract  the  juices  by  steeping  or  pressing.  Strain 
carefully,  and  simmer  the  liquid  with  sweet  cream  or  fresh  but- 
ter and  mutton  tallow,  or  sweet  oil  and  mutton  tallow.  Simmer 
together  until  no  appearance  of  the  liquid  remains.  Before  it  is 
quite  cold,  put  it  into  boxes.  This  is  one  of  the  most  soothing 
and  healing  preparations  for  burns,  scalds,  cuts,  and  sores  of 
every  description. 

IMCag'io. — Ihe  Tobacco-Pipe  Cannon, — Take  of 
Saltpetre,  one  ounce;  cream  of  tartar,  one  ounce;  sulphur,  half 
an  ounce;  beat  them  to  powder  separately,  then  mix  them  to- 
gether, Put  a grain  into  a pipe  of  tobacco,  and  when  it  is  lighted 
it  will  give  the  report  of  a musket,  without  breaking  the  pipe, 
By  putting  as  much  as  may  lie  on  your  nail  in  a piece  of  paper, 
and  setting  fire  to  it,  a tremendous  report  will  be  the  result. 

The  Erratic  Egg. — Have  two  wine-glasses.  Transfer  the  egg  from 
one  wine-glass  to  the  other,  and  back  again  to  its  original  posi- 
tion, without  touching  the  egg  or  glasses,  or  allowing  any  person 
or  anything  to  touch  them.  To  perform  this  trick,  all  you  have  to 
do,  is  to  blow  smartly  on  one  side  of  the  egg,  and  it  will  hop 
into  the  next  glass;  repeat  this,  and  it  will  hop  back  again. 

To  Melt  Lead  in  a Paper. — Wrap  up  in  a very  smooth  ball  of 
lead  in  a piece  of  paper,  taking  care  that  there  be  no  wrinkles  in 
it,  and  that  it  be  everywhere  in  contact  with  the  ball,;  if  it  be 
held  in  this  state  over  the  flame  of  a taper,  the  lead  will  be  melt- 
ed without  the  paper  being  burnt.  The  lead,  indeed,  when 
once  fused,  will  not  fail  in  a short  time  to  pierce  the  paper,  and 
of  course,  run  through. 

To  £iix  JEoliaii  Harp. — Make 

a box  with  the  top,  bottom,  and  sides  of  thin  'wood,  and  the  ends 
one  half  an  inch  beech,  form  it  the  same  length  as  the  width  of 
the  window  in  which  it  is  to  be  placed.  The  box  should  be 
three  or  four  inches  deep,  and  six  or  seven  inches  wide.  In  the 
top  of  the  box,  which  acts  as  a sounding  board,  make  three  cir- 
cular holes  about  two  inches  in  diameter,  and  an  equal  distance 
apart.  Glue  across  the  sounding  board,  about  two  an  half  inches 
from  each  end,  two  pieces  of  hard  wood  quater  of  an  inch  thick, 
and  half  and  inch  high,  to  serve  as  bridges.  You  must  now 
procure  from  any  musical  instrument  maker  twelve  steel  pegs 
similar  to  those  of  a piano-farte,  and  twelve  small  r brass  pins. 
Insert  them  in  the  following  manner  into  the  beech:  first  com- 
mence with  a brass  pin,  then  insert  a steel  peg,  and  so  on,  plac- 
ing them  alternately  half  an  inch  apart  to  the  number  of  twelve. 
Now  for  the  other  end,  which  you  must  commence  with  a steel 
peg,  exactly  opposite  the  brass  pin  at  the  other  end,  then  a brass 
pin,  and  so  on,  alternately,  to  the  number  of  twelve;  by  this 
arrangement  you  have  a steel  peg  and  a brass  pin  always  oppo- 


young’s  book  op  secbets. 


91 


site  each  other,  which  is  done  so  that  the  pressure  of  the  strings 
on  the  instrument  shall  be  uniform.  Now  string  the  instrument 
with  twelve  first  violin  strings,  making  a loop  at  one  end  of  each 
string,  which  put  over  the  brass  pins,  and  wind  the  other  ends 
round  the  opposite  steel  pegs.  Tune  them  in  unison,  but  do  not 
draw  them  tight.  To  increase  the  current  of  air,  a thin  board 
may  be  placed  about  two  inches  above  the  strings,  supported  at 
each  end  by  two  pieces  of  wood.  Place  the  instrument  in  a 
partly  opened  window,  and  to  increase  the  draft,  open  the  oppo- 
site door. 

USEPTJIi  ITEMS  FOR  DAILY  REMEMBRAINCE. 

T.iOgS'al  Bx-evi'ties. — A note  dated  on  Sunday  is  void. 
A note  obtained  by  fraud,  or  from  one  intoxicated,  is  void.  If 
a note  be  lost  or  stolen,  it  does  not  release  the  maker,  he  mus^ 
pay  it.  An  endorser  of  a note  is  exempt  from  liability,  if  not 
served  with  notice  of  its  dishonor  within  twenty-four  hours  of  its 
non-payment.  A note  by  a minor  is  void.  Notes  bear  interest 
only  when  so  stated.  Principals  are  responsible  for  their  agents. 
Each  individual  in  partnership  is  responsible  for  the  whole 
amount  of  the  debts  of  the  firm.  Ignorance  of  the  law  excuses 
no  one.  It  is  a fraud  to  conceal  a fraud.  It  is  illegal  to  com- 
pound a felony.  The  law  compels  no  one  to  do  impossibilities. 
An  agreement  without  a consideration  is  void.  Signatures  in 
lead  pencil  are  good  in  law.  A receipt  for  money  is  not  legally 
conclusive.  The  acts  of  one  partner  bind  all  the  others.  Con- 
tracts made  on  Sunday  cannot  be  enforced.  A contract  with  a 
minor  is  void.  A contract  made  with  a lunatic  is  void.  Written 
contracts  concerning  land  must  be  under  seal. 


A TABLE  OF  DAILY  SAVINGS  AT  COMPOUND 
INTEBEST. 


Cents  per  Day 

Per  Year 

In  Ten  Ymrs 

Iifty  Yeo 

^ 

....$  10 

....$  2,900 



, . . . 20 

....  5,800 

ii: 

....  40 

....  11,600 

27J... ....... 

....  100 

....  29,000 

55.. 

....  200. 

2,600 

....  58,000 

1,10........... 

....  400 

. ....  5,200 

....116,000 

1,37 

....145,000 

By  the  above  toble  it  appears  that  if  a mechanic,  or  clerk  saves 
cents  per  pay  from  the  time  he  is  twenty-one  till  he  ic  seventy, 
the  total  with  interest  wdli  amount  to  $2,900,  and  a daily  saving 
of  275  cents  reaches  the  important  sum  of  $29,000.  Save  all  you 
can  in  a prudent  manner  for  a time  of  possible  want,  but  act 
justly  by  paying  all  your  debts,  and  liberally  by  assisting  those 
m need,  and  helping  in  a good  eausei- 


92 


fOUNG’s  BOOK  OK  SBCBEm 


A.ci:  "W"ell  Youi*  IPax-t,  Don’t  l>e  Sel- 

ii^lx. — Kemember  that  it  is  by  imparting  happiness  to  others, 
and  making  ourselves  useful,  that  we  receive  happiness.  Stand 
by  this  truth,  live  it  out,  and  always  keep  doing  something  use- 
ful for  the  common  good,  doing  it  well,  and  acting  sincerely. 
Endeavor  to  keep  your  heart  in  the  attitude  of  cherishing  good 
will  to  all,  thinking  and  speaking  evil  of  no  one,  and  always 
with  a kind  word  for  every  body.  Selfishness  is  its  own  curse; 
it  is  a starving  vice.  The  man  who  does  no  good  gets  none.  He 
is  like  the  heath  in  the  deseit,  neither  yielding  fruit  nor  seeing 
when  good  cometh,  a stunted  dwarfish,  miserable  shrub.  Let 
all  your  influence  be  exerted  fcu’  the  purpose  of  doing  all  you 
can  for  the  common  good  and  individual  welfare  of  every  one. 

Oliildron  axid  Xloixie  Ooiiversation..— * 
Children  hunger  perpetually  for  new  ideas.  They  will  learn 
with  pleasure  from  the  lips  of  parents  what  they  deem  drudgery 
to  learn  from  books,  and  even  if  they  have  the  misfortune  to  be 
deprived  of  many  educational  advantages  they  will  grow  up  in 
telligent  if  they  enjoy  in  childhood  the  privilege  of  listening  to" 
the  conversation  of  intelligent  people.  Let  them  have  many 
opportunities  ot  learning  in  this  way.  Be  kind  to  them,  and 
don’t  think  it  beneath  you  to  answer  their  little  questions,  for 
they  proceed  from  an  implanted  faculty  which  every  true  man 
and  woman  should  take  a great  delight  in  gratifying. 

Home  a±i:ex*  Kiisixies^  Hoij.x*s. — Happy  is' 
the  man  who  can  find  that  solace  and  that  poetry  at  home. 
Warm  greetings  from  loving  hearts,  fond  glances  from  bright 
eyes,  and  welcome  shouts  of  merry  hearted  children,  the  many 
thousand  little  arrangements  for  comfort  and.  enjo^^ment,  that 
silently  tell  of  thoughtful  and  expectant  love,  these  are  the  min- 
istrations that  reconcile  us  to  the  prose  of  life.  Think  of  this 
ye  wives  and  daughters  of  business  men  i Think  of  the  toils, 
the  anxieties,  the  mortification  and  wear  that  fathers  undergo  to 
secure  for  you  comfortable  homes,  and  compensate  them  for  their 
toils  by  making  them  happy  by- their  own  fireside. 

On.  Px-oiniie  — Let  every  man  do  his 

best  to  discountenance  this  abominable  habit,  and  shun  it  as  an 
accursed  sin  in  every  possible  way.  No  respectable  person  will 
allow  himself  to  be  guilty  of  it.  Business  men  who  make  a 
practice  of  it  will  find  themselves  avoided  by  the  best  class  of 
customers,  for  I know  that  some  persons  can  suffer  no  mental 
punishment  equal  to  that  inflicted  by  being  compelled  to  listen 
to  profane  language.  Besides,  every  man  known  as  a profane 
swearer,  will  not  be  credited  by  those  whose  good  opinion  is 
worth  having,  even  when  he  may  be  speaking  the  truth 

To  n iMetroiioixio. — Take  a cheap 

clock  movement  and  substitute  for  the  pendulum  a wire  with  a 
sliding  weight,  marking  the  wire  with  a file  at  the  different  points 

graduation  Used  to  indicate  the  proper  time  in  music. 


toung’s  book  of  secbets. 


3 


— A thickened  state  of  the  scarf-skin,  caused  by 
pfCMSure  or  friction.  The  part  of  the  skin  acted  upon  becomes 
hard,  and  presses  upon  the  sensible  skin  within,  which,  endeav- 
oring to  relieve  itself,  produces  an  additional  quantity  of  scarf- 
skin.  Treatment. — Soak  the  feet  in  warm  water,  pare  the  top 
of  the  corn,  and  apply  one  of  the  following  solvents:  1.  Lunaf 
caustic.  Moisten  the  corn,  and  rub  it  with  the  caustic.  2.  Ni- 
tric acid,  applied  with  a rod  or  stick.  3.  Strong  solution  of  sub- 
carbonate of  potash.  The  corn  is  gradually  eaten  away  and 
disappears. — As  corns  are  the  result  of  friction,  they  may  be 
prevented  or  driven  away  at  an  early  stage  by  anointing  them 
every  night  and  morning  with  sweet  oil,  on  the  same  principle 
that  lubrication  is  applied  to  axle-treets.,etc.,  to  prevent  friction 
injuring  them. 

o±  — This  distressing  state 

may  depend  on  excessive  exhaustion  of  nervous  power,  from 
anxiety,  disappointment,  or  undue  mental  exertion.  It  may 
also  originate  in  bilious  affection  or  derangement  of  the  general 
health,  and  these  little  causes  often  enter  into  combination  with 
those  first  mentioned.  Ireaiment. — The  first  thing  is  to  turn  the 
attention  and  thoughts  from  those  objects  and  channels  which 
have  proved  prejudicial;  then  endeavor  to  brace  up  the  nerves, 
and  gain  tone  for  the  general  system  by  exercise  on  horseback 
or  on  foot,  by  regulated  diet  and  early  hours.  Indolence  and 
luxurious  living  should  be  avoided,  active  employment  should 
be  resorted  to,  and  the  mind  engaged  in  some  pursuit  which 
will  afford  interest  as  well  as  employment.  With  regard  to  med- 
ical treatment  the  state  of  tlie  bowels  must  be  attended  to,  which 
in  these  cases  are  often  torpid  and  inactive.  To  remedy  this  the 
following  should  be  taken:  Extract  of  aloes,  thirty  grains;  Cas- 
tile soap,  twenty  grains;  oil  of  cloves,  three  drops;  mix,  divide 
into  twelve  pills,  and  take  one  or  two  for  a dose,  according  to 
circumstances;  or  powdered  aloes  and  powdered  gum-guaiacum, 
of  each  forty  grains;  powdered  camphor,  fifteen  grains;  extract  of 
henbane,  half-drachm;  mix,  and  divide  into  thirty  pills, 
two  to  be  taken  when  required.  The  diet  should  be  nutritious 
and  somewhat  generous;  meat  may  be  eaten  twice  a day;  and  a 
moderate  amount  of  stimulating  fluids  taken.  Tea  and  coffee  in 
excess  should  be  avoided. 

of*  Eyes. — Sulphate  of  copper,  fifteen 
grains;  camphor,  four  grains;  boiling  water,  four  ounces;  mix, 
strain,  and  when  cold,  make  up  to  four  pints  with  water;  bathe 
the  eye  night  and  morning  with  a portion  of  the  mixture. 

Eysteries. — This  complaint  is  confined  chiefly  to  fe- 
males. Treatment — A fit  of  hysterics  is  generally  the  result  of 
some  natural  and  immediate  cause,  and  until  this  is  discovered 
and  removed,  the  patient  will  always  be  subject  to  these  fits. 
When  a person  is  siezed  with  a fit  the  dress  should  be  loosened, 


young's  book  of  seckets. 


fresh  air  admitted,  cold  water  dashed  in  the  face,  and  salts,  or 
singed  feathers  applied  to  the  nostrils.  If  consciousness  does 
nob  then  return,  a draught  of  sal-volatile  and  water  should  be 
given,  and  if  the  patient  be  still  insensible,  the  temples  and  the 
nape  of  the  neck  should  be  rubbed  with  brandy.  When  hyster- 
ics can  be  traced  to  impaired  natural  action,  equal  portions  of 
pennyroyal  and  wormwood  should  be  steeped  in  boiling  water, 
and  suffered  to  simmer  by  the  fire  until  the  virtue  of  the  herbs 
is  extracted.  It  should  then  be  allowed  to  cool,  and  half  a pint 
be  taken  twice  or  thrice  a da5%  succeeded  on  each  occasion  by  a 
compound  assaf’oetida  pill,  until  the  desired  relief  is  afforded. 

— This  unhealthy  state  of  system  de- 
pends upon  general  debility.  It  is  often  inherited  from  birth, 
and  as  often  brought  on  by  excess  of  sedentary  occupation,  over- 
strained employment  of  the  brain,  mental  emotion,  dissipation, 
and  excess.  The  nerves  consist  of  a structure  of  fibres  or  cords 
passing  through  the  entire  body,  branching  off  from,  and  hav- 
ing a connection  with  each  other,  and  finally  centres  on  the 
brain.  They  are  the  organs  of  feeling  and  sensation  of  every 
kind,  and  through  them  the  mine  operates  upon  the  body.  It 
is  obvious  therefore  that  what  is  termed  the  “nervous  system” 
has  an  important  part  in  the  bodily  functions;  and  upon  them 
not  only  much  of  the  health  but  happiness  depends.  Treatment. 
The  cure  of  nervous  complaints  lies  rather  in  moral  than  in  med- 
ical treatment.  For,  although  much  - good  may  be  effected  by 
tonics,  such  as  bark,  quinine,  etc.,  there  is  far  more  benefit  to 
be  derived  from  attention  to  diet  and  regimen.  In  such  cases, 
solid  food  should  preponderate  over  liquid,  and  the  indulgence 
in  warm  and  relaxing  fluids  should  be  especially  avoided ; plain 
and  nourishing  meat,  as  beef  or  mutton,  a steak  or  chop,  to- 
gether with  half  a pint  of  bitter  ale  or  stout,  forming  the  best 
dinner.  Cocoa  is  preferable  to  tea;  vegetables  should  be  but 
sparingly  eaten.  Sedentary  pursuits  should  be  cast  aside  as 
much  as  possible,  but  where  they  are  compulsory,  every  spare 
moment  should  be  devoted  to  out-door  employment,  and  brisk 
exercise.  Early  bedtime  and  early  rising  will  prove  beneficial, 
and  the  use  of  the  cold  shower  bath  is  excellent.  Gymnastic  ex- 
ercises, fencing,  horse-riding,  rowing,  dancing,  and  other  pur- 
suits which  call  forth  the  energies,  serve  also  to  brace  and  invig- 
orate the  nervous  system.  It  will  also  be  as  well  to  mingle  with 
society;  frequent  public  assemblies  and  amusements,  and  thus 
dispel  that  morbid  desire  for  seclusion  and  quietude  which,  if 
indulged  in  to  excess,  renders  a person  unfitted  for  intercourse 
with  mankind,  and  materially  interferes  with  advancement  in 

Ufe. 


THE 


HOE^^^E. 


Early  history  and  habits  of  the  horse 

HE  early  history  and  origin  of  the  horse  is  wrapped  in 


1 obscurity  and  fable,  and  we  really  know  little  or  nothing 
of  it,  except  that  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  he  lirst  came 
from  Asia,  like  man,  and,  according  to  the  Mosaic  account,  all 
other  animals  now  existing  ; and  that  he  was  used  in  Egypt 
more  than  1600  years  before  Christ.  But  with  the  history  of 
the  horse  I shall  not  encumber  this  book,  which  might  be 
enlarged  to  an  enormous  extent  if  this  department  were 
entered  into  at  length.  Suffice  it,  then,  to  discuss  the  present 
condition  of  the  horse,  and  its  more  lecent  origin,  as  now 
existing  jp,  Country,  in  addition  to  his  general  habits. 

- The  habits  of  the  horse  in  all  countries,  and  of  all  varieties, 
are  pretty  much  alike.  Wherever  he  is  at  large,  he  is  bold 
but  wary,  and  easily  taking  note  of  the  approach  of  man  to 
give  him  as  wide  a berth  as  he  possibly  can,  or  rather  show  him 
a clean  pair  of  heels  Wild  horses  exist  to  the  present  day  in 
the  interior  of  Asia  and  in  Soi^h  America  But  both  the 
horses  of  the  Tartars  and  those  of  La  Plata  are  descended 
from  domesticated  animals,  and  can  scarcely  be  called  wild 
in  the  ordinary  acceptation  of  the  term.  Indeed,  the  Califor- 
nian horses,  which  are  still  more  recently  bred  in  a wild  state 
from  Spanish  horses,  are  quite  as  wild  as  those  described  by 
Sir  F.  B.  Head.  From  their  constant  state  of  liberty,  and 
their  roving  habits,  in  order  to  obtain  food  and  water,  they 
are  inure(I  to  fatigue,  and  can  bear  an  enormous  amount 
of  long-continued  work  without  failing  under  it,  and  witn^j 


10 


THE  HORSE. 


out  that  training  which  the  domesticated  animal  must  have. 
The  walk  and  the  gallop  are  the  horse’s  natural  paces,  and  all 
others  are  acquired  ; bat  nothing  can  exceed  the  fiery  anima- 
tion and  elegance  of  movement  of  the  free  horse,  and  in  these 
two  paces  art  has  done  nothing  to  improve  his  form  except 
perhaps  in  slightly  increasing  the  speed  of  the  latter.  In  all 
countries  and  in  every  age  the  horoe  feeds  upon  grain  or  grass, 
though  it  is  said  that  in  Arabia  h£  is  occasionally  supported 
upon  camel’s  milk  when  food  such  he  usually  lives  upon  is 
not  to  be  had. 

It  may  be  useful  to  specify  the  turns  employed  to  describe 
the  principal  parts  of  the  horse.  These  details  will  not  prove 
altogether  superfluous,  as  some  of  the  words  w^e  are  about  to 
explain  not  unfrequently  occur  in  conversation. 

The  two  parts  of  the  head  of  the  horse  which  correspond  he 
the  temples  in  a man,  are  above  the  e3^es.  The  eyes  them- 
selves have  a loose  cresceniiform  fold  of  the  c'^niunctiva  at  tha 
inner  angle,  often  erroneously  called  membrana  ni^iitans,  but  it 
neither  ^Derforms  its  office  or  possesses  its  musoulaf  apparatus. 
The  orbit,  which  is  formed  of  seven  bones,  four  cranial  and 
three  facial,  contains  the  globe  of  the  eye,  on  th€  inher  angle 
of  which  is  situated  the  haw  (a).  The  figure  attached  will  per- 
fectly supyly  the  means  ot  verrifying  all  these  indications. 
The  eye-pits  (6)  are  deep  indentations  which  lie  betw^'cen  the 
eyes  and  the  ear,  above  the  eyebrows  on  each  side.* 

The  face  (c)  is.  the  front  of  the  head  from  the  eyes  tofl'e 
nostrils  ; this  part  corresponds  to  the  upper  part  of  a man’© 
nose.  This  name  is,  however,  generally  applied  to  that  por 
tion  that  sursounds  the  curl  or  centre  on  the  forehead  from 
whence  the  hair  radiates. 

The  neck  of  the  horse  is  designated  by  the  word  cres.  (d), 
it  is  comprised  from  one  end  to  the  other  between  the  mane  on 
the  upper  side,  and  the  gullet  on  the  lower. 

The  forelock  (e)  is  the  portion  of  the  mane  which  is  on  th6 
tot^  of  the  head  and  falls  over  on  the  forehead  between  the 
eyes. 

The  vnthers  (/)  is  the  spot  where  the  shoulders  meet  up 
above,  between  the  back  and  the  neck,  at  the  point  wffiere  the 
neck  and  the  maine  come  to  an  end. 

The  chest  (g)  is  that  part  which  is  in  front  between  thfl 
shoulders  and  below  the  throat, 

The  back  (h)  commences  at  the  v/ithers  and  extends  all 


* The  horse  possesses  a peculiar  structure  within  the  eye — the  iapefuM 
lucida — of  a lustrous  green  color,  by  which  he  is  enabled  to  see  objects  iu 
comparative  darkl  ess,  and  especiallv  under  his  feet. 


TEEEOnSK 


11 


along  the  spine  as  far  as  the  crupper.  When  the  horse  is  fat, 
the  whole  length  of  the  spine  forms  a kind  of  hollo\v , which  is 
said  to  be  channeled. 

The  space  which  is  included  within  the  ribs  is  called  the 
barrel  {i) ; the  name  of  the  stomach  (j)  is  also  given  to  the  lowei* 
p-ert  of  the  body  which  ioins  the  os  sternum  and  the  bottom  of 
the  ribs. 


a man  ; the /orearm  (n)  follows  it  lower  down. 

The  joint  which  is  below  the  forearm  is  called  the  knee  (o)  ; 
it  corresponds  to  the  place  of  the  wrist  in  man,  ahd  forms  an 
angle  turning  inwards  when  the  leg  is  bent. 


12 


THE  H0B2E 


The  shank  {p)  forms  the  second  portion  of  the  foreleg ; 
it  commences  at  the  kneejoint,  and  corresponds  to  the  metacar- 
pus in  man. 

Behind  the  shank  is  a tendon,  which  extends  from  one  end 
to  the  other,  and  is  called  the  hack-sinew.  • 

The  fetlock-joint  {q)  is  the  articulation  immediately  below  the 
shank. 

The  fetlock  itself  is  a tuft  af  hair  covering  a sort  of  soft  horny 
excresence,  which  is  called  the  ergot 

The  pastern  (r)  is  the  portion  of  the  leg  between  "the  fetlock 
joint  and  the  foot. 

The  coronet  (s)  is  an  elevation  lying  belewthe  pastern,  and  is 
furnished  with  long  hair  falling  over  the  hoof,  all  round  the 
foot. 

The  hoofs  (t)  form,  so  to  speak,  the  nails  of  the  horse,  and 
consist  of  a horny  substance. 

In  ordeioto  describe  the  parts  which  make  up  the  hind  legs 
of  the  horse,  we  must  go  back  to  the  haunches.  Each  of  these; 
contains  the  femur,  and  corresj)pnds  to  the  thigh  of  a man.  It 
is,  therefore,  the  thigh  of  the  horse  which  is  joined  to  the  body, 
and  bears  the  isame  of  buttocks,  It  is  terminated  below  and  in 
front  by  the  3^.2  (fc),  which  is  the  joint  of  the  knee  containing 
the  kneepan.  It  is  situated  below  the  haunch,  on  a level  with 
the  flank,  and  shifts  its  place  when  the  horse  walks. 

The  highest  part  of  the  hind  leg,  which  is  detached  from  the 
body,  is  called  the  thigh  or  gaskins  (m),  and  cerresponds  to  the 
leg  of  a man.  It  extends  from  the  stifle  and  loMer  part  of  the 
buttocks  down  to  the  hock  (o). 

The  hock  is  the  joint  which  is  below  the  thigh,  and  bends 
forward.  This  joimt  represents  the  instep  in  a man  ; the  hinder 
part  of  the  hock,  which  is  called  the  point  of  the  hock,  is  the 
heel. 

Below  the  hock  are  the  shank,  the  fetlock-joint,  the  pastern, 
and  the  foot,  just  the  same  as  in  the  forelegs. 

We  will  now  say  a few  words  as  to  the  diversity  of  color  in 
the  coat  of  the  horse,  in  order  to  fix  the  meaning  of  the  terms 
which  are  generally  employed  to  designate  the  various  hues 
which  the  coat  presents. 

Bay  is  a reddish  nut-brown  color,  with  various  shades. 
Bark  Bay  horses  are  of  a very  dark  brown,  almost  black,  ex- 
cept on  the  flanks  and  tip  of  the  nose,  where  they  are  of  a red- 
dish color.  The  golden  or  light  hay  ie  a yellow  sun-light  hue. 
Dappled  hay  horses  have  on  their  rumps  spots  of  a darker  bay 
than  on  the  rest  of  their  bodies.  In  bay  horses  the  extremi- 
ties, the  mane,  and  the  tail  are  always  black. 

There ‘ are  three  kinds  of  black  horses  ; the  rusty  hlack, 
which  is  of  a brownish  tinge,  -fnore  or  less  conspicuous  ii> 


TEE  HORSE.  iS 

various  lights  ; t^je  hldcJc  and  the  coal  hldch  which  is  the  darkest 
of  all. 

Dan  colored  horses,  of  which  there  are  several  shades,  are  oi 
a yellowish  sandy  hue.  The  mane  and  the  tail  of  these  arf^ 
either  white  or  black.  Some  of  the  latter  have  a black  line 
along  the  vertebra,  which  is  called  a mule's  or  eel-stripe. 

Chestnut  is  a kind  of  reddish  or  cinnamon,  colored  bay. 
There  are  several  shades  of  it,  among  which  are  the  brighe 
chestnut^  which  is  the  color  of  a red  cow’s  coat  ; the  common 
chestnut^  which  is  neither  dark  nor  bright  ; the  hdy  chestnut., 
which  verges  upon  the  red  ; the  burnt  chestnut,  which  is  dark 
and  nearly  approaches  black.  Some  chestnut  horses  have 
white  manes  and  tails  ; others,  black.  The  rodn  is  a mixture 
of  red  and  white. 

Or&y  horses  have  white  hair  mixed  with  black  or  bay . There 
are  several  modifications  of  this  color ; the  ddppled  grey,  the 
silver  grey,  the  iron  grey,  &c.  Dapple-grey  horses  have  on  their 
back  and  other  parts  of  the  body  a number  of  round  spots,  in 
some  cases  black  ; in  others,  of  a lighter  hue  ; these  spo4s  are 
somewhat  irregularly  distributed.  Grey  horses  as  they  in- 
crease in  age  become  lighter  in  color,  ultimately  becoming 
white . 

Piebdld  an(^,.  skewbald  horses  are  white,  with  la^ge  irregular 
spots  and  stripes  of  some  other  color  irregularly  ?)rranged. 
The  different  kinds  are  distinguished  by  the  color  that  is  com- 
bined with  the  white,  as  the  piebdld  piopev,  which  are  white  and 
black  ; the  skewbdld,  which  are  white  and  bay  ; tha  chestnut  pie- 
bdld, which  are  white  and  chestnut. 

The  horses  which  have  small  black  spots  0^  a white  or  grey 
coat  are  ceMadi  fled-bitten,  particularly  prevalciitin  India  among 
Arabs. 

We  have  hitherto  considered  the  wild  and  domestic  horse  in 
common,  both  as  regards  their  structure  and  their  color — in 
short,  their  outward  apperrance  g'snerally — without  noticing 
the  different  breeds,  which  must  soon  occupy  our  attention. 
But  before  we  enter  upon  the  study  of  the  various  equine 
races,  it  is  necessary  to  give  a gjhort  explanation  as  to  the  way 
in  which  the  bit  regulates  the  paces  of  the  horse.  By  this  we 
are  led  to  speak  of  the  construction  of  the  mouth,  a knowledge 
of  which  is  most  useful. 

The  horse  either  walks,  trots,  gallops  or  ambles. 

The  paces  of  the  horse  are  essentially  modified  by  means 
both  of  the  bit  and  spul?.  The  spur  excites  a quickness  of 
moverr.ent ; the  bit  comrrrri -sates  to  this  movement  a due 
amo^mt  of  The  "oeouth  of  the  horse  is  so  sensitive 

thr*fc  the  or  the  slightest  impression  which  it 


TEE  HORSE. 


U 

receives,  warns  and  regulates  tbe  motion  of  the  animal.  But 
lo  preserve  the  full  delicacy  of  this  organ,  it  is  highly  neces- 
sary to  treat  tenderly  its  extreme  sensibility. 

The  position  of  the  teeth  in  the  jaw  of  the  horse  affords  to 
man  the  facility  which  exists  of  placing  a bit  in  its  mouth,  by 
which  instrument  this  high-spirited  and  vigorous  s^imal  is 
•v'oken  in  and  guided.  Let  us,  therefore,  in  the  first  place, 
itudy  the  arrangement  of  its  moutn. 

There  are  in  each  jaw  six  incisors  or  foreteeth,  followed  on 
either  side  by  a tush,  which  is  generally  deficient  in  mares, 
'^specially  in  the  lower  jaw.  Next  comes  a series  of  six  grind- 
ers on  each  side  in  both  jaws ; these  teeth  have  a square 
crown,  marked  with  four  crescents,  formed  by  the  lamince  of 
enamel  which  are  embedded  on  them.  Between  the  tushes 
and  the  grinders  there  is  a considerable  space  called  the  bar, 
which  corresponds  to  the  angle  of  the  lips,  and  it  is  in  this 
interval  that  the  bit  is  placed. 

FIG.  1.-  DENTITION  OF  THE  ZDULT  HOESH 


(a)  Incisors,  (h)  Tushes  or  Canines,  (c)  Interval  called  the  Bar. 
(d)  Molars. 


It  IS  also  by  means  of  the  teeth  that  we  are  enabled  to  know 
a horse’s  age — a knowledge  which  is  of  the  highest  utility  ; 
for  a horse  increases  in  value  in  proportion  as  he  approaches 
maturity,  again  decreasing  in  worth  as  he  becomes  older.  Up 
to  nine  years  the  age  can  be  determined  pretty  accurately  by 
means  of  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  teeth. 

The  foal,  at  its  birth,  is  usually  devoid  of  teeth  in  the  from 


THE  HOUSE 


15 


of  the  mouth,  and  has  only  two  grinders  on  each  side  in  each 
jaw  (Fig.  2).  At  the  end  of  a few  days,  the  two  middle  fore 
teeth*  or  pincers,  make  their  appearance.  In  the  course  of 
the  first  month  a third  grinder  shows  itself, and  in  four  months 
more  the  two  next  fore-teeth  also  emerge;  within  six  and  a 
half  or  eight  months  the  side  incisives,  or  corner  teeth,  show, 
and  also  a fourth  grinder.  At  this  period  the  first  dentition  is 
oomplete.  The  changes  which  take  place  up  to  the  age  of  three 
years  depend  only  on  the  fore-teeth  being  worn  away  more  or 
less,  and  the  black  hollows  being  obliterated  gradually  by  con- 
tact with  food.  In  thirteen  to  sixteen  months  the  cavities  on 
the  surface  of  the  pincers  are  effaced;  they  are  then  said  to  be 
razed.  In  sixteen  to  twenty  months  the  intermediate  fore- 
teeth .are  likewise  razed,  and  in  twenty  to  twenty-four  months 
the  same  thing  takes  place  with  the  corner  teeth. 


FIG.  2. 


FIG.  3. 


AT  THREE  TEARS. 


The  second  dentition  commences  at  the  age  of  two  and  a half 
or  three  years  (Fig.  3).  The  milk-teeth  may  be  recognized  by 
their  shortness,  their  whiteness,  and  the  construction  round 
their  base,  called  the  neck  of  the  tooth.  The  teeth  which  re- 
place them  have  no  neck,  and  are  much  larger.  The  pincers 
are  the  first  to  fall  out  and  be  replaced  by  new  ones.  At  the 
age  of  from  three  years  and  a half  to  four  years  the  interme- 
diate fore-teeth  experience  the  same  change,  and  the  lower 
tushes  begin  to  make  their  appearance.  The  corner  teeth  are 
also  renewed  when  between  four  and  a half  to  five  years ; the 
upper  tushes  likewise  pierce  the  gums,  and  about  the  same 
date  the  sixth  grinder  shows  itself. 


10 


THE  HORSE 


A depressioii,  or  small  hollow,  may  be  noticed  on  the 
facerof  the  crown  of  the  second  growth  of  fore-leeth,  just  as  in 
the  milk-teeth,  and  these  hollows  are  gradually  worn  away  in 
the  same  fashion. 

The  pincers  of  the  lower  jaw  lose  their  cavities  when  tbe 
horse  is  five  or  six  years  old;  the  intermediate  fore-teeth  are 
the  next  to  raze.  The  marks  in  the  corner  teeth  are  obliter- 
ated at  the  age  of  seven  or  eight  years.  The  process  of  de- 
struction of  the  marks  in  the  upper  fore-teeth  goes  on  in  the 
same  order,  but  more  tardily.  (Figs  4 and  5). 


FIG.  4.  FIG.  5. 


When  all  these  various  changes  have  taken  place,  the  horse 
is  looked  upon  as  aged  (Fig.  7),  because  the  teeth  no  longer 
furnish  any  certain  indications  as  to  the  age  of  the  animal . 
Only  approximate  inferences  can  now  be  drawn  from  the  length 
and  color  of  the  tusks,  which  become  more  and  more  bare  and 
projecting  from  the  gum,  &c. 

The  domestication  of  the  horse  appears  to  date  back  to  the 
very  earliest  period  of  his  appearance  on  earth;  and  as  this 
animal  adapts  itself  to  every  necessity,  every  want,  and  every 
climate,  its  subj  ection  has  resulted  in  a considerable  number 
of  races,  distinguished  by  more  or  less  prominent  character- 
istics of  shape,  strength,  temper,  and  endurance,  Although 
generally  intelligent,  affectionate,  and  endowed  with  consider- 
able powers  of  memory,  these  qualities  in  the  horse  are  essen- 
tially modified  by  education  and  climate.  And  for  the  full 
development  of  his  intelligence  and  his  high  qualities^  it  is 


THE  HOUSE, 


17 


requisite  that  man  should  he  his  companion  and  his  friend,  as 
well  as  his  master,  but  never  his  tyrant.  Under  the  whip  of 
an  unfeeling  driver,  the  horse  becomes  brutalized,  and  rapidly 
degenerates,  morally  even  more  than  physically. 


FIG.  6. 


FIG.  7. 


The  attachment  of  the  horse  for  those  who  treat  it  kindly  is 
a well-known  fact. 

The  influence  of  memory  on  the  horse  is  shown  by  the  sense 
it  retains  of  injuries  and  ill-treatment  it  has  sufi’ered.  Many  a 
horse  is  restive  with  persons  who  have  misued  it,  while  per- 
fectly docile  with  others,  proving  a consciousness  of  good  and 
evil,  and  a natural  insubordination  against  tyranny  and  injus- 
ice. 

The  True  Way  of  Breaking  Horses. 

The  first  and  most  important  thing  to  be  accomplished  is  to 
win  the  horse’s  confidence,  which  may  be  done  by  uniform 
actions  of  a kindly  disposition  in  his  management.  He  takes 
man  exactly  for  what  he  proves  himself  by  actions.  By  kind 
treatment,  he  learns  to  associatce  with  man’s  feeling  of  protec- 
tion and  security,  and  he  can  have  no  fear  or  doubt,  because 
never  taught  to  doubt  by  deception. 

The  child  has  confidence  in  his  parents  in  proportion  to  the 
fidelity  of  the  parents  in  inculcating  and  practising  those  prin- 
ciples of  truth  in  his  early  training.  But  once  finding  them 
unmindful  of  their  promises,  confidence  in  them  is  correspon- 
dently  impaired . If  you  are  faithful  in  fulfiling  your  prom- 


18 


THE  Honsm 


ises  to  the  cliilcl,  he  will  expect  exactly  what  you  promise. 
Here  proof  becomes  faith,  because  he  has  never  been  deceived 
by  the  want  of  performance.  Even  among  men  the  principle 
is  the  same.  That  man,  who  is  always  found  truthful,  and 
who  performs  exactly  as  he  promises  to  do,  becomes  a standard 
of  public  confidence  and  trust;  but  he  who  disregards  truth 
and  the  principles  of  honor,  becomes  an  object  of  suspicion  to 
all  knowing  him.  As  the  child,  then,  is  the  reflex  of  the  love 
and  truth  of  the  parents  in  confidence,  and  the  public  in  him 
of  undoubted  integrity — so  we  are  forced  to  believe  the  horse 
becomes  in  the  character  of  his  habits  what  he  is,  in  exact  pro- 
portion to  the  teaching  and  example  to  which  he  may  have 
been  subject. 

How  to  Feed,  Water  and  Hriye. 

Do  not  feed  or  water  heavy  before  driving, filling  the  stomach 
with  water  and  food;  water  destroys  the  juices  of  the  stomach, 
weakening  digestion.  The  grain  becomes  swollen  and  gener- 
ates a gas,  filling  the  stomach  with  wind;  the  stomach  becom- 
ing diseased,  the  Bot  will  work  his  head  into  the  coating  of 
the  stomach.  All  grain  will  digest  best  while  the  horse  is 
standing  still;  and  ail  food  that  passes  off  without  digestion 
weakens  the  action  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and,  in  many 
cases,  will  scour  the  horse.  The  less  you  feed  before  driving 
the  better.  Then  again,  you  should  water  very  little  on  the 
road.  Feed  mostly  at  night;  food  will  then  all  digest  and 
make  flesh  and  blood . I should  advise  not  more  than  two 
quarts  in  the  morning,  and  the  same  at  neon.  I do  not  feed 
in  the  morning,  neither  do  I water.  If  I was  going  to  make  a 
long  and  fast  drive,  I should  feed  twelve  quarts  the  night 
before,  then  my  horse  would  be  strong,  and  feel  light  and 
active,  and  do  his  work  easy.  By  giving  him  a little  water, 
the  horse  will  fully  digest  what  he  has  eaten;  if  you  weaken 
the  juices,  of  course  you  weaken  digestion.  A horse  should 
only  be  fed  what  he  can  easily  digest.  I think  by  so  doing 
you  will  save  one  third  of  the  grain  formerly  given.  Diseases 
are  caused  by  too  much  food  and  water;  the  water  destroys  the 
juices,  and  disables  digestion;  by  feeding  most  of  the  grain 
whilst  the  horse  is  at  rest,  it  will  fully  digest,  and  leave  the 
horse  strong  and  able  to  do  his  work. 

Giving  a great  amoun  t of  water,  disease  s the  Wood  and  dead- 
ens the  hair.  The  water  must  pass  in  some  way;  it  can’t  all 
pass  in  the  urine,  and  it  passes  off  through  the  pores  of  the 
skin,  and  causes  the  hair  to  become  gummed,  and  makes  the 
horse  very  hard  to  clean.  So  much  water  passing  off  through 
the  pores  of  the  flesh  destroys  the  roots  of  the  hair,  and  causes 
it  to  look  dull  and  faded ; then,  again,  you  should  be  cautious 


THE  HORSE, 


19 


not  to  drive  your  horse  in  cold  water,  when  warm,  or  throw 
water  on  him;  so  doing,  chills  the  blood,  separates  the  blood 
from  the  watery  substances  that  the  blood  forms  from,  and 
causes  disease,  the  skin  will  become  full  of  small  tumors  and 
the  hair  fall  off  By  avoiding  too  much  water  on  the  road,  and. 
too  much  food  before  driving,  and  by  keeping  the  horse  warm 
after  driving,  you  avoid  disease. 

Special  Advice  in  Reference  to  Feeding  Horses. 

Never  give  a horse  whole  grain.  Bruising  and  wetting  il 
with  soft  water,  you  save  thirty  per  cent,  of  its  nutritious  ef- 
fects. Steam  it  in  preff7.ence  to  wetting,  if  you  have  facilities 
for  doing  so.  Feed  your  horse  two  hours  before  he  begins  his 
day’s  work.  Give  him  the  largest  feed  at  night.  Never  tie 
him  to  a rack;  it  is  cruel  to  thus  prevent  a horse  from  ’lying 
down  when  he  is  tired.  The  best  way  is  to  take  away  your 
rack  altogether,  and  arrange  your  stable  so  as  to  make  it  un- 
necessary to  tie  up  the  horse.  The  stable  should  always  be  dry 
and  well  littered.  Never  give  your  horse  hard  water,  if  soft 
water  is  to  be  had.  If  you  cannot  get  soft  water,  draw  the 
hard  water  out  of  the  well  two  hours  before  you  let  him  drink 
it.  Beans  should  be  full  a year  old  before  they  are  fit  to  feed 
horses;  they  should  be  bruised,  the  same  as  grain,  not  ground. 

Horse  Feed  Mixture, 

Yoijatt  recommends  for  horse  feed,  the  following  mixture: 
Out  hay,  two  parts;  cut  straw,  three  parts— add  to  this  a quan- 
tity of  bruise'd  beans,  oats,  or  other  grain — wet  the  whole  with 
soft  water,  and  mix  it  well.  Bo  not  feed  your  horse  too  much 
hay,  as  it  is  not  only  a waste  of  provender,  but  when  he  is  put 
to  work  with  an  overloaded  stomach  it  endangers  his  wind.  If 
left  to  pull  hay  out  of  the  rack  at  pleasure,  a horse  will  eat  or 
waste  some  thirty  pounds  a day,  whereas,  by  cutting  up  his 
hay  and  mixing  it  with  other  feed,  as  above  described,  ten 
pounds  is  an  ample  abundance  for  twenty-four  hours.  Horses, 
when  worked,  should  be  fed  three  or  four  times  a day  Vv^ith  a 
mixture  of  hay,  straw,  and  grain  as  above  described.  Give 
them  their  food  in  the  manger,  be  careful  that  it  is  sweet  and 
clean.  By  following  these  rules,  horses  will  always  be  in  good 
condition — will  not  have  that  swelled  belly  so  peculiar  to  anh 
mals  who  are  allowed  to  fill  their  stomachs  with  bay— and  will 
usually  enjoy  good  health. 

How  to  get  a Colt  From  Pasture. 

Go  to  the  pasture  and  walk  around  the  whole  herd  quietly, 
at  such  a distance  as  not  to  cause  them  to  scare  ^r  run.  Then 


20 


THE  horse: 


approach  very  slowly;  if  they  stick  up  their  heads  and  seem 
to  be  frightened,  hold  on  till  they  become  quiet,  so  as  not  to 
run  them  before  you  are  close  enough  to  drive  them  in  the 
direction  you  want  them  to  go.  When  you  begin  to  drive,  do 
not  flourish  your  arms  or  halloo,  but  gently  follow  them  off, 
leaving  the  direction  free  you  wish  them  to  take.  Thus  ta- 
king advantage  of  their  ignorance,  you  will  be  able  to  get 
them  in  the  pound  as  easily  as  the  hunter  drives  the  quails 
into  his  net.  For  if  they  have  always  run  in  the  pasture  un- 
cared for  (as  many  horses  do  in  prarie  countries  and  on  large 
plantations)  there  is  no  reason  why  they  should  not  be  as  wild 
as  the  sportsman’s  birds,  and  require  the  same  gentle  treat- 
ment, if  you  want  to  get  them  without  trouble;  for  the  horse, 
in  his  natural  state,  is  as  wild  as  any  of  the  undomesticated 
animals,  though  more  easily  tamed  than  most  of  them. 

How  to  Stable  a Colt^ 

The  next  step  will  be  to  get  the  horse  into  a stable  or  ohed. 
This  should  be  done  as  quietly  as  possible,  so  as  not  to  excite 
any  suspicion  in  the  horse  of  any  danger  befalling  him.  The 
best  way  to  do  this,  is  to  lead  a broken  horse  into  the  stable 
first  and  hitch  him,  then  quietly  walk  around  the  colt  and  let 
him  go  in  of  his  own  accord.  Be  extremely  deliberate  and 
slow  in  your  movements,  for  one  wrong  move  may  frighten 
your  horse,  and  make  him  think  it  necessary  to  escape  at  all 
hazards  for  the  safety  of  his  life — and  thus  make  two  hour’s 
work  of  a ten  minutes’  job;  and  this  would  be  all  your  own 
fault,  and  entirely  unnecessary — for  he  will  not  run  unless 
you  run  after  him,  nor  will  he  try  to  break  away  unless  you 
attempt  to  force  him  into  measures.  If  he  does  not  see  the 
way  at  once,  and  is  a little  fretful  about  going  in,  do  not  un- 
dertake to  drive  him,  but  give  him  a little  less  room  outside, 
by  gently  closing  in  around  him . Bo  not  raise  your  arms, 
but  let  them  hang  at  your  side,  for  you  might  as  well  raise  a 
club;  the  horse  has  never  studied  anatomy,  and  does  not 
know  but  they  will  unhinge  themselyes  and  fly  at  him.  If  he 
attempts  to  turn  back,  walk  before  him,  but  do  not  run;  and 
if  he  gets  past  you,  encircle  him  again  in  the  same  quiet 
manner,  and  he  will  soon  find  that  you  are  not  going  to  hurt 
him;  and  then  you  can  walk  so  close  around  him  that  he  will 
go  into  the  stable  for  more  room,  and  to  get  farther  from  you. 
As  soon  as  he  is  in,  remove  the  quiet  horse  and  shut  the  door. 
This  will  be  his  first  notion  of  confinement — not  knowing  how 
he  got  into  such  a place,  nor  how  to  get  out  of  it.  ^ That  he 
may  take  it  as  quietly  as  possible,  see  that  the  shed  is  entirely 
free  from  dogs,  chickens,  or  anything  that  vmuld  annoy  him. 
Then  give  a few  ears  of  corn*  and  Ifet  him  remain  alone  fifteen 


THE  HOBSE 


21 


or  twenty  minutes,  until  lie  has  examined  his  apartment,  and 
has  become  reconciled  to  his  confinement.  And  now,  while 
your  horse  is  eating  those  few  ears  of  corn,  see  that  your  hah 
ter  is  ready  and  all  right,  and  reflect  upon  the  best  mode  of 
operations;  for  in  horse-breaking,  it  is  highly  important  that 
you  should  be  governed  by  some  system. 

Objects  of  Fear—How  to  Prevent  Fear, 

Whatever  the  horse  understands  to  be  harmless  he  does  not 
iear  ; consequently  great  pains  should  be  taken  to  cause  him 
to  examine  and  smell  such  things  as  are  likely  to  frighten  him 
in  after  life.  This  should  be  attended  to  in  his  early  educa- 
tion, since  early  impressions  are  strong  in  the  horse.  A log 
or  stump  by  the  roadside,  if  regarded  with  suspicion,  should 
be  approached  slowly  or  cautiously  ; to  the  imagination  of  the 
horse,  such  things  are  supposed  to  be  some  great  beast  that 
may  spring  upon  him,  but  which  he  will  soon  comprehend  to 
be  harmless  if  obliged  to  examine  its  nature  in  his  own  way,  by 
advancing  to  the  object  end  allowing  him  to  understand 
it  fully  by  smelling  and  breathing  with  the  nose.  The  boy 
frightened  by  a false  face  will  care  nothing  about  it  after  he 
takes  it  in  his  hands  and  examines  it  ; and  the  principal  is  the 
same  in  familiarizing  horses  to  objects  of  fear. 

If  your  horse  is  frightened  at  an  umbrella,  you  can  soon 
learn  him  to  be  used  to  that.  Go  into  the  stable  with  him,  and 
first  let  him  look  at  the  umbrella  before  it  is  opened— let  him 
touch  it  with  his  nose.  Open  it  a little  way,  and  then  let  him 
see  it ; and  finally  open  it  wide.  By  ordinary  patience  you 
can  soon  learn  the  horse  to  have  the  umbrella  opened  sudden- 
ly in  his  face,  without  being  afraid  of  it.  By  a similar  treat- 
ment you  can  break  any  horse  from  scaring  at  almost  any- 
thing that  may  look  frightful  to  him.  If  you  wish  to  make  a 
trial  of  this  theory,  just  take  a horse  into  tbestjible  and  let 
him  examine  the  frighful  object  a few  minutes  after  his  mode 
of  examining  things,  and  you  will  be  perfectly  satisfied. 
There  is  a singular  fact  connected  with  taming  the  horse  that  I 
would  have  never  believed  if  I had  not  tried  it.  If  you  accus- 
tom him  to  any  particular  object  by  showing  it  to  him  on  one 
side  only,  he  will  not  be  afraid  when  he  sees  it  withtlie  eye  on 
that  side  ; but  he  will  be  afraid  if  you  approach  him  with  it  on 
the  other  side.  It  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  pacify  him 
on  both  sides  in  all  cases.  After  you  have  accustomed  him  to 
the  umbrella,  or  whatever  you  may  wish  to  make  1 im  fp miliar 
with,  on  his  right  side,  repeat  the  operation  on  the  left  side  in 
the  same  maimer  as  as  if  yon  had  not  approached  him  at  all. 


22 


THE  HOBSE 


The  Kind  of  Halter  to  be  Used,  and  How  to  Put  It  On 
the  Colt. 

Never  use  a rope  halter.  The  cords  of  the  rope  are  hard, 
and  appears  to  aggravate  and  excite  distrust  rather  than  con- 
fidence ; but  by  all  means  procure  a leather  haltar  made  of 
bridle  leather,  so  it  will  feel  soft  and  pliable  to  the  touch,  and 
to  fit  tolerably  tight  on  the  head,  so  as  not  to  feel  uncomfort- 
able. Before  putting  a haltar  on  the  coJt,  he  must  be  rendered 
familiar  with  it  by  carressing  him  and  permitting  him  to  ex* 
amine  the  article  with  his  nose.  Then  place  a portion  of  it 
over  his  head,^  occasionally  giving  it  a slight  pull,  and  in  a few 
minutes  he  will  be  accustomed  to  these  liberties,  and  then  the 
halter  may  be  fastened  on  properly.  To  teach  him  to  lead  is 
another  difficulty.  Stand  a little  on  one  side,  rub  his  nose 
and  forehead,  take  hold  of  the  strap  and  pull  gently,  and  at 
the  same  time  touch  him  very  lightly  with  the  end  of  a long 
whip  across  his  hind  legs.  This  will  make  him  start  forward 
a few  steps.  Eepeat  the  operation  several  times  and  he  wdll 
soon  learn  to  follow  you  b}^  simply  pulling  the  halter.  The 
mouth  of  the  colt  should  be  frequently  handled,  after  which 
introduce  a plain  snaffle  between  his  teeth  and  hold  it  there 
with  one  hand  while  you  caress  him  with  the  other.  After  a 
time  he  will  allow  the  bridle  to  be  placed  upon  him.  The 
saddle  can  then  be  brought  in  and  rubbed  against  his  nose,  his 
neck,  and  his  legs  ; next  hang  the  stirrup  strap  across  his 
back,  and  gradually  insinuate  the  saddle  into  its  place.  The 
girth  should  not  be  fastened,  until  he  becomes  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  the  saddle.  The  first  time  the  girth  is 
buckled,  it  should  be  done  so  loosely  as  not  to  attract  his  atten- 
tion ; subsequently  it  can  be  tightened  without  inspiring  him 
with  fear,  which,  if  fastened  immediately,  it  would  most  cer- 
tainly do.  In  this  manner  the  wildest  colt  can  be  effectually 
subjugated  by  such  imperceptible  degrees  that  he  gives  tacit 
obedience  before  he  is  aware  of  his  altered  condition. 

To  Break  a Horse  to  Harness, 

Take  him  in  a tight  stable,  take  the  harness  and  go  through 
the  same  process  as  you  would  with  the  saddle,  until  you  get 
,him  familiar  with  them,  so  you  can  put  them  on  his  back  and 
rattle  them  about  without  his  caring  for  them.  As  soon  as  he 
will  bear  them,  put  on  the  lines,  caress  him  as  you  draw  them 
over  him,  and  drive  him  about  in  the  stable  till  he  will  bear 
them  over  his  hips.  The  lines  are  a great  aggravation  to  some 
colts,  and  often  frighten  them  as  much  as  if  you  were  to  raise 
a whip  over  them.  As  soon  as  he  is  familiar  with  the  harness 
and  lines,  take  him  out  and  put  him  by  the  side  of  a gentle 


23 


; THE  HORSE 

horse,  and  go  through  the  same  process  that  you  did  with  the 
blinds  when  you  are  breaking  a horse  to  harness. 

After  fixing  the  lines,  then  hitch  the  horse  to  a small  log 
that  he  can  draw  very  easy,  with  long  traces,  frequently  turn- 
ing him,  so  that  the  traces  will  draw  lightly  against  his  legs — • 
frequently  stopping  and  petting  him;  then  hitch  him  to  some- 
thing heavier;  then  get  behind  him  and  drive  him.  By  thus 
working  with  him  you  will  make  a strictly  true  horse  of  him— 
he  also  gets  so  -that  he  is  not  afraid  of  the  traces  or  harness. 
You  can  then  proceed  to  hitch  him  to  a buggy  or  waggon. 
Persons  should  not  drive  fast  at  first  hitching  a colt  in  harness 
he  should  be  handled  very  careful  at  first.  In  handling  colts 
in  this  way  you  will  have  no  trouble  with  them,  but  will  have 
a much  better  broke  horse,  and  one  that  would  be  more  safe 
for  a family.  A horse  broken  in  this  way  is  not  half  so  easily 
spoiled  as  one  broken  by  any  other  process. 

In  breaking  horses  to  ride  they  should  be  handled  in  'very 
much  the  same  way  as  I have  spoken  of.  After  biting  them 
sufficiently  you  may  proceed  to  saddle  them;  then  ride  them 
oyer  two  or  three  miles  at  a time — not  enough  to  tire  them. 

To  Break  Horses  to  Stand  the  Fire  of  a Oun, 

You  commence  by  administering  the  three  articles  first  men- 
tioned, in  the  nostrils  this  will  prevent  him  from  smelling  the 
powder.  Then  load  your  pistol — but  very  light,  so  as  to  make 
the  report  as  light  as  possible;  every  time  you  fire,  give  him  a 
small  piece  of  an  apple,  with  some  powder  on  it;  then  rub  and 
pat  him  on  the  head  and  neck.  When  you  first  commence 
firing,  stand  close  to  the  horse’s  shoulders,  rest  your  arms  on 
his  withers.  After  you  have  fired  a. sufficient  number  of  times 
mount  the  horse  and  shoot  from  his  back.  Keeping  up  this 
practice  for  ashc;rt  time,  the  horse  will  get  so  that  he  will  not 
care  anything  about  the  fire  of  a gun  at  any  time  or  place. 

Necessity  of  Repetition  of  Lessons  and  a Thorough 
Training- 

The  horse  must  be  convinced -by  repeated  proofs  of  being 
over-matched  that  resistance  is  useless.  For  since  his  willing- 
ness and  rebellion  are  each  based  upon  the  limited  reasoning 
of  his  experience,  he  must  be  thoroughly  convinced  by  expe- 
rience that  unconditional  submission  is  the  only  alternative; 
this  you  cannot  prove  to  the  understanding  of  the  horse  with- 
out repeating  your  lessons  until  he  submits  unconditionally. 
But  as  nursing  and  care  is  to  the  patient  over  the  force  of  dis- 
ease, so  is  the  subjugation  of  the  horse — his  submission  should 
be  encouraged  and  rewarded  by  kindness,  and  feeding  from 


24 


THE  HOnSE^ 


the  hand  vnih  little  presents  of  such  things  as  he  likes.  That 
master  is  supreme  in  his  control,  and  submission  to  his  com- 
mands becomes  a pleasure,  who  has  the  power  to  enforce  his 
will,  but  who  exercises  it  with  the  sweetning  encouragement 
of  love.  While  force  is  necessary,  and  you  have  the  means  of 
making  your  horse  almost  a plaything  in  your  hands,  let  the 
silken  chord  of  love  be  the  cement  that  fixes  and  secures  this 
submission  to  your  will.  A good-natured,  clever  man,  it  is 
admitted,  can  teach  a horse  almost  anything,  and  it  has  be- 
come a proverb  that  kindness  will  lead  an  elephant  by  a hair. 
Show  your  horse  exactly  what  you  want  him  to  do,  and  en- 
deavor to  use  the  patience  and  reason  in  teaching  and  con- 
trolling him,  you  would  believe  necessary  for  yourself  to  un- 
derstand if  placed  in  like  circumstances.  Ignorant  of  the  lan- 
guage and  intentions  of  such  a teacher,  who  even  preserved 
his  patience,  and  refrained  from  abuse,  what  progress  would 
you  make  as  a pupil — gifted  as  you  are  with  all  your  intelli- 
gence ? If  possible,  ennoble  and  elevate  your  feelings  by  real- 
izing your  responsibility  * to  yourself,  to  the  community,  and 
to  the  noble  animal  committed  to  your  charge.  Make  your 
horse  a friend  by  kindness  and  g jod  treatment.  Be  a kind 
master,  and  not  a tyrant — make  /our  horse  a willing  servant, 
and  not  a slave. 

How  to  Proceed  with  e Colt  after  Haltering, 

The  first  time  you  halter  a ^ olt  you  should  stand  on  the  left 
side,  pretty  well  back  to  his  s moulder,  taking  hold  of  that  part 
of  the  halter  that  goes  arounf'  his  neck,  then  with  your  two 
hands  about  his  neck  you  ca^  a hold  his  head  to  you,  and  raise 
the  halter  on  it  without  makl  ug  him  dodge,  by  putting  your 
hands  about  his  nose.  You  ihould  have  a long  rope  oi  strap 
ready,  and  as  soon  as  you  h<  ve  the  halter  on  attach  this  to  it; 
so  that  you  can  let  him  waW  < the  length  of  the  stable  without 
letting  go  the  strap,  or  wi^  ^ut  making  him  pull  on  the  halter, 
for  if  you  only  let  him  fee^  the  weight  of  your  hand  on  the 
halter,  and  give  him  mor  rope  when  he  runs  from  you,  he 
will  never  rear,  pull  or  t>  /ow  himself,  yet  you  will  be  holding 
him  all  the  time,  and  do  ng  more  towards  gentling  him  than 
if  you  had  the  power  to  nub  him  right  up,  and  nold  him  to 
one  spot:  because  he  kf  ows  nothing  about  his  strength,  and 
if  you  don’t  do  anythin/  , to  make  him  pull,  he  will  never  know 
what  he  can  do  in  that ' fay . In  a few  minute*^  you  can  begin 
to  control  him  with  the  aalter,  then  shorten  t^e  distance  be- 
tween yourself  and  the  lorse  by  taking  up  tb^  strap  in  your 
hand.  As  soon  as  he  wrl  allow  you  to  hold  him  by  a tolerably 


THE  HOESE.  25 

short  strap,  and  to  step  up  to  him  without  flying  back,  you 
can  begin  to  give  him  some  idea  about  leading. 

But  to  do  this,  do  not  go  before  him  and  attempt  to  pull  him 
after  you,  but  commence  by  pulling  him  very  quietly  to  one 
side.  He  has  nothing  to  brace  either  side  of  his  neck,  and 
will  soon  yield  to  a steady,  gradual  pull  of  the  halter;  as  soon 
as  you  have  pulled  him  a step  or  two  to  one  side,  step  up  and 
caress  him,  and  then  pull  him  again,  repeating  this  operation 
until  you  can  pull  him  in  every  direction,  and  walk  about  |^he 
stable  with  him;  this  you  can  do  in  a few  minutes,  for  he  will 
soon  think  when  you  have  made  him  step  to  the  right  and  left 
a few  times,  that  he  is  compelled  to  follow  the  pull  of  the 
halter,  not  knowing  that  he  has  the  power  to  resist  your  pull- 
ing; besides  you  have  handled  him  so  gently  that  he  is  not 
afraid  of  you,  but  rather  likes  you.  After  you  have  given  him 
a few  lessons  of  this  kind,  at  proper  intervels,  he  will  be  so 
tame  that  if  you  turn  him  out  to  pasture,  he  will  come  up  to 
you  to  be  carressed  every  opportunity  he  gets. 

While  training  him  in  the  stable,  you  should  lead  him  about 
some  time  before  you  take  him  out,  opening  the  door,  so  that 
he  can  see  out,  leading  him  up  to  it  and  back  again,  and 
then  past  it.  See  that  there  is  nothing  on  the  outside 
to  make  him  jump  when  you  take  him  out,  and  as  you  go  out 
with  him,  try  to  make  him  go  very  slowly,  catching  hold  of 
the  halter  close  to  the  jaw  with  your  left  hand,  while  the  right 
is  resting  on  the  top  of  his  neck,  holding  to  his  mane.  Do  not 
allow  anyone  to  be  present  or  in  sight,  during  your  operations, 
either  in  or  outside  the  stable.  If  you  are  entirely  alone,  and 
manage  your  colt  rightly,  you  will  soon  be  able  to  lead  and 
hold  him  as  easily  as  you  could  a horse  already  broken. 

Do  not  Try  to  Force  the  Colt  if  Excited. 

When  excited  the  colt  is  not  in  a condition  to  understand 
what  you  require  of  him,  or  to  be  submissive.  You  should 
also  be  careful  not  to  train  the  colt  until  he  becomes  heated 
and  confused.  But  little  should  be  required  at  a time,  and 
hold  to  that  point  until  you  gain  it  thoroughly  before  you  un- 
dertake to  do  more.  For  example:  m making  a colt  follow,  if 
he  submits  ever  so  little,  caress  and  reward  him  for  it,  and  so 
continue  and  you  will  have  no  trouble. 

When  you  resort  to  force  do  it  sharply,  so  as  to  impress  him 
as  much  as  possible  with  your  power. 

How  to  Proceed  if  a Colt  is  Stubborn. 

If  the  animal  you  are  operating  upon  seems  to  be  a stubborn 
or  mulish  disposition  rather  than  wild;  if  he  lay  back  his  ears 
as  you  approach  him,  or  turn  his  heel  to  kick  you,  he  has  not 


26 


THE^EORSRJ 


that  regard  fear  of  man  that  he  should  have,  to  enable  yon 
to  handle  him  quickly  and  easily;  and  it  might  do  well  to 
give  him  a few  sharp  cuts  with  the  whip,  about  the  legs,  pretty 
close  to  the  body.  It  will  crack  keen  as  it  plies  about  the  legs, 
and  the  crack  of  the  whip  will  affect  him  as  much  as  the  stroke; 
besides,  one  sharp  cut  about  the  legs  will  affect  him  more  than 
two  or  three  over  the  back,  the  skin  on  the  inner  part  of  the 
legs  or  about  his  flanks  being  thinner,  and  more  tender  than 
on  his  back.  Do  not  whip  him  much,  only  just  enough  to 
scare  him ; it  is  not  to  hurt  the  horse  that  we  whip  him;  we  do 
it  to  scare  bad  disposition  out  of  him.  But  whatever  you  do, 
do  quickly,  sharply  and  with  a good  deal  of  fire,  but  always 
without  anger.  If  you  go  to  scare  him  at  all,  you  must  do  it 
at  once.  Never  go  into  a pitched  battle  with  yoar  horse,  and 
whip  him  until  he  is  mad,  and  will  fight  you:  you  had  iDetter 
not  touch  him  at  all,  for  you  will  establish,  instead  of  fear  and 
regard,  feelings  of  resentment,  hatred,  and  ill-will.  It  v/ill  do 
him  no  good,  but  harm,  to  strike  him,  unless  you  frighten 
him;  if  you  succeed  in  frightening  him,  you  can  whip  him 
w’ithout  making  him  mad  ; for  fear  and  anger  never  exist 
together  in  the  horse,  and  as  soon  as  one  is  visible,  you  will 
find  that  the  other  has  disappeared.  As  soon  you  have  fright- 
ened him,  so  that  he  will  stand  up  straight  and  pay  some  atten- 
tion to  you,  approach  him  again  and  caress  him  a good  deal 
more  than  you  whipped  him  ; thus  you  will  excite  the  two 
controlling  passions  of  his  nature,  love  and  fear  ; he  will  love, 
and  fear  you  too;  and  as  soon  as  he  learns  what  you  require,  he 
will  obey  quickly. 

If  the  colt  is  of  too  mulish  a disposition  to  yield  to  careful 
and  gentle  treatment,  as  here  given,  you  must  resortto  the  sev- 
eral measures  recommended  for  taming  vicious  horses. 

To  Make  a Colt  Follow  Under  tlie  Whip. 

After  the  colt  comes  around  to  you  readily  by  pulling  a little 
on  the  halter,  and  follows  freely,  take  your  whip  in  the  right 
hand  ; pull  upon  the.  halter -a  little  saying:  “Come  here, 
Sir!”  And  at  the  same  time  tap  lightly  with  the  whip  over  the 
hips;  he  will  come  to  you  mainly  because  you  have  taught  him 
to  yield  to  a slight  pull  upon  the  head,  and  will  come  to  you 
at  this  signal,  and  because  he  wishes  to  get  away  from  the 
touch  of  the  whip  behind.  As  soon  as  he  comes  to  you,  caress 
him  and  feed  him  from  the  hand  with  something  he  likes ; 
repeat  this,  each  time  pulling  upon  the  halter,  until  he  will 
come  to  you  as  readily  by  tapping  with  the  whip  as  he  did  at 
first  to  the  halter.  Now,  instead  of  hitting  with  the  whip, 
commence  by  snapping  it  behind  him;  if  he  comes,  caress  and 
encourage  as  before,  and  so  repeat,  at  each  time  increasing  the 


THE  HORSE,  27 

distance  from  him,  until  he  will  follow  or  come  to  yon  quickly 
by  cracking  the  whip . 

A few  lessons  of  the  foregoing  kind,  will  make  him  run  after 
yon,  when  he  sees  the  motion  of  the  whip— in  twenty  or  thirty 
minutes  he  will  follow  you  around  the  stable.  After  you  have 
given  him  two  or  three  lessons  in  the  stable,  take  him  in  a 
small  lot  and  train  him  ; and  from  thence  you  can  take  him 
into  the  road,  and  make  him  follow  you  anywhere  and  run 
utter  you. 

How  to  Make  a Horse  Stand  Still  Without  Hitching. 

After  you  have  well  broken  him  to  follow  you,  stand  him  in 
the  centre  of  the  stable — begin  at  the  head  to  caress  him,  and 
gradually  work  backwards.  If  he  moves,  give  him  a cut  with 
the  whip,  and  put  him  back  to  the  same  spot  from  where  he 
started.  If  he  stands,  caress  him  as  before,  and  continue 
gentling  him  in  this  way  until  you  can  get  around  him  without 
making  him  move.  Keep  walking  round  him,  increasing 
your  pace,  and  only  touch  him  occasionally.  Enlarge  your 
circle  as  you  walk  around,  and  if  he  then  moves,  give  him 
another  cut  with  the  whip  and  put  him  back  to  his  place.  If 
he  stands,  go  to  him  frequently  and  caress  him,  and  then  walk 
round  him  again.  Do  not  keep  him  in  one  position  too  long  at 
a time,  but  make  him  come  to  you  occasionally  and  follow  you 
round  the  stable.  Then  stand  him  in  another  place,  and  pro- 
ceed as  before.  You  should  not  train  him  more  than  an  hour 
at  a time. 

How  to  Lead  a Colt  with  a Broke  Horse. 

If  you  should  want  to  lead  your  colt  by  the  side  of  another 
horse,  you  must  first  put  the  horse  into  a stable  v/ith  the  colt. 
You  first  attach  a second  strap  to  the  colt’s  halter,  and  lead 
vour  horse  up  along  side  of  him.  Then  get  on  the  broke 
horse,  and  take  one  strap  round  his  breast  under  the  martin- 
gale, (if  he  has  any  on),  holding  it  on  jour  left  hand.  This  ' 
will  prevent  the  colt  from  getting  back  too  far  ; besides  you 
have  more  power  to  hold  him,  with  the  strap  i^ulling  against 
the  horse’s  breast.  The  other  strap  take  up  in  your  right  hand 
to  prevent  him  from  running  ahead  ; then  turn  him  about  in 
the  stable,  and  if  the  door  is  wide  enough,  ride  out  with  him 
in  that  position  ; if  not,  take  the  broke  horse  out  first,  and 
stand  his  breast  up  against  the  door,  then  lead  the  colt  to  the 
same  spot  and  take  the  straps  as  before  directed,  one  on  each 
side  of  his  neck,  and  then  let  some  one  start  the  colt  out,  and 
as  the  colt  comes  out,  turn  your  horse  to  the  left,  and  you  will 
have  them  right.  You  can  manage  any  kind  of  a colt  this 


28 


" THE  HORSE, 


way,  without  trouble  ; for,  if  he  tries  to  run  ahead  or  pull  back, 
the  two  straps  will  bring  the  two  horses  facing  each  other,  so 
that  you  can  very  easily  follow  up  his  movements  without 
doing  much  holding,  and  as  soon  as  he  stops  running  back- 
ward, you  are  right  with  him  and  all  ready  to  go  ahead.  If  he 
gets  stubborn  and  does  not  want  to  go,  you  can  remove  all  his 
stubbornness  by  riding  your  horse  against  his  neck,  t-hus  com- 
pelling him  to  turn  to  the  right;  and  as  soon  as  you  have 
turned  him  about  a few  times,  he  will  be  willing  to  go  along. 
The  next  thing,  after  you  are  through  leading  him,  will  be  to 
take  him  into  a stable  and  hitch  him  in  such  a way  as  not  to 
have  him  pull  on  the  halter. 

How  to  Lead  a Colt  into  a Stable. 

You  should  lead  a broken  horse  into  the  stable  first,  and 
get  the  colt,  if  you  can  to  follow  in  after  him.  If  he  refuse  to 
go,  step  up  to  him,  taking  a little  stick  or  switch  in  your  right 
hand;  then  take  hold . of  the  halter  close  to  his  head 
with  your  left  hand,  at  the  same  time  reaching  over  his 
back  with  your  right  arm  so  that  you  can  tap  him  on  the  op- 
posite side  with  your  switch;  bring  him  up  facing  the  door, 
tap  him  slightly  with  your  switch,  reaching  as  far  back  with  it 
as  you  can.  This  tapping,  by  being  pretty  well  back,  and  on 
the  opposite  side,  will  drive  him  ahead,  and  keep  him  close  to 
you;  then  by  giving  him  the  right  direction  with  your  left 
hand  you  can  walk  into  the  stable  with  him.  t have  walked 
colts  into  the  stable  this  way  in  less  than  a minute,  after  men 
had  worked  at  them  half  an  hour,  trying  to  pull  them  in.  If 
you  cannot  walk  him  in  at  once  in  this  way,  turn  him  about 
and  walk  him  around  awhile  until  you  can  get  him  up  to  the 
door  without  pulling  at  him.  Then  let  him  stand  a few  min- 
utes, keeping  his  head  in  the  right  direction  with  the  halter, 
and  he  will  soon  walk  in  of  his  own  accord.  Never  attempt  to 
pull  the  colt  into  the  stable;  that  would  make  him  think  at 
once  that  it  was  a dangerous  place,  and  if  he  was  not  afraid  of 
it  before,  he  would  be  then.  Besides,  we  do  not  want  him  to 
know  anything  about  pulling  on  the  halter.  If  you  want  to 
tie  up  your  colt,  put  him  in  a tolerably  wide  stall,  which  should 
not  be  too  long,  and  should  be  connected  by  a bar  or  some- 
thing of  that  kind  '.o  the  partition  behind  it;  so  that,  after  the 
colt  is  in  he  cannot  go  far  enough  back  to  take  a straight,  back- 
ward pull  on  the  halter;  then  by  tying  him  in  the  centre  ot  the 
stall,  it  would  be  impossible  for  him  to  pull  on  the  halter,  the 
partition  behind  preventing  him  from  going  back,  and  the  hal- 
ter in  ''^3  centre  checking  him  every  time  he  turn  to  the  right 
or  left.  In  a stall  of  this  kind  you  can  break  any  horse 
stand  tied  with  a light  strap,  anywhere,  without  his  ever  know- 


THE  HOUSE 


fi9 


ing  anything  about  pulling.  For  if  you  have  broken  your 
horse  to  lead,  and  have  taught  him  the  use  of  the  halter  (which 
you  should  always  do  before  you  hitch  him  to  anything),  you 
can  hitch  him  in  any  kind  of  a stall,  and  if  you  give  him  some- 
thing to  eat  to  keep  him  up  to  his  place  for  a few  minutes  at 
first,  there  is  not  one  colt  in  fifty  that  will  pull  on  his  halter, 
or  ever  attempt  to  do  so . 

This  is  an  important  feature  in  breaking  the  colt,  for  if  he 
is  allowed  to  pull  on  the  halter  at  all,  and  particularly  if  he 
finds  out  that  he  can  break  the  halter,  he  will  never  be  safe. 


THE  EUREKA  BRIDLE. 

The  most  powerful  means  of  learning  a colt  to  lead  is  by  the 
use  of  what  is  designated  or  called  the  Eureka  Bridle. 

How  to  Make  the  Eureka  Bridle. 

Take  a cotton  cord  made  of  fine  yarn  such  as  is  sometimes 
used  for  a bed  cord  or  clothes  line,  usually  about  three  eighths 
of  an  inch  thick.  If  you  cannot  get  cotton  cord,  hemp  or  any- 
thing of  the  kind  that  is  strong  enough  will  answer  the  pur- 
pose. Let  it  be  about  fifteen  feet  long,  tie  one  end  into  a hard 
knot,  just  as  you  would  to  prevent  its  raveling;  tie  another 
knot  about  ten  inches  or  a little  more  from  the  one  on  the  end, 
but  before  you  draw  it  tight,  piit  the  knot  on  the  end  through. 
You  have  now  a loop  that  will  not  slip,  made  on  the  same 
principle  that  a rope  is  tied  around  the  neck  of  a horse  to  hitch 
with,  so  as  not  to  tighten  upon  the  neck  by  pulling  upon  it. 
This  loop  should  be  just  large  enough  to  slip  over  the  under 
jaw  of  the  horse  you  wish  to  train ; put  this  loop  over  the  lower 
jaw,  then,  while  standing  on  the  near  side,  take  the  cord  in 
the  left  hand  and  bring  over  the  neck  by  passing  the  letft  hand 
under  the  neck  to  the  opposite  side  towards  the  mane,  bring 
the  right  hand  over  the  neck  and  take  the  cord  from  the  left 
and  pass  back  to  the  loop,  and  put  through  from  the  top  side, 
until  the  part  over  the  neck  is  drawn  down  like  a check-rein ; 
now  take  hold  of  the  end  of  the  rein,  and  you  will  find  you 
havs  a means  of  power  in  it  that  makes  the  strongest  hoise  al- 
most a plaything  in  your  hands. . 

The  objection  to  the  use  of  the  Eureka  Bridle  in  the  train- 
ing of  the  innocent  colt,  is,  that  the  ignorant  are  inconsiderate 
in  its  use.  Instead  of  using  it  with  the  utmost  mildness  a 
Uttle  resistance  on  the  part  of  the  colt  is  made  an  excuse  to  use 


so 


TEE  EORSm 


it  in  the  most  severe  manner,  until  the  colt  either  submits  un- 
eonditionally,  or  becomes  so  desperate  with  pain  as  to  be  en- 
tirely reckless  and  regardless  of  the  utmost  efforts. 

When  your  horse  resists  too  much  you  will  always  find  it  to 
your  advantage  to  put  him  away  for  a short  time  until  he  be- 
comes cool.  In  fact,  the  great  secret  of  training  is  in  not  train- 
ing too  long,  and  repeating.  If  you  intend  using  the  Eureka 
Bridle  as  a means  of  subduing  3^our  colt,  put  it  on  after  you 
tamper  him  on  three  legs,  with  the  strap  over  the  back.  As 
soon  as  he  submits  cleverly  to  this  step,  instead  of  fastening 
up  the  leg  as  by  the  method  already  described,  take  off  your 
strap.  Then  put  on  the  Eureka  Bridle  gently,  when  step  to 
one  side  and  back,  and  say,  “ Come  here,  sir  ! ” pulling  a very 
little  upon  the  bridle,  just  enough  to  bring  his  head  towards 
you  a little.  Now  step  up  to  him  and  pat  him  on  the  neck, 
and  say,  “ You  are  a fine  fellow.”  Then  try  again  in  the  same 
way,  and  so  repeat  until  he  will  come  to  you  quite  freely.  You 
may  increase  your  force  upon  the  bridle  in  proportion  to  his 
submission,  but  not  if  he  show  stubbornness.  You  may  then 
step  to  the  other  side  and  repeat  the  lesson  until  he  will  come 
to  you  either  way  cheerfully.  Now  you  wish  him  to  follow 
you;  continue  your  training  in  this  way,  gradually  pulling  a 
little  more  on  a line  with  his  body,  until  he  will  follow  as  well 
ahead  as  he  does  sideways. 

How  to  Break  Horses  to  Ride. 

If  a colt,  you  must  first  supple  the  muscles  of  the  back  be- 
fore permitting  much  weight  to  be  carried.  You  must  keep 
in  mind  that  he  is  not  accustomed  to  carry  weight,  and  that  to 
put  one  hundred  and  fifty  pounds  on  would  be  entirely  wrong. 
You  must  give  the  colt  to  understand  that  you  are  his  friend. 
It  will  require  but  a few  days  to  supple  the  muscles  of  the  neck 
and  back;  then  you  have  a horse  that  will  guide  easily.  After 
the  first  three  days,  the  horse  will  carry  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  pounds  easier  than  at  first  he  would  carry  forty. 

You  will  now  fasten  the  saddle  on,  but  not  too  far  forward; 
buckle  the  girths  tight,  and  let  him  remain  a few  moments; 
then  approach  him  gently,  pat  him  on  the  neck,  and  draw  up 
the  reins  tight,  with  the  left  hand  to  the  withers;  put  the  foot 
in  the  stirrup,  and  bear  gently  on  the  saddle,  then  pat  him 
gently  on  the  back  an  d rump,  speaking  very  low  during  the 
time.  Then  rise  gently,  throwing  the  right  leg  over  the 
saddle,  and  sit  perfectly  still  for  a few  moments;  then  dis- 
mount and  caress  him,  patting  his  head  and  back,  after  doing 
SO  a few  times  he  will  be  as  submissive  as  a lamb. 


THE  HOUSE. 


tx 

As  to  Handling  the  Feet  of  a Horse. 

Should  the  colt  refuse  to  have  his  feet  handled,  he  may  be 
made  to  submit  by  reproving  with  the  bridle  and  putting  a 
small  strap  on  the" hind  foot,  then  pull  on  this  strap  and  bring 
the  foot  up;  then  at  the  moment  he  kicks,  bring  down  on  the 
mouth  sharply  with  the  bridle.  In  a short  time  he  will  sub- 
mit to  your  control  unconditionally.  The  same  principle  ap- 
l)lies  to  the  use  of  this  under  all  circumstances.  It  is  a means 
of  reproof,  and  certainly  has  a powerful  effect  upon  a horse. 

How  to  Teach  a Horse  to  Pace. 

First  take  nine  or  ten  pound  of  lead,  divide  in  four  parts, 
equal  to  three  and  three-quarter  inches,  by  four  and  a half  in 
size;  make  two  holes  in  each  end  of  these  leads,  then  fasten 
two  of  them  together  and  have  them  padded.  Then  fasten 
them  on  the  horse’s  legs,  one  on  each  hind  leg,  just  above  the 
ankle  joint.  Hide  your  horse  briskly  with  those  weights  upon 
his  ankles,  at  the  same  time  pulling  each  rein  of  the  bridle  al- 
ternately. By  this  means  you  imme  liately  throw  him  into  a 
pace.  After  you  have  in  this  way  trained  him  to  some  extent, 
change  your  leaden  weights  to  something  lighter;  leather  pad- 
dings, or  something  equal  to  it  will  answer  the  purpose.  Let 
him  wear  those  weights  until  he  is  perfectly  trained.  By 
adopting  this  i:>lan,  you  will  speedily  make  a smooth  and  easy 
pacer  of  any  horse. 

Management  of  Wild  Horses. 

Cause  your  horse  or  colt  to  be  put  in  a small  yard,  stable,  or 
room.  If  in  a stable  or  room,  it  ought  to  be  large  in  order  to 
give  some  exercise  with  the  halter  before  you  lead  him  out.  If 
the  horse  belongs  to  that  class  which  only  appears  to  fear  man, 
you  must  introduce  yourself  gently  into  the  stable,  room,  or 
yard  where  the  hoise  is.  He  will  naturally  run  from  you,  and 
frequently  turn  his  head  towards  you;  but  you  must  walk 
about  extremely  slow  and  softly,  so  that  he  can  see  whenever 
he  turns  his  head  towards  you  which  he  never  fails  to  do  in  a 
short  time — in  a quarter  or  half  an  hour.  I never  knew  one  to 
be  much  longer  without  turning  his  head  towards  me.  At  the 
very  moment  he  turns  his  head,  hold  out  your  left  hand  to- 
wards him,  and  starivl  perfectly  still,  keeping  your  eyes  u})on 
the  horse,  watching  his  motions,  if  he  make  any.  If  the  horse 
does  not  stir  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes,  advance  as  slowly  as 
Ijossible,  and  without  making  the  least  noise,  always  holding 
out  your  left  hand.  If  the  horse  makes  the  least  motion  when 
vou  advance  towards  him,  stop  and  remain  perfectly  still  until 


32 


TEE  E0B8E 


he  is  qniet.  Remain  a few  moments  in  this  condition,  and 
then  advance  again  in  the  same  slow  and  almost  imperceptible 
.manner.  If  the  horse  then  stirs  again,  stop  without  changing 
your  position.  It  is  very  uncommon  for  the  horse  to  stir 
more  than  once  after  you  begin  to  advance;  yet  there  are  some 
exceptions.  He  generally  keeps  his  eyes  steadfast  upon  you. 
until  you  get  near  enough  to  touch  him  an  the  forehead.  When 
you  are  thus  near  to  him,  raise  slowly  and  by  degrees  your 
hand,  and  let  it  come  in  contact  with  that  part  just  above  th« 
nostrils,  as  possible.  If  the  horse  flinches  (as  many  will),  re- 
peat with  great  rapidity  these  light  strokes  upon  the  fore- 
head, going  a little  further  up  towards  his  ears  by  degrees,  and 
descending  with  the  same  rapidity  until  he  will  let  you  handle 
his  forehead  all  over.  Now  let  the  strokes  be  repeated  with 
more  force  over  all  his  forehead,  decsending  by  lighter  strokes 
to  each  side  of  his  head,  until  you  can  handle  that  part  with 
equal  facility.  Then  touch  in  the  same  light  manner,  making 
your  iiands  and  fingers  play  around  the  lower  part  of  the 
horse’s  ears,  coming  down  now  and  then  to  his  forehead, 
which  may  be  looked  upon  as  the  helm  that  governs  all  the 
rest. 

Having  succeeded  in  handling  his  ears,  advance  towards  the 
neck,  with  the  same  precautions  and  in  the  same  manner; 
observing  always  to  augment  the  force  of  the  strokes  when- 
ever the  horse  will  permit  it.  Perform  the  same  on  both  sides 
of  the  neck,  until  he  lets  you  take  it  in  your  arms  without 
flinching. 

Proceed  in  the  same  progressi’ve  manner  to  the  sides,  and 
then  to  the  back  ot  the  horse.  Every  time  the  horse  shows  any 
nervousness,  return  immediately  to  the  forehead,  as  the  true 
standard,  patting  him  with  your  hands,  and  thence  rapidly 
to  where  you  had  already  arrived,  always  gaining  ground 
a considerable  distance  farther  on  every  time  this  happens. 
The  head,  ears,  neck,  and  body  being  thus  gentled,  proceed 
from  the  back  to  the  root  of  the  tail. 

This  must  be  managed  with  dexterity,  as  a horse  is  never  to 
be  depended  on  that  is  skittish  about  the  tail.  Let  your 
hand  fall  lightly  and  rapidly  on  that  part  next  to  the ‘body  a 
minute  or  two,  and  then  you  will  begin  to  give  it  a slight  pull 
upwards  every  quarter  of  a minute . At  the  same  time  you 
continue  this  handling  of  him,  augment  the  force  of  the  strokes 
as  well  as  the  raising  of  the  tail,  until  you  can  raise  it  and 
handle  it  with  the  greatest  ease,  which  commonly  happens  in  a 
quarter  of  an  hour  in  most  horses,  in  others  almost  imme- 
diately, and  in  some  much  longer.  It  now  remains  to  handle 
all  his  legs  ; from  the  tail  come  back  again  to  the  head — handle 
it  well,  as  likewise  the  ears,  breast,  neck,  etc.,  speaking  now 


33 


\THE  E0R8E. 

and  then  to  the  horse.  Begin  by  degrees  to  descend  to  the 
legs,  always  ascending  and  descending,  gaining  ground  every 
time  you  descend  until  you  get  to  his  feet. 

Talk  to  the  horse  while  you  are  thus  taming  him  ; let  him 
hear  the  sound  of  your  voice,  which  at  the  beginning  of  the 
operation,  is  not  quite  so  necessary,  but  which  I have  always 
done  in  making  him  lift  up  his  feet.  “Hold  up  your  foot,” 
you  will  say,  at  the  same  time  lifting  up  his  foot  with  your 
hand.  He  soon  becomes  familiar  with  the  sounds,  and  will 
hold  up  his  foot  at  command.  Then,  proceed  to  the  hind  feet, 
and  go  on  in  the  same  manner;  and  in  a short  time  the 
horse  will  let  you  lift  them,  and  even  take  them  up  in  your 
arms. 

All  this  operation  is  no  magnetism,  no  galvanism;  it  is 
merely  taking  away  the  fear  that  the  horse  generally  has  of 
man,  and  familiarizing  the  animal  with  his  master.  As  the 
horse  doubless  experiences  a certain  pleasure  from  this  hand- 
ling, he  will  soon  become  gentle  under  it,  and  show  very 
marked  attachment  to  his  keeper. 

The  Kind  of  Bit  to  Use  and  How  to  Use  It. 

To  accustom  a colt  to  the  bit,  you  should  use  a large,  smooth 
snaffle,  so  as  not  to  hurt  his  mouth,  with  a bar  at  each  side  to 
prevent  it  from  pulling  through  either  way.  This  should 
be  attached  to  the  headstall  of  your  bridle,  and  put  it  on  your 
colt  without  any  reins  to  it,  and  let  him  run  loose  in  a large 
stable  or  shed  some  time,  until  he  becomes  a little  used  to  the 
bit,  and  will  bear  it  without  trying  to  get  it  out  of  his  mouth. 
Repeat  this  several  times  before  you  do  anything  more  with  the 
colt;  and  as  soon  as  he  will  bear  the  bit,  attach  a single  rein  to 
it,  Vv^ithout  any  martingale.  You  should  also  have  a halter  on 
your  colt,  or  a bridle  made  after  the  fashion  of  a halter,  with  a 
strap  to  it,  so  that  you  can  hold  or  lead  him  about  without 
pulling  much  on  the  bit. 

Farmers  often  put  bitting  harness  oh  a colt  the  first  thing 
they  do  to  him,  buckling  it  on  as  tight  as  they  can  drskv  it,  to 
make  him  carry  his  head  high,  and  then  turn  him  out  in  a lot 
to  run  half  a day  at  a time.  This  is  one  of  the  very  worst  pun- 
ishments they  can  inflict  on  a colt,  and  is  very  injurious  to  a 
young  horse  that  has  been  used  to  running  in  pasture  with  his 
head  down.  I have  seen  colts  so  injured  in  this  way  that  they 
never  got  over  it. 

A horse  should  be  well  accustomed  to  the  bit  before  you  put 
on  the  bitting  harness,  and  when  you  first  bit  him  you  should 
only  rein  his  head  up  to  the  point  where  he  naturally  holds  it, 
let  that  point  be  high  or  low;  he  will  soon  learn  that  he  cannot 
lower  his  head,  and  that  raising  it  a little  will  loosen  the  bit  in 


34 


THE  HORSE. 


his  mouth.  This  will  give  him  an  idea  of  raising  his'  head  to 
loosen  the  bit,  and  then  you  can  draw  the  bitting  a little 
tighter  every  time  you  put  it  on,  and  he  will  still  raise  his  head 
t ) loosen  it.  By  this  means  you  will  gradually  get  his  head 
nnd  neck  in  the  position  you  want  him  to  carry  it,  and  give 
him  a nice  and  graceful  carriage  without  hurting  him,  making 
him  mad,  or  causing  his  mouth  to  get  sore.  Horses  that  have 
their  heads  drawn  up  tightly,  should  not  have  the  bitting  on 
more  than  fifteen  minutes  at  a time. 

How  to  Make  a Bitting  Bridle  for  an  Unruly  Horse. 

Take  the  Eureka  Bridle,  already  described,  and  fix  a loop 
upon  the  other  end,^  jut  like  that  already  used  to  put  around 
the  jaw,  but  big  enough  to  go  over  the  head  and  tit  over  the 
neck,  r.ither  tight,  where  the  collar  is  worn.  Now  bring  your 
cord  forv/ard,  put  through  the  mouth  from  the  off  side,  and 
bring  back  on  the  near  side  and  put  through  the  loop  around 
the  neck.  Pull  upon  this  cord,  and  the  head  will  be  drawn 
back  to  the  breast.  You  are  now  prepared  to  bit.  Sim})ly  pull 
upon  the  cord  a little,  which  will  draw  the  head  back  slightly; 
after  holding  for  a short  time,  render  loose;  then  draw  up  a 
little  tighter,  and  so  repeat  for  four  or  five  minutes.  Then 
stop  bitting  and  repeat  at  some  future  time  till  you  have  the 
horse  entirely  under  your  control. 

How  to  Saddle  a Colt. 

Any  one  man  who  has  this  theory,  can  put  a saddle  on  the 
wildest  horse  that  ever  grew,  without  any  help,  and  without 
scaring  hixii.  The  first  thing  will  be  to  tie  each  stirrup  strap 
into  a loose  knot,  to  make  them  short  and  prevent  the  stirrups 
from  flying  about  and  hitting  him.  Then  double  up  the  skirts 
and  take  the  saddle  in  your  right  arm,  so  as  not  to  frighten 
him  with  it  when  you  approach.  When  you  get  to  him,  rub 
him  gently  a few  times  with  your  hand,  then  raise  the  saddle 
very  slowly,  until  he  can  see  it,  and  smell,  and  feel  it  with  his 
nose.  Then  let  the  skirts  loose,  and  rub  it  very  gently  against 
his  neck  the  way  the  hair  lays,  letting  him  hear  the  rattle  of 
the  skirts  as  he  feels  them  against  him,  each  time  a little  fur- 
ther backward,  and  finally  slip  it  over  on  his  back.  Shake  it 
a little  with  your  hand,  and  in  less  than  five  minutes  you  can 
rattle  it  about  over  his  back  as  you  please,  and  pull  it  off  and 
throw  it  on  again,  without  his  paying  much  attention  to  it. 

As  soon  as  you  have  accustomed  him  to  the  saddle,  fasten 
the  girth.  Be  careful  how  you  do  this.  It  often  frightens  the 
jcoit  when  he  feels  the  girth  binding  him,  and  making  the 
baddle  fit  tight  on  his  back.  You  should  bring  up  the  girth 


THE  II0B8E. 


35 


very  gently,  and  not  draw  it  too  tight  at  first,  just  enough  to 
hold  the  saddle  on.  Move  him  a little,  and  then  girth  it  as 
tight  as  you  choose,  and  he  will  not  mind  it. 

You  simuld  see  that  the  pad  of  your  saddle  is  all  right  be- 
fore you  put  it  on,  and  that  there  is  nothing  to  make  it  hurt 
him,  or  feel  unpleasant  to  his  back.  It  should  not  have  any 
loose  straj^s  on  the  back  part  of  it,  to  flap  about  and  scare  him. 
After  you  have  saddled  him  in  this  way,  take  a switch  in  your 
right  hand  to  tap  him  up  with,  and  walk  about  in  the  stable  a 
few  times  with  your  right  arm  over  your  saddle,  taking  hold 
of  the  reins  on  each  side  of  his  neck  with  your  right  and  left 
hands,  thus  marching  him  about  in  the  stable  until  you  teach 
him  the  use  of  the  bridle  and  can  turn  him  about  in  any  di- 
rection, and  spot  him  by  a gentle  pull  of  the  rein.  Always 
caress  him,  and  loose  the  reins  a little  every  time  you  stop 
him. 

You  should  always  be  alone,  and  have  your  colt  in  some  light 
stable  or  shed  the  first  time  you  ride  him;  the  loft  should  be 
high  so  that  vou  can  sit  on  his  back  without  endangering  your 
head.  You  can  teach  him  more  in  two  hours’  time  in  a stable 
of  this  kind,  than  you  could  in  two  weeks  in  the  common  way 
of  breaking  colts,  out  in  an  open  place.  If  you  follow  my 
course  of  treatment,  yofi  need  not  run  any  risk,  or  have  any 
trouble  in  riding  the  worst  kind  of  horse.  You  take  him  a 
j^ep  at  a time,  until  you  get  up  a mutual  confidence  and  trust 
between  yourself  and  horse.  First  teach  him  to  lead  and  stand 
hitched;  next  acquaint  him  with  the  saddle,  and  the  use  of  .the 
bit;  and  then  all  thao  xcmains  is  to  get  on  him  without  scaring 
him,  and  you  can  ride  him  as  well  as  any  horse. 

How  to  Mount  a Colt. 

First  gentle  him  well  on  both  sides,  about  the  sadle  and  all 
over,  ,unUl  he  will  stand  still  without  holding,  and  is  not  afraid 
to  see  you  anywhere  about  him.  As  soon  as  you  have  him  well 
gentled,  get  a small  block  about  one  foot  or  eighteen  inches  in 
height,  and  set  it  down  by  the  side  of  him,  about  where  you 
want  to  stand  and  mount  him; step  up  on  this,  raising  yourself 
very  gently.  Horses  notice  every  change  of  position  very 
closely,  and  if  you  were  to  step  up  suddenly  on  the  block,  it 
would  be  very  apt  to  scare  him;  but  by  raising  yourself  grad- 
uall}^  on  it,  he  will  see  you  without  being  frightened,  in  a po- 
sition very  near  the  same  as  when  you  are  on  his  back.  As 
soon  as  he  will  bear  this  without  alarm,  untie  the  stirrup  strap 
next  to  you,  and  put' your  left  foot  in  the  stirrup,  and  stand 
square  over  it.  holding  your  knee  against  the  horse,  and  your 
toe  out,  so  as  to  touch  him  under  the  fore-shoulder  with  the 
toe  of  your  boot.  Place  your  right  hand  on  the  front  of  the 


36 


THE  HORSE. 


saddle,  and  on  the  opposite  side  of  you,  taking  bold  of  a pon 
tion  of  the  mane  and  reins  (they  hang  loosely  over  his  neck), 
with  your  left  hand,  then  gradually  bear  your  weight  on  the 
stirrup  and  on  your  right  hand,  until  the  horse  feels  your 
whole  weight  on  the  stirrup;  repeat  this  several  times,  each 
time  raising  yourself  a little  higher  from  the  block,  until  he 
will  allow  you  to  raise  your  leg  over  his  croup,  and  place 
yourself  in  the  saddle.  Another,  and  in  some  cases  a better 
way  of  mounting,  is  to  press  the  palm  of  your  right  hand 
on  the  off-side  of  the  saddle,  and  as  you  rise  lean  your 
weight  on  it.  By  this  means  you  can  mount  with  the  girths 
loose,  or  without  any  girths  at  all. 

There  are  three  great  advantages  in  having  a block  to 
mount  from.  First,  a sudden  change  of  position  is  very  apt 
to  frighten  a young  horse  that  has  never  been  handled;  he  will 
allow  you  to  walk  to  him,  and  stand  by  his  side  without  scar- 
ing at  you,  because  you  have  gentled  him  to  that  position;  but 
if  you  get  down  on  your  hands  and  knees  and  crawl  towards 
him,  he  will  be  very  much  frightened  ; and  upon  the  same 
principle,  he  would  frighten  at  your  new  position  if  you  had 
the  power  to  hold  yourself  over  his  back  without  touching  him. 
Then,  the  first  great  advantage  of  the  block  is  to  gradually 
gentle  him  to  that  new  position  in  which  he  will  see  you  when 
you  ride  him.  Secondly,  by  the  process  of  holding  your  weight 
in  the  stirrups,  and  on  your  hand,  you  can  gradually  accustom 
him  to  your  weight,  so  as  not  to  frighten  him  by  having  him 
to  feel  it  all  at  once.  And,  in  the  third  place,  the  block  ele- 
vates you  so,  that  you  will  not  have  to  make  ^ spring  in  order  to 
get  on  the  horse’s  back,  but  from  it  you  can  gradually  raise 
yourself  into  the  saddle.  When  you  take  these  precautions, 
there  is  no  horse  so  wild  bu^  that  you  can  mount  him  without 
making  him  jump.  I have  tried  it  on  the  worst  horses  that  can 
be  found,  and  have  never  failed  in  any  case.  When  mounting, 
your  horse  should  always  stand  without  being  held . A horse 
is  never  well  broke  when  he  has  to  be  held  with  a tight  rein 
when  mounting;  and  a colt  is  never  so  safe  to  mount  as  when 
you  see  that  assurance  of  confidence  and  absence  of  fear,  which 
fause  him  to  stand  without  holding. 

How  to  Ride  a Colt. 

When  you  want  a colt  to  start,  do  not  touch  him  on  the  side 
with  your  heel,  or  do  anything  to  frighten  and  make  him  jump. 
At  once  speak  to  him  kindly,  and  if  he  does  not  start,  pull  him 
a little  to  the  left  until  he  does  so,  then  let  him  walk  off  slowly 
with  the  reins  loose.  Walk  him  around  in  the  stable  a few 
times  until  he  gets  used  to  the  bit,  you  can  turn  him  about  in 
every  direction  and  stop  him  as  you  please.  It  will  be  well  to 


THE  H0E8E. 


-37 

gev  on  and  off  a good  many  times  until  he  gets  perfectly  used 
to  it  before  you  take  him  out  of  the  stable.  After  you  have 
trained  him  in  this  way,  which  should  not  take  more  than  two 
or  three  hours,  you  can  ride  him  anywhere  you  choose  without 
ever  having  him  jump  or  make  an  effort  to  throw  you. 

When  you  first  take  him  out  of  the  stable,  be  very  gentle 
with  him,  as  he  will  feel  a little  more  at  liberty  to  jump  or  run, 
and  be  easier  frightened  than  he  was  while  in  the  stable ; but 
will  nevertheless  find  him  pretty  well  broke,  and  will  be  able 
to  manage  him  without  trouble  or  danger. 

When  you  first  mount  a colt,  take  a little  the  shortest  hold 
on  the  left  rein,  so  that  if  anything  frightens  him,  you  can 
prevent  him  from  jumping  by  puiling  his  head  round  to  you. 
This  operation  of  pulling  a horse’s  head  round  against  his  side 
will  prevent  him  from  jumping  ahead,  rearing  up,  or  running 
away.  If  he  is  stubborn  and  will  not  go,  you  can  make  him 
move  by  pulling  his  head  around  to  one  side,  when  whipping 
him  would  have  no  effect.  Turning  him  around  a few  times 
will  make  him  dizzy,  and  then  by  letting  him  have  his  head 
straight,  and  giving  him  a little  touch  with  the  whip,  he  will 
go  along  without  any  trouble. 

Never  use  martingales  on  a colt  when  you  first  drive  him 
every  movement  of  the  hand  should  go  right  to  the  bit  in  the 
direction  in  which  it  is  applied  to  the  reins,  without  a martin- 
gale to  change  the  direction  of  the  force  applied.  You  can 
guide  the  colt  much  better  without  it,  and  teach  him  the  use 
of  the  bit  in  much  less  time.  Besides,  martingales  would  pre- 
vent you  from  pulling  his  head  round  if  he  should  try  to 
jump. 

Alter  your  colt  has  been  ridden  until  he  is  gentle  and  well 
accustomed  to  the  bit,  you  may  find  it  an  advantage,  if  he 
carries  his  head  too  high  or  his  nose  too  far  out,  to  put  martin- 
gales on  him. 

You  should  be  careful  not  to  ride  your  colt  so  far  at  first  as 
to  heat,  worry,  or  tire  him.  Get  off  as  soon  as  you  see  he  is  a 
little  fatigued;  gentle  him  and  let  him  rest;  this  will  make  him 
kind  to  you,  and  prevent  him  getting  stubborn  or  mad. 

Foot  Strap,  and  How  to  Use  It. 

Take  a common  strap  or  rope  about  the  size  of  the  Eureka 
Bridle.  The  Eureka  bridle  will  do  by  untying  one  of  the  loops. 
Fasten  the  end  untied  carefully  to  the  forward  foot,  below  the 
fetlock.  Pass  the  other  end  over  the  bellyband  of  the  harness 
and  carry  it  back  on  the  left  side  to  the  sulky  over  the  hold- 
back strap  of  the  breechen,  and  hold  as  a third  rein  in  your 
hand.  You  have  in  this  strap  or  cord,  connected  with  the  foot 


38 


mE  EOBSR 


in  this  way,  a means  of  control,  with  which  you  can  almost  as 
easily  as  if  a plaything,  control  a horse  while  moving  in  the 
harness,  and  embodies  one  of  the  most  valuable  and  effective 
means  of  controlling  a horse  in  harness  yet  demonstrated.  If 
the  horse  attempts  to  run  away,  simply  pulling  upon  your 
strap  throws  him  instantly  upon  three  legs,  and  he  has  to  stop. 
If  he  attempt  to  run  back,  the  same  remedy  stops  him.  If  he 
attempts  to  kick,  you  attract  his  attention  forward  instantly, 
and  at  the  same  time  make  it  impossible  for  him  to  kick. 

How  to  Prevent  a Horse  Hunnin^  Away, 

Put  on  the  foot  strap,  and  when  he  attempts  to  run  take  up 
Lis  foot,  make  him  run,  and  tripping  every  time  he  will  not 
stop  instantly  at  the  word  “ Whoa.”  Should  he  be  of  the  ex- 
tremely wilful  character,  he  may  run  on  three  legs.  If  you 
mistrust  so,  attach  another  strap  to  the  opposite  foot.  Then 
make  him  run,  and  it  he  will  not  run  for  the  taking  up  the 
second,  which  will  destroy  his  confidence  at  once,  when  one 
strap  will  answer  just  as  well.  Make  your  lesson  thorough,  so 
that  the  horse  will  stop  every  time  you  call  “ whoa.” 

Although  we  have  given  a powerful  means  of  coertion  and  of 
impressing  the  horse  of  his  inability  to  resist  the  will  of  man, 
still  practical  and  thorough  as  are  those  means,  they  are  but  of 
little  account  if  not  used  with  prudence  and  judgment. 

How  to  Make  a Horse  Lie  Down, 

Everything  we  want  to  teach  the  horse  must  be  commenced 
in  such  way  as  to  give  him  an  idea  of  what  we  want  him  to  do, 
and  then  be  repeated  till  he  learns  it  perfectly.  To  make  a 
horse  lie  down,  bend  his  left  fore-leg  and  slip  a loop  over  it,  so 
that  he  cannot  let  it  down.  Then  put  a surcingle  around  his 
body,  and  fasten  one  end  of  a long  strap  around  the  other  fore* 
leg,  just  above  the  hoof.  Place  the  other  end  under  the  be- 
fore-described surcingle,  so  as  to  keejr  the  strap  in  the  right 
direction;  take  a short  hold  of  it  with  your  right  hand;  stand 
on  the  left  side  of  the  horse;  grasp  the  bit  in  your  left  hand, 
pull  steadily  on  the  strap  with  your  right;  bear  against  his 
shoulder  till  you  cause  him  to  move.  As  soon  as  he  lifts  his 
weight,  your  pulling  will  raise  the  other  foot,  and  he  will  have 
to  come  on  his  knees.  Keep  the  strap  tight  in  your  Land,  sa 
that  he  cannot  straighten  his  leg  if  he  rises  up.  Hold  him  in 
this  position,  and  turn  his  head  towards  you;  bear  against  his 
side  with  your  shoulder,  not  hard,  but  with  a steady,  equal 
pressure,  and  in  about  ten  minutes  he  will  lie  down.  As  soon 
as  he  lies  down,  he  will  be  completely  conquered^  and  you  can 


TBE^  IlOBSR 


39 


hand‘d?  Mra  as  you  please.  Take  oif  tlie  straps,  and  straiglitei? 
out  his  legs;  rub  him  lightly  about  the  face  and  neck  with  your 
hand  the  way  the  hair  lies;  handle  all  his  legs,  and  after  he  has 
lain  ten  or  twenty  minutes,  let  him  get  up  again.  After  rest- 
ing him  a short  time,  make  him  lie  down  as  before.  Kepeat 
the  operation  tl  ree  or  four  times,  which  will  be  sufficient  tor 
one  lesson.  Give  him  tv/o  lessons  a day,  and  when  you  have 
given  him  four  lessons,  he  will  lie  down  by  taking  hold  of  one 
foot.  As  soon  as  he  is  well  broken  to  lie  down  in  this  way,  tap 
him  on  the  opposite  leg  with  a stick  when  you  take  hold  of  his 
foot,  and  in  a few  days  he  will  lie  down  from  the  mere  motion 
of  the  stick. 

Kicking*  in  Stall. 

To  cure  a horse  of  this  habit  put  on  the  saddle  part  of  a car- 
riage harness,  and  buckle  on  tightly.  Then  take  a short  strap, 
with  a ring  attached,  and  buckle  around  the  forward  foot  be- 
low the  fetlock.  To  this  short  strap  attach  another  strap,  which 
bring  up  and  pass  through  the  turret;  then  return  to  the  foot 
and  run  through  the  ring  in  the  short  strap.  Then  pass  over 
the  belly  band  and  tie  to  the  hind  leg,  below  the  fetlock.  "With 
this  attachment  on  each  side,  the  moment  the  horse  kicks  he 
pulls  his  feet  from  under  and  trips  himself  upon  his  knees, 
which  he  will  be  very  careful  not  to  do  but  a few  times. 

How  to  Tame  a Horse  with  Vicious  Habits. 

Having  given  full  instructions  relative  to  system  of  deal’ng" 
with  young  colts,  I will  now  proceed  to  detail  the  plan  ot  op  - 
erations for  taming  and  subduing  wild  or  vicious  horses. 
Th^principles  of  this  method  are  the  same  as  those  in  man- 
agement of  colts — kindness  and  gentleness — but  the  practice 
differs.  When  you  desire  to  subdue  a horse  that  is  very  wiki, 
or  has  a vicious  disposition,  take  up  one  fore-foot  and  bend 
his  knee  till  his  hoof  is  bottom  upwards,  and  nearly  touch- 
ing his  body;  then  slip  a loop  over  his  knee,  and  shove  it  up 
until  it  comes  above  the  pnstern-joint,  to  keep  it  up,  being 
careful  to  draw  the  loop  together  between  the  hoof  and  pas- 
tern-joint with  a second  strap  of  some  kind  to  prevent  the  loop) 
from  slipping  down  and  coming  off.  This  will  leave  the  horse 
standing  on  three  legs;  you  can  now  handle  him  as  you  wish, 
for  it  is  utterly  impossible  for  him  to  kick  in  this  position. 
There  is  something  in  this  operation  of  taking  up  one  foot,  that 
conquers  a horse  quicker  and  better  than  anything  else  you 
can  do  to  him;  and  there  is  no  process  in  the  world  equal  to 
it  to  break  a kicking  horse,  for  by  conquering  one  member, 
you  conquer  to  a great  extent,  the  whole  horse. 


40 


THE'H0B8B. 


You  can  do  anything  you  wish  with  the  horse  in  this  condi- 
tion, as  when  he  becomes  convinced  of  his  incapacity  to  cope 
with  man,  he  will  abandon  all  antagonistic  demonstrations,  and 
become  willing  to  obey,  and  be  generally  docile.  Operate  on 
your  horse  in  this  manner  as  often  as  the  occassion  requires, 
and  you  will  soon  find  him  as  gentle  as  his  nature  will  permit 
him  to  be.  By  these  means  the  most  vicious,  uneasy,  unruly, 
or  fretful  horse  may  be  cured,  though  it  depends  upon  the  age 
and  disposition  of  the  animal  how  long  it  will  take  to  make  him 
amiable.  When  you  first  fasten  up  a horse’s  foot,  he  will  some- 
times get  very  mad,  and  strike  with  his  knee,  and  try  every  pos- 
sible way  to  get  it  down  ; but  as  he  cannot  do  that  he  will  soon 
give  up. 

Conquering  a horse  in  this  maaner  is  better  than  anything 
else  you  could  do,  and  leaves  hin  without  any  possible  danger 
of  hurting  himself  or  you  either ; for  after  you  have  tied  up  his 
foot  you  can  sit  down  and  look  at  him  until  he  gives  up.  When 
you  find  he  is  conquered,  go  to  him,  let  down  his  foot,  rub  his 
leg  with  your  hand,  caress  him,  and  let  him  rest  a few  minutes; 
then  put  it  up  again.  Bepeatthis  a few  times,  always  putting 
up  the  same  foot,  and  he  will  soon  learn  to  travel  on  three  legs 
so  that  you  can  drive  him  some  distance.  As  soon  as  he  gets  a 
little  used  to  this  way  of  traveling,  put  on  your  harness  and 
hitch  him  to  a sulky.  If  he  is  the  worst  kicking  horse  that  ev- 
er raised  a foot,  you  need  not  be  fearful  of  his  doing  any  dam- 
age while  he  has  one  foot  up;  for  he  cannot  kick,  neither  can  he 
rur  fast  enough  to  do  any  harm.  And  it  he  is  the  wildest 
horse  that  ever  had  harness  on,  and  has  run  away  every  time  he 
has  been  harnessed,  you  can  now  hitch  him  to  a sulky  and 
drive  him  as  you  please.  If  he  wants  to  run,  you  can  letlKm 
have  the  lines,  and  the  whip  too,  with  perfect  safety  ; for  he 
can  go  but  a slow  gait  on  three  legs,  and  will  soon  be  tired  and 
ready  to  stop  ; only  hold  him  enough  to  guide  him  in  the  right 
direction,  and  he  will  soon  be  tired  and  willing  to  stop  at  the 
word.  Thus  you  will  effectually  cure  him  at  once  of  any  fur- 
ther notion  of  running  off. 

Kicking  horses  ha^ve  always  been  the  dread  of  everybody  ; 
you  always  hear  men  say,  when  they  speak  about  a bad  horse, 
‘ I don  ’ t care  what  h e does,  so  he  don’t  kick.  ” This  new  mode 
is  an  effectual  cure  for  that  worst  of  all  habits.  There  are  plen- 
ty of  ways  by  which  you  can  hitch  a kicking  horse  and  force 
him  to  go,  though  he  kicks  all  the  time  ; but  this  does  not  have 
any  good  effect  towards  breaking  him,  for  we  know  that  horses 
kick  because  they  are  afraid  of  what  is  behind  them,  and  when 
they  kick  against  it  and  it  hurts  them  they  only  kick  harder  ; 
and  this  will  hurt  them  still  more  and  make  them  remember 
the  scrape  much  longer,  and  make  it  still  more  difficult  to  per- 


~ THE  HOBSE.  ' 


41 


snade  them  to  have  any  confidencej^in  anything  dragging  behind 
them  ever  after.  But  by  this  new  method  you  can  harness  them 
to  a rattling  sulky,  plow,  wagon,  or  anytiiing  else  in  its  worst 
shape.  They  may  be  frightened  at  first,  but  cannot  kick  or  do 
anything  to  hurt  themselves,  and  will  soon  find  that  you  do 
not  intend  to  hurt  them,  and  then  they  will  not  care  anything 
more  about  it.  You  can  then  let  down  the  leg  and  drive  along 
gently  without  any  further  trouble.  By  this  new  process  a 
bad  kicking  horso  can  be  learned  to  go  gentle  in  harness  in  a 
few  hours’  time. 


HoTf  to  Cure  Bad  Kickers. 

For  extremely  bad  kickers  or  horses  bad  to  shcc,  the  follow" 
ing  method  will  be  found  effectual.  Put  on  a common  rope  or 
strap  halter,  with  a hitching  rope  or  strap  about  twice  as  long 
as  the  animal's  body.  Have  round  the  body  a common  rope  or 
surcingle.  Then  pass  this  rope  or  atrap  between  the  fore-legs 
over  the  surcingle,  back  around  the  hind  feet,  below  the  fetlocks 
and  forward  over  the  surcingle  between  the  legs,  and  tie  short 
into  the  halter  beneath  the  jaws.  Now  make  the  horse  kick  and 
you  will  find  that  ho  reproves  himself  in  the  most  severe  man- 
ner, and  in  a short  time  will  submit  unconditionally.  Care 
'Should  be  taken  against  chafing  the  foot  by  the  action  of  the 
strap  or  rope  around  the  fetlocks.  If  you  can  attach  a little 
strap  around  each  foot,  with  rings  in  them,  through  which  run 
strap  or  rope  from  the  head  instead  of  around  the  feet,  horses 
extremely  bad  to  kick  when  handled  about  the  feet,  or  to  be 
shod,  yield  readily  to  this  mode  of  treatment.  Always  after  a 
horse  has  submitted  he  should  be  treated  in  a kind  and  gentle 
manner.  For  driving  in  harness,  attach  to  a common  halter 
head-stall  a strap  about  six  feet  long,  over  which  put  a two  inch 
ring,  then  tie  the  end  of  this  strap  back  into  the  halter.  Now 
pass  this  double  strap  down  between  the  fore-legs,  so  that  the 
ring  will  extend  just  back  of  the  belly  band,  then  buckle  round 
each' hind  foot  below  the  fetlocks,  short  straps  with  rings  at- 
tached, to  these  rings  attach  a rope  which  is  passed  through  the 
ring  upon  the  halter,  just  enough  to  enable  the  horse  to  stand 
naturally.  In  this  condition  it  will  be  seen  the  horse  has  suffi- 
cient freedom  to  walk  and  trot  but  the  moment  he  attempts  to 
kick,  he  reproves  himself  by  the  attachment  to  the  head. 

How  to  Hitch  a Horse  to  a Sulky. 

Lead  the  horse  to  and  around  the  sulky;  let  him  look  at  it, 
touch  it  with  his  nose,  and  stand  by  it  until  he  does  not  care 
for  it;  then  pull  the  shafts  a little  to  the  left,  and  stand  youi 
horse  in  front  of  the  off  wheel.  Let  some  one  stand  on  the 


42 


TEE  HORSE 


right  side  of  the  horse  and  hold  him  by  the  bit,  while  yon  stand 
on  the  left  side  faciiig  the  sulky.  This  will  keep  him  straight. 
Kun  your  left  hand  back  and  let  it  rest  on  his  hip, and  lay  hold 
on  the  shafts  with  your  right,  bringing  them  up  very  gently  to 
the  left  hand,  which  still  remains  stationary.  Do  not  let  any- 
thing but  your  arm  touch  his  back,  and  as  soon  as  you  have  the 
shafts  square  over  him,  let  the  person  on  the  opposite  side  take 
hold  of  one  of  them,  and  lower  them  very  gently  to  the  shaft 
bearers.  Be  very  slow  and  deliberate  hitching;  the  longer 
time  you  take,  the  better  as’ a general  thing.  When  you  have 
the  shafts  placed,  shake  them  slightly,  so  that  he  will  feel  them 
against  each  side.  As  soon  as  he  will  bear  them  without  scar- 
ing, fasten  your  braces,  etc,  and  start  him  along  very  slowly. 
Let  one  man  lead  the  horse  to  keep  him  gentle,  while  the  other 
gradually  works  with  the  lines  till  he  can  get  behind  and  drive 
him.  After  you  have  driven  him  in  this  way  a short  distance, 
you  can  get  into  the  sulky,  and  all  will  go  right.  It  is  very  im^ 
portant  to  have  your  horse  go  gently  when  you  first  hitch  him. 
After  you  have  walked  him  awhile,  there  is  not  half  so  much 
danger  of  scaring.  Men  do  very  wrong  to  jump  up  behind  a 
horse  to  drive  him  as  soon  as  they  have  him  hitched.  There 
are  too  many  things  for  him  to  comprehend  all  at  once.  The 
shaf^ts,  the  lines  the  harness,  and  the  rattling  of  the  snlky,  all 
tend  to  scare  him,  and  he  must  be  made  familiar  with  them  by 
degJees.  If  your  horse  is  very  wild,  I would  advise  you  to  put 
one  foot  up  the  first  time  you  drive  him. 

To  Train  Horses  for  the“Cliaise. 

I^  will  not  require  a very  vivid  imagination  for  those  that 
use  the  chaise  much,  to  know  that  there  is  a great  difference  in 
the  motion  of  the  chaise;  and  what  makes  the  difference?  It  is 
the  gait  of  the  horses;  and  those  who  would  purchase  a good 
chaise  horse,  must  look  for  a short  gaited  one.  A long  gaited 
horse  gives  an  unpleasant  motion  to  the  chaise.  Now  all  horses 
of  good  action  will  make  a good  chaise  horse  if  you  shorten 
their  gait.  To  do  this,  you  must  use  a net.  This  net  is  like  a 
breast  collar;  it  must  be  two  feet  or  two  and  a half  and  must 
now  be  fastened  to  the  collar  and  harness,  and  worn  long, 
reaching  to  the  knees;  the  cords  in  the  fringe  to  this  must  be 
about  four  inches  apart,  and  on  each  cord  there  mnst  be  four 
balls  of  one  inch  and  a half  in  diameter. 

There  must  be  a similar  net  on  the  breaching, reaching  round 
the  flank  and  meeting  the  front  one;  this  net  must  hang  below 
the  gambrils;  then  use  a string  of  smaller  balls  on  the  fore 
feet,  these  to  be  one  inch  in  diameter.  The3’  will  eflfectuaBy 
shorten  the  gait.  You  should  be  careful  in  the  first  exercise 
after  the  putting  on  of  the  net.  Drive  or  lead  the  horse  around 


THE  HOUSE. 


43 


after  the  harness  and  net  are  on,  before  putting  him  to  chaise. 
After  a few  days  practice,  you  will  have  a fine  chaise  horse. 
Some  of  the  best  chaise  horses  have  become  so  from  having 
sore  feet,  which  made  them  step  short.  If  you  will  attend  to 
the  remarks  on  shoeing,  and  take  care  of  the  foot  otherwise, 
your  horses  will  never  have  contracted  feet* 

To  Train  a Horse  to  Stand  when  you  are  getting  into  a 
Carriage. 

There  are  many  horses  that  are  very  gentle  sfter  starting, 
but  that  will  not  stand  to  let  more  than  one  get  in;  they  will 
then  rear  up  and  start  very  suddenly,  and,  if  stopped,  they  be- 
come stubborn,  and  refuse  to  start  when  called  on.  People 
usually  punish  them  with  the  whip,  or  by  kicking  them,  some- 
times in  the  belly,  which  is  very  dangerous,  as  they  have  thus 
been  ruptured-  Now^  with  such  a horse  as  this,  you  should 
commence  in  this  way — after  he  is  hitched,  caress  him  about 
the  head,  then  take  hold  of  the  reins,  and  put  your  foot  on  the 
step,  and  shake  the  carriage;  if  he  starts,  pull  gradually  on 
the  reins,  and  at  the  same  time,  speak  low,  ‘ Whoa  my  boy  !’  or 
same  thing  like  it.  Then  approach  his  head,  and  give  him  a 
piece  of  apple,  caress  him  on  the  head,  between  the  eyes,  and 
on  the  nose  and  neck;  continue  this  kind  of  treatment  a few 
minutes,  and  when  you  get  in  don’t  you  allow  him  to  start  off 
in  a hurry — walk  him  off.  After  a few  repetitJins  of  this  exer- 
cise he  will  be  perfectly  submissive. 

Halter  Pullings 

It  is  a very  easy  matter  to  break  up  this  bad  habit.  Put  on 
the  Eureka  Bridle,  and  train  the  horse  about  until  he  will  come 
to  you  readily  when  you  pull  upon  him  a little  sideways. 
Simply  repeat  this,  gradually  a little  more  on  a line  wdth  his 
body  at  each  repetition,  until  he  will  yield  as  readily  at  being 
pulled  forward  as  sideways.  Then  tie  a strap,  or  a piece  of 
rope  around  the  body  where  the  harness  saddle  rests.  Now 
lead  the  horse  to  his  manger  or  to  a post,  run  the  halter  strap 
through  the  ring  or  hole  and  pass  back  between  the  fore-legs 
over  the  strap  or  cord  tied  around  the  body,  and  tie  to  the^ 
hind  leg  below  the  fetlock.  If  your  halter  strap  is  not  long 
enough,  splice  a piece  to  it.  Your  horse  so  fastened  step  for- 
ward to  his  head  and  make  him  pull.  Of  course  he  will,  go 
back  with  a rush,  but  the  moment  he  attempts  going  back,  the 
halter  strap  pulls  directly  upon  the  hind  iv.g,  which  not  only 
disconcerts,  but  makes  it  impossible  for  him  to  pull.  The  most 
halter  pullers  will  not  pull  two  or  three  times  when  so  hitched 
but  success  in  this  as  well  as  all  other  cases  depends  much  on 
the  prudence  and  good  judgment  used  in  managing  the  case. 


THE  HOUSE, 


^How  to  Manage  Balky  Horsesi 

Horses  know  nothing  about  balking  until  they  are  forced  info 
it  by  bad  management.  When  a horse  balks  in  harness,  it  is 
generally  frnm  some  mismanagement,  excitement,  confusion, 
or  from  not  knowing  how  to  pull,  but  seldom  from  any  unwil- 
lingness to  perform  all  that  he  understands.  High-spirited 
free-going  horses  are  the  most  subject  to  balking,  and  only  so 
because  drivers  do  not  properly  understand  how  to  manage 
this  kind.  A free  horse  in  a team  may  be  so  anxious  to  go, 
that  when  he  hears  the  word  he  will  start  with  a jump,  which 
will  not  move  the  load,  but  give  him  so  severe  a jerk  on  the 
shoulders  that  he  will  fly  back  and  stop  the  other  horse.  . The 
teamster  will  continue  his  driving  without  any  cessation,  and 
by  the  time  he  has  the  slow  horse  started  again,  he  will  find 
that  the  free  horse  has  made  another  jump,  and  again  flown 
back.  And  now  he  has  them  badly  balked,  and  so  confused, 
that  neither  of  them  knows  what  is  the  matter,  or  how  to  start 
the  load.  Next  will  come  the  slashing  and  cracking  of  the 
whip,  and  hallooing  of  the  driver,  till  something  is  broken,  or 
he  is  through  with  his  course  of  treatment.  ^ But  what  a mis- 
take the  driver  commits  by  whipping  his  horse  for  this  act ! 
Beason  and  common  sense  should  teach  him  that  the  horse 
was  willing  and  anxious  to  go,  but  did  not  know  how  to  start 
the  load.  And  should  he  whip  him  for  that?  If  so,  he  should 
whip  again  for  not  knowing  how  to  talk.  A man  that  wants 
to  act  with  reason  should  not  fly  into  a passion,  but  should 
always  think  before  he  strikes.  It  takes  a steady  pressure 
against  the  collar  to  move  a load,  and  you  cannot  expect  him 
to  act  with  a steady,  determined  purpose  while  you  are  whip- 
ping him.  There  is  hardly  one  balking  horse  in  five  hundred 
that  will  puM  truly  from  whipping;  it  is  only  adding  fuel  to 
fire,  and  will  make  him  more  liable  to  balk  another  time.  You 
always  see  horses  that  have  been  balked  a few  times,  turn  their 
heads  and  look  back  as  sson  as  they  are  a little  frustrated.  This 
is  because  they  have  been  whipped,  and  are  afraid  of  what  is 
behind  them.  This  is  an  invariable  rule  with  balky  horses, 
just  as  much  as  it  is  for  them  to  look  around  at  their  sides 
when  they  have  the  bots;  in  either  case  they  are  deserving  of 
the  same  sympathy,  and  the  same  kind  of  rational  treatment. 

When  your  horse  balks,  or  is  a little  excited,  or  if  he  wants 
to  start  quickly,  or  looks  around  and  don’t  want  to  go,  there  is 
something  wrong,  and  he  needs  kind  treatment  immediately. 
Caress  him  kindly,  and  if  he  don’t  understand  at  once  what 
you  want  him  to  do,  he  will  not  be  so  much  excited  as  to  jump 
and  break  things,  and  do  everything  wrong  through  fear.  As 
long  as  you.  are  calm,  and  can  keep  down  excitement  of  the 
horse,  there  are  ten  chances  to  . have  him  understand  you, 


THE  HORSE. 


45 


wliere  there  would  not  be  one  under  harsh  treatment*,  and  then 
the  little  flare  up  would  not  carry  with  it  any  unfavorable  re- 
collections, and  he  would  soon  forget  all  about  it,  and  learn  to 
pull  true.  Almost  every  wrong  act  the  horse  commits  is  from 
mismanagement,  fear  or  excitement;  one  harsh  word  will  so 
excite  a nervous  horse  as  to  increase  his  pulse  ten  beats  in  a 

minute.  . , , . n 

Almost  any  team,  when  first  balked,  will  start  kindly  if  you 
let  them  stand  five  or  ten  minutes,  as  though  there  was  nothing 
wrong,  and  then  speak  to  them  with  a steady  voice,  and  turn 
them  a little  to  the  right  or  left  so  as  to  get  them  both  in  mo- 
tion before  they  feel  the  pinch  of  the  load.^  ^ But  if  you  want 
to  start  along  a team  that  you  are  not  driving  yourself,,  that 
has  been  balked,  fooled,  and  whipped  for  some  time,  go  to 
them  and  hang  the  lines  on  their  hames,  or  fasten  them  to  the 
wagon,  so  that  they  will  be  perfectly  loose;  make  the  driver 
and  spectators,  if  there  are  any,  stand  off  some  distance  to  one 
side,  so  as  not  to  attract  the  attention  of  the  horses;  unloose 
their  check  reins,  so  that  they  can  get  their  heads  down  if  they- 
choose;  let  them  stand  a few  minutes  in  this  condition,  until 
you  can  see  that  they  are  a little  composed.  While  they  are 
standing  you  should  be  about  their  heads  gentling  them;^  it 
will  make  them  a little  more  kind,  and  the  spectators  will  think 
you  are  doing  something  that  they  do  not  understand,  and  will 
not  learn  the  secret.  When  you  have  them  ready  to  start, 
stand  before  them,  and  as  you  seldom  have  but  one  balky  horse 
in  a team,  get  as  near  in  front  of  him  as  you  can,  and  if  he  is 
too  fast  for  the  other  horse,  let  his  nose  come  against  your 
breast;  this  will  keep  him  steady,  for  he  will  go  slow  rather 
than  run  on  you;  turn  them  gently  to  the  right,  with  the  wagon; 
have  it  stand  in  a favorable  position  for  starting  out,  letting 
them  pull  on  the  traces  as  far  as  the  tongue  will  let  them  go; 
stop  them  with  a kind  word,  gentle  them  a little,  and  turn 
them  back  to  the  left,  by  the  same  process.  ¥ou  will  have 
them  under  your  control  by  this  time,  and  as  you  turn  them 
again  to  the  right,  steady  them  in  the  collar,  and  you  can  take 
them  where  you  please. 

There  is  a quicker  process  that  will  generally  start  a balky 
horse,  but  not  so  sure.  Stand  him  a Mttle  ahead,  so  that  his 
shoulder  will  be  against  the  collar,  and  then  take  up  one  of  his 
fore-feet  in  your  hand,  and  let  the  driver  start  them,  and  ^ he 
will  go  right  along.  If  you  want  to  break  a horse  from  balking 
that  has  long  been  in  that  habit,  you  ought  to  set  a day  apart 
for  that  purpose.  Put  him  by  the  side  of  some  steady  horse; 
have  check  lines  on  them;  tie  up  all  the  traces  and  straps,  so 
that  there  will  be  nothing  to  excite  them;  do  not  rein  them  up, 
but  let  them  have  their  heads  loose.  Walk  them  about  to* 


46 


THE  H0B8K 


gether  as  slowly  and  lazily  as  possible;  stop  often  and  go  up 
to  the  balky  horse  and  gentle  him,  but  keep  him  just  as  quiet 
as  you  can.  He  will  soon  learn  to  start  off  at  the  word,  and 
stop  whenever  you  tell  him. 

As  soon  as  he  performs  right,  hitch  him  to  an  empty  wagon. 
It  would  be  well  to  shorten  the  stay  chain  behind  the  steady 
horse,  so  that  if  it  is  necessary  he  can  take  the  weight  of  the 
wagon  the  first  time  you  start  them.  Do  not  drive  but  a few 
rods  at  first;  watch  your  balky  horse  closely,  and  if  you  see 
that  he  is  getting  excited,  stop  him  before  he  stops  of  his  own 
accord,  caress  him  a little,  and  start  again.  As  soon  as  they 
go  well,  drive  them  over  a small  hill  a few  times,  and  then  over 
a large  one,  occasionally  adding  a little  load.  This  process 
will  make  any  horse  true  to  pull. 

Advice  to  Those  Who  Hire  Horses. 

It  will  be  for  your  interest,  reader,  to  use  all  precautions  to 
prevent  a horse  from  becoming  sick  while  in  your  hands.  This 
can  be  done  by  adhering  to  certain  rules  which  I will  now  note 
down. 

When  you  leave  the  stable  drive  slow  for  a few  miles  unless 
you  know  how  much  the  horse  has  been  fed.  If  he  has  just 
finished  his  meal  it  is  very  necessary  that  he  should  be  driven 
at  a moderate  pace  on  the  start.  If  he  had  eaten  a few  hours 
before,  this  precaution  will  be  unnecessary.  When  you  water 
your  horse  never  give  over  two  quarts,  and  that  once  in  three 
hours  Look  at  his  mouth — if  it  is  moist  with  saliva,  he  does 
not  need  watering.  If  the  mouth  is  dry  and  if  tepid  water  is 
at  hand,  wash  out  the  nostrils  and  mouth  wuth  it,  if  no  tepid 
water  is  at  hand  use  cold,  but  warm  water  would  cause  the 
saliva  to  exude,  relieving  the  horse  by  keeping  the  mouth  moist 
afterwards. 

If  you  are  on  a journey  stop  at  11a.  m.  and  let  your  horse 
stand  without  any  food  for  a half  or  one  whole  hour,  then  give 
about  one  gallon  of  water,  and  let  him  stand  ten  minutes 
when  he  may  be  given  three  quarts  of  oats,  or  five  ears  of 
good  bright  corn,  or  three  pints  of  shelled  corn.  Let  him 
stand  after  eating,  two  or  three  hours,  if  you  can;  then  you 
may  put  him  on  a brisk  trot,  without  any  danger  of  causing 
disease.  I should  rather  have  a horse  driven  seven  miles  an 
hour,  treated  in  this  way,  than  four,  if  started  off  directly 
after  eating.  By  watering  after  feeding,  and  then  driving  off, 
gases  are  generated  on  the  stomach,  and  give  colic,  or  set  the 
botts  to  work  in  the  membrane  of  the  stomach. 

Again,  if  the  horse  is  warm  when  you  stop,  be  careful  not 
to  stand  him  in  a current  of  air;  he  might  take  a disease  in 


THE  nOESK 


47 


ten  minuter  tLat  would  carry  him  off;  if  in  very  warm 
weather,  he  had  better  stand  in  the  sun  thiin  in  a draught 
of  air.  If  in  very  cold  weather,  either  stable  him  or  clothe 
him  when  you  stop,  to  keep  the  cold  air  from  closing  the  pores 
of  the  skin.  If  you  are  compelled  to  stop  in  the  wind,  always 
face  tilt  wind,  then  the  air  blows  the  way  the  hair  lays.  If  in 
the  winter  in  a northern  climate,  never  allow  a snow  ball  to 
remain  in  the  foot,  especially  if  he  has  been  driven  fast  and  is 
warm.  Tne  coffin  muscle  is  relaxed  by  heat,  and  the  close 
proximity  of  snow  would  cool  off  the  foot  so  suddenly  that  the 
muscle  would  contract,  and  in  a few  days  the  hoof  would 
shrink  to  the  contraction  and  make  him  lame. 

Always  be  cautious  to  keep  the  feet  from  cold  water  when 
the  horse  is  w^arm,  and  any  sudden  contact  of  cold  with  hot 
blood,  either  in  the  body  or  legs,  would  be  dangerous.  These 
precautions  should  be  taken  either  in  riding  or  driving.  If 
you  drive  through  water  when  the  horse  is  warm,  give  exercise 
enough  to  keep  up  the  circulation,  not  to  allow  the  blood  to  be 
chilled  in  the  veins.  If  you  adhere  to  these  rules,  you  will  not 
be  likely  to  have  a horse  injured  by  your  management. 

On  Choking:  as  a Means  of  Subduing  a Horse. 

Choking  is  another  method  of  conquering  ? skittish,  stub- 
born or  refractory  horse.  It  is  resorted  to  in  cases  where  the 
measures  before  described  fail  to  produce  the  desired  effect. 
The  principles  on  which  the  plan  of  choking  are  based,  are, 
that  you  must  make  a powerful  apj^eal  to  the  intelligeoce  of 
the  animal  by  physical  means  before  you  can  subdue  him. 
Now  we  must  know  that  most  animals,  in  fighting,  seize  each 
other  by  the  throat,  and  that  a dog  thus  held  by  his  antagon- 
ist for  a few  minutes,  on  being  released,  is  often  so  thoroughly 
cowed  that  no  human  artifice  can  induce  him  to  again  resume 
the  unequal  contest.  It  is,  then,  reasonable  to  suppose  that 
choking  will  have  a similar  effect  on  the  horse.  When  it  can 
be  done  without  injuring  the  animal,  it  is  an  easy  mode  of 
subduing  him,  for  by  its  operation  he  becomes  docile,  and  will 
thereafter  receive  any  instruction  which  he  can  be  made  to  un- 
dertake. Teaching  the  horse  by  this  means  to  lie  down  at  our 
bidding,  tends  to  keep  him  permanently  gentle  towardb  man, 
for  it  is  a perpetual  reminder  of  his  subdued  condition. 

It  requires  a deal  of  practice  to  tame  a horse  successfully  by 
choking;  also  a nice  judgment  to  know  when  he  is  choked  suf- 
ficiently, as  there  is  a bare  possibility  that  he  might  get  more 
than  would  be  good  for  him.  We  advise  persons  not  perfectlv 


48 


THE  HORSE 


familiar  a liors«s,  to  resort  rather  to  tho  strapping  and 
throwing-down  process,  unless  the  animal  to  be  operated  upon 
is  so  vicious  and  intractable  that  he  cannot  be  cured  by  it, 

To  Make  Horses  Perfectly  Safe  For  Family  Use. 

For  a family  horse,  we  should  select  one  with  a full,  prom- 
inent eye,  and  a broad  space  between  them,  full  forehead, 
ears  straight  and  pointed;  when  in  action  the  ear  should  be  in 
motion,  working  back  and  forth,  thus  showing  that  he  knows 
what  is  transpiring  around  him.  He  should  have  a long,  thin 
neck,  and  a full  trumpet  nostril.  A horse  of  these  points  is 
not  apt  to  tire  on  the  road,  for  they  indicate  good  blood. 

By  giving  the  animal  to  understand  that  we  are  his  friend 
and  protector,  he  will  feel  that  he  is  safe  and  have  confidence 
in  us.  To  assure  him  of  this  we  must  caress  him  on  the  head 
and  neck,  and  talk  softly  to  him;  then  if  you  have  something 
he  is  very  fond  of — by  feeding  Mm  with  it  we  gain  his  sym- 
pathy and  confidence,  and  he  will  remember  us  and  our  kind- 
ness to  him.  To  us  this  is  most  reasoriable.  8o  long  as  he  is 
treated  kindly  he  will  be  kind  and  g<^Btle  himself  to  every  one 
handling  him.  If  he  should  frighten  at  any  new  object,  by 
speaking  gently,  “ Soho,  my  boy  ! ” S'arvral  times  over,  it  as- 
sures him  at  once  that  he  is  safe.  your  horses  are  har- 

nessed to  the  carriage,  and  they  wish  tC start  before  you  are 
ready,  do  not  jerk  them,  or  speak  cross,  hut  go  to  their  heads 
and  caress  and  soothe  them,  and,  whea  y w get  in,  draw  the 
reins  up  carefully,  and  talk  kindly  to  then,  and  allow  them  to 
walk  off  slowly;  in  a few  days,  with  si>ch  treatment,  your 
horses  will  be  perfectly  tractable  and  gePtle.  A full  blooded 
horse  is  as  sensitive  as  a well  bred  man,  j*^nd  you  must  not 
hilloa  to  him  as  you  might  to  a hog.  Thin  you  may  not  be- 
lieve, but  it  is  so.  You  must  never  use  th'>  Vhip,  except  when 
the  horse  knows  what  and  how  to  do,  and  ^ ’ll  not  do  it,  or  is 
lazy,  and  requires  the  lash  to  increase  the  »|^eed.  Adhere  to 
the  principle  of  kindness,  and  you  will  not  fail  to  have  a well 
trained  family  horse. 

On  the  Bearing  of  €olt4 

If  a fine  colt  is  desired  we  must  breed  to  ^ Ane  horse  thor- 
ough blooded. 

The  colt  should  not  be  allowed  to  shrink  fr\  two  years  at 
least . 

If  the  dam  has  not  sufficient  milk  to  keep  hiM  \>lump,  he 
must  be  fed  on  cow’s  milk.  Feed  him  through  winter  on 
oatmeal  dry  and  give  him  cow’s  milk  to  If  a colt  is 


fHE  HORSE 


49 


to  shrink  during  the  first  two  years,  he  will  never  fill 
out  -b^in  as  full  and  plump — his  fine  points  will  be  undevel- 
oped. 

The  colt  should  not  be  kept  close  to  a stable,  but  allowed  to 
run  in  aud  out  at  pleasure.  He  should  not  be  allowed  to 
stand  on  a plank  fl^oor  at  all . In  the  spring  as  soon  as  the 
grass  is  good  he  should  be  turned  out  to  pasture. 

On  the  Training  of  Horses  for  Trotting. 

The  horse  should  be  in  good  flesh.  He  should  be  driven 
moderately,  with  walking  exercise  every  morning  of  about  five 
miles.  Before  going  into  quarters,  give  him  a brush,  for  one 
hundred  yards,  at  the  top  of  his  speed,  and  one  or  two  miles 
of  moderate  driving,  sufficient  to  sweat  him ; then  rub  dry  with 
rubbing  rags,  light  rubbing  is  the  best,  just  enough  to  dry  the 
hair.  Hard  rubbing  on  the  bones  or  cords  causes  soreness. 
Hub  the  flesh  and  muscles  well  to  harden  them.  When  driving 
to  sweat,  put  on  two  thick  woolen  blankets,  and  drive  at  full 
speed  two  miles.  Then  turn  down  the  hood,  or  neck  cover, 
and  scrape  the  head  and  neck  well,  and  rub  dry;  then  cover 
dry,  and  continue  the  same  over  the  whole  body,  rubbing 
lightly  and  only  enough  to  dry  the  hair.  Then  put  on  nice 
dry  covering,  and  let  him  stand.  Sweating  often  in  this  way 
will  weaken;  it  should  be  done  but  seldom. 

Their  food  and  drink  should  be  of  the  purest  kind;  sift  their 
oats  free  from  all  dust,  and  dust  their  hay  too.  Give  about  a 
handful  at  a feed,  morning  and  noon,  and  about  twice  that  at 
night.  From  twelve  to  sixteen  quarts  of  oats  would  be  a great 
plenty  per  day — twelve  would  be  plenty  for  the  majority. 
Give  one  gallon  of  water  in  the  morning.  The  same  at  noon . 
At  night,  give  two  gallons  of  water,  and  a peck  of  oats,  with 
treble  the  quantity  of  hay.  You  should  not  exercise  any  horse 
on  a full  stomach,  for  then  fast  work  hinders  digestion.  Grain, 
lying  undigested  in  the  stomach,  generates  a gas  by  fermenta- 
tion, which  sets  the  bots  at  work,  and  gives  colic.  Indigestion 
is  the  cause  of  many  diseases,  and  can  be  avoided  by  adhering 
to  the  directions  for  feeding,  watering  and  driving,  given  in 
th‘^  first  part  of  this  book.  If  he  is  bound  up,  and  you  wish 
to  physic,  give  bran  mashes. 

On  Horse  Blinds,  or  Blinkers. 

All  my  experience  with,  and  observation  of  horses,  proves 
clearly  to  me,  that  blinkers  should  never  be  used,  and  that  the 
sight  of  the  horse  for  many  reasons,  should  not  be  interfered 
with  in  any  way.  Horses  are  only  fearful  of  objects  they  do 
not  understand^  or  are  not  familiar  with,  and  the  eye  is  one  of 


50 


TEB  H0B8B. 


the  principal  Mediums  by  which  this  understanding  and  this 
familiarity  au  brought  about.  The  horse,  on  account  of  his 
very  amiable  ji^ture,  can  be  made  in  the  course  of  time  to  bear 
almost  anything,  in  any  shape;  but  there  is  a quicker  process  of 
reaching  his  intelligence  than  that  of  wearing  it  into  him 
through  his  skin  and  bones.  However  wild  or  nevrous  a horse 
i/iay  be,  he  can  be  taught  in  a very  short  time  to  understand 
and  not  to  fear  any  object,  however  frightful  in  appearance. 
Horses  can  be  broken  in  less  time,  and  better  without  blinkers^ 
but  horses  that  have  always  worn  them  will  notice  the  sudden 
change,  and  must  be  treated  carefully  the  first  drive.  Aftei 
that  they  will  drive  better  without  the  blinkers  than  with.  ] 
have  proved  by  my  own  experiments  that  a horse  broken  with- 
out blinkers  can  be  driven  past  any  omnibus,  cab  or  carriage, 
on  a parallel  line  as  close  as  it  is  possible  for  him  to  go,  with^ 
out  ever  wavering  or  showing  any  disposition  to  dodge.  I 
have  not  in  the  last  eight  or  ten  years,  constantly  handling 
horses,  both  wild  and  nervous,  ever  put  blinkers  on  any  of 
them  and  in  no  case  have  they  ever  shied  at  passing  objects. 

Tb.o  horse’s  eye  is  the  life  and  beauty  of  the  animal,  as  well 
as  the  index  of  his  emotions.  It  tells  the  driver  in  the  most 
impressiv  manner,  what  the  horse’s  feelings  are.  By  it  he  can 
tell  the  first  approach  of  fear  in  time  to  meet  any  difficulty; 
he  can  tell  if  he  is  happy  or  sad,  hungry  or  weary.  The 
horse,  too,  when  permitted  to  see,  uses  his  eyes  with  great 
judgement.  He  sees  better  than  we  do.  He  can  measure  dis^ 
tances  with  his  eyes  better  than  we  can,  and  if  allowed  the  free 
use  of  them,  would  often  save  himself,  by  the  quickness  of  his 
sight,  from  collisions  when  the  driver  would  fail  to  do  so  by  a 
timely  pull  of  the  reins.  It  would  also  save  many  accidents  to 
pedestrians  in  the  streets,  as  no  horse  will  run  to  anj^  person 
or  any  person  he  can  see.  Blinkers  are  rapidly  going  out  of 
use  in  the  United  States,  and  I have  yet  to  find  the  man  who 
having  once  left  them  off,  could  be  persuaded  to  put  them  on 
again.  They  are  an  unnecessary  and  injurious  incumbrance 
to  the  horse,  and  in  years  hence  will  be  a thing  to  be  read  of 
as  one  of  the  follies  happily  reformed  in  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. 

Rules  to  be  Observed  in  the  Purchase  of  a Horseo 

When  about  to  purchase  a horse,  examine  the  eyes  well. 
The  best  judges  are  sometimes  deceived  in  the  eyes,  therefore 
yoa  cannot  be  too  careful.  Clearness  of  the  Eyes  is  a sure  in- 
dication of  there  goodness;  but  tlds  is  not  ail  that  should  be 
attended  to;  the  eyelids,  eyebrows,  and  all  the  other  parts- 
must  also  be  considered;  for  many  horses  whose  eyes  appear 
clear  and  brilliant,  go  blind  at  sever  or  eight  years  old.  There-: 


lllE  HOUSE, 


61 


foie  be  careful  to  observe  whether  the  parts  between  the  eye- 
lids and  the  eyebiows  are  free  from  bunches,  and  whether  the 
])arts  round  the  under  eyelids  be  full,  or  swelled;  for  these 
are  indications  that  the  eyes  will  not  last.  When  the  eyes  are 
remarkably  flat,  or  sunk  within  their  orbits,  it  is  a bad  sign; 
also  when  they  look  dead  and  lifeless.  The  iris,  or  circle  that 
surrounds  the  sight  of  the  eye,  should  be  distinct,  and  of  a 
pale,  variegated,  cinnamon  color,  for  this  is  always  a sure  sign 
of  a good  eye,  and  it  adds  beauty  to  the  appearance  of  the 
animal. 

Next  examine  the  teeth,  as  you  would  not  wish  to  purchase 
an  old  horse,  nor  a very  young  one  for  service. 

The  Feet  should  next  be  regarded;  fora  horse  with  bad  feet 
is  like  a house  with  a weak  foundation,  and  will  do  little  ser- 
vice. The  feet  should  be  smooth  and  tough,  of  a middle  size, 
without  wrinkles,  and  neither  too  hard  and  brittle,  nor  too 
soft,  the  Heels  should  be  firm,  and  not  spongy  and  rotten;  the 
Frogs  horny  and  dry;  the  Soles  somewhat  hollow,  like  the  in- 
side of  a dish  or  bowl.  Such  feet  will  never  disappoint  your 
expectations,  and  such  only  should  be  chosen. 

Particular  regard  should  be  had  to  the  Shoulders;  they 
should  not  be  too  much  loaded,  for  a horse  witn  heavy  shoul- 
ders can  never  move  well;  and  on  the  other  hand,  one  that 
has  very  thin  shoulders,  and  a narrow  chest,  though  he  may 
move  briskly  so  long  as  he  is  sound,  yet  lie  is  generally  weak, 
and  easily  lamed  in  the  shoulders;  a medium  should  therefore 
be  chosen. 

The  Body,  or  Carcass,  should  neither  be  too  small  nor  too 
large.  .The  Back  should  be  straight,  or  have  only  a moderate 
sinking  below  the  Withers;  for  when  the  back  of  a horse  is 
low,  or  higher  behind  than  before,  it  is  both  very  ugly  and  a 
sign  of  weakness.  The  back  should  also  be  a proper  length. 
The  Bibs  should  be  large,  the  Flanks  smooth  and  full,  and  the 
Hind-parts,  or  uppermost  Haunches  not  higher  than  the  shonb 
ders.  When  the  horse  trots  before  you,  observe  if  his  haunc-’es 
cover  his  fore-knees.  A horse  with  a short  hind-quarter  does 
not  look  well. 

The  next  thing  to  be  regarded  in  a horse  is  his  Wind,  which 
may  be  easily  judged  of  by  the  motion  of  his  flanks.  A broken 
winded  horse  also  pinches  in  his  flanks,  with  a very  slow  mo- 
tion, and  drops  them  suddenly,  which  may  be  easily  per- 
ceived. Many  horses  breathe  thick  that  are  not  broken-winded 
indeed,  any  horse  will  in  foggy  weather,  or  if  foul  fed,  without 
sufiicient  exercise;  but  if  a horse  has  been  in  good-keeping, 
and  had  proper  exercise,  and  yet  has  these  symptoms,  there  is 
some  defect  either  natural  or  accidental;  such  as  a narrow 
chest,  or  some  cold  that  has  affected  the  lungs.  * 


THE  HOBSE 


There  are  other  particulars  that  should  "be  o'toseiVedin  choos- 
ing a horse.  If  his  Head  be  large  and  fleshy,  and  his  Neck 
thick  and  gross,  he  will  always  go  heavy  on  the  hand,  and 
therefore  such  should  never  be  chosen.  A horse  that  has  his 
Heels  very  wide,  seldom  moves  well,  and  one  that  has  them 
too  near  will  chafe  and  cut  his  legs  by  crossing  them,  Fleshy- 
legged  horses  are  generally  subject  to  the  Grease,  and  other 
infirmities  of  that  kind,  and  therefore  should  not  be  chosen. 

The  Temper  of  a horse  should  be  particularly  attended  to. 
ivoid  a fearful  horse,  which  you  may  know  at  first  sight  by 
his  starting,  crouching,  or  creeping,  if  you  approach  him.  A 
hot  and  fretful  horse  is  also  to  be  a\'oided,but  the  buyer  should 
be  careful  to  distinguish  between  a hot,  fretful  horse  and  one 
that  is  eager  and  craving.  The  former  begins  to  fret  the  mo- 
ment he  is  out  of  the  stable,  and  continues  in  that  humor  till 
he  has  quite  fatigued  himself;  and  the  latter  only  endeavors 
to  be  toremost  in  the  field,  and  is  truly  valuable;  loj  has  those 
qualities  that  resemble  prudence  and  courage;  the  /vther  those 
of  intemperate  heat  and  rashness. 

A horse  that  goes  with  his  fore-feet  low  is  very  ap<!  to  stumble 
and  there  are  some  that  go  so  near  the  ground  that  they 
stumble  most  on  even  roads;  and  the  dealers,  to  remedy  this, 
put  heavy  shoes  on  their  feet,  for  the  heavier  a horse’s  shoe  are 
the  higher  he  will  lift  his  feet.  Care  also  should  be  taken  that 
the  horse  does  not  cut  one  leg  with  the  other.  A horse  that 
goes  near  the  ground  will  cut  the  low  side  of  the  fetlock  joint, 
but  one  that  goes  high  cuts  below  the  knee  which  is  called  the 
speedy  cut.  A horse  that  lifts  his  feet  high  generally  trots 
fast,  but  is  not  the  easiest  for  the  rider.  Some  horses  cut  with 
the  spurn  of  the  foot,  and  some  with  the  heel;  but  this  you 
may  soon  perceive  by  their  standing;  for  if  a horse  points  the 
front  of  his  foot  inward,  he  cuts  with  the  spurn,  and  if  out- 
ward, with  the  heel. 

These  few  instructions  may  be  of  use  in  purchasing  horses; 
but  I advise  every  one  to  get  some  experimental  knowledge  of 
them  before  he  trusts  to  his  own  judgment,  for  the  dealers 
have  so  many  arts  to  hide  the  defects  cf  their  horses,  that  the 
best  judges  are  often  very  much  deceived. 

/low  to  Tell  a Horse’s  Age  By  His  Teeth, 


The  only  sure  way  of  telling  the  age  of  a horse,  is  by  the 
teeth,  and  these  only  for  certain  time;  after  which  time  there 
is  nothing  to  depend  on,  although  you  can  guess  very  near,  by 
the  front  teeth  of  his  upper  jaw,  until  he  is  about  twelve  or 
thirteen;  this,  with  the  face  of  the  horse,  and  some  other 
marks,  enables  one  experienced  in  horses  to  guess  pretty  cor- 


There  are  six  teeth  above,  and  six  below,  in  the  fore  part  of 
the  horse’s  month,  from  which  we  may  judge  of  his  age,  they 
are  called  gatherers.  When  a colt  is  foaled,  he  has  no  teeth 
in  the  front  of  his  month.  In  a few  days  two  come  in  the  np^ 
prr  jaw,  and  two  below.  Again,  in  a fewda3"S,  four  more  ap- 
pear; but  the  corner  teeth  do  not  come  for  several  months— 
three  or  four.  These  twelve  teeth  remain  unchanged  in  the 
front  of  the  colt’s  month,  until  he  is  two  or  two  and  a half 
years  old,  when  he  begins  to  change  them  for  permanent  ones; 
although  the  manner  in  which  he  has  been  fed  regulates,  in  a 
measure,  the  time  of  change. 

Until  he  is  in  his  eighth  year,  yon  tell  his  age  by  the  front 
teeth  in  the  lower  jaw — so  we  will  only  speak  of  these.  At  first 
he  sheds  the  two  middle  teeth  of  the  six.  These  are  succeeded 
by  two  permanent,  or  horse  teeth,  of  a deeper  color,  and 
stronger — and  grooved  or  fluted  from  top  to  . bottom,  with  a 
black  cavity  in  the  centre.  He  is  now  about  three.  In  the 
latter  part  of  the  fourth  year,  the  teeth  on  each  side  ot  the 
teeth  in  the  centre  undergoes  the  same  process,  and  he  be- 
comes possessed  of  four  horse  teeth  in  the  middle,  with  their 
natural  black  marks  in  the  centre,  and  one  colt’s  tooth  only  on 
each  side.  He  next  sheds  his  corner  teeth.  When  he  has  their 
successors  his  mouth  is  full.  He  has  the  black  mark  now  in 
all  the  six  teeth,  and  is  five  years  old. 

After  a horse  is  seventeen  or  eighteen,  the  grinders  wear 
down,  and  the  nippers  prevent  the  grinders  from  coming  to- 
gether, so  that  he  cannot  masticate  his  food  as  well  as  a six 
year  old  horse. 

Weights  to  be  Carried  in  Trotting, 

Weights  to  be  carried  by  every  trotting  horse  starting  for  a 
match,  purse  or  stake: 

Every  horse  shall  carry  one  hundred  and  forty-six  pounds; 
if  in  harness,  the  weight  of  the  sulk}^  and  harness  not  to  be 
considered.  Pacing  horses  liable  to  the  same  rule. 

Race  Distances, 

A distance  of  mile  heat — best  three  in  five — shall  be  one  hun- 
dred yards;  for  one  mile  heats  eighty  yards;  and  for  everj 
additional  heat  an  additional  eighty  yards. 

The  time  between  heats  shall  be,  for  one  mile  twenty,  and 
for  every  additional  mile,  five  minutes. 

To  Put  Horses  in  Good  Condition^ 

They  need  good  care  and  clean  feed.  Do  not  use  condition 
powders,  or  such  medicines;  they  are  not  needed,  and  are 


54 


Tiir  HcnsR 


humbrigs.  If  yom  aorse  i?5  hide-bonnd,  ait-1  out  of  conditio^., 
give  hiiu  a good  purge  of  linseed  oil.  jr  castor  oil— one  pint. 
Then  give  bran  mashes  morning  an  i evening;  he  will  soon 
regain  Lis  appetite,  and  will  be  ail  riga>.  At  any  time  when 
your  horse  loses  his  appetite,  check  iiir^  tood,  and  give  a mash. 
Give  as  little  medicine  as  oossible  Bv  this  treatment  you  will 
have  healthy  horses. 

To  Keep  Horses  ±Vee  From  Disease. 

The  stable  must  be  clean  and  well  ventilated.  There  is 
nothing  more  conductive  to  good  health  than  pure  air  and 
clean  food.  The  ceiling  of  the  stable  should  be’  at  least  ten 
or  twelve  feet  high,  with  a ventilating  box  at  the  head  four 
inches  square,  running  out  at  the  roof.  The  loft  should  be 
perfectly  tight,  so  that  the  breath  of  the  horse  cannot  rise 
and  mix  with  the  hay,  which  may  be  injured  both  in  taste  and 
wholesomeness.  It  is  a bad  plan  to  put  hay  in  a rack;  the 
horse  breathes  on  it  and  makes  it  less  palatable  and  healthy. 
Feed  from  a box  in  front,  and  but  little  at  a time;  he  will 
neither  waste  it  or  otherwise  injure  it.  The  ventilation  in  wall 
of  the  stable  should  be  as  high  up  as  possible  so  as  not  to  in- 
jure him  by  drafts  of  air,  from  which  he  should  always  be 
kept. 

Filthy  stables  cause  weak  eyes,  and  a running  at  the  nose, 
in  many  instances.  The  decomposition  of  vegetable  matter, 
and  the  urine,  give  out  stimuiatiug  and  unhealthy  vapors,  and 
a strong  smell  of  hartshorn.  How  can  it  but  cause  inflamma- 
tion of  the  eyes  or  lung,  or  glanders  and  farcy  ? Be  careful  to 
have  your  stables  so  the  urine  will  run  off,  but  don’t  raise  the 
planking  much  higher  at  tho  front  than  at  the  back,  for  this 
will  cause  a strain  of  the  back  sinews,  and  lameness,  and 
thickening  up  of  the  same.  It  is  an  unnatural  way  for  man  or 
horse  to  stand. 

The  horse  stalls  should  have  holes  bored  in  the  planking, 
and  they  should  always  be  kept  open.  In  summer,  the  horse 
should  always^  if  he  stands  on  a dirt  floor  stand  on  straw,  or 
litter  of  some  kind;  it  relieves  the  feet  in  stamping. 

It  is  very  injurious  to  keep  horses  in  a dark  stable;  it  is 
bad  for  the  eyes,  and  many  horses  go  blind  from  this  cause. 
You  should  likewise  avoid  a glaring  light,  or  straining  white 
walls.  Give  a mellow  light,  with  clean  stabling,  clean  food, 
clean  litter,  and  all  will  be  well. 

How  to  Shoe  a Horse, 

If  we  examine  the  horse’s  foot  while  in  his  natural  state  it 
will  be  found  almost  round,  and  very  elastic  at  the  heel.  The 


mE  Bor  jBi: 


6£ 

frog,  broad,  plump,  and  of  a soft  yielding  character;  the  com 
missares.  open  and  well  defined,  and  the  sole  concave;  the  out 
side  of  the  crust,  from  the  heels  to  the  toe,  increased  trom  ; 
slight  level  to  an  angle  of  about  forty -live  degrees.  Conse- 
quently as  the  hoof  grows,  it  becomes  wider  and  larger  in  pro- 
portion to  the  amount  of  horn  secreted,  and  the  narrower 
^ and  shorter  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  horn  cut  away 
from  the  ground  surface.  If  a shoe  were  fitted  nicely  and  ac« 
cnrately  to  the  foot,  after  being  dressed  down  well,  it  would 
be  found  too  narrow  and  short  for  the  same  foot  after  the  lapse 
of  a few  weeks.  Now,  if  anj^  unyielding  shoe  of  iron  is  nailed 
firmly  to  this  naturally  enlarged  and  elastic  hoof,  it  prevents 
its  natural  freedom  of  expansion  almost  wholly,  and  does  not, 
as  the  foot  grows  down,  allow  it  to  become  wdder  at  the 
quarters,  in  prc 'portion  to  the  quantity  of  horn  grown,  as 
before  being  shod;  and  consequently  the  foot  changes,  from 
the  continued  effect  of  the  restraint,  from  an  almost  round, 
healthy  foot,  to  a contracted  and  unhealthy  condition,  as  gen- 
erally seen  in  horses  shod  for  a few  years.  The  principles 
which  should  govern  in  shoeing,  are  few  and  simple,  and  it 
is  surprising  that  a matter  involving  suck  serious  conse- 
quences, should  be  conducted  with  so  little  consideration. 
The  object  of  the  sheer  should  be,  in  trimming  and  prepar- 
ing the  hoof  for  the  shoe,  to  keej^  the  foot  natural,  and  this 
involves  : 

First. — The  cutting  away  of  any  undue  accumulation  of  horn 
affecting  in  the  least  its  health  and  freedom. 

Second. — To  carry  out  in  the  form  of  the  shoe,  that  of  the 
foot  as  nearly  as  possible. 

Third. — To  fit  and  fasten  the  shoe  to  the  foot  so  as  to^  inter- 
fere least  with  its  health  and  elasticity. 

The  object  in  preparing  the  foot  for  the  shoe  should  be  U 
remove  any  undue  accumuhdion  of  horn,  designed  to  prevent 
its  natural  bearing,  and  the  free,  healthy  action  of  its  parts, 
and  requires  the  cutting  aw^ay  of  about  the  proportion  contact 
with  the  ground  would  have  worn  off  or  so  much  as  had  grown 
since  being  shod  last.  If  the  shoes  had  been  on  a month,  then 
the  proportion  of  horn  secreted  in  the  time  is  to  be  removed. 
If  on  two  months,  then  the  proportion  of  two  months  growth. 
No  definite  rule  can  be  given,  the  judgment  must  be  governed 
by  the  circumstances  of  the  case.  The  stronger  and  more 
riipid  the  growth  of  the  foot,  the  more  must  be  cut  away;  and 
the  weaker  and  less  horn  produced,  the  less,  to  the  extreme  of 
simply  leveling  the  crust  a little  the  better  to  conform  to  the 
shoe.  There  is  generally  a far  more  rapid  growth  of  horn  at 
the  toe,  than  at  either  the  heels  or  the  quarters;  more,  there- 
fore, will  require  to  be  taken  off  the  toe  than  off  the  other  parts# 


66 


TEE  E0E8E 


Therefore  shorten  the  toe  and  lower  the  heels  until  you  suc- 
ceed in  bringing  down  the  bearing  surface  of  the  hoof,  upon 
the  shoe,  to  almost  a lev.el  with  the  live  horn  of  the  sole.  Be  r 
careful  to  make  the  heel  level. 

Having  lowered  the  crust  to  the  necessary  extent  with  the 
buttress  or  knife,  smooth  it  down  level  wdth  the  rasp.  The 
sole  and  crog  detach  the  old  horn  y exfoliation  as  it  becomes 
superabundant.  The  sole,  therefore  w’ould  not  need  paring 
v/ere  it  not  for  the  restraining  effect  of  the  shoe  upon  the  gen- 
eral functions  of  the  foot,  which  is  liable  to  prevent  such  de= 
tachment  of  the  horn. 

When  this  is  the  case,  the  sole  should  be  properly  dressed 
out  with  an  English  shave,  the  end  of  which  is  shaped  like  an 
iron  used  at  sawmills  to  mark  and  measure  boards.  The  but- 
tress is  too  large  and  square  edged  to  dress  out  so  concave  a 
surface  properly,  and  unless  great  care  is  exercised  it  wdil  not 
only  penetrate  through  the  sole  in  some  places,  but  leave 
others  entirely  neglected.  While  a good  workman  may  work 
well  with  almost  any  kind  of  tool,  such  have  also  the  facility 
of  adapting  tools  to  the  work.  A horse’s  foot  is  not  to  be 
hacked  and  cut  as  if  onlg  a block  of  lifeless  wood,  and  if  even 
a lifeless  machine,  what  care  would  be  found  necessary  to  pre- 
serve its  harmony  of  action  complete.  The  buttress  does  not 
seem  to  be  at  all  adapted  to  dressing  OTitthe  sole,  and  should 
not  be  used  for  that  purpose.  While  w^e  are  obliged  to  find 
fault  with  the  carelessness  of  blacksmiths  in  this  respect,  it  is 
wdth  the  spirit  of  kindness,  sensible  that  we  are  ourselves  only 
dull  pupils  in  the  work  of  reform,  and  perhaps  deserving  se- 
vere criticism. 

We  would  be  particular  also  in  impressing  the  necessity  of 
not  confounding  the  bars  with  the  substance  of  the  sole,  and 
cutting  them  down  to  the  common  level  with  the  sole.  Any 
man  of  common  sense  can  see,  that  the  bearing  of  the  bars 
should  be  equal  to  the  outside  of  the  crest  upon  the  shoe,  and 
that  they  offer  a decided  resistance  to  the  contraction  of  the 
heels.  The  cutting  aw^ay  of  the  bars,  to  give  the  heels  an  open 
appearance,  is  inexcusable,  and  should  never  be  done. 

In  a natural,  healthy  condition,  the  frog  has  a line  of  bear- 
ing wdth  the  hoof,  and  by  its  elastic  nature,  acts  as  a safeguard 
to  the  delicate  machinery  of  the  foot  immediately  over  it,  and 
helps  to  preserve  the  foot  in  its  natural  state,  by  keeping  the 
heelc  spread,  It  seems  to  be  wdsely  intended  to  give  life  and 
health  to  the  feet.  Permitting  the  heels  to  grow  down,  with 
the  addition  of  high  heeled  shoes,  raises  the  frog  from  its  nat- 
ural position,  and  causes  it  to  shrink  and  harden,  and  bears  in 
consequence  an  important  influence  in  setting  up  a diseased 
action  that  usually  results  in  contraction  of  the  foot  If  the 


THE  HORSE 


67 


heels  are  square  and  high  and  the  hoof  presents  rather  a long, 
narrow  appearance,  and  is  hollow  on  the  bottom,  there  is  a 
state  of  contraction  going  on  and  you  must  not  hesitate  to  dress 
down  thoroughly.  Do  not  hesitate  because  the  foot  will  ap- 
pear small;  cut  away  until  you  are  well  down  to  a level  with 
live  horn  of  the  sole,  and  if  the  foot  is  weak,  use  the  same 
prudence  in  not  cutting  it  away  too  much.  The  shoer  must 
always  bear  in  mind  that  the  sole  must  not  rest  upon  the  shoe. 
The  sole,  when  not  clogged  with  old  horn,  acts  as  a spring  to 
the  weight  of  the  horse,  and  if  it  rests  upon  the  shoe,  an  in- 
flammation may  be  caused  by  the  pressure  of  the  coffin  bone 
upon  the  sensitive  luminae,  wnich  is  liable  in  consequence  to 
be  so  brused  as  to  cause  soreness  and  inflammation.  The  effect 
of  such  bruises  are  most  common  at  the  angle  of  the  inner 
heel,  where  the  descending  heel  of  the  coffin  bone,  forcibly 
pressing  the  soft,  sensible  sole,  upon  the  horny  sole,  is  apt  to 
rupture  one  or  more  of  the  small  blood  vessels  of  the  delicate 
fleshy  substance  connecting  the  crust  to  the  coffin  bone  of  the 
part,  causing  red  spots  called  corns.  Let  the  foot  be  so  dressed 
down,  and  the  shoe  so  approximated,  that  the  bearing  will 
come  evenly  upon  the  crust  all  the  way  round,  without  the 
sole  touching  the  shoe.  This  requires  the  crust  to  be  dressed 
level,  and  although  v'ell  down  to  the  live  horn  of  the  sole,  it 
should  always  be  left  a little  higher.  The  corners  between  the 
bars  and  crust  should  be  well  pared  out,  so  that  there  i«  no 
danger  of  the  sole  resting  upon  the  shoe. 

The  Shoe. 

The  principal  object  should  be  to  have  the  shoe  y,  formed 
as  to  size,  weight,  fitting  and  fastening,  as  to  combine  the 
most  advantages  of  protection,  and  preserves  the  natural  tread 
of  the  foot  the  best;  in  weight  it  should  be  proportioned  to 
the  work  or  employment  of  the  horse.  It  the  horse  walks 
principally  upon  the  road,  his  shoes  should  be  rather  ^ heavy. 
The  ground  surface  of  the  shoe  should  correspond  with  the 
ground  surface  of  the  foot  in  its  natural  state,  or  in  other 
words  it  must  have  a concave  surface  corresponding  with  the 
concave  surface  of  the  foot.  The  nail  holes  should  be  punched 
coarse,  and  in  the  centre  of  the  web.  If  the  hind  shoe,  four 
on  the  side  and  well  forward;  if  the  forward  shoe,  four  m the 
outside,  and  two  or  three  well  forward  in  the  inside  toe,  as 
found  necessary  to  retain  the  shoe.  The  manner  of  fastening 
the  shoe  in  what  really  affects  the  foot;  and  which  require  the 
most  especial  attention  in  shoeing^ 


68 


TEE  EOBSE 


Interfering  Shoes. 

First  find  what  part  of  the  foot  hits  the  opposite  ankle  which 
you  can  do  by  wrapping  the  ankle  with,  a rag  nicely,  which 
color  with  some  kind  of  coloring  matter,  over  where  the  oppo- 
site foot  hits,  you  can  then  discover  by  driving  where  the  color 
adheres  and  what  portion  of  the  crust  hits  the  ankle.  Remove 
this  portion  and  have  the  shoes  well  under  the  foot,  but  care- 
fully fitted,  so  as  to  support  the  foot  safely  by  the  bearing  of 
the  bar  and  heel.  The  hoof  should  be  pared  lower  on  the 
outside,  to  turn  the  ankle,  that  the  other  hoof  may  pass  clear. 
Yet  if  the  inside  sole  is  not  dressed,  the  rim  soon  breaks^  and 
the  inside  is  found  to  be  actually  lower  than  the  outside.  Shoes 
to  prevent  interfering,  should  be  light  and  of  narrow  web,  on 
the  inside,  with  three  nail  holes  near  the  toe.  They  should 
be  straight  at  the  point  where  they  come  in  contact  with  the 
opposite  leg.  By  adhering  s rictly  to  this  principle  of  paring 
the  foot,  aud  fitting  and  fastening  of  the  shoe,  you  will  prevent 
a recurrence  of  the  difficulty. 

Shoes,  to  prevent  over-reaching,  should  be  long,  and  for  the 
forward  feet,  heavy,  especially  at  the  heels;  and  for  the  hind 
feet,  light,  with  heavy  toes.  The  hoof  should  be  well  pared 
at  the  toe. 

The  Foot  and  its  Diseases. 

The  crust,  or  wall,  is  that  part  which  is  seen  when  the  foot 
is  placed  upon  the  ground  and  reaches  from  the  hair  to  the 
ground.  It  is  deepest  in  front,  where  it  is  called  the  toe; 
shallower  at  the  sides,  which  are  called  quarters,  and  of  least 
depth  behind  where  it  is  termed  the  heel,  it  is  placed  flat  iipon 
the  ground,  but  ascends  obliquely  backward,  and  possesses 
different  degrees  of  obliquity  in  different  feet.  In  a sound 
hoof,  the  proper  degree  of  standing  is  calculated  at  forty-five 
legrees,  or  the  fourth  part  of  a semi-circle.  This  crust  is 
thicker  in  front,  being  about  half  an  inch,  and  at  the  quarters 
and  heel  is  very  much  thinner.  It  is  also  thinner  at  the  inner 
than  the  outer  quarter,  where  the  most  weight  is  thrown  upon. 
It  is  under  the  inner  splint  bone,  on  which  so  much  weight 
rests,  and  being  thinner,  it  is  able  to  expand  more — its  elas- 
ticity is  called  more  into  play,  and  concussion  and  injury  are 
avoided. 

On  account  of  its  thinness  and  the  additional  weight  which 
it  bears,  the  inner  heel  wears  away  quicker  than  the  outer — a 
circumstance  which  should  never  be  forgotten  by  the  smith. 
His  object  is  to  give  a plain  and  level  bearing  to  the  whole  of 
the  crust. 

Thus  it  will  be  unnecessrry  to  remove  but  very  little,  if  any. 


THE  HORSE. 


69 


rom  the  inDer  heel,  as  it  has  worn  awaj^  faster  man  the  out- 
side, from  the  greater  weight  it  bears,  which  would  cause 
corns  and  quarter  cracks,  and  even  .slints,  the  concussions 
being  so  much  greater.  This  may  all  be  avoided  by  paying  a 
little  attention  when  shoeing. 

The  Frog. 

' In  the  place  between  the  bars,  and  exactly  filling  it,  is  the 
frog.  It  is  a triangular  piece  of  horn  projecting  from  the  sole, 
almost  on  a level  with  the  crust,  and  covering  and  defending  a 
soft  and  spongy  substance,  and  called  the  “sensible  frog.”  It 
is  wide  at  the  heels,  and  above  the  ^hell  of  the  foot,  snd  runs  to 
a point  like  a wedge.  This  is  to  keep  the  heel  apart,  and  pre- 
vent him  from  slipping.  It  will  adhere  to  the  ice  like  rubber. 
There  is  a cleft,  commencing  at  the  back  and  running  nearly 
tw^o  thirds  the  length  of  the  frog,  which  is  firmly  united  to  the 
sole,  but  of  a nature  entirely  different  from  it,  being  a soft, 
spongy  substance,  and  very  elastic.  It  never  can  be  brused 
until  it  has  been  cut,  when  it  becomes  a hard,  horny  substance 
and  by  treading  on  anything  solid  in  going  fast,  it  springs  or 
presses  on  the  sensible  part  of  the  foot,  and  causes  corns.  Now, 
this  frog  should  never  be  cut  or  pared  in  the  least;  let  it  look 
ever  so  ragged  it  is  then  healthy.  It  sheds  every  three  months; 
but  if  the  knife  is  used,  it  is  more  or  less  injured. 

The  Sole. 

This  is  the  inner  susface  of  the  foot,  and  is  both  concave  and 
elastic,  and  extends  from  the  crust  to  the  bars  and  frog.  It  is 
notas  thick  as  the  crust.  Notwithstanding  its  situation,  there 
is  not  as  much  weight  thrown  on  it  as  there  is  on  the  crust; 
because  it  was  intended  to  expand,  in  order  to  prevent  c('n- 
cussion  when  the  weight  was  thrown  upon  it.  It  is  thicker  at 
the  toe,  and  w’here  it  connects  with  the  crust.  The  principal 
weight  is  thrown  upon  the  toe,  by  the  cofS.n  bone  wedging  in. 
It  is  not  brittle,  in  health,  and  it  is  somewhat  hollow,  which 
gives  spring  to  it  and  lessens  the  shock  of  striking  the  ground 
when  in  rapid  motion;  for  if  the  sole  was  flat,  there  would  be 
no  spring  to  it,  and  it  would  be  bruised  by  sudden  contact 
with  the  ground.  Thus  you  see  that  by  cutting,  the  spring  of 
the  sole  is  injured  and  the  sole  itself  becomes  dry  and  hard, 
and  brittle.  But  if  never  touched,  it  retains  the  moisture, 
keeps  tke  foot  from  shrinking,  and  keeps  it  healthy. 

The  Coffin  Bone. 

Beneath  the  lower  pastern,  and  entirely  enclosed  in  the  hoof, 
is  the  proper  bone  of  the  the  coffin  bone.  It  fills  about 


60 


THE  EOESF 


one  half  of  the  fore  part  of  the  hoof,  to  which  it  is  fitted.  It  is 
light  and  spongy,  and  filled  with  numerous  holes,  through 
which  pass  the  blood-vessels  of  the  foot.  These  are  necessarily 
numerous,  considering  the  important  and  various  secretions 
there  going  on;  and  the  circulation  could  not  be  kept  up  if 
these  vessels  did  not  run  through  the  substance  of  the  bone. 
The  holes  about  the  coffin  bone  carry  the  blood  to  the  little 
leaves  with  which  it  is  covered;  those  near  the  lower  part  go 
to  the  sole.  As  this  bone  is  enclosed  in  the  horny  box  of  the 
crust,  no  inConvenienc  can  arise  from  an  outward  pressure;  for 
the  bone  allows  fr^.e  passage  to  the  blood,  and  protects  it  from 
every  obstruction 

The  fore  part  of  the  coffin  bone,  oesides  being  thus  perfor- 
ated, is  curiously  roughened,  for  the  attacliment  of  numerous 
little  leaves.  On  its  upper  surface  is  a concavity  for  the  head 
of  the  lower  pastern.  In  front  is  a striking  i:>rominence,  into 
which  is  inserted  the  extensor  tendon  of  the  foot.  At  the  back 
it  is  sloped  for  articulation  wdth  the  navicular  bone;  and  more 
underneath  is  a depression  for  the  reception  of  the  fiexor  ten- 
don, continued  down  the  leg,  passing  over  the  navicular  bone, 
and  then  inserted  into  this  bone.  On  either  side  are  projec- 
tions, called  the  heels  of  the  coffin  bone,  and  the  bottom  is 
hollowed  to  match  the  internal  part  of  the  sole.  The  most  pe- 
culiar part  of  the  coffin  bone  is  the  production  of  numerous 
little  leaves  around  its  front  and  sides.  They  are  prolonga- 
tions of  the  thick  and  elastic  membrane  covering  the  coffin 
bone,  and  consist  of  cartilagenous  fleshy  plates  correspon  ding 
with  and  received  between  the  horny  leaves  that  line  the  in- 
side of  the  crust.  The  horny  leaves  are  secreted  from  or  pro- 
duced by  the  fleshy  ligaments,  and,  being  five  hundred  in 
number,  their  union  with  each  other  is  so  strong  that  they  are 
inseparable. 

When  the  animal  is  at  rest,  the  whole  weight  is  supported 
by  these  leaves,  and  not  by  the  sole.  It  is  the  contraction  of 
the  coffin  muscle  that  creates  so  much  pain  when  the  horse  is 
foundered.  The  foot  is  then  feverish,  the  blood  vessels- are 
filled  wurh  hot  blood,  and  the  foot  is  very  sensitive  to  the  touch 
of  the  luimmer  or  any  jar  upon  the  crust.  The  elasticity  of 
the  sole  prevents  the  foot  from  being  bruised  when  in  violent 
action. 

Between  the  coffin  bone  and  horny  sole  is  the  sensible  sole, 
vdiich  is  of  a ligamentous  or  tendonous  nature,  well  supplied 
with  blood  vessels  and  with  nervous  fibres,  so  that  it  is  very 
sensitive.  A small  stone  under  the  shoe  will  cause  great  in- 
fl  immation,  and  corns  are  caused  by  the  same.  The  smith 
Dosds  to  use  great  care  in  setting  the  shoe. 


THE  HORSE. 


61 


Contracted  Feet. 

Sometimes  only  one  foot  becomes  contracted;  this  maybe 
caused  in  a cold  climate  by  leaving  a snowball  in  the  bottom 
of  the  foot  after  the  horse  has  been  exercised  until  he  is  very 
warm.  The  coffin  muscle  is  then  relaxed  by  heat,  and  the 
snow  ball  cools  it  so  sudden  that  it  contracts.  In  a few  days 
the  hoof  shrinks  to  the  muscle  thus  contracted,  leaving  a ridge 
in  the  hoof. 

In  a warm  climate,  it  may  be  caused  by  letting  a horse  stand 
even  a short  time,  in  cool  water,  after  exercising  and  heating 
the  blood.  If  you  wish  to  bathe  your  horse’s  legs,  do  it  with 
warm  water,  always;  then  you  avoid  all  danger,  and  leave  the 
limbs  soft  and  pliable. 

Also,  cutting  away  too  much  of  the  sole  of  the  foot,  deprives 
it  of  the  very  substance  which  holds  the  moisture  and  keeps 
the  foot  healthy.  Cutting  the  frog  makes  it  hard  and  horny, 
and  when  struck  hard  upon  a stone  it  is  pressed  to  the  quick, 
causing  fever.  Both  practices  will  cause  contraction. 

Cube. — When  first  discovered,  bathe  the  legs  from  the  knee 
down,  in  hot  water;  do  this  twice  a day  for  two  weeks,  every 
night  stuffing  the  feet  with  clay.  His  shoes  should  merely 
rest  on  the  rim  of  the  foot.  Never  use  a shoe  with  a swelled 
heel.  When  caused  by  cutting,  stuft  the  feet  with  clay  and 
use  the  concave  shoes.  Never  use  oiptments  or  grease  of  any 
description  upon  the  outside  of  the  hoof,  as  they  close  the 
pores  and  create  fever,  without  removing  the  cause  of  the  dis* 
ease. 

Thrush. 

This  is  a very  disagreeable  discharge  of  offensive  matter  from 
the  cleft  of  the  frog,  by  which  pus  is  secreted  together  with,  or 
instead  of  horn.  If  the  frog  js  sound,  the  cleft  sinks  but  a lit- 
tle way  into  it;  but  by  contraction  or  other  causes,  the  cleft 
will  penetrate  to  the  sensible  sole  within.  Through  this  fissure 
the  discharge  proceeds.  It  may  be  caused  by  bruises  or  filth. 
The  sinking  in  at  the  quarters  will  cause  the  horn  to  press  up- 
on the  frog,  or  cutting  the  frog  will  cause  it  to  become  hard 
and  horny.  It  can  readily  be  distinguished  from  any  other 
disease  by  the  offensive  smell;  run  a stick  or  blade  in  the  fis- 
sure, and  the  discharge  will  assure  you. 

Cube. — First  poultice  with  linseed  meal,  put  on  hot,  and  let 
it  remain  twelve  hours;  then  use  a paste  made  of  two  ounces  of 
blue  vitriol,  one  ounce  white  vitriol, powdered  as  finely  as  pos- 
sible, mix  well  with  one  pound  of  tar  and  two  pound  of  lard. 
-^PPiy  til  is  in  the  cleft.  It  may  be  put  on  tow  and  pushed  in. 
Let  it  remain  twelve  hours;  and  then  cleanse  out  with  soft  wat^ 


62 


TEE  HOUSE. 


er  and  soap.  When  dry,  make  the  second  application;  also 
renew  the  poultices  at  night,  until  all  inflammation  dis- 
appears. 

If  you  wish  to  dry  it  up  quick  (which  I do  not  approve), 
you  can  use  the  spirits  of  salt,  ten  or  flfteen  drops  at  a time. 
(2.)  Cleanse  the  foot  out  well,  then  crowd  in  fine  salt  and  wash 
with  beef  brine.  But  in  all  cases  of  thrush,  first  use  poultices, 
to  relieve  the  inflammation.  A carrot  poultice  is  good,  if  lin- 
seed is  not  convenient.  After  this,  stuif  the  foot  with  clay,  in 
dry  weather;  this  will  keep  it  cool  and  moist,  and  it  will 
also  make  it  less  liable  to  be  bruised.  The  horse  should 
take  physic  during  the  time,  to  cleanse  the  blood.  Use  Bar- 
badoes  aloes,  pulverized,  and  mixed  with  linseed  oil  sufficient 
to  make  into  balls.  Dose  one  ounce. 

Grease. 

In  many  cases  swelled  leg,  although  distinct  from  grease, 
degenerate  into  it.  This  disease  is  inflammation  of  the  skin 
of  the  heel,  and  very  seldom  comes  on  the  fore  legs.  The  skin 
of  the  heel  has  a peculiar  greasy  feeling,  and  when  inflamed, 
the  secretion  of  this  greas\"  matter  is  stopped.  The  heels  be- 
come red,  dry  and  scurvy,  and  being  so  much  in  motion,  they 
very  soon  crack,  and  sometimes  ulceration  and  fungus  will  ex- 
tend over  the  whole  heel.  The  first  appearance  of  grease  is 
usually  a dry  scurvy  state  of  the  skin  of  the  heel.  They  should 
be  washed  with  soap  and  water,  and  relieved  of  all  the  hard 
substance  that  they  can  by  soaking;  then  wipe  dry,  and  sprinkle 
pulverized  verdigris;  this  will  dry  up.  But  when  the  heels 
are  badly  cracked,  and  ulceration  has  commenced,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  poultice  them  with  linseed  oil,  or,  if  not  at  hand, 
carrots  boiled  soft  and  mashed  fine;  this  is  a good  poultice 
for  any  inflamed  part. 

When  inflammation  and  pain  have  gone,  and  there  is  a heal- 
thy discharge  of  matter,  dress  with  an  ointment  of  one  ounce 
of  rosin,  two  ounces  of  rosin,  two  ounces  of  honey  in  the  comb, 
two  ounces  of  lard,  and  one  ounce  of  caliman  powder;  this 
cools  and  heals  very  fast.  If  the  fungus  is  not  entirely  gone, 
wash  with  two  drachms  of  blue  vitriol  in  a pint  of  water.  It 
is  well  to  give  a mild  diuretic  every  third  day — one  table- 
spoonful  of  pulverized  rosin  in  a ball  of  bran  mash.  Mash  the 
horse  while  treating  for  this.  Sassafras  tea  is  good  for  him. 
If  the  legs  swell  after  they  are  healed,  bandage  every  night, 
and  give  moderate  walking  exercise.  Give  a slight  purge  of 
linseed  oil  or  Barbadoes  aloes. 

Another  Cure  or  Remedy  is: — Two  ounces  Flour  Sulphur, 
one-half  ounce  Verdigris.  Mix  and  apply  after  washing. 


THE  HOUSE. 


63 


Cure  for  the  Grease  from  Internal  Causes. — If  the  horse  be 
full  of  flesh,  the  cure  must  be  begun  by  bleeding,  rowels,  and 
repeated  purging;  after  which  two  ounces  of  the  following 
balls  should  be  given  every  other  day  for  some  time,  and  they 
wdll  work  by  urine  the  day  following;  4 oz.  of  Yellow  Resin, 
2 oz.  ot  Salt  of  Prunel,  1 oz.  of  Oil  of  Juniper,  2 oz.  of  Salt  of 
Tartar,  8 oz.  of  Castile  Soap,  1 oz.  of  Camphor.  Put  these  into 
a mortar  with  about  two  ounces^ of  honey,  or  as  much  as  will 
make  them  into  balls,  and  they  will  carry  off  the  offending 
humors,  and  free  the  blood  from  its  noxious  qualities.  But  at 
the  same  time  that  these  internal  remedies  arg  taken,  outward 
ones  should  not  be  omitted. 

Cure  For  Grape  Legs. 

These  may  be  cured  on  their  first  appearance,  When  they 
are  in  the  bud,  by  laying  on  caustic,  or  corrosive  sublimate. 
When  the  swelling  is  abated,  make  the  following  into  a salve 
to  dress  the  sores  with:  1 oz.  of  Blue  Stone  Vitriol,  in  powder 
2 oz.  of  White  Lead,  in  powder,  4oz.  .of  Honey.  Mix  these 
w'^11  together,  and  lay  them  on  the  sores  with  tow,  to  heal 
them;  but,  should  they  continue  foul,  and  not  frame  to  heal, 
mix  four  ounces  of  green  salve  and  four  ounces  of  .^gyptia- 
cum  ointment  well  together,  and  lay  it  on  in  the  above  man- 
ner, The  mixtures  will  both  heal  and  dry  up  the  sores. 

Founders,  How  Caused,  Etc. 

The  Chest  Founder  is  produced  by  violent  exercise  on  a full 
stomach,  and  drinking  large  qiianrities  of  cold  branch  water; 
by  the  use  of  mouldy  bran,  corn,  or  oats,  or  by  eating  large 
quantities  of  greem  food,  such  as  oats,  wheat,  peas,  etc,,  while 
performing  hard  labor.  The  seat  of  the  disease  is  in  the  lungs; 
the  heart  and  liver  are  also  considerably  enlarged,  inasmuch 
that  there  is  not  room,  for  them  to  perform  their  office  with 
ease.  The  liver,  lungs,  diaphragm,  and  surrounding  parts, 
are  all  covered  with  large  browm  spots,  and  are  much  inflamed. 

There  are  many  that  hold  that  a horse  can  be  foundered 
with  grain.  This  is  not  so^  The  argnment  given  is  that  they 
have  driven  horses  or  have^mown  cases  where  the  horse  was 
driven  under  a shed  and  fed  without  watering,  This  maybe 
3o;  but  that  is  no  argument;  for  a hosre  may  be  driven  and 
stand  where  there  is  cold  blast  of  wind  that  would  chill  a 
horse  as  bad  as  water.  This  would  create  founder  as  well  as 
water;  anything  cold  would  create  contraction;  where,  on  the 
contrary,  grain  would  create  heat,  instead  of  cold,  and  heat 
would  relax;  so  that  argument  is  worth  naught.  I will  not 
pretend  to  say  but  that  grain  would  injure  a horse  when  hot. 
You  might  give  corn  meal,  and  it  would  bake  in  the  maw,  and 


64 


THE  HOUSE, 


there  w-aiild  be  no  passage;  this  would  kill,  but  not  founder. 
You  are  well  aware  that  to  heat  a tire,  then  place  it  over  the 
felly,  it  is  perfectly  loose,  but  when  you  put  on  cold  water,  it 
contracts  to  the  felly  and  strengthens  the  wheel.  So  you  v/ill 
see  at  once  that  it  is  cold  that  causes  founder.  Cold  contracts 
and  heat  relaxes,  and  grain  would  create  heat. 

Cuke. — When  the  horse  is  foundered,  take  one  and  a half  or 
two  gallons  of  blood  from  the  neck  vein;  then  give,  as  a physic 
six  drachms  of  Barbadoes  aloes,  dissolved  or  in  balls.  Cover 
the  horse  over;  then  commence  bathing  with  as  hot  water  as 
you  can  use.  Keep  this  up  for  an  hour  at  least.  Then  stretclj 
an  old  pantaloon  leg  over  each  of  his  fore  legs,  bind  it  around 
the  hoof,  then  fill  in  with  hot  boiled  oats;  give  as  a drink  sas- 
safras tea,  made  from  the  root,  and  give  bran  mashes,  witl  a 
table-spoonful  of  pulverized  rosin.  He  should  have  a mash 
once  a day  for  three  or  four  days.  This  will  cure  him. 

But  in  case  of  founders  of  long  standing,  or  even  if  the  hoof 
has  shrunk  to  the  contraction  of  the  muscle,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  treat  it  somewhat  differently.  The  bleeding  should  be 
omitted,  the  legs  bathed  twice  a day,  and  the  feet  should  be 
poulticed  with  flaxseed  meal  three  times  a w^eek,  at  night,  or 
in  day  time  if  he  is  not  at  W'Ork.  If  he  could  run  out  to  a 
marshy  pasture,  it  would  not  be  necessary  to  poultice.  But 
he  must  have  something  to  act  on  the  blood.  Take  of  digitalis 
four  drachms,  emetic  tartar  four  drachms,  nitre  six  drachms; 
divide  this  into  two  doses,  and  give  one  in  three  days.  Between 
the  days  that  this  is  given,  give  bran  mashes  mix^d  with  sas- 
safras tea.  This  physic  may  be  given  once  in  every  three, 
weeks,  with  the  feet  always  to  be  kept  moist.  It  will  take  three 
months  to  effect  a cure.  When  of  long  standing,  the  muscles 
of  the  shoulder  sometimes  contract,  as  in  sweeney.  In  this 
case  2 seaton  of  from  nine  to  flfteen  inches  must  be  used,  ac- 
cording to  the  contraction. 

^The  Navicular  Bone. 

This  is  placed  at  the  head  of  the  coffin  bone,  and  at  the  foot 
of  the  lower  pastern,  and  is  shaped  like  a wedge.  Its  office  is 
to  protect  the  coffin-joint  at  the  back  i3art.  The  frog  getting 
dry  and  feverish,  would  allow  the  ligaments  to  be  bruised,  and 
cause  lameness— another  reason  why  the  foot  needs  grea^ 
care, 

Quarter  Crack. 

For  this,  pare  with  a sharp  knife  from  the  hair  down,  taking 
away  the  whole  back  part  of  the  hoof  down  to  the  quick  ; then 
pare  the  other  down  thin;  then  set  yonr  shoe  only  so  far 


65 


THE  horse: 

as  the  hoof  runs.  By  this  means  the  shoe  cannot  spring 
down  upon  the  heel.  The  hoof  will  then  grow  down  firm  and 
sound. 

Heaves— Reasons  why  It  is  Not  in  the  Lungs. 

First.— If  the  disease  was  in  the  lungs,  it  would  create  inr 
flammation,  and  have  the  same  effect  as  inflammation  of  the 
lungs  by  cold.  The  horse  would  be  weak  and  drooping  with- 
out appetite,  and,  really,  could  not  be  driven  two  miles  as  any 
person  would  drive  a horse.  But  a heavy  horse  can  be  driven 
from  eight  to  twelve  miles  within  an  hour.  This  is  positive 
proof  that  it  is  not  in  the  lungs. 

Second. — Take  a heavy  horse  and  turn  him  out  to  pasture 
forty-eight  hours,  and  he  will  breathe  clear  and  easy,  showing 
no  signs  of  the  heaves.  The  grass  has  not  reached  the  lungs, 
still  it  has  stopped  the  hard  breathing;  but  if  you  will  give  the 
horse  cold  water  to  drink,  he  will  cough.  Has  the  water 
touched  the  lungs  ? No;  but  it  has  touched  the  disease.  This 
is  another  reason  why  it  is  notin  the  lungs. 

1 will  tell  you  where  the  disease  is,  and  what  it  is  caused  by. 
1st.  A dainty  horse  is  not  liable  to  heaves,-  but  a hearty  eater 
is  liable  to  this  disease — not  from  the  amount  of  food  that  he 
eats,  but  from  the  hoggish  way  of  eating.  There  are  two 
jupes  leading  to  the  stomach  and  lungs;  where  they  meet  there 
is  a throttle  valve.  A Jhorse  on  eating  coarse  food,  scratches 
his  throttle  ; then,  by  a hai  1 drive,  and  warming  the  horse, 
he  takes  cold  in  his  wound,  and  becomes  a running  sore  or 
canker.  By  turning  the  ho^se  to  grass,  the  juice  cleanses  and 
washes  the  wound  ; the  gra^ti s' being  cool  takes  the  inflamma- 
tion from  the  disease  : th'j  swelling  is  gone,  and  the  horse 
breathes  free  and  easy  as  e'A^r.  This  is  positive  proof  that  it  is 
not  in  the  lungs.  Then,  by  feeding  with  coarse  and  dry  hay, 
it  irritates  and  creates  inflammation  and  causes  the  horse  to 
breathe  hard  again. 

Cube. — Take  Balsam  of  Fir  and  Balsam  of  Copavia,  equal 
parts  ; add  enough  calcined  magnesia  to  make  into  balls. 
Give  a middle-sized  ball,  night  and  morning,  for  ten  days  or 
two  weeks— a ball  about  the  size  of  the  yolk  of  an  egg.  This 
is  a sure  cure.  I nevnr  made  a failure  in  any  case.  You 
should  be  ca^’eful  about  ^eeding  for  two  weeks,  after  giving  the 
medicine.  Cut,  feed,  a^  .d  wet  the  hay.  A little  brown  sugar 
in  his  food  for  a few  da;  s will  be  good. 

Lung  Fever. 

This  disease  alwayf^  makes  its  appearance  by  a chill,  th^ 
horse  will  shake  and  Iremble  like  a person  with  the  ague. 


65 


THE  HOnSK 


Whilst  the  chill  is  on,  take  half  a pint  of  fine  salt,  put  in  a 
bottle  of  water,  shake  well,  and  drench  the  horse.  This  will 
release  him  entirely  from  the  chill,  and  create  perspiration, 
and  he  will  be  quite  sick  for  a few  minutes  ; but  it  will  drive 
the  cold  entirely  out,  and  he  will  look  bright,  and  feel  entirely 
well  in  a few  hours.  But  if  you  should  not  discover  him  while 
the  chill  is  on,  it  will  require  different  treatment.  If  he  has 
been  free  from  the  chill  for  five  or  six  hours,  the  symptoms 
will  be,  eyes  inflamed,  nostrils  distended,  breath  short  and 
quick,  and  he  will  stand  with  his  head  down;  his  pulse  from 
fifty  to  one  hundred.  You  will  find  it  under  the  jaw,  just  be- 
low where  they  buckle  the  throat  latch.  By  putting  your  ear 
back  of  the  fore  leg  you  will  hear  a quick,  heavy  beating  of  the 
lungs.  He  will  have  no  disposition  to  move  or  eat,  but  will 
drink;  he  never  lies  down.  These  are  sure  signs  of  inflamma- 
tion of  the  lungs. 

The  causes  of  inflammation  of  the  lungs  are  many.  It  may 
be  brought  on  by  filthy  stables,  but  is  usually  by  sudden 
changes  from  heat  to  cold  and  vice  versa.  The  membrane  that 
lines  the  cells  of  the  lungs  is  very  senstive;  there  is  also  an 
intimate  connection  between  the  lungs  and  the  pores  of  the 
skin;  by  stox^ping  the  insensible  perspiration,  a cold  and 
cough  ensue.  A horse  is  driven  until  a sensible  perspiration 
is  pouring  from  him,  then  he  is  left  in  a current  of  air  which 
closes  the  pores  of  the  skin,  thus  arresting  the  perspiration, 
and  driving  the  inflammation  which  it  causes  to  the  lungs. 
The  majority  of  cases  are  very  sudden.  At  first,  the  pulse  i 
not  much  quicker,  but  the  artery  is  plainly  to  be  felt  unde 
the  finger,  and  of  its  usual  size.  The  pulse  no  longer  indi 
cates  the  exj^ansion  of  the  vessel;  in  some  cases  it  eludes  a 
most  delicate  touch;  the  legs  are  cold  and  the  nostrils  ex- 
panded; the  flanks  begin  to  heave  with  a quick  and  hurried 
motion,  a symptom  of  pain  ; the  membrane  of  the  nose  is  very 
red;  he  stands  with  his  legs  abroad  ; his  countenance  indicates 
suffering,  and  he  looks  mournfully  towards  his  flanks — he 
is  unwilling  to  move — scarcely  ever  lies  down  ; if  he  does,  it  is 
only  for  a moment  from  actual  fatigue. 

The  duration  of  this  disease  is  very  uncertain.  It  will  in 
some  cases  destroy  in  from  twelve  to  twenty  hours,  and  some- 
times they  will  last  for  weeks.  In  sudden  attacks  of  this  kind, 
the  lungs  are  entirely  destro^^ed,  resembling  one  black  mass 
of  blood. 

The  disease  invariably  makes  its  api^earance  with  a chill. 
He  commences  trembling  and  shaking  as  if  half  frozen.  At 
this  stage  of  disease,  the  object  should  be  to  get  up  a reaction. 
Dissolve  half  a pint  of  fine  salt,  in  warm  water;  shake  it  well. 


THE  HOUSE. 


G7 


and  gire  as  a drench;  then  clothe  him,  and  in  fifteen  minutes 
he  will  be  wet  with  perspiration;  bathe  his  legs  in  warm 
water . 

But  if  the  fever  has  commenced,  it  will  require  different 
treatment;  if  it  has  been  on,  say  six  hours,  it  will  be  necessary 
to  bleed,  and  very  severely  so.  Open  as  large  an  orifice  in 
the  vein  as  possible;  the  object  is  to  get  control  of  the  blood. 
The  heart  is  working  very  hard  to  force  the  blood  through 
the  lungs.  Bleed  until  the  pulse  is  much  slower,  or  flutters; 
then  bathe  the  leg  with  as  hot  water  as  he  can  bear;  bathe 
frequently,  to  get  up  circulation  in  the  extremities. 

If  the  attack  is  a severe  one,  blister  the  brisket,  and  the 
sides,  as  high  up  as  the  elbows — a mustard  blister,  if  it  will 
do;  if  not,  with  the  flyblister — four  oz.  lard,  oneoz.  rosin,  and 
one  oz.  flies.  It  will  not  do  to  purge;  there  is  so  much  sym- 
pathy between  the  bowels  and  the  lungs,  purging  w^ould 
transfer  the  inflammation  to  the  bowels.  In  such  a case,  you 
must  use  clysters.  Take  eight  oz.  Epsom  salts,  dissolve  in 
warm  gruel,  and  inject;  this  will  start  the  bowels,  which  are 
somewhat  relaxed.  You  must  now  use  cooling  or  sedative 
medicines.  Take  of  digitails  one  drachm,  one  and  a half  of 
emetic  tartar,  and  three  of  nitre;  give  three  times  a day;  this 
will  have  an  immediate  effect  on  the  heart,  lessening  the  num- 
ber of  pulsations,  and  producing  an  intermittent  state  of  the 
pulse;  every  six  or  seven  beats,  there  will  be  a suspension 
while  tw’6  or  three  could  be  counted.  From  this  he  will  amend 
Now  reduce  the  dose  to  one  half,  and  in  a few  days,  it  will  not 
be  necessary  to  give  any  medicinal  treatment  of  any  kind. 

He  should  now  have  oatmeal  gruel,  or  flaxseed  meal  grue, 
they  are  strengthening.  Mashes  may  be  given,  or  green  food, 
in  small  quantities.  ' For  inhaling,  which  is  one  of  the  most 
essential  things  to  be  done, use — digitails  one  half  ounce,  nitre 
one  ounce,  and  of  balsams,  fir  and  copaiva,  two  ounces  each. 
Mix  these  together  with  one  pint  95  spirits,  and  add  one  pint 
hot  rain  water.  Cover  the  horse  all  over,  letting  the  blankets 
reach  the  ground,  so  that  no  air  can  get  under  them.  Then 
hold  the  mixture  under  his  nose,  and  at  the  same  time,  touch 
a hot  iron  in  the  compound,  and  let  him  inhale  the  steam  or 
fumes  arising  from  the  mixture.  This  will  relieve  the  lungs 
from  fever,  drive  the  inflammation  to  the  surface,  and  the  cure 
is  positive. 

Adhesire  Plasters. 

These  plasters  should  be  used  over  parts  that  have  been 
strained,  or  otherwise  weakened,  and  on  deep-seated  inflam- 
mation of  the  loins  or  back  sinews.  They  are  always  to  be  ap- 


68 


THE  H0B8K 


plied  warm,  when  they  will  adhere  for  a long  time.  The  fol- 
lowing is  a good  plaster: 

Take  of  Burgundy  or  common  pitch  five  ounces,  of  yellow 
wax  one  ounce,  of  tar  six  ounces.  Melt  together.  When 
cooled  to  blood  heat,  add  half  a drachm  of  pulverized  cantha- 
rides . Stir  well  together.  * 

When  you  apply  it,  warm  or  melt  it  over,  and  rub  it  well 
into  the  hair  upon  th^  sprain;  then,  while  it  is  yet  warm,  (for 
it  should  be  applied  as  hot  as  possible,)  spread  over  it  a lint 
of  tow,  well  picked;  pat  down  with  the  hand.  This  will  make 
a strong  covering,  and  will  remain  for  months.  It  will  grad- 
ually remove  deep-seated  inflammation,  and,  by  its  pressure, 
promotes  the  absorption  of  any  callous  or  thickening  beneath; 
at  the  same  time,  as  a bandage,  it  gives  strength  to  the  parts. 

Physicing. 

There  is  more  injury  done  in  the  practice  of  this  than  in  any 
other  medical  treatment  of  the  horse.  The  old  practice  has 
been  to  physic  and  bleed  every  spring,  and  this  is  necessary 
where  the  horse  is  really  sick.  When  you  change  him  from 
the  pasture  to  the  warm  stable  and  dry  food,  it  is  also  good, 
the  horse  must  be  prepared  for  it.  Give  three  or  four  mashes 
before  the  physic,  and,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  they  will  be 
sufficient  without  it,  especially  if  the  bowels  are  slightly  moved 
for  really  the  less  medicine  given  the  better. 

After  the  physic  is  given,  the  horse  should  have  walking 
exercise  for  an  hour  or  two;  but,  when  it  begins  to  operate,  he 
should  be  kept  still  as  possible,  or  the  medicine  would  be 
likely  to  gripe,  and  perhaps  irritate  the  intestinal  canal,  and 
cause  inflammation.  You  can  give  him  a small  amount  of  hay 
and  as  much  mash  as  he  will  eat,  and  as  ihuch  water  with  the 
chill  off  as  he  chooses  to  drink;  if  he  will  not  drink  tepid 
water,  give  him  about  a quart  of  cold  water  every  hour.  When 
the  purging  ceases,  give  a mash  twice  a day,  until  you  give 
more  physic,  which  should  be  only  once  a week. 

Barbadoes  aloes  is  the  best  purgative,  being  always  sure  and 
safe.  The  dose,  with  the  horse  prepared  by  bran  mashes, 
would  vary  from  five  to  seven  drachms,  the  latter  sufficient  foi 
any  horse.  You  can  dissolve  in  warm  water,  and  give  as  a. 
drench,  or  make  into  a ball  with  linseed  oil,  and  lay  upon 
the  roots  of  the  tongue,  letting  go  the  tongue  at  the  same 
time. 

The  next  best  purgative  is  the  Croton  nut ; the  fatina  or 
meal  of  the  nut  is  used.  It  should  be  made  into  a ball  with 
linseed  oil.  Give  from  a scruple  to  half  a drachm,  according 
to  the  state  of  the  subject.  It  acts  more  speedily  than  aloes, 
but  causes  more  debility.  Linseed  oil  is  uncertain,  but  safe 


THE  HOUSE. 


69 


in  doses  from  a pound  to  a pound  and  a half.  It  leaves  the 
horse  in  very  good  condition . 

Poultices 

Few  horsemen  are  aware  of  the  value  of  these  simple  prepa- 
rations in  abating  inflammation  and  in  allaying  pain,  cleans- 
ing wounds  and  causing  them  to  heal.  They  are  the  best  kinds 
of  fomentations;  they  continue  longer  and  keep  the  pores 
open.  In  all  inflammations  of  the  foot  they  are  very  beneficial 
and  in  cases  of  contraction.  A poultice  that  retains  the  heat 
and  moisture  longest  is  the  best.  They  will  relieve  swellings, 
take  out  the  soreness  from  the  pores,  and  draw  out  the  unna- 
tural substances.  Linseed  meal  makes|  the  best  poultice  ; it 
will  hasten  any  tumor  that  is  necessary  to  open,  and  cleanse 
any  old  one,  causing  a healthy  discharge,  where  it  is  offensive. 
But  in  this  case — where  the  ulcer  smells  badly — add  two 
ounces  of  pulverized  charcoal  or  chloride  of  lime — half  an 
ounce  to  one  pound  of  meal.  This  is  good  to  use  in  grease  or 
cracked  heel. 

A poultice  should  never  be  put  on  tight.  Carrots  are  very 
good,  mashed  fine,  after  boiling  soft.  The  coal  may  be  used 
in  this  also,  wT.ere  the  parts  smell  offensively. 

Wind  Galls. 

These  appear  oftener  on  the  hind  than  on  the  fore  legs.  It 
is  a filling  in  of  a mucous  fluid  in  bags  or  sacks.  It  is  caused 
by  undue  pressure  from  violent  action,  and  by  straining  the 
tendon.  These  bags  inflame,  and  fill  larger^ and  harder;  they 
always  form  about  the  joint,  as  so  many  tendons  concentrate 
there.  Very  few  horses  are  perfectly  free  from  them.  At  first 
they  may  cause  lameness;  but,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  they 
do  not.  It  has  been  thought  that  these  bags  were  filled  with 
wind,  and,  in  some  cases,  they  have  been  opened,  but  this 
causes  inflammation,  and  would  lame  the  horse.  The  way  to 
treat  them  is  with  a powerful  blister  directly  on  them,  and 
then  bandage;  after  the  blister  is  formed,  you  must  bathe  it  in 
some  astringent.  A decoction  of  oak  bark  is  good.  By  this 
treatment  the  mucous  is  taken  up  by  the  absorbents,  and  you 
will  have  a cure.  You  must  be  very  careful  in  driving  for  sev- 
eral days. 

The  Action  of  the  Kidneys  on  the  Blood, 

The  blood  contains  a great  quantity  of  watery  fluid,  unne- 
cessary for  the  nutriment  or  repair  of  the  frame.  There  also 
mingles  with  it  matter  which  would  become  noxious  if  allowed 


70 


THE  HORSE. 


to  accumulate  too  mucb..  The  kidneys  are  actually  emj^loyed 
in  separating  these  fluids,  and  in  carrying  off  a substance, 
'^  hich,  as  an  ingredient  in  the  urine,  is  called  the  urea,  and 
consists  of  what  would  be  poisonous  to  the  animal  if  remain- 
ing. The  kidneys  are  two  large  glandular  bodies  placed  under 
the  loins,  very  much  the  shape  of  a kidney  bean.  The  right 
kidney  is  forward  under  the  liver  ; the  left  is . back  by  the 
stomach  and  spleen.  A large  artery  runs  to  each,  and  carries 
about  one-sixth  part  of  the  whole  blood  that  circulates  through 
the  frame.  It  divides  into  numberless  little  branches,  mcst 
complicated,  and  coiled  upon  each  other.  The  blood  has  waste 
parts,  which,  if  allowed  to  remain,  would  be  very  injurious; 
and  these  must  be  separated  from  it. 

The  fluid  separated  varies  materially  in  quantity  aud  compo- 
sition even  during  health,  more  so  iu  tne  horse  than  in  any 
other  animal;  and  there  is  no  organ  sc  much  under  our  con- 
trol as  the  kidneys. 

Diuretics  are  the  most  useful  medicines,  and,  at  the  same 
time,  the  most  inj  urious  if  improperly  used. 

In  fevers,  and  in  inflammation  generally,  for  diuretic,  use 
nitre  and  digitails,  on  account  of  their  sedative  effects.  They 
stimulate  the  kidneys  to  separate  more  than  usual  the  quantit}) 
of  water  from  the  blood,  and  lessen  the  quantity  of  the  latter. 
The  object  in  this  is  to  reduce  the  circulation,  and  thus  easo 
the  heart  in  its  labor  by  calming  the  excitement.  An  over- 
flow of  blood  gives  quicker  action  to  the  heart,  and  causes  the 
heating  you  will  notice  in  lung  fever.  Diuretics  lessen  the 
blood,  and  give  more  perfect  control  over  the  heart. 

In  cases  where  the  legs  are  swelled,  the  absorbents  set  tc 
work  and  take  up,  and  pour  into  the  circulation,  the  fluid 
which  has  been  etiused  into  them. 

The  legs  of  some  horses  cannot  be  rendered  fine,  nor  kept 
so,  without  the  use  of  diuretics;  nor  can  what  is  called  grease 
heel — frequently  connected  wuth  these  swellings,  yet  cured 
without  the  use  of  them,  ahvays  let  the  horse  have  plenty  of 
tepid  water — the  more  the  better.  You  must  always  be  care- 
ful not  to  keep  him  too  warm;  for  if  he  sweats  the  medicine, 
instead  of  stimulating  the  kidneys,  passes  off*  in  perspiration. 

Antimony. 

There  are  several  valuable  preparations  this.  The  blacTt 
sulphuret  of  antimony,  a compound  of  sulphur  and  antimony 
is  a good  alterative.  It  is  given  with  more  sulphur,  and  with 
nitre,  in  varying  doses,  according  to  the  disease,  and  the  slow 
and  rapid  effect  to  be  produced.  The  dose  if  you  expect  to 
continue  it,  should  be  at  the  most,  four  drachms.  It  should 


TEE  HORSE. 


71 


never  be  bonght  in  powder,  whatever  may  be  the  trouble  to 
pulverize  it,  for  it  is  frequently  adulterated  with  lead,  mag- 
nesia. forgedust,  and  arsenic. 

Sweeny. 

The  disease  is  on  the  side  of  the  shoulder.  The  horse  suf- 
fering from  it  will  be  quite  lame,  and  will  stand  with  one  foot 
before  the  other;  or  if  it  is  both  shoulders,  he  will  change  from 
one  to  the  other.  The  use  of  the  shoulder  is  sluggish,  and  in 
breaking  he  will  drag  the  foot,  instead  of  raising  it  from  the 
ground.  It  is  caused  by  a strain  or  bruise,  or  by  favoring  the 
foot  when  diseased  in  some  other  part. 

The  membrane  or  muscle  of  the  shoulder  will  shrink  much. 
Where  the  horse  has  not  been  lame  long  enough  to  know  how 
ease  himself  by  standing,  you  can  easily  tell  what  the 
trouble  is  by  pressing  with  the  thumb  upon  the  muscle, which 
may  be  shrunk  but  a little,  yet  when  you  press  the  point  af- 
fected, he  will  shrink  from  the  touch. 

Cuke.  -The  only  way^  this  can  be  cured  is  by  a seaton  or 
rowell.  The  object  of  this  is  to  create  inflammation  of  the 
membrane.  This  seaton  in  these  diseases  should  be  from  five 
to  fifteen  indies  in  length.  The  btfst  article  to  use  for  it  is 
tarred  rigging  rope;  this  should  be  turned  every  day  for  from 
two  to  three  weeks.  To  insert  this  you  must  make  an  incision 
on  the  top  through  the  skin  and  the  membrane  under  the 
skin;  the  same  at  the  bottom.  Procure  along,  thin  iron  needle 
with  a large  eye,  and  thread  with  strong  twine,  to  which 
fasten  the  rowell;  run  the  needle  through  the  two  openings, 
drawing  the  rowell  through,  and  then  tie,  leaving  either  inches 
slack  to  tie  with.  In  some  cases  it  will  be  necessary  to  wet  the 
rowell  with  oil  of  turpentine  or  tincture  of  cantharides — either 
will  do.  Bathe  the  shoulder  every  day  with  as  warm  water  as 
he  can  bear. 

If  it  has  the  desired  effect,  it  will  discharge  freely.  This 
will  relax  and  loasen  up  the  membrane,  and  make  the  parts 
fill  out  smooth.  Keep  clean  by’’  soft  wmter  and  soap,  so  that 
the  discharge  will  not  remove  the  hair.  If  you  apply  grease 
on  the  hair  under  the  cut,it  will  prevent  the  hair  from  coming 
off. 

Hide  Bound. 

This  is  not  so  much  a shrinking  of  the  fatty  substance  be- 
tween the  skin  and  the  muscles,  as  it  is  an  alteration  of  the 
skin  itself.  It  is  a drying  up  of  the  oily  moisture  of  the  skin; 
it  thus  becomes  dry  and  hard,  the  scales  to  the  cuticle  no 
longer  yields  to  the  skin,  but  separating  in  every  direction, 


72 


TEE  EOBSE 


turns  the  hair  and  gives  it  a staring  rough  look, which  is  an  in- 
dication that  the  horse  is  out  of  condition.  The  vessels  of  the 
skin  and  bowels,  as  well  as  the  stomach  are  deranged . It  is  a 
symptom  of  disease  of  the  digestive  organs. 

At  first,  give  a bran  mash,  and,  if  it  can  be  had,  sassafras 
tea.  But  in  severe  cases  use  levigated  antimony  two  drachms 
nitre  three  drachms,  sulphur  five  drachms— give  every  night 
in  a mash.  The  antimony  acts  on  the  skin,  the  sulphur  on 
the  bowels,  and  the  nitre  on  the  urinary  organs.  Bub  him 
and  give  him  warm  clothing.  The  skin  will  soon  become  loose 
and  the  horse  be  in  condition  again. 

Cough. 

Use  elecompaine  roots,  horehound  and  smartweed  with  si:£ 
red  pepper  pods  to  two  ounces  of  ginger  root;  boil  till  all  the 
strength  is  extracted,  then  strain  through  flannel;  add  two 
quarts  of  molasses  to  every  gallon  ot  this  extract,  and  boil  all 
together  for  half  an  hour.  Give  one  gill  twice  a day.  Use  an 
ox  horn,  ora  crooked  tin  horn:  Baisethe  head,  and  draw  the 
tongue  out  on  the  left  side;  put  the  small  end  of  the  horn  on 
the  roots  of  the  tongue,  and  empty  the  contents;  then  let  go 
the  tongue.  Swab  the  th?oat  every  night  with  this  mixture, 
using  a whalebone  with  linen  wrapped  on  the  end.  This  is  a 
sure  cure  for  coughs. 

Among  all  diseases  to  which  this  noble  creature  is  subject, 
none  has  given  more  perplexity  to  farriers  than  a settled 
cough;  indeed,  it  too  often  defies  all  the  attempts  of  art,  and 
the  horse  frequently  becomes  asthmatical  or  broken  winded. 

For  Restoring  Hair  to  Galled  Spots  on  Horses. 

Take  one  pound  red  clover  blossoms  and  six  quarts  of  water, 
simmer  to  a thick  syrup — then  add  sufficient  barbary  tallow  to 
make  a paste.  This  form  is  the  best  ointment  for  this  pur- 
pose extant 

For  Spavin. 

Five  ounces  euphorbium;  2 ounces  Spanish  flies,  (fine;)  one 
ounce  iodine,  dissolve  with  alcohol;  one  half  ounce  red  pre- 
cipitate; one  ounce  corosive  sublimate;  one  half  ounce  quick- 
silver; six  ounces  hog’s  lard;  six  ounces  white  turpentine,  one 
quarter  pound  verdigris.  Melt  the  lard  and  the  turpentine 
together,  then  while  hot  add  all  together.  Mix  well;  when 
cold,  fit  for  use.  Bub  it  in  thoroughly  on  the  spavin  every 
day  for  three  days,  then  wash  clean  with  soap-suds,  omit  for 
three  days,  and  then  repeat  for  three  days  again,  and  so  on 
until  a perfect  cure  is  produced , Should  it  blister,  use  it 
more  cautiously. 


TEB  HOUSE 


Ti 


Preparation  for  Blood  Spavin. 

One  half  pound  blood-root,  one  quart  alcohol,  two  ounces  of 
tannin  and  a quarter  of  a pound  of  alum. — Mix  ard  let  it 
stand,  shaking  it  several  times  a day,  till  the  strength  is  all  in 
the  alcohol,^and  bathe  the  spavin  twice  a davj  rubbing  it  in 
with  the  hand. 

Cure  for  Heaves. 

Take  smart  weed,  steep  it  in  boiling  water  till  the  strength 
is  all  out;  give  one  quart  every  day  mixed  with  bran  or  shorts 
for  eight  or  ten  days.  Give  green  or  cut  up  feed,  wet  with 
water  during  the  operation,  and  it  will  cure. 

Anti-Spasinodics. 

There  are  but  few  of  these,  and  the  horse  is  subject  but  to 
few  spasmodic,  diseases.  Opium  is  the  best  for  general  effect 
and  that  exerted  particularly  on^lock  jaw  the  oil  of  turpentine 
as  a specific  for  spasms  of  the  bowels. 

Anti-Spasmodic  Tincture  for  Man  or  Horse. 

Oil  cajeput,  one  ounce;  oil  cloves,  one  ounce;  oil  peppermint, 
one  ounce;  oil  anise,  one  ounce;  alcohol,  one  quart.  Mix  all 
together  and  bottle  for  use.  Dose  for  a horse,  one  ounce  every 
fifteen  minutes  in  a little  whisky  and  hot  water,  sweeten  with 
molasses;  continue  until  relieved.  Dose  for  a man,  one  tea- 
spoonful. 

Worms  in  the  Horse— How  Treated. 

There  are  several  kinds  of  worms  in  the  intestines,  and  they 
are  hurtful  only  when  in  large  quantities.  Tile  long  white 
worm  resembles  the  common  earth  worm,  and  is  from  six  to 
ten  inches  long.  They  are  in  the  small  intestines,  and,  when 
in  large  numbers,  consume  much  of  the  nutritive  part  of  the 
food,  or  the  mucous  of  the  bowels.  Then  the  smaller  and 
darker  colored  worm,  called  the  needle  worm,  in  the  large  in- 
testines. In  many  cases  they  descend  into  the  rectum  in 
large  quantities;  they  irritate  the  fundament  and  annoy  the 
horse.  This  is  the  trouble  when  he  rubs  his  tail  very  much. 

The  horse  shows  this  disease  by  falling  off  in  flesh;  his  hide 
will  be  tight  and  the  hair  looks  bad  and  sets  forward;  the  eye 
has  a dull  look  and  at  times  will  scringe  and  shrink  down ; 
he  sometimes  passes  worms  and  he  cannot  be  kept  in  condi- 
tion. 

Cube. — One  ounce  of  aloes  dissolved  in  warm  water  and 

given  as  an  injection.  This  will  succeed  in  most  of  cases,  If 


74 


THE  HORSE 


not  give  one  pint  of  neatsfoot  oil  as  a drench,  and  one  pint  as 
an  injection.  These  will  not  fail.  Give  mashes  after  this  for  a 
few  days. 

It  is  well  known  that  horses  which  have  many  worms  can 
never  thrive  or  carry  much  flesh.  If  the  breeding  of  these 
vermin  were  prevented,  it  would  add  much  to  the  strength  of 
the  horse;  and  it  might  be  done  by  giving  him  a decoction  of 
bitter  herbs,  such  as  wormwood  in  Spring.  It  may  be  boiled 
or  steeped  in  hot  water,  and  given  two  or  three  times  a week. 
Or  a decoction  of  wormwood  buck-bean,  gentian  root,  and 
camomile  flowers,  of  each  a large  handful,  boiled  in  a sufficient 
quantity  of  water,  and  given  will  answer  the  end. 

'Anodynes. 

Of  these  there  is  but  one  in  horse  practice.  Opium  is  the 
only  drug  that  will  lull  pain.  It  also  acts  as  an  astringent  in 
doses  of  one,  two  or  three  drachms. 

Farcy— Its  Treatment. 

When  the  farcy  attacks  only  one  part  of  the  horse,  and  that 
where  the  blood-vessels  are  small,  it  may  be  easily  cured;  but 
when  the  plate  vein  is  affected  and  turns  corded,  and  especial- 
ly the  crural  veins  inside  the  thigh  are  iit  that  condition,  the 
cure  is  very  difficult,  and  the  creature  Is  rarely  fit  for  anything 
but  the  lowest  work  after  it. 

Bathe  the  legs  every  night  in  hot  water,  into  which  put  a 
shovel  of  hot  wood  ashes  making  a weak  lay.  V/hen  he  re- 
gains his  appetite  be  very  careful  in  feeding.  Give  him 
mashes  at  least  twice  a day  until  he  gets  his  strength ; then  give 
green  food  if  possible. 

In  very  severe  cases  of  farcy,  internal  medicines  will  be 
necessary.  Use  of  corrosive  sublimate,  ten  grains — increased 
to  a scruple  with  two  drachms  of  gentian,  and  one  of  ginger; 
repeat  morning  and  night,  until  the  ulcers  disappear. 

Pleurisy,  How  to  be  Treated. 

This  is  an  attach  of  the  membrane  covering  the  lungs,  and 
the  lining  of  the  chest,  called  the  “ pleura.”  The  symptoms 
are  nearly  the  same  as  in  inflammation  of  the  lungs.  The  horse 
has  no  disposition  to  lie  down  or  to  move  about;  the  neck  will 
be  the  same  as  in  lung  fever;  nostrils  distended,  and  the  mem- 
brane of  the  nose  very  red;  he  breathes  very  hard,  with  a kind 
of  grunt;  the  legs  will  be  cold,  and  he  will  have  a hard  full 
pulse.  The  blood,  however,  is  not  obstructed  in  its  passage 
through  the  lungs.  By  pressing  on  his  side,  he  will  give 
symptoms  of  pain  in  a very  decided  grunt. 


THE  HOUSE. 


Cube. — Blister  both  sides  of  the  chest,  und  bathe  tlie  legs  in 
hot  water.  Or  broil  bran,  and  then  put  an  old  pantaloon  leg 
on  over  his,  and  fill  in  around  with  hot  bran;  this  will  g(  t up 
a circulation  in  the  extremities.  Then  give  one  and  a half 
drachms  emetic  tartar,  two  drachms  digitails,  three  drnclims 
nitre.  Keep  well  covered  with  warm  clothing.  Use  one  ounce 
of  cream  tartar  in  two  quarts  of  tepid  water,  lor  a drink.  Be 
sure  to  keep  the  legs  warm  by  hot  applications  and  bandages. 
Use  these  medicines  until  a cure  is  effected. 

Staggers. 

There  is  but  little  of  this  disease  in  the  Northern  States,  but 
it  exists  to  a great  extent  in  all  the  Southern.  The  food  is  the 
principal  cause;  there  is  a great  quantity  of  diseased  corn  used 
and  too  much  cf  any  kind  is  usually  given;  then  as  much 
water  as  he  will  drink  after  it,  which  generates  an  unhealthy 
gas  in  the  stomach,  and  causes  distention;  the  blood  is  in- 
flamed and  rushes  to  the  head,  and  the  brain  is  somewhat  in- 
flamed. The  horse  staggers  about,  or  becomes  sluggish,  and 
stands  with  head  down ; the  eyes  look  glassy;  in  some  cases, 
he  will  rear,  and  fall  back,  or  run;  he  will  not  eat,  but  hold 
the  hay  in  his  mouth,  and  then  drops  it;  he  sweats  profusely, 
and  in  a short  time  will  fall  and  die. 

Cube. — First,  physic  with  one  ounce  of  aloes  dissolved  in 
warm  water,  and  given  as  drench;  in  one  hou)',  give  half  an 
ounce  more  of  the  aloes,  and  continue  this  until  it  operates. 
As  soon  as  the  first  aloes  is  given  blister  the  headwdth  a strong 
fly  blister  apply  this  OYer  the  brain,  from  bclov/  the  ear  nearly 
down  to  the  eye;  then  bathe  the  legs  wuth  as  hot  winter  as  you 
can  use,  and  bandage  them  wdth  flannel,  keep  them  as  warm 
as  possible,  Then  give  one  drachm  of  (ligitails,one  and  a half 
of  emetic  tartar,  and  three  drachms  of  nitre.  If  it  is  to  be  re- 
peated, use  half  of  the  above  amount  in  three  hours.  Then  if 
he  has  any  disposition  to  eat,  give  bran  mash,  with  one  table 
spoon  full  of  puvelerized  resin;  use  this  for  a week  as  he  re- 
covers, and  feed  and  wmrk  lightly  until  he  regains  his  strength 
If  he  is  bound  up,  it  may  be  necessary  to  use  injections, which 
are  always  beneficial. 

Warbles,  Sitfasts  and  Saddle  Gails. 

These  are  caused  in  many  cases  by  using  a blanket  under 
the  saddle  in  hot  w^eather,  thus  scalding  the  back,  and  causing 
these  little  lumps  to  appear;  and  when  they  ulcerate,  they  are 
called  “sitfasts.”  The  ulcer  has  a calloused  spot  in  the  center. 
When  they  first  make  their  appearance,  rest  will  remove  them; 
but  if  the  horse  is  to  be  used,  you  must  remote  the  stuffing 


76 


THE  H0B8E, 


from  the  pad  of  the  saddle,  that  the  bearing  may  not  come  on 
the  nicer.  Bathe  in  strong  salt  water,  to  remove  the  enlarge- 
ment; but  if  it  does  not  effect  this,  and  it  is  really  a sitfast,  ap- 
ply a blister,  this  will  dissolve  it,  then  apioly  the  resin  and 
honey  ointment  to  heal  it.  A horse  with  high  withers,  long 
back,  and  broad  loins,  will  make  the  best  saddle  nag,  and 
carry  his  rider  with  ease.  In  hot  weather,  it  is  a good  practice 
to  bathe  the  back  with  salt  water,  when  the  saddle  is  removed 
at  noon  and  night. 

For  Inflammation  of  the  Lungs  in  a Horse. 

First  a thorough  bleeding,  then  would  give  tincture  vera- 
trum  vaiide,  half  an  ounce;  laudanum,  tour  ounces;  tincture 
aconite,  quarter  of  an  ounce;  shake  well  together  and  give  a 
half  tablespoonful  every  three  or  four  hours,  in  some  water, 
well  sweetened;  and  should  it  not  bring  down  the  pulse,  the 
dose  can  be  gradually  increased  to  a tablespoonful,  and  as  soon 
as  the  horse  recovers  so  as  to  eat  and  lie  dowm  naturally,  would 
keep  him  on  hay  alone  perhaps,  with  a few  carrots  or  potatoes, 
and  daily  give  a bran  mash  with  saltpetre,  crude  antimony  and 
sulphur  for  ten  or  fifteen  days,  and  you  will  prevent  dropsy  of 
the  chest,  which  is  a sequel  of  that  disease. 

For  Colic  in  Horses. 

Sulphur  ether,  one  pint;  aromatic  spirits  ammonia,  pint; 
sweet  spirits  nitre,  two  pints;  opium  quarter  of  pound;  asa- 
foetida  (pure),  half  pound;  camphor,  half  pound;  put  in  a 
large  bottle,  let  stand  fourteen  days  with  frequent  shaking 
and  it  will  be  fit  for  use.  Dose  two  ounces  every  two,  three, 
or  four  hours  until  the  horse  is  relieved.  Should  be  given  in 
water  well  sweetened. 

Another  Eemedy. — One  ounce  laudanum  ; one  ounce  sweet 
spirits  of  nitre;  one  ounce  tincture  asafoetida,  one  tablespoon- 
ful capsicum;  from  two  two  three  ounces  carbonate  soda;  half 
pint  whisky;  half  pint  water.  Mix  and  give  at  one ’dose,  and 
if  not  better  in  twenty-five  minutes,  repeat  half  dosesc 

Stoppage  of  Water. 

This  disease  in  most  cases  is  caused  by  allowing  the  horse  to 
become  foul,  and  what  is  called  a beam  thereby  forms  in  the 
end  of  the  penis.  The  horse  will  stand  and  weave  or  stretch 
out;  then  paw  and  kick  his  belly  with  liis  hind  legs;  he  may 
drop  down  in  harness,  and  sometimes  break  out  in  a profuse 
sweat.  The  only  thing  to  be  done  in  this  case  is  to  draw  his 
yard  carefully,  and  run  the  finger  around  the  head,  where  you 


TEE  HORSE 


77 


vlll  find  two  or  three  hard  substances;  withdraw  them  and 
wash  the  sheath  clean  and  grease  it  with  lard. 

In  some  cases  it  originates  from  contraction  of  the  muscle  of 
the  loins  or  inaction  of  the  kidneys.  To  cure  this,  bathe  the 
loins  with  hot  water  for  half  an  hour;  then  bathe  with  hot 
vinegar  and  pepper-sauce;  then  cover  the  loins  with  three  or 
four  thicknesses  of  blankets.  Then  mix  of  turpentine  one 
ounce,  sweet  spirits  of  nitre  two  ounces,  and  give  as  a drink. 
Give  a bran  mash  with  one  tablespoonful  of  resin  in  it  every 
day  for  a week  and  the  cure  is  complete. 

Colic  or  Cholera  in  Mules* 

This  appears  to  be  a prevalent  disease  on  the  plantations,  and  ' 
is  brought  on  by  giving  too  much  food  and  water  at  one  time, 
and  then  immediately  putting  him  to  work.  The  hard  work 
retards  digestion,  and  a gas  is  generated  from  the  food  and 
water,  which  fills  the  stomach  and. bowels  and  also  sets 
the  bots  to  work.  The  gas  would  kill  the  bot,  and  to  save  him- 
self, he  bores  into  the  membrane  of  the  stomach,  or  tries  to  get 
out  at  the  meat-pipe  or  by  the  passage  between  the  stomachs. 
They  will  thus  stop  up  the  passage,  sometimes,  and  kill  the 
animal.  But  if  the  passages  are  open,  the  gas  will  pass  into 
the  bowels,  and  then  the  disease  is  colic.  He  will  be  much 
swollen  and  distended,  breathe  short  and  hard,  and  will  fall 
or  lay  down  and  get  up;  ears  will  lop  over  on  each  side,  and 
eyes  look  dull  and  heavy.  When  the  mule  is  first  taken,  take 
him  out  to  of  the  stable  and  keep  him  as  still  as  possible,  and 
in  the  majority  of  cases  he  will  recover  without  the  use  of 
medicine. 

Cure.  —If  he  does  not  thus  get  over  it,  take  one  ounce  laud- 
anum; one  ounce  ether,  two  tablespoonfuls  soda,  two  drachms 
of  peppermint;  put  with  half  pint  hot  gin,  and  gi\e  as  a 
drench.  Then  give  injection  of  one  ounce  ot  aloes  dissolved 
in  warm  water.  This  is  an  effectual  cure. 

Colts  Brought  up  by  Hand. 

It  is  a frequent  remark,  that  cosset  colts,  are  worse  to  break 
than  those  which  were  never  handled  up  to  two  or  three  years 
old.  The  reason  is  that  they  are  spoiled  by  petting  them,  and 
allowing  them  to  do  as  they  please.  When  playing  with  colts, 
you  should  always  make  them  do  as  you  wish,  and  then,  if  they 
are  learned  to  do  as  you  will  in  playing,  they  will  not  be- 
come stubborn  when  you  wish  them  to  work.  The  great  ob- 
I'ect  in  laying  the  horse  down  is  to  make  him  understand  that 
we  can  do  as  we  please  with  him,  and  then  he  sees  there  is  no 
use  resenting,  and  we  have  gained  our  point.  After  this,  he 


7ft 


TEE  B0R8I. 


obeyis^  H'tcfirvfit  difficulty,  and  that  stubborn,  willful  feeling  is 
subdued.  You  riay  ‘^hen  teach  him  anything  you  plesse. 

Tegetable  Caustic. 

Make  a strong  ley  of  hickory  or  oak  ashes,  put  into  an  iroxi 
kettle  and  evaporate  to  the  consistency  oi  thin  molasses;  then 
remove  into  a sand  bath,  and  continue  the  evaporation 
to  the  consistency  of  honey.  Keep  it  in  a grand  stopped  glass 

jar. 

This  caustic  is  very  valuable  in  fistulas,  cancers,  scrofulas 
and  indolent  ulcers,  particularly  where  there  are  sinuses 
necrosis  (or  decay  of  bone)  and  in  all  cases  where  there  is 
proud  flesh,  and  also  to  excite  a healthy  action  of  the  parts. 
It  Bemoves  fungous  flesh  without  exciting  inflammation,  and 
acts  but  little  excep  on  spongy  or  soft  flesh. 

To  Cure  TTarts. 

Take  corrosive  sublimate  and  red  precipitate,  powdered  and 
mixed,  equal  parts,  and  it  will  cure  the  worst  wart  in  the 
world  on  horses  or  cattle. 

If  the  wart  is  large  and  loose,  tie  a fine  strong  cord  around 
it  close  to  the  skin.  In  a short  time  the  wart  will  come  off, 
then  apply  the  powder  until  the  wart  is  eaten  down  below  the 
skin,  then  wash  off  and  rub  on  a little  sweet  oil,  and  it  will 
soon  heal  over.  If  the  wart  is  dry,  scratch  it  with  a jDin  or 
point  of  a knife  until  it  bleeds,  then  rub  on  the  powder. 
It  will  make  a dry  scab;  pick  off  the  scab  and  put  on  the  pow 
der  again  until  it  is  all  eaten  off: 

Hoof  Medicine. 

Take  Eosin,  four  ounces;  beeswax,  five  ounces;  lard,  two 
pounds:  melt  together,  pour  it  into  a pot,  add  three  ounces 
turpentine;  two  ouncee  finely  pulverized  verdigris  one  pound 
tallow;  stir  all  until  it  gets  cold.  This  is  one  of  the  best  medi- 
cines for  the  hoof  ever  used.  It  is  good  for  corks  or  bruises 
of  the  foot. 

To  Restore  the  Appetite. 

Use  of  pulverized  caraway  seeds  and  bruised  raisins,  four 
ounces  each,  of  ginger  and  palm  oil,  two  ounces  each . Al- 
ways use  twice  as  much  of  the  first  as  of  the  last,  in  whatever 
quantity  you  wish  to  make  it.  Give  a small  ball  once  a day 
until  the  appetite  is  restored,  use  mashes  at  the  same  time. 

Stoppage  of  the  Bowels. 

Sake  two  quarts  of  soft  fresh  horse  manure,  add  one  quart  of 


TEE  EOESE. 


79 


boiling  hot  water, then  strain  through  a common  cloth  strainer 
give  one  pint  as  a drench.  This  will  not  fail  for  man  or  beast 
for  a man,  does  one  tablespooniul  every  hour  until  it  acts. 

Salve  for  Man  or  Beast. 

For  all  kinds  of  old  sores,  use  honey  and  rosin,  melted  to- 
gether; add  lard  enough  to  make  a paste;  when  cool,  it  is  fit 
for  use.  There  is  no  salve  better  than  this,  its  med^^inal  qual- 
ities are  excellent. 

To  Soften  the  Feet. 

Spirits  of  tar,  two  ounces ; fish  oil,  four  ounces.  This  is 
very  penetrating,  to  use  where  the  feet  are  hard  and  brittle. 
Rub  it  ip  with  a brush  upon  the  crust  and  sole  every  night. 

Stifle. 

This  is  a strain  of  the  stifle  muscles  only;  the  stifle  joint 
never  gets  out;  if  it  should  the  horse  would  be  worthless.  The 
stifle  shoe  should  never  be  used. 

Cure. — Take  the  whites  of  six  eggs,  and  two  ounces  of  alum, 
pulverized;  mix  well  together,  and  rub  on  the  stifle  muscles; 
dry  with  a hot  iron.  One  application  will  probably  be  sufii- 
cient. 

2. — One  ounce  of  sugar  lead,  one  pint  of  alcohol,  mix  and 
apply  three  or  four  times  a day,  until  a cure  is  effected. 

Tonics. 

Where  it  is  necessary  to  use  tonics,  gentian  is  one  of  the  best 
vegetables,  especially  in  chronic  debility.  It  is  best  united 
with  camomile  and  ginger.  Gentian,  four  drachms;  i camo- 
mile, two  drachms;  ginger,  one  drachm;  give  in  balls. 

Mercurial  Ointment. 

Of  quicksilver,  one  ounce;  lard,  three  ounces;  stir  until 
there  are  no  globules  to  be  seen.  This  is  used  sometimes  in 
preparing  sprains  and  spavins  for  the  regular  spavin  ointment 
rubbed  on  once  a day,  for  two  or  three  days,  before  using  the 
ointment. 

For  all  slints,  bruises,  and  swelling  of  the  limbs,  use 
thoroughwort  and  mullen,  steeped  and  applied  as  hot  as  pos- 
sible, with  bandages. 

Spavin  and  Ringbone. 

CanQiarides  four  ounces,  origanum  two  ounces,  sulphate'  of 
one  ounce,  Venice  turpentine  three  ounces  murat.  tinct. 


TEE  HOUSE. 


iron,  two  ounces,  verdigris  three  ounces,  oil  vitriol  two  ounces 
fresh  lard  one  pound.  Shave  the  hair  from  the  part  dibeased, 
and  rub  the  parts  with  the  medicine.  You  must  uj-e  your  o\vn 
judgment  in  using  this  medicine;  that  is  in  the  length  of  time 
necessary  to  remove  the  callus.  It  must  be  used  every  otLer 
day,  this  will  dissolve  the  ossified  substance,  and  ooze  it  out. 
When  you  see  the  lump  is  diminished  enough,  then  use  the 
same  astringent  as  I have  directed  in  the  other  cure,  that  is, 
white  oak  bark  and  alum,  a quarter  pound  to  a half  gallon  of 
bark  juice,  boiled  down  to  a strong  decotion.  Use  morning 
and  evening. 

Receipt, 

The  first-named  disease  comes  at  the  lower  part  of  the  gam 
brel  joint  It  is  caused  by  a strain  or  bruise— either  will  cause 
it;  this  opens  the  pores  and  causes  the  substance  to  concen- 
trate at  one  place,  and  forms  in  a gristly  or  bony  substance, 
and  causes  the  joint  to  become  stiff  and  sore.  The  horse  some- 
times becomes  lame  before  enlargement  is  perceivable.  In 
some  cases  it  will  continue  to  grow  lor  two  years;  it  wall  then 
become  a hard  bone.  The  enlargement  at  this  stage  cannot 
be  removed — you  may  kill  the  disease,  and  kill  the  • lameness. 
The  great  object  with  this  disease  is  stop  the  lee^age.  There 
has  nothing  been  used  as  an  astringent,  when  by  removing  the 
lump  without  the  astringent  it  leaves  the  parts  loose  and  open 
but  if  used  it  closes  and  stops  the  pores,  then,  by  letting  the 
horse  stand  until  it  heaves,  becomes  firm. 

Cure. — Four  ounces  green  euphorbium,  fine,  one  ounce 
Spanish  flies  pulverized,  four  ounces  corrosive  sublimate,  four 
ounces  red  precipitate,  six  ounces  white  pine  turpentine,  four 
ounces  iodine,  six  ounces  lard,  melt  the  lard  and  turpentine 
together,  after  it  is  nearly  cold,  add  the  other  articles  and  stir 
until  it  is  cold,  it  is  then  ready  for  use. 

Then  rub  the  enlargement  until  it  is  warm,  then  rub  on  the 
ointment  and  let  it  remain  for  twenty-four  hours,  then  take 
lard  and  rub  upon  until  all  of  the  ointment  is  taken  out. 
Let  it  remain  one  utxj,  then  apply  the  medicine  again,  keep 
this  up  until  the  enlargement  is  gone;  then  use  oak  bark  as  an 
astringent  to  bathe  it  in,  and  bandage  until  well,  keeping  it 
well  saturated  with  the  oak  bark  water . ^ „ j. 

You  may  use  the  same  ointment  for  “ thorough -pin,  after 
it  is  blistered  sufficiently  deep,  use  the  oak  bark  and  bandage 
until  healed.  The  same  for  blood  spavin  and  wind  puffs.  It 
will  be  necessary  to  use  a pad  under  the  bandage  in  “thoreugh- 
pin,”  to  make  it  bear  evenly.  . 

Keep  the  horse  quiet,  while  using  these  medicines  and  or  ts 

low  diet. 


THE  H0B8E. 


81 


To  Clean  and  Oil  Harness. 

First  take  the  harness  apart,  having  each  strap  and  piece  by 
itself,  iiien  wash  it  in  warm  soap  suds.  When  cleaned,  black 
every  part  with  the  following  dye:  One  ounce  extract  logwood, 
twelve  grains  bichromate  of  potash,  both  pounded  fine;  when 
put  into  two  quarts  of  boiling  rain  water,  and  stir  until  all  is 
dissolved.  When  cool,  it  may  be  used  You  can  bottle  and 
keep  for  future  use  if  you  wish.  It  may  be  applied  with  a 
shoe-brush,  or  anything  else  convenient.  When  the  dye  has 
struck  in,  you  may  oil  each  part  with  neats  foot  oil,  applied 
with  a paint  brush,  or  anything  convenient.  Por  second  oiling 
use  one-third  castor  oil,  and  two-third  neatsfoot  oil  mixed.  A 
few  hours  after,  wipe  clean  with  a woolen  cloth,  which  gives 
the  harness  a glossy  appearance. 

The  preparation  does  not  injure  the  leather  or  stitching, 
makes  it  soft  and  pliable  and  obviates  the  necessity  of  oiling 
as  often  as  is  necessary  by  the  ordinary  method. 

Strength  of  Food  for  Horses. 

It  will,  perhaps,  be  interesting  to  the  horseman  and  farrier 
to  know  how  much  nutritive  matter  is  contained  in  the  differ- 
ent kinds  of  food  given  the  horse.  The  quantity  cannot  be 
considered  as  expressing  the  actual  value  of  each,  because 
other  circumstances  beside  the  simple  quantity  of  nutriment 
seem  to  influence  their  effect  in  supporting  the  strength  and 
condition  of  the  horse.  Yet  many  a useful  hint  may  be  learned 
when  the  farmer  looks  over  the  produce  of  his  soil.  The  list 
is  taken  from  Sir  Humphrey  Davy’s  Agricultural  Chemistty  ; 

1000  parts  of  wheat  contain  955  parts  of  nutritive  matter. 


**  “ barley  “ 950  “ “ 

“ “ oats 

744  ‘ “ 

“ “ peas 

(« 

573 

“ beans 

570 

“ “ potatoes 

<( 

230  “ ‘‘ 

“ “ red-beets 

<( 

148  , “ 

“ “ parsnips 

n 

99  ‘‘  “ 

“ “ carrots 

it 

98  “ ‘‘ 

Of  the  grasses,  1000  parts  of  the  meadow  catstail  contains, 
at  the  time  of  seeding,  98  parts  of  nutritive  matter;  narrow- 
leaved  meadow  grass  ir  seed,  and  sweet-scented  soft  grass  in 
flower,  95;  narrow  leaved  and  flat-stalked  meadow  grass  in 
flower,  fertile  meadow  grass  in  seed,  and  talefescue  in  flower 
93;  creeping  soft  grass  in  flower,  78;  common  turnips,  42; 
long-rooted  clover,  39;  white  clover  32;  and  lucerne  23. 


82' 


' ^[EE  HORm 


To  Cure  Cribbing, 

If  caused  by  irritation  of  the  teeth  growing  too  near  together 
saw  between  the  upper  and  lower  front  teeth,  If  a simple 
habit,  arrange  the  stall  so  as  to  make  it  impossible  for  him  to 
crib.  This  you  can  do  by  making  the  stall  plain,  with  a sim2:)le 
box  manager  in  front,  rather  low,  but  extending  the  whole 
widiii  of  the  stall.  Immediately  over  the  front  edge  of  this 
plain  box  manager,  hang  a roller  of  about  six  or  seven  inches 
in  diameter,  on  pivots,  which  must  be  so  arranged  that  it  will 
tarn  easily.  This  roller,  extending  clear  across  the  manager, 
offers  tile  only  means  within  reach  on  which  to  crib.  The 
horse,  in  cribbing,  will  press  the  front  teeth  firmly  upon  this 
roli<ir,  pulling  down  and  towards  him,  which  causes  the  roller 
to  turn  from  under  his  mouth,  and  hois  defeated  in  his  efforts. 
There  is  no  trouble  in  breaking  a young  horse  of  this  habit  by 
tiiis  means.  A very  good  way  is  to  feed  a horse  from  a basket 
hung  loosely  by  a cord  to  something  overhead.  Tho  roller, 
proper  adjusteil,  is  however,  much  the  best  means. 

To  Prevent  Horses  Jumping 

Have  a good  firm  strap  halter  made  “that  will  fit  the  horse 
nicely,  with  a wide  strap  stitched  to  each  side  so  as  to  come 
over  the  eyes.  Cut  holes  in  tnis  strap  overeacli  eye;  over  these 
eye-holes  put  fine  wire-cloth,  supported  nicely  b}^  wires,  so 
that  it  c.m  not  possibly  touch  the  eyes.  Before  a horse  at- 
tempts jumping  over  a fence,  he  will  put  liis  head  over  to  cal- 
culate upon  the  height  an<l  distance  he  is  about  to  jump;  but 
by  looking  through  this  wire-cloth  everything  is  so  magnified 
in  a[)pearaiice,  that  he  is  disconcerted  in  his  efforts  to  do  so, 
and  is  afraid  to  jump. 

Hots  or  Grubs. 

There  are  a great  many  horses  lost  with  this  disease.  It  is 
impossible  to  put  anything  down  a horse  to  kill  a bot,  that 
would  not  kill  the  horse.  I will  take  what  the  most  of  farriers 
will  prescribe  for  this  disease,  and  kill  any  horse  in  three  or 
four  days,  and  will  give  you  reasons  for  it.  First,  a bot  never 
works  when  the  stomach  is  in  order;  as  soon  as  the  gasses 
of  the  stomach  becomes  deranged,  the  bot  goes  to  work — and 
you  can  derange  the  stomach  by  giving  strong  medicine.  The 
bot  goes  to  work  in  the  maw;  after  he  gets  worked  in  a short 
distance,  you  can  put  nothing  there  that  he  can  taste,  without 
letting  loose  from  the  maw;  and  by  giving  strong  medi- 
cine, anything  that  has  any  tendency  to  burn  or  hurt  the 
bot,  he  would  work  into  the  maw  to  get  rid  of  the  medicine; 
and  ,if  you  put  any  sweets  down,  the  bot  could  not  eat  it,  be- 
cause his  head  is  in. 


83 


11  HE  HORSE. 

Now,  I will  give  you  a sure  and  positive  cure  for  tliis  dis- 
ease. Take  a bucket  half  full  of  hot  water;  then  procure  a 
quart  bottle;  set  the  bottle  dowu.  in  the  hot  water;  then  bleed 
the  horse  in  the  neck  vein,  and  let  the  blood  run  into  the  bot- 
tle. When  full,  drench  the  horse  with  this  hot  blood.  The 
blood  goes  to  the  maw  so  much  hotter  than  the  natural 
stomach,  that  the  hot  becomes  relaxed  and  lets  loose.  He  then 
suTrn^  his  fill  of  this  sweet  blood,  and  passes  off  from  the 
horse. 

Quinsy. 

The  symptoms  of  this  disease  are  something  like  inflaminao 
tion  of  the  lung — difficulty  of  breathing,  eyes  inflamed,  nos- 
trils distended,  breath  quick  and  short;  he  stands  with 
Lis  liead  down,  and  has  no  disposition  to  move  about,  and  you 
will  hear  a rattling  in  the  throat,  caused  by  an  accumulation 
of  mucous  matter  in  the  giotis  or  throttle,  which  becomes 
swollen  so  as  to  be  perceivable  on  the  outside  of  the  throat.  A 
horse  with  this  disease  sometimes  has  an  inclination  to  eat, 
but  with  the  lung  fever — never.  Quinsy  is  entireiy  an  affec- 
tion of  the  glands  of  the  head  and  throat  distinct  from  the 
lungs. 

Cube. — Take  one  ounce  pulverized  aloes,  to  one  half  ounce 
oil  of  sassafras,  mix  with  a little  flour  to  make  it  thick,  and 
then  make  into  balls  the  size  of  a black  walnut,  or  the  yolk  of 
an  egg— this  quantity  is  for  a dose.  Open  the  mouth,  pull 
out  the  tongue,  put  the  ball  on  the  rooxs  of  the  tongue,  this  is 
the  easiest  Vay  to  give  the  medicine.  A thick  heavy  blister 
should  be  drawn  on  toe  throat,  and  a mustard  or  fly  poultice, 
to  draw  the  inflammation  to  the  surface.  Bathe  the  limbs  with 
hot  water,  and  bandage  them  from,  the  hoof  to  the  knee;  bathe 
three  or  four  times  a day.  When  he  has  a dis})o>ition  to  eat, 
give  a mash  of  scalded  wheat  bran — two  quarts  twice  a day. 
Give  no  hay  or  grain  for  three  or  four  days;  then  if  he  breathes 
easy  you  can  increase  the  feed.  Keep  the  horse  from  the  wind 
and  well  blanketed. 

Distemper. 

This  IS  a disease  that  all  colts  are  liable  to;  and,  if  taken  in 
time,  there  will  be  no  danger  of  swelling  in  the  throat.  Ihis 
frequently  causes  thick  wind.  By  distempers  breaking  in  tlm 
throat,  it  becomes  a callous  where  the  opening  in  the  throat 
was;  then  by  choking  the  horse  there  is  not  room  for  the  wind, 
and  he  wheezes;  but  as  soon  as  he  stops,  he  breathes  easy 
again.  When  this  disease  first  makes  its  appearance,  bleed 
freely  from  neck  vein;  then  give  from  a half  to  one  pint  of  lin- 
seed oil,  with  three  drachms  of  sassafras  oil;  this  thins  and 
purifies  the  blood. 


1 uere  are  twb  different  modes  of  nickll.^.  I will  give  tlia 
best  and  easiest.  To  make  a horse  carry  an  elegant  tail  is 
attended  with  some  uncertainty.  It  much  depends  upon  the 
spirit,  disposition,  form  and  vigor  of  the  bone  of  the  tail,  etc. 
A horse  that  has  good  spirits,  tolerable  shape,  and  a small 
bone  in  the  tail,  can  be  made  to  carry  an  elegant  tail  with  the 
greatest  ease,  particularly  if  he  carries  a tolerable  natural 
tail;  but  a dull,  leather-headed,  flop-eared  horse,  with  a re- 
markably large  bone  in  the  tail,  will  set  you  a task  although 
you  break  the  bone  in  two  or  three  places.  Indeed,  there  is  so 
much  difference  in  horses,  that  a great  deal  of  judg- 
ment must  be  exercised  about  the  best  mode  to  be  adopted  for 
the  accomplishment  of  the  object  in  view. 

Nothing  can  more  disfigure  the  appearance  of  a horse  than 
to  be  half  nicked,  The  form  of  the  tail,  when  this  unfortu- 
nately happens,  depart  from  the  simplicity  of  nature,  and  never 
attains  the  elegance  of  art. 

I shall  now  proceed  to  the  best  method  of  nicking  every 
description  of  horse,  and  which,  if  well  attended  to,  will 
seldom  or  never  fail  to  succeed.  The  horse  should  be  con- 
fined in  stocks  fitted  for  that  purpose.  The  tail  then  should 
be  plaited  up,  and  clubbed  at  the  end,  turned  over  a small 
stick  and  securely  tied  with  a string.  Being  provided  with 
a knife  made  for  that  purpose,  turn  the  tail  up  within  a 
direct  line  with  the  back;  commence  the  operation  by  ma- 
king an  incision  about  one  inch  from  the  rump  close  to  the 
hair,  cut  the  cords  in  one  place  on  each  side,  leaving  an  in- 
cision only  the  size  of  the  knife  blade;  be  very  careful  not  to 
touch  the  bone  with  the  knife,  for  if  so,  it  would  create  in- 
flammation, and  the  hair  would  come  out.  Great  pains  should 
be  taken  to  have  the  weights  equal,  in  order  to  keep  the  tail 
in  a perpendicular  direction,  and  prevent  it  from  turning  to 
either  side  during  the  time  of  healing,  as  a horse  that  carries 
his  tail  to  one  s«def  instead  of  being  elegantly  nicked,  is 
ruined. 

The  horse  man;v  t^es  turns  a crooked  talF ‘before  he  has 
been  nicked . To  straighten  the  tail,  cut  the  top  cord — the 
under  cord  depresses  \he  tail,  and  the  top  one  raises  it.  When 
standing,  the  tail  is  sti^aight;  you  will  see  at  once  that  it  is  the 
top  cord.  In  cutting  Ihe  cord  to  straighten,  cut  the  long  cord, 
and  the  short  cord  will  pass  by  on  a lap  and  grow  together, 
leaving  the  tail  as  strc^ug  as  < ver.  Palling  is  not  required  in 
straightening  the  tail 


TEE  HOUSE 


85 


Scours. 

This  is  a disease  which  requires  no  description — you  will 
know  it  when  it  comes.  It  is  the  same  as  cholera  in  a man  but 
is  very  easy  to  manage.  In  a warm  climate  it  is  very  danger- 
ous, as  two-thirds  of  the  horses  taken  with  it,  die  in  three  or 
four  days. 

Cube.— Boil  red  or  white  oak  bark  to  a strong  ooze;  put  twa 
tablespoonfuls  of  cream  of  tartar,  to  one  quart  of  this  decoc* 
tion;  give  to  drink  or  as  a drench — then  use  the  bark  water 
for  injection.  Keep  this  up  until  the  purging  is  stopped,  then 
give  a mash  of  scalded  wheat  bran  twice  a day.  Give  no  hay 
or  grain,  or  you  will  cause  a relapse.  He  will  have  a good  ap- 
petite, but  be  very  careful  for  several  days,  and  when  you 
commence  feeding,  feed  very  light.  A positive  cure. 

Blind  Staggers. 

The  cause  of  this  disease  is  too  much  food  and  water.  In 
giving  as  much  as  a horse  can  eat,  then  give  as  much  water  as 
he  will  drink,  in  driving,  the  grain  becomes  swollen  and  the 
stomach  distended  by  undigested  food.  The  distention  of  the 
stomach  prevents  the  passage  of  the  blood,  which  causes  it  t© 
flow  to  the  head,  and  makes  him  crazy  and  blind.  Sometimes 
he  will  fall  back,  at  other  times  run,  and  is  apt  to  run  off  from 
a bluff  or  against  any  object  that  may  be  in  his  way. 

Cube. — If  the  disease  is  in  its  worst  stages,  split  the  skin  of 
the  forehead  and  fill  with  salt  and  black  pepper;  then,  if  you 
can  get  sassafras  roots,  boil  to  a tea,  give  one  gallon  twice  a 
day,  bleed  one  gallon  from  the  neck  vein.  Feed  light  with 
bran  mash ; do  not  use  any  very  hearty  food  for  two  weeks. 
This  is  a sure  cure. 

Tfeakness  Across  the  Loins. 

This  originates  nuny  times  from  a stoppage  rf  water.  It  is 
not  always  what  would  be  called  gravel,  it  may  be  from  con- 
traction of  the  muscles  across  the  loins.  The  more  the  horse 
strains,  the  more  contraction  it  would  cause  He  becomes 
stiff,  and  it  is  difficult  for  him  to  move  his  hind  parts. 

Cube. — Give  one  ounce  of  pulverized  aloes;  one  ounce  sweet 
spirits  of  nitre,  one  ounce  oil  sassafras.  Give  this  as  one  dose 
after  making  into  small  balls.  Then  bathe  the  loins  with  hot 
pepper  sauce.  Blanket  the  horse  well,  putting  several  thick- 
nesses over  the  loins.  As  soon  as  he  can  stand,  give  two 
quarts  bran  mash,  with  one  tablespoonful  of  powdered  rosin. 
Give  this  for  two  or  three  days,  and  keep  the  loins  as  warm  of 
possible*  Also  use  A li&iHxent,  origanum,  two  ounces,  oil  ap 


86 


THE  HOBSR 


sassafras  ounces;  spirit  of  turpentine  two  ounces,  well 
mixed  together,  and  bathe  the  loins  twice  a day. 

Stocked  or  Swollen  Legs. 

This  is  caused  by  sudden  heats  and  colds. 

Cube. — Bathe  the  legs,  from  the  hoof  to  the  knee,  in  as  hot 
water  as  he  will  bear,  and  then  bandage  them;  the  hot  water 
opens  the  pores  and  thins  the  blood,  that  has  become  thick, 
|and  will  not  circulate  well.  Make  a strong  tea  of  sassafras 
h-oots,  and  give  it  to  drink.  It  not  easily  procured,  give  as  a 
purge  one  pint  of  linseed  or  castor  oil,  half  an  ounce  of  oil  of 
sassafras.  Eeed  light,  give  bran  mash  with  one  tablespoonful 
of  cream  tartar  for  a few  nights, 

To  Cure  Horse  Distemper. 

If  the  glands  of  the  neck  are  not  swoolen  much,  give  half  of 
a three  cent  paper  of  smoking  tobacco,  morning  and  evening, 
in  a warm  bran  mash,  and  give  no  hay,  but  a little  fine  cut 
straw,  wet,  with  bran  mixed  in.  If  the  glands  of  the  neck  are 
swoolen,  then  apply  a warm  poultice  made  of  wheat  bran  and 
hot  vinegar,  changing  as  often  as  the  poultice  gets  dry  and  be 
sure  to  get  down  ail  you  can  of  flaxseed  tea,  or  slippery  elm 
tea  will  answer  the  same  purpose;  and  let  this  be  his  constant 
drink.  Be  cautious  to  keep  the  horse  from  taking  colds,  in 
any  way,  and  keep  on  a blanket,  and  thus  you  will  save  many 
a noble  animal.  Be  cautious  never  to  bleed  your  horse  during 
the  horse  distemper,  or  physic  him  any  more  than  what  you 
will  be  able  to  do  with  the  warm  bran  mash, 

Remedy  for  Bols. 

Which  will  remove  them  in  a few  days : Take  of  oil  of  tur- 
pentine eight  ounces,  alcohol  one  quart;  mix  and  bottle  for 
use.  Rose,  five  ounces  in  the  horse’s  feed  once  a day  for  eight 
days,  and  this  will  effectually  remove  the  last  vestige  ot  the 
bots. 

For  Inflamed  Swellings  or  Lame  Shoulder. 

Equal  parts  oil  of  amber,  oil  of  spike,  camphor  gum,  ether 

To  Cure  Heaves. 

Oil  tar,  1 oz;  oil  amber  1 oz.  Mix  and  give  15  or  20  drops 
in  feed  daily. 

Physic  Ball. 

Barbadoes  aloes,  1 lb.,  syrup  buckthorn,  3 ounces,  eod  liver 


IHE  HOUSE, 


3 ounces,  melt  the  whole  and  stir  till  cold.  In  winter,  add 
a little  water,  make  into  eighteen  pills  and  give  one  every  four 
hours,  or  as  much  as  will  move  the  bowels. 

Diuretic  Drops. 

That  are  reliable  for  stoppage  of  water,  foul  water,  or  inflam^. 
mation  of  the  kidneys  in  all  cases. 

Take  of  SAveet  spirits  of  nitre  4 ounces,  balsam  copavia,  2 
ounces,  oil  juniper  two  ouncse,  spirits  of  turpentine  two  ozs., 
gum  camphor  pulverized  one  ounce,  mix  all  together,  and 
shake  well,  bottle  and  it  is  ready  for  use,  for  man  or  beast,  un- 
der all  circumstances  where  a diuretic  is  required. 

Dose. — For  a horse  one  ounce,  in  half  a pint  of  milk  once  in 
six  hours,  for  a man  one  teaspoonful  in  a tablespoonful  of  milk 
once  in  six  hours.  Be  sure  to  shake  the  ingredients  up  vveij 
before  turning  out  for  use. 

Colic, 

This  is  caused  by  giving  too  much  feed  and  water,  or  by 
Vratering  often  on  the  road.  The  water  reduces  the  juices  of 
the  stomach,  disabling  digestion  and  causing  the  grain  to  swell 
generates  a gas  in  the  stomach,  which,  passing  into  the  bowels 
causes  the  acute  pain  of  Colic.  He  becomes  restive,  lies  down, 
l olls  about  and  gives  many  signs  of  pain.  Many  times  the 
'horse  has  bots  and  colic  at  the  same  time,  the  only  difference 
in  the  symptoms  being  that  in  colic  the  ears  are  cold,  and  in 
])'  >ts  they  are  warm. 

Cure. — Take  one  and  a half  ounces  of  laudanum,  one  ounce 
(d"  ether,  twn  table  spoonfuls  soda,  in  half  pint  of  warm  water, 
give  as  a drench.  Do  not  exercise  the  horse  with  this  disease, 
as  exercise  causes  the  gases  to  move  from  one  part  of  the  bowels 
to  another,  each  time  causing  pain,  therefore  keep  him  as  quiet 
as  possible. 

Fistula  and  Foicyli', 

These  diseases  are  both  of  the  same  .nature,  caused  by  a 
bruise,  and  the  other  part  becomes  swollen,  and  a mattery 
substance  forms  in  the  flesh;  and,  as  the  disease  becomes  seat- 
ed, it  fills  in  with  pips  and  roots  and  increases  the  inflamma- 
tion. When,  this  disease  first  makes  its  apperance,  it  can  be 
driven  away  by  blistering,  and  drawing  the  inflammation  to 
one  point;  but  after  it  forms  in  roots,  of  pijis,  the  only  way  of 
getting  rid  of  it  is  to  eat  out  or  kill  the  roots  of  the  disease. 

The  most  effectual  way  of  doing  this  is  <o  lake  of  euphor- 
bium  pulverized  one  ounce;  Spanish  lies  pulverized  one  Imlf 
ounce;  tincture  of  cantharides  one  half  ounce;  iodine  one  ounce** 


88 


ms  s^nsR 


corrosive  sublimate,  one  ounee;  red  precipitate,  one  ounee; 
white  pine  turpentine,  one  ounce  and  a half;  lard,  one  ounce 
und  a half.  Melt  the  lard  and  turpentine  together,  and  when 
it  becomes  blood  warm,  as  it  is  cooling  off,  add  the  other  arti- 
eles.  Use  a large  dish  to  mix  them  in,  for  when  you  put  them 
together  the  mixture  will  foam;  stir  until  cool,  it  is  then  ready 
for  use.  If  j;he  sore  has  not  broken,  use  it  on  the  outside  un- 
til you  draw  the  disease  to  the  surface.  If  it  has  broken, 
put  the  salve  in  the  wound,  it  will  eat  out  all  of  the  diseased 
fl^3sh.  When  you  wish  to  heal  the  wound,  wash  clean  with 
soap,  then  use  as  a salve,  powdered  rosin  and  honey,  the  best 
healing  salve  for  horse  flesh  ever  used. 


f FARMERS  AND  STOCK  OWNERS’  DEPARTMENT. 

Raket’s  Directions  for  Breaking  and  Training  of  Horses. 
—In  training  norses  you  must  remember  that  there  are  certain 
natural  laws  that  govern  them.  Dor  instance,  it  is  natural  for 
him  to  kick  whenever  he  gets  badly  frightened;  it  is  natural 
for  him  to  escape  from  whatever  he  thinks  will  do  him  harm. 
His  faculties  of  seeing,  hearing  and  smelling,  have  been  given 
him  to  examine  everything  new  that  he  is  brought  in  contract 
with.  And  so  long  as  you  present  him  with  nothing  that  of- 
fends his  eyes,  nose  or  ears,  you  can  then  handle  him  at  will, 
nm withstanding  he  may  be  frightened  at  first,  so  that  in  a 
short  time  he  will  not  be  afraid  of  anything  he  is  brought  in 
contact  with.  All  of  the  whipping  and  spurring  of  horses  for 
shying,  stumbling,  etc.,  is  useless  and  cruel.  If  he  shys,  and 
you  whip  him  for  it,  it  only  adds  terror,  and  makes  the  object 
larger  than  it  would  otherwise  be;  give  him  time  to  examine  it 
without  punishing  him.  He  should  never  be  hit  with  the  whip 
under  any  circumstances,  or  for  anything  that  he  does.  As  to 
smelling  oil,  there  is  nothing  that  assists  the  traiFCr  to  tame 
his  horse  better.  It  is  better  to  approach  a colt  with  the  scent 
of  honey  or  cinnamon  upon  your  hand,  than  the  scent  of  hogs 
for  horses  naturally  fear  the  scent  of  hogs,  and  will  attempt  to 
escape  from  it,  while  they  like  the  scent  of  honey,  cinnamon, 
or  salt.  To  affect  a horse  with  drugs  you  must  give  him  some 
preparation  of  opium,  and  while  he  is  under  the  influence  of  it 
you  cannot  teach  him  anything  more  than  a man  when  he  is 
intoxicated  with  liquor.  Another  thing,  yon  must  remember 
to  treat  him  kindly,  for  where  you  require  obedience  from  any 
subject,  it  is  better  to  have  it  rendered  from  a eense  of  lo\e 
Uian  fear.  You  should  b®  careful  not  to  chafe  the  lips  of  your 


THE  E0R8K 


89 


/olt  or  hurt  his  mouth  in  any  way,  if  you  do  he  will  dislike  to 
have  the  bridle  on.  After  he  is  taught  to  follow  you,  then  put 
on  the  harness,  putting  your  lines  through  the  shaft  straps 
along  the  side,  and  teach  him  to  yield  to  the  reins,  turn  short 
to  the  right  and  left,  teach  him  to  stand  still  before  he  is  ever 
hitched  up;  you  then  have  control  over  him.  If  he  gets  fright- 
ened, the  lines  should  be  used  as  a telegraph,  to  let  him  know 
what  you  want  him  to  do.  No  horse  is  naturally  vicious,  but 
always  obeys  his  trainer  as  soon  as  he  comprehends  what  he 
would  have  him  do;  you  must  be  firm  with  him  at  the  same 
time,  and  give  him  to  understand  that  you  are  the  trainer,  and 
that  he  is  the  horse.  The  best  bits  to  be  used  to  hold  a horse, 
to  keep  his  mouth  from  getting  sore,  is  a straight  bar-bit,  4^ 
inches  long  between  the  rings;  this  operates  on  both  sides  of 
the  jaw,  while  the  ordinary  snafide  forms  a clamp  and  presses 
the  side  of  the  jaw.  The  curb  or  bridoon  hurts  his  under  jaw 
so  that  he  will  stop  before  he  will  give  to  the  rein.  To  throw 
a horse,  put  a rope  12  feet  long  around  his  body  in  a running 
noose,  pass  it  down  to  the  right  fore  foot  through  a ring  in  a 
spancil,  then  buckle  up  the  left  or  near  fore  foot,  take"  a firm 
hold  of  your  rope,  lead  him  around  until  he  is  tired,  give  him 
a shove  with  your  shoulder,  at  the  same  time  drawing  up  the 
right  foot  which  brings  him  on  his  knees,  hold  him  steady, and 
in  a few  moments  he  will  lie  down.  Never  attempt  to  hold 
him  still,  for  the  more  he  scuffles  the  better. 

Take  your  colt  into  a tight  room  or  pen,  and  with  a long 
whip  commence  snapping  at  the  colt’s  hind  leg,  taking  care  not 
to  hit  above  the  hocks,  stopping  immediately  when  the  colt 
turns  his  head  towards  you;  while  his  head  is  towards  you, 
approach  him  with  the  left  hand  extended  towards  him,  hold- 
ing your  whip  in  the  right  ready  to  snap  him  as  soon  as  he 
turns  his  head  from  you.  In  this  way  you  can  soon  get  your 
hands  upon  him.  As  soon  as  you  have  done  this,  be  careful  to 
caress  him  for  his  obedience,  and  snap  him  for  his  disobedience. 
In  this  way  he  will  soon  learn  that  he  is  safest  in  your  presence 
with  his  head  towards  you,  and  in  a very  short  time  you  can- 
not keep  him  from  you.  Speak  kindly  and  firmly  to  him  all 
the  time  caressing  him,  calling  by  name,  and  saying,  “ Ho, 
boy,”  or  “Ho,  Diana,”  or  some  familiar  word  that  he  will  soon 
learn. 

If  a colt  is  awkward  and  careless  at  first,  you  must  bear  with 
him,  remembering  that  we  too,  were  awkward  when  young;  ah 
lowing  him  his  own  way,  until  by  degrees  he  will  come  in.  If 
he  is  willful,  you  must  then  change  your  course  of  treatment, 
by  confining  him  in  such  a way  that  he  is  powerless  fer  harm 
until  he  submits.  If  he  is  disposed  to  run,  use  my  pole  cheek 
on  him;  if  to  kick,  fasten  a rope  around  his  under  jaw,  pass  it 


90 


THE  EOESE, 


through  the  collar  and  attach  it  to  his  hind  feet.  In  this  'vray 
one  kick  will  cure  him,  as  the  force  of  the  blow  falls  on  the 
jaw.  If  he  should  be  stubborn,  lay  him  dows  and  confine  him 
until  you  subdue  him,  without  punishing  him  with  the 
whip. 

Colts  should  be  broken  without  blind-bridles;  after  they  are 
well  broke,  then  you  may  put  on  blinds.  Bridles  without 
blinds  are  the  best  unless  you  want  to  speed  your  horse,  then 
it  will  be  necessary  to  keep  him  from  seeing  the  whip.  Colts 
should  be  well  handled  and  taught  to  give  readily  to  the  rein 
before  they  are  hitched  up,  If  you  hitch  them  up  the  first 
thing  and  they  become  frightened;  then  you  have  no  control 
over  them;  but  if  you  teach  them  to  start,  stop,  and  stand  at 
the  word  before  they  are  hitched,  then  you  can  govern  them. 

Cruelty  to  Horses— Besides  the  cruel  punishment  inflicted 
upon  horses  by  the  careless  and  heartless  driver,  he  is  subject- 
ed to  severe  punishment  in  the  winter  season,  by  being  com- 
pelled to  take  frozen  bits  into  his  mouth  in  cold  weather,  tear- 
ing the  skin  from  the  tongue  and  the  roof  of  his  mouth,  pro- 
ducing a heavy  inflammation  in  the  mouth  and  throat;  begets 
poor,  hidebound,  and  the  sympathetic  nerves  of  the  head  take 
up  the  inflammation,  carry  it  to  the  head  and  eyes,  frequently 
producing  blindness,  and  a hundred  other  diseases.  The  whip 
should  be  used  as  an  instrument  of  pieasure  instead  of  tor- 
ture; and  your  bits  should  be  wound  with  flannel  or  leather, 
so  that  no  frozen  iron  will  come  in  contactj  with  his  mouth, 
lips  or  tongue.  ; 

Earey’s  Liniment. — Sulphuric  ether,  4 ounces;  hartshorn,  4 
ounces;  oil  of  origanum,  4 ounces;  alcohol,  4 ounces;  sweet 
oil,  4 ounces.  Shake  well  before  using.  For  sprains  on  horses 
&c.,  apply  by  rubbing  and  cover  with  a tight  flannel  bandage. 
For  headache,  rub  a little  on  the  temples  and  apply  a bandage 
wet  with  the  liniment  to  the  forehead. 

Rarey’s  Wizard  Oil. — Oil  of  origanum,  Bounces;  alcohol,  6 
ounces,  spirits  turpentine,  1 ounce;  camphor,  1 ounce.  Shake 
well  before  using, 

R prey’s  Directions  for  Shoeing  Horses. — “ There  are  very 
few  blacksmiths  that  ever  once  think  what  a complicated  piece 
©f  machinery  the  foot  of  a horse  is,  and  by  one  careless  blow 
they  freqnently  stop  the  working  of  this  machine.  The  ma- 
jority of  smiths,  as  soon  as  they  pick  up  a horse’s  toot,  go  to 
work  paring  the  heel,  from  the  fact  that  it  is  the  most  conven- 
ient part  of  the  foot,  and  thereby  destroy  the  heel  and  braces 
of  the  foot,  causing,  in  many  instances,  contracted  heels.  The 
heels  of  a horse  should  be  well  kept  up  and  the  toe  down.  By 
lowering  the  heels  you  throw  the  entire  weight  of  your  horse 
\ipon  the  back  te^do®  (4  the  legs,  and  thereby  produce  lame- 


2HE  BOESE. 


91 


uess  from  overtaxing  a very  important  set  of  tendons.  By 
keeping  up  the  heel  you  throw  the  weight  upon  the  wall  of  the 
foot.  In  this  position  you  prevent  stumbling,  clicking,  &c 
Next  the  shoer  commences  to  pare  away  the  sole,  thins  it  down 
until  he  can  feel  it  spring  with  his  thumb.  Ask  him  why  he 
does  this,  and  he  gives  you  no  reason,  except  from  custom; 
next  comes  the  bars  or  braces  of  the  foot,  they  are  smoothed 
down ; next  in  his  ruinous  course,  comes  the  frogs  of  the  feet, 
they  are  subjected  to  the  same  cutting  and  smoothing  process. 
All  the  cutting,  paring,  and  smoothing  of  the  soles,  bars,  or 
frogs  is  a decided  injury  to  the  horse  as  well  as  to  the  owner. 
All  the  corns  in  the  land  are  produced  by  this  processof  paring 
The  frogs  have  been  i:>laced  in  the  foot  by  nature  to  expand  the 
wall  of  the  foot,  and  as  soon  as  you  commence  to  cut  it,  the 
oily  substance  commences  to  leak  out,  it  drys  up,  becomes 
hard,  loosing  its  oily  substance,  makes  the  wall  hard  and  dry, 
inducing  it  to  crack.  The  nerves  of  the  feet  are  very  sensitive 
and  smiths  should  be  very  careful  not  to  prick  the  foot,  as  it 
requires  quite  a time  to  relieve  them.  The  foot  is  a very  com- 
plicated piece  of  machinery,  and  if  you  keep  a horse  well  shod 
and  his  foot  in  good  condition,  you  can  then  generally  manage 
the  balance.  The  feet  suffer  from  being  kept  too  dry.  Horses 
that  stand  ©n  board  floors  should  have  their  feet  wet  every  day 
or  there  should  be  a vat  five  inches  deep,  five  feet  long,  and 
three  wide,  filled  with  water  and  clay,  in  which  each  horse  can 
stand  for  one  hour  per  week,  unless  his  feet  are  feverish,  then 
he  should  be  kept  in  it  and  hour  per  day,  or  until  the  fever 
subsides.  Another  source  of  injury  to  horses’  feet,  is  the  habit 
of  patronizing  cheap  blacksmiths.  If  a man  can  drive  a nail, 
he  then  sets  up  a sign  as  a farrier  or  a veterinary  surgeon, 
when  in  fact  he  knows  nothing  of  the  anatomy  of  the  horse’s 
foot,  not  having  spent  any  time  or  money  in  accquiring  the 
necessary  information,  he  can  afford  to  shoe  a few  shillings 
cheaper  than  a well-informed  man,  but  the  patrons  of  such 
cheap  shoeing  are  generally  the  sufferers.  All  horseshoers 
should  be  well  skilled  veterinary  surgeons,  or  there  should  be 
a skillful  surgeon  attached  to  every  shop.  Anc.(her  source  of 
poor  shoeing  and  injury  is  the  loss  of  elasticity  rf  the  frog,  re- 
fusing to  perform  its  proper  functions;  the  heel  contracts,  the 
foots  rolls,  and  you  have  a sore  horse  for  ten  or  twelve  months, 
for  it  requires  this  long  to  relieve  a horse’s  suffering  from  being 
badly  shod. 

Under  the  circumstances,  the  first  thing  thav  vouches  the 
road  or  the  floor  of  the  stall,  should  be  the  frog,  an(i  the  wall 
of  the  foot  should  be  kept  cut  so  as  not  to  prevent  it  from 
touching  at  ©very  step;  and  no  man  that  owns  a horse  should 


92 


Tm:  EOB^, 


ever  allow  a blacksmith  to  cut  the  soles,  bars,  or  frogs  of  his 
horse’s  feet.  Nature  has  adapted  the  frogs  to  all  description 
of  roads,  climates,  and  weather,  without  being  pared.  So 
many  horses  have  been  ruined  by  this  J)rocess  of  paring,  that 
there  are  now  several  establishments  in  this  country,  that  man- 
ufacture India  Eubber  pads,  thinking  thereby  to  supply  the 
wasted  frog  and  the  elasticity  of  the  natural  foot.  The  frog  is 
insensible  to  pressure,  and  you  may  place  the  whole  weight  of 
your  horse  on  the  frog  and  he  will  suffer  no  inconvenience,  as 
may  be  seen  from  shoeing  with  one  of  my  corn  shoes;  besides 
this  is  the  only  reliable  way  to  cure  contracted  feet;  by  throw- 
ing the  weight  upon  the  frog,,  you  force  them  up  between  the 
walls;  it  acts  as  a wedge  and  soon  relieves  the  contracted  feet. 
Smiths  should  never  have  their  shoes  hot  when  fitting  them 
as  the  application  of  hot  iron  extracts  the  oily  substance  from 
the  hoof.  The  amount  of  cruel  punishment  inflicted  on  horses 
by  cross  grained-blacksmiths,  is  another  source  of  poor  shoeing. 
As  soon  as  the  horse  does  not  stand,  the  smith  gets  angry,  and 
commences  whipping  and  jerking  the  animal,  which  only  adds 
terror  to  it,  so  that  he  soon  refuses  to  go  to  the  shop  if  he  can 
avoid  it;  it  is  natural  for  horses  to  dislike  to  be  shod,  because 
the  hammering  shocks  the  nervous  system,  until  they  are  ac- 
customed to  it.  He  should  be  taught  to  stand,  and  his  feet 
well  handled  at  home,  before  he  is  ever  brought  to  the  shop  by 
the  owner.  You  then  save  the  horse  pounding,  and  the  smith 
an  immense  amount  of  labor  that  he  never  gets  any  pay  for, for 
no  man  ever  thinks  of  paying  anything  extra  for  shoeing  a bad 
horse.  The  wall  of  the  foot  should  never  be  rasped  above  the 
nail  holes,  and  as  little  below  the  clenches  as  possible;  all  the 
rasping  and  filing  but  tends  to  thin  and  weaken  the  wall  by 
cutting  the  fibers  of  the  foot.  The  nails  should  be  counter- 
sunk into  the  shoe,  so  that  there  will  be  no  chance  for  the 
clenches  to  rife.  No  horse  interferes  with  the  heel  or  toe;  it 
is  always  the  side  of  the  foot.  The  habit  of  turning  the  inside 
>f  the  shoe  under  causes  a number  of  horses  to  interfere,  that 
lould  not  if  they  were  shod  straight  in  the  inside.  Spread  the 
. eels  as  wide  as  possible;  set  the  outside  a little  under;  keep 
ihe  toes  full.  For  clicking  horses,  raise  the  heels  high,  cut 
the  toes  short.  For  speedy  cuts  place  your  toe  corks  a quarter 
of  an  inch  to  the  inside  of  the  centre  of  your  shoe;  keep  the 
heels  wide  apart.  For  corns,  put  on  a shoe  with  a prong,  for 
the  main  rim,  so  as  to  cover  the  entire  frog,  pare  the  wall  lower 
than  the  frog,  so  as  his  entire  weight  will  be  thrown  on  the  frog 
Have  the  inner  cork  not  quite  so  sharp  as  the  outer  one,  sO 
that  if  he  steps  upon  the  other  foot  it  will  not  cut  it;  make  the 
shoes  as  light  as  possible  consistent  with  good  service,  as  they 
are  ordinarily  made  just  about  one-third  too  heavy.” 


THE  HORSE. 


To  Peevent  Hoeses  Kicking  in  the  STAiZi. — Fasten  a short 
trace-chain  about  2 feet  long,  by  a strap  to  each  hind  foot  A 
better  way  is  to  have  the  stalls  made  wide  enough  so  that  the 
horse  can  turn  in  them  easily.  Close  them  with  a door  or 
bars,  and  turn  the  animal  loose.  After  a while  he  will  forget 
the  habit,  and  stand  tied  without  further  trouble. 

To  Cues  Beoken  Legs. — Instead  of  summarily  shooting  the 
horse,  in  the  greater  number  of  fractures  it  is  only  necessary 
to  partially  sling  the  horse  by  means  of  a broad  piece  of  sail, 
or  other  strong  cloth  placed  under  the  animal’s  belly,  furnish- 
ed with  two  breechings  and  two  breast  girths,  and  by  means 
of  ropes  and  pulleys  attached  to  a cross  beam  above,  he  is  ele- 
vated, or  lowered,  as  may  be  required.  By  the  adoption  of  this 
plan  every  facility  is  allowed  for  the  satisfactory  treatment  of 
fractures. 

Lampas. — This  consists  in  a swelling  of  the  first  bar  of  the 
upper  palfite.  It  is  cured  by  rubbing  the  swelling  two  or  three 
times  a day  with  one-half  ounce  of  alum  and  the  same  quan- 
tity of  double  refined  sugar  mixed  with  a little  honey. 

Geavel. — Steep  one-half  pound  of  hops  in  a quart  of  water 
and  give  it  as  hot  as  the  horse  can  stand  it. 

Haltee  PuLiiiNG. — Anew  way  to  prevent  horses  pulling  at 
the  halter  to  put  a very  small  rope  urder  the  horse’s  tail 
bringing  the  ends  forward,  crossing  them  on  the  back,  and  ty- 
ing them  on  the  breast.  Put  the  halter  strap  through  the  ring, 
and  tie  the  rope  in  front  of  the  horse.  When  the  horse  pulls, 
he  will  of  course,  find  himself  in  rather  an  uncomfortable  po- 
sition, and  discontinue  the  effort  to  free  himself. 

Hide  Bound. — To  recruit  a hide  bound  horse,  give  nitrate 
potassa  (or  saltpetre)  4 ounces,  crude  antimony  1 ounce,  sul- 
phur 3 ounces > Nitrate  of  potassa  and  antimony  should  be 
finely  pulverif'ed,  then  add  the  sulphur,  and  mix  the  whole 
well  together.  Dose,  a tablespoonful  of  this  mixture  in  a bran 
mash  daily. 

To  Peevent  Hoeses  Feom  Jumping. — Pass  a good  stout 
surcingle  arouPd  his  body ; put  on  his  halter,  and  have  the 
halter  strap  long  enough  to  go  from  his  head,  between  his  fore 
legs,  then  through  the  surcingle,  and  back  to  one  of  his  hind 
legs.  Procure  a tl  41  strap,  and  buckle  around  the  leg  between 
the  foot  and  joint,  %sten  the  halter  strap  in  this — shorter  or 
longer,  as  the  obsti  >acy  of  the-  case  may  require.  It  is  also 
usefiil  to  keep  culti  from  running  where  there  is  likely  to  b@ 
danger  from  the  re^  "'It;  if  the  thill  strap  should  cause  any 
soreness  on  the  it  may  be  wound  with  a woolen  cloth, 
and  it  would  well  ^o  change  it  from  one  leg  to  another  oe* 
easionally. 


TEE  HORSE. 


94 

Big  Leg.— To  crre,  use  the  “ BlisteriD^  ” with 

regularity  every  third  hour  until  it  blisters.  Jn  tliree  days 
wash  the  leg  with  linseed  oil.  In  six  days  wash  it  clean  with 
soap  and  water.  Bepeat  every  six  days  until  the  swelling  goes 
down.  It  there  should  he  any  callous  left,  apply  spavin  oint- 
ment. 

SoEE  Beeasts. — This  generally  occurs  in  the  spring,  at  the 
commencement  of  plowing.  At  times  the  fault  is  in  having 
poor  old  collars,  and  not  having  the  collar  well  litted  to  the 
horse’s  breast;  and  often,  the  names  are  either  too  tight  or  too 
loose.  There  is  a great  dilference  in  horses  about  getting 
chafed  or  galled,  and  at  times  it  has  seemed  to  be  impossible 
to  keep  their  breasts  from  getting  sore;  but  a thorough  appli- 
cation of  strong  alum  water  or  white  oak  bark  to  the  breasts  of 
the  animal,  three  days  before  going  to  v/ork,  toughen  them  so 
that  they  will  not  get  sore.  Another  excellent  plan  is,  when 
you  let  your  team  rest  for  a few  moments  during  work, to  raise 
the  collar  and  pull  it  a little  forward,  and  rub  the  breast  thor- 
oughly with  your  naked  hand. 

The  Check  Bein  on  Hoeses.  —We  desire  to  register  an 
earnest  protest  against  this  barbarous  appendage  to  horses’ 
harness.  It  retards  the  horse’s  progress  in  every  position  both 
while  he  is  at  work,  and  while  travelling  on  a journey.  It  is 
both  useless  and  cruel  in  every  S(  nse  of  the  word,  without  any 
compensating  qualities  to  reccommend  it.  Mr.  Angell,  of  the 
” Boston  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals,” 
who  has  travelled  over  a great  part  of  Eurojie  in  the  interests 
of  humanity  to  our  dumb  servants,  says,  that  the  use  of  the 
check  rein  is  confined  to  America  alone,  being  deservedly  dis- 
carded everywhere  both  in  England  and  on  the  Continent. 
The  reason  why  it  so  discarded,  was  very  graphically  explained 
by  an  extensive  horse  owner  in  Glasgow,  as  he  remarked,  in 
conversation  with  Mr.  Angell,  that  “ We  canna  get  the  wark 
oot’o,  the  horse  wi’  the  check  rein.”  To  check  rein  a horse,  is 
equivalent  to  trussing  a man’s  head  backward  towards  his  back 
or  heels,  and  compelling  him,  while  bound  in  this  position,  to 
do  duty  with  a loaded  wheelbarrow. 

Feeding  Hoeses  on  the  Boad. — Many  persons,  in  travel- 
ling, feed  their  horses  too  much,  and  too  often,  continually 
stuifing  them,  and  not  allowing  them  to  rest  and  digest  their 
food;  of  course,  they  suffer  from  over-fullness,  and  carrying 
unnecessary  weight.  Horses  should  be  well  fed  in  the  evening, 
and  must  not  be  stuffed  too  full  in  the  morning,  and  the  trav- 
eling should  be  moderate  on  starting  when  the  horse  has  a 
full  stomach.  If  a horse  starts  in  go©d  condition,  he  can  go 
twenty  or  twenty -five  miles  without  feeding.  The  provendei 
required  by  horses  while  traveling  or  engaged  in  ordinary 


7HE  IIOBSK 


95 


farm  work,  per  day,  may  be  stated  thus:  Hay  20  pounds,  oats 
three  gallons,  water  four  gallons.  Muddy  water  is  the  best  for 
horses.  Beeves  require  twenty  pounds  of  hay  and  six  gallons 
of  water  per  day.  Quantity  will  vary  in  every  case  according 
tn  the  size,  condition,  breed,  &c.,  together  with  the  kind  of 
work  in  wdiich  they  are  employed. 

Itch. — To  cure  a horce  affected  with  itch,  first  reduce  his 
daily  allowance  of  food,  putting  him  on  a low  diet,  and  then 
give  him  a tea-spoonful  of  a mixture  of  equal  parts  of  sulphur 
and  antimony,  and  at  the  end  of  a week  or  ten  days  the  sores 
will  have  disappeared  affd  the  horse  will  be  covered  wdth  a fine 
coat  of  new  hair. 

Ueike  Stoppage. — Symptoms:  Frequent  attempts  to  urinate, 
looking  around  at  his  sides,  lying  down,  rolling  and  stretching. 
To  cure,  take  half  pound  of  haps,  three  drachms  oil  of  camphor 
grind  and  mix.  Mahe  this  into  three  pills.  Give  one  every  day 
with  a drench  made  of  a small  spoonful!  of  saltpeter  and  two 
ounces  of  w^ater.  This  wd  1 cure  as  a general  thing. 

To  CuEE  Balky  Hoeses.  — One  method  to  cure  a balky  horse 
is  to  take  him  from  the  carriage,  whirl  him  rapidly  around  till 
he  is  giddy.  It  requires  two  men  to  accomplish  this,  one  at 
the  horse’s  tail.  Don’t  let  him  step  out.  Hold  him  to  the 
smallest  possible  circle.  One  dose  will  cure  him,  two  doses 
are  final  wdth  the  worst  horse  that  ever  refused  to  stir.  An- 
other plan  is  to  fill  his  mouth  w ith  gravel  from  the  road,  and 
he  will  at  once  go,  the  philosophy  of  this  being  that  it  gives 
him  something  else  to  think  about. 

De.  Cole’s  King  of  Oils. — One  ounce  green  copperas;  tw’o 
ounces  w/hite  vitriol;  two  ounces  common  salt;  two  ounces  lin- 
seed oil  ; eight  ounces  molasses.  Boil  over  a slow  fire  fifteen 
minutes  in  a pint  of  urine;  when  almost  cold,  add  one  ounce 
of  oil  of  vitriol  and  four  ounces  spirits  of  turpentine.  Apply 
to  wounds  with  a feather.  A very  pow'erful  linament. 

Sloan’s  Hoese  OiNrMENT. — Four  ounces  resin;  four  ounces 
bees-w'ax;  lard,  eight  ounces;  honey,  two  ounces.  Mix  slowly 
and  gently,  bring  to  a boil;  then  add  less  than  one  pint  spirits 
of  turpentine;  then  i-emove  and  stir  till  cool.  Unsurpassed  fur 
horse  fiesh,  cracked  hoofs,  human  fiesh,  Ac. 

Mexican  Mustang  Liniment.— Petroleum,  olive  oil,  and  car- 
bonate of  ammonia,  each,  equal  parts,  and  iiiix. 

Meechant’s  Gaegling  Oil — Take  tw  o and  a half  gallons 
linseed  oil  ; two  and  a half  gallons  spirits  turpentine  ; one  gal- 
lon western  petroleum;  eight  ounces  liquor  potass. ; sap  green, 
one  ounce;  mix  all  together,  and  it  is  ready  for  use. 

Aeabian  Condition  Powdees. — Ground  ginger,  one  pound; 
sulphuret  of  antimony,  one  pound;  powdered  sulphur,  one 
pound;  saltpetre,  one  pound.  Mix  all  together,  and  adminis- 


96 


THE  HORSE. 


ter  in  a mash,  in  such  quantities  as  may  be  required.  The 
best  condition  powder  in  existence. 

Blisteeing  Liniment.— One  part  Spanish  flies,  flnely  pow- 
dered; three  of  lard,  a^d  one  of  yellow  resin.  Mix  the  lard  and 
resin  together,  and  add  the  flies  when  the  other  ingredients 
begin  to  cool.  To  render  it  more  active,  add  one  pint  spirits 
turpentine. 

Medicated  Food  foe  Hoeses  and  Cattle. — Take  linseed 
cake  and  pulverize  or  grind  it  up  in  the  shape  of  meal,  and  to 
every  fifty  pounds  of  this  ingredient  add  ten  pounds  Indian 
meal;  two  pounds  sulphuret  of  antimony;  two  pounds  ground 
ginger,  one  and  three-quarter  pounds  saltpetre,  and  two 
pounds  powdered  sulphur.  Mix  the  whole  thoroughly  toge- 
ther, put  in  neat  boxes  or  packages  for  sale  or  otherwise  as  de- 
sired, and  you  will  have  an  article  equal  in  value  to  Thorley’s 
Food,  or  almost  any  other  preparation  that  can  be  got  Up  for 
the  purpose  of  fattening  stock  or  curing  disease  in  every  case 
when  food  or  medicine  can  be  of  any  use  whatever.  This 
article  can  be  fed  in  any  desired  quantity,  beginning  with  a 
few  tablespaonfuls  at  a time,  for  a horse,  mixing  it  with  his 
grain,  and  in  the  same  proportion  to  smaller  animals,  repeating 
the  dose  and  increasing  the  quantity  as  the  case  may  seem  to 
require. 

Lotion  foe  Manage. — Boil  two  ounces  tobacco  in  one  quart 
Water; strain;  add  sulphur  and  soft  soap,  each  two  ounces. 

Foe  Steains  and  Swellings. — Strong  vin  egar  saturated  with 
common  salt,  used  warm,  is  good  for  strains  and  reducing 
swellings.  One  ounce  of  white  vitriol,  one  ounce  of  green 
copperas,  two  teaspoonfuls  of  gunpowder,  all  pulverized  to- 
gether, and  dissolved  in  one  quart  of  soft  water,  and  used  cold, 
rubbing  in  thoroughly,  is  one  of  the  best  applications  known 
for  reducing  swellings. 

Hoof-Bound  Wash. — Spirits  turpentine  four  ounces,  tar 
four  ounces,  whale  oil,  eight  ounces.  Mix  and  apjjly  to  the 
hoofs  often. 

To  Toughen  Hoofs. — Wash  them  frequently  in  strong  brine, 
and  turn  brine  upon  the  bottoms  and  soak  a few  minutes  each 
time. 

ScEATCHES. — Cut  off  the  hair  close,  and  wash  the  legs  in 
strong  soap-suds  or  urine,  or  wash  with  warm  vinegar  satu- 
rated with  salt,  and  afterwards  dress  over  with  a small  quantity 
of  hog’s  lard. 

Cough.  — Quit  feeding  musty  hay,  and  feed  roots  and  laxative 
food.  Sprinkle  human  urine  on  his  fodder,  or  cut  up  cedar 
boughs  and  mix  with  his  grain,  or  boil  a small  quantity  of 
flax-seed,  and  mix  it  in  a mash  of  scalded  bran,  adding  a few 
o'inces  of  sugar,  molasses,  or  honey.  Administer  lukewarm 


IHE  HORSE. 


97 


If  there  shouia  be  any  appearance  of  heaves,  put  a spoonful  of 
ground  ginger  once  per  day  in  his  provender,  and  allow  him 
io  drink  freely  cf  lime  water. 

Split  oe  Bkoken  Hoof. — Let  the  blacksmith  bore  two  holes 
on  each  side  of  the  crack  or  split;  pass  long  nails  through  the 
holes  and  clinch  tight.  After  anointing  with  the  hoof-bound 
liquid,  it  will  soon  grow  together. 

CoLio  Cues. — Bleed  freely  at  the  horse’s  mouth;  then  take 
one  half  pound  raw  cotton,  wrrap  it  around  a coal  of  fire,  so  as 
to  exclude  the  air,  when  it  begins  to  smoke,  hold  it  under  his 
nose  till  he  becomes  easy. 

To  Guee  Distempeb.— Take  one  and  a quarter  gallons  of 
blood  from  the  neck  vein  .then  administer  sassafras  oil  one  and 
a half  ounces.  Cure  speedy  and  certain. 

Foundee  Cubed  in  Twenty-foue  Houes. — Boil  or  steam 
stout  oat-straw  for  half  an  hour,  then  wrap  it  around  the 
horse’s  leg  quite  hot,  cover  up  with  wet  woolen  rags  to  keep  in 
the  steam ; in  six  hours  renew  the  application,  take  one  gallon 
of  blood  from  the  neck  vein,  and  give  one  quart  linseed  oil. 
He  may  be  worked  next  day. 

Cube  foe  Staggees  .—Give  a mess  twice  a week,  composed 
of  bran,  1 gallon;  sulphur,  1 tablespoonful;  saltpetre,  1 spoon- 
ful; boiling  sassafras  tea,  1 quart;  assafoetida.  1 1-8  ounces. 
Keep  the  horse  from  cold  water  for  half  a day  afterwards. 

Ring-bone  and  Spavin  Cube. — Venice  turpentine  and  Spanish 
flies,  of  each  2 ounces;  euphorbium  and  aqua-ammonia,  of 
each  1 ounce;  red  precipitate,  one-half  ounce;  corrosive  sub- 
limate, one-quarter  ounce;  lard,  one  and  one-half  pounds. 
Pulverize  all,  and  put  into  the  ard;  simmer  slowly  over  coals, 
not  scorching  or  burning;  and  pour  off,  free  of  sediment.  For 
ring-bones,  cut  off  the  hair,  and  rub  the  ointment  well  into  the 
lumps  once  in  forty-eight  hours.  For  spavins,  once  in  twenty- 
four  hours  for  three  mornings.  Wash  well  previous  to  each 
application  with  suds,  rubbing  over  the  place  with  a smooth 
stick,  to  squeeze  out  a thick,  yellow  matter.  This  has  removed 
very  large  ring-bones. 

Cube,  foe  Bone  Spavins — $300  Recipe — Corrosive  sublimate, 
quicksilver,  and  iodine,  of  each  1 ounce.  Rub  the  quicksilver 
and  iodine  together;  then  add  the  sublimate,  and  lastly  the 
lard,  rubbing  them  thoroughly . Shave  off  the  hair  the  size  of 
the  bone  enlargement;  grease  all  around  it,  but  not  where  the 
nair  is  shaved  off,  this  prevents  the  action  of  the  medicine,  ex- 
cept on  the  spavin. Then  rub  in  as  much  of  the  paste  as  will 
He  on  a three  cent  piece,  each  morning,  for  three  or  four  morn- 
ings. In  from  seven  to  sight  days,  the  whole  spavin  will  come 
out:  then  wash  the  wound  with  suds  for  an  hour  or  so,  to  re- 
moves the  poisonous  effects  of  the  paste;  afterwards  heal  up  the 


98 


THE  HORSE 


sore  with  any  good  healing  salve,  or  Sloan’s  Horse  Ointment* 
as  per  recipe  above,  keeping  the  sore  covered  while  it  is  healing 
up. 

Another  vert  VALUiR-LE  Recipe  for  Ring-bone. — Puive?-- 
ized  cantharides,  oils  of  spike,  origanum,  amber,  cedar,  Barba- 
loes,  tar,  and  Britisli  oil,  of  each  2 ounces;  oil  of  wormwood,  1 
ounce;  spirits  turpentine,  4 ounces;  common  potash,  one-half 
ounce;  nitric  acid,  6 ounces;  sulphuric  acid,  4 ounces;  lard,  3 
pounds.  Melt  the  lard,  and  slowly  add  the  acids;  stir  well, 
and  add  the  other  articles,  stirring  till  cold;  clip  off  the  hair, 
and  apply  by  rubbing  and  heating  in.  In  about  three  days, 
or  when  it  is  done  running,  wash  off  with  soap-suds,  and  apply 
again.  In  old  cases,  it  may  take  three  or  four  weeks;  but,  in 
decent  cases,  two  or  three  applications  have  cured. 

Splint  and  Spavin  Liniment. — Oil  of  origanum,  6 ounces; 
gum  camphor,  2 ounces;  mercurial  ointment,  2 ounces;  iodine 
ointment,  1 ounce;  melt  by  putting  all  into  a wide-mouthed 
bottle,  and  setting  it  in  a kettle  of  hot  water.  Apply  it  to  bone 
spavins  or  splints,  twice  daily,  for  four  or  five  days,  an  d a cure 
is  guaranteed.  ^ 

Poll  Evil  and  Piirfi-tTLA.— Common  potash  dissolved  in  one- 
half  pint  of  water,  1 pound;  add  one-half  ounce  belladonna 
extract,  and  one  ounce  gum  arabic  dissolved  in  a little  water; 
work  all  into  a paste  with  wheat  flour,  and  bottle  up  tight. 
Directions:  Wash  the  sores  well  with  Castile  soap  suds;  then 
apply  tallow  all  around  them.  Next,  press  the  above  paste  to 
the  bottom  of  all  the  orifices;  repeat  every  two  days  till  the 
callous  fibrous  base  around  the  poll  evil  or  fistula  is  completely 
destro3^ed;  put  a piece  of  oil-cloth  over  the  sores,  ^and  after- 
wards heal  up  with  Sloan’s  Horse  Ointment. 

To  Tamo  Horses — Take  finely  grated  horse  castor,  oils  of 
rhodium  and  cumin;  keep  them  in  separate  bottles  well  corked 
put  some  of  the  oil  of  cumin  on  your  hand,  and  approach  the 
horse  on  the  windy  side.  He  will  then  move  toward  lyou. 
Then  rub  some  of  the  cumin  on  his  nose,  give  him  a little  of 
the  castor  on  anything  he  likes,  and  get  e^ght  or  ten  drops  oil 
of  rhodium  on  his  tongue.  You  can  then  get  him  to  do  any- 
thing you  like.  Be  kind  and  at^eD^ive  to  the  animal,  and  your 
control  is  certain. 

Best  Remedy  for  Reaves. — Balsam  of  fir  and  balsam  of  co- 
paiba 4 ounces,  each,  and  miz  with  calcined  magnesia  sufi5- 
ciently  thick  to  make  it  into  balls;  and  give  a middling  sized 
ball  night  and  morning  for  a week  or  ten  days. 


THE  TOILET. 

INTEODUOTOET  EEMARKS 


The  importance  of  the  subjects  of  which  this  volume  treats  may 
be  gathered  from  the  following  chapters,  and  therefore  need  only 
be  generally  referred  to  here.  That  “cleanliness  is  next  to  godli- 
ness” has  been  lore- honsehnld  nroverb:  and  that  many  other 
duties  connected  with  the  “toilet”  are  subordinate  only  to  per- 
sonal cleanliness  will,  I think,  be  readily  admitted.  The  choice 
and  use  of  appropriate  clothing,  both  as  an  ornamental  and  pro- 
tective covering  for  the  body,  are  also  matters  of  equal  impor- 
tance. A.t  the  present  day  a due  attention  to  the  requirements, 
usages,  and  habits  of  society  in  these  matters,  as  in  others  ap- 
parently more  important,  forms  a portion  of  the  common  and 
necessary  routine  of  daily  life.  Apart  from  health  and  comfort, 
to  which  I shall  again  allude,  our  social  position,  our  welfare  and 
advancement,  often  materially  depend  on  these  points,  and  are 
liable  to  be  seriously  implicated  by  their  neglect.  “A  pleasing 
appearance”  is  said  to  be  “the  first  letter  of  recommendation,” — 
a simple  truth,  which  it  would  be  insulting  the  reader  to  attempt 
eimer  to  gainsay  or  to  strengthen.  Happily  the  Creator,  in  His 
wisdom,  has  not  merely  endowed  man  with  an  instinctive  love  of 


INTEODtiGTORY  E^MAKKS. 


9 


personal  cleanliness,  but  has  also  implanted  in  his  bosom  a feel- 
ing of  self-pride,  or  rather  say,  of  self-respect,  which,  when  con- 
trolled by  reason  and  good  taste,  incites  him  to  a laudable,  but 
not  an  excessive  attention  to  those  duties  and  particulars  which 
it  is  my  dssire  to  enfore  and  explain. 

Besides  those  matters  just  referred  to,  there  are  others  connect- 
ed with  our  daily  life,  and  the  state  in  which  we  live,  which  de- 
mand the  earnest  attention  of  us  all,  since  without  it  neither 
health  nor  beauty  can  be  promoted,  and  even  then  existing,  must 
rapidly  decay.  The  complex  construction  of  our  bodies,  and  the 
various  functions  of  the  numerous  organs  on  which  both  physical 
and  mental  life  depend,  are  governed  by  certain  laws,  and  require 
for  their  integrity  and  well-being  certain  concomitant  conditions 
that  cannot  be  violated,  nor  even  neglected,  with  impunity. 
Among  these  last,  pure  air,  good  and  appropriate  food,  exercise, 
sleep,  and  some  other  matters  noticed  in  the  following  chapters, 
may  be  mentioned. 

The  necessity  of  attention  to  the  above  subjects  being  a point 
which  I shall  here  assume  as  granted,  the  causes  which  lead  to 
their  neglect  may  claim  a passing  notice.  These  maybe  severally 
referred  to  absence  or  a low  condition  of  the  nobler  moral  feel- 
ings, to  thoughtlessness,  indolence,  or  ignorance,  or  to  excessive 
vanity  or  vulgarity.  The  eri’ors  of  some  persons  in  these  matters 
may  be  traced  to  a degraded  or  a morbid  indifference  to  their 
present  condition  and  future  welfare,  or  to  absolute  inability  to 
appreciate  pleasures  and  luxuries  which  do  not  yield  immediate 
pecuniary  advantages  or  sensual  gratification;  whilst  those  of 
others,  and  not  a few,  arise  from  the  misdirection  of  the  atten- 
tion to  points  of  minor  importance  and  temporary  display.  The 
relations  between  the  subjects  referred  to  and  health,  and  be- 
tween health  and  personal  beauty,  as  between  cause  and  effect, 
are  commonly  forgotten.  Present  convenience  and  present  ap- 
pearance are  the  dieties  on  whose  fatal  altars  the  health  and  fair 
looks  of  after-life  are  commonly  sacrificed  by  the  multitude. 
“Familiarity  breeds  contempt”  of  duties,  as  it  frequently  does  of 
men.  The  necessity  of  constant  repetition  and  frequent  attention, 
instead  of  leading  to  greater  skill  and  care,  has  often  a contrary 
effect.  Of  the  truth  of  these  remarks,  there  are  thousands  of  liv- 
ing illustrations  in  every  direction  we  may  choose  to  seek  them. 
Premature  baldness,  grey  hair,  pallid  cheeks,  haggard  looks, 
bilious  skin,  death-like  eyes  that  once  were  sparkling,  produced 
neither  by  unavoidable  disease  nor  by  the  original  curse  of  man’s 
disobedience,  axe  now  so  common  in  our  larger  towns  and  cities 
as  no  longer  to  attract  attention,  or  to  provoke  injury  as  to  their 
cause.  But  should  this  be?  It  would  be  useless  to  argue  on  the 
subject.  The  reader  will,  I trust,  find  an  answer  to  the  question 
in  the  facts  recorded  in  the  following  pages. 

It  has  been  affirmed,  andi  that,  from  the  rela* 


10 


IHtEOBtJCTOBt  BEMABKS. 


tive  attention  paid  in  any  country  to  cleanliness,  the  cosmetio 
arts,  dress,  and  hygiene,  and  from  the  respective  prevalence,  in- 
fluence, and  mutations  of  custom  and  fashion,  may  its  claims  to 
civilization,  refinement,  and  luxury  be  vindicated.  Indeed, 
there  appear  to  be  abundant  historical,  as  well  as  living  data,  in 
support  of  this  opinion.  They  are  national  characteristics  which 
are  almost  constantly  associated  together.  We  may  thus,  in  gen- 
eral, safely  infer  the  advancement  of  the  last,  from  the  known 
condition  of  the  others.  The  disregard  of  these  matters,  and  the 
rigid  adherence  to  antique  usages  and  forms,  are,  in  like  manner, 
certain  indexes  to  a state  of  little  progress,  or  of  imbecility  and 
barbarism.  I shall  avail  myself  of  these  facts  in  the  “historical 
notice”  that  follows  this  chapter. 

And  here  a few  remarks  respecting  certain  words  which  form  a 
leading  portion  of  the  “title”  of  this  little  volume  may,  probably, 
be  interesting  to  some  of  my  readers: — 

The  word  “toilet”  comes  from  a nearly  similar  word  in  the 
French  language.  Originally  it  simply  denoted  the  cloth  or 
cover  of  a “dressing-table;”  but,  like  many  other  words,  it  rapidly 
acquired  a more  extensive  application.  By  a common  figure  of 
speech,  it  soon  came  to  be  employed  as  the  name  of  the  table  it- 
self, and  subsequently  as  a general  term  expressive  of  the  mode 
and  various  operations  of  dressing,  including  all  matters  imme- 
diately connected  with  personal  cleanliness,  arrangement,  and 
cosmetic  treatment.  In  the  expression  “to  make  one's  toilet,”  it 
denotes  the  “careful  or  usual  adjustment  of  the  person,  dress,” 
etc.  In  this  way  the  word  has  gradually  acquired  a wide  range 
of  signification,  and  the  limited  sense,  in  which  it  was  orginally 
and  is  still  sometimes  employed,  is  almost  sunk  in  the  extended 
figurative  ones  which  usage  has  assigned  to  it. 

The  word  “cosmetic”  means  “beautifying”  or  “that  promotes 
personal  beauty;”  and,  substantively,  anything  that  possesses  this 
quality.”  Hence  “cosmetics”  are  ♦ ^external  applications  for  the 
promotion,  preservation,  or  restoration  of  personin  oeauty.’" 
Formerly  the  term  was  generally  understood  to  refer  chiefiy  to 
substances  applied  to  the  skin,  to  improve  the  color  and  clearness 
of  the  complexion;  but  later  writers  usually  class  under  this  head 
every  topical  application  used  with  the  like  intention,  and  thus 
include  a wide  range  of  articles  and  preparations. 

The  “cosmetic  arts”  are  all  those  that  have  for  their  object  the 
beautifying  of  the  person,  or  the  improvement  of  the  personal 
appearance,  by  external  applications  and  treatment,  and  include 
the  preparation  and  use  of  cosmetics. 

In  the  following  pages  an  attempt  will,  be  made  to  elucidate  the 
subjects  of  our  “title,”  in  all  their  more  important  bearings  ajid 
details — historical,  personal,  social,  hygienic,  and  medical. 


HISTORICAL  NOTICE.— EAR^VAftES. 


-— — “ History,  with  all  her  volumes  vast. 

Hath  but  one  page.’* 

j(Childe  Harold,  iv.  108.) 


A complete  history  of  our  subject  would  necessarily  begin  with 
that  of  our  first  parents  in  Eden,  and,  following  the  progress  of 
our  race  in  numbers  and  civilization,  would  embrace  the  long  and 
interesting  periods,  both  antediluvialand  postdiluvial  prior  to  the 
commencement  of  written  history,  respecting  which  all  is  now 
involved  in  doubt  and  conjecture.  That  the  practice  of  personal 
ablution,  and  even  of  bathing,  has  existed  from  the  commence- 
ment of  the  world,  is  not  merely  highly  probable,  but  almost  cer- 
tain; since  it  is  founded  in  the  most  natural  wants  and  desires  of 
man,  and  in  a well-defined  instinct  common  to  almost  the  whole 
animal  creation.  The  necessity  and  comfort  of  personal  cleanli- 
ness, of  defending  the  body  from  the  heat  of  a burning  sun  and 
the  effects  of  climate,  and  the  proneness  to  seek  refreshment  after 
the  fatigues  of  the  chase,  war,  or  labor,  must  have  taught  man, 
from  almost  the  earliest  period  of  his  history,  the  advantages  de- 
rived from  bathing. 

The  first  “toilet”  of  man  we  may,  therefore,  fairly  assume,  con- 
sisted in  mere  personal  ablution  or  bathing,  followed  occasionally 
by  simple  adjustment  of  the  hair  with  the  fingers,  or  with  some 
extemporized  implement,  to  keep  it  from  falling  over  the  face,  to 
prevent  it  matting  together,  or  to  free  it  when  entangled.  Then 
came  to  Fall,  the  use  of  dress,  and  the  expulsion  of  our  first 
parents  from  Eden.  After  the  prostration  produced  by  this  cala- 
mity had  passed  away,  and  “children  were  born  unto  Adam,  ’’the 
“toilet”  and  dress  would  undoubtedly  have  received  more  atten- 
tion; and  than  it  was  that  “fashion”  had  its  birth.  For  some 
time"  the  toilet  an^.  dr^ss  >f  the  simplest  kind,  and  the 


12 


EAELY  AGES. 


fashions  that  prevailed  were  equally  simple  and  innocent.  The 
twisted  foliage  of  trees  and  the  skins  of  beasts  were  the  only  gar- 
ments that  then  clothed  the  human  race.  Wild  flowers  plucked 
from  the  bush,  the  sunny  bank,  or  the  natural  pasture,  the  richly- 
tinted  berries  of  the  trees  and  shrubs,  and  the  delicate  shells  of 
the  lake  and  river  margins,  were  their  only  ornaments.  The 
only  cosmetic  that  then  tinted  the  beloved  one’s  cheek  and  lips 
was  the  genial  sunshine  ; and  the  only  jewels  that  decked  her 
person  were  the  diamonds  that  sparkled  in  her  health-beaming 
eyes. 

As  mankind  increased  in  number  and  gathered  into  societies,  and 
the  various  tastes,  affections,  desires,  and  passions  of  human  na- 
ture— love,  vanity,  rivalry,  ambition,  w^ar,  etc.,— came  into  play, 
the  “toilet”  and  dress  would  necessarily  receive  more  attention, 
and  the  operations  of  the  former  would  become  more  numerous 
and  complicated.  In  many  cases  these  would  have  for  their  ob- 
ject the  increase  of  personal  attractions,  as  well  as  mere  comfort 
and  cleanliness.  In  this  way,  in  all  probability,  gradually  arose 
the  first  “cosmetic  processes,”  properly  so  called, 

CHAPTER  m. 

HISTORICAL  NOTICES  CONTINUED  THE  JEWS. 

The  most  ancient  written  history  which  we  possess  — that  found 
in  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament— furnishes  no  inconsiderable 
amount  of  information  respecting  the  social  arts  and  habits  of  the 
earlier  inhabitants  of  the  world.  The  Jews  appear  to  have  been 
early  characterized  by  a predilection  for  showy  dress,  for  cosme- 
tics, jewelry,  and  perfumes,  and  for  the  care  which  they  bestowed 
on  various  operations  of  the  toilet,  particularly  those  connected 
with  the  hair.  According  to  Moses,  the  art  of  working  in  silver, 
gold,  and  precious  stones,  very  early  reached  a state  of  consider- 
able vanity  and  excellence,  as  these  substances  were  then  com- 
monly manufactured  into  ornaments  to  decorate  the  person.* 
Abraham,  we  are  told,  “ was  very  rich  in  cattle,  in  silver,  and  in 
gold;”t  so  much  so,  indeed,  that  he  paid  “four  hundred  shekelsj: 
of  silver,  current  money,  ” for  a “ burying-place”  for  his  family.  § 
The  description  given  us  of  his  chief  man  servant  presenting  “ a 
golden  ear-ring  of  half  a shekel  weight,*  and  two  bracelets  for 
the  hand  often  shekels  weight  of  gold,”  to  the  beautiful  Rebekah, 

* Probably  earlier  than  B.O.  2221;  the  date  assigned  by  some  chrcnolo- 
^i.sts  to  the  first  Chaldem  monarchy,  supposed  to  have  been  foun.tb*^* 
Nimrod,  about  25  years  after  the  dispersion  at  Babel. 

t Genesis,  xiii.  2. 

t The  silver  shekel  was  about  equal  iu  value  to  an  English  'uall-crown* 

§ Genesis,  xxiii.  l6. 

* The  $hekel-weight  was  about  half  an  ounce  avoirdupois. 


THE  JEWS. 


13 


AS  she  tripped  with  her  pitcher  from  the  fountain,  f may  serve  to 
illustrate  the  usages,  taste,  and  progress  of  this  period;  as  may 
also  the  text  which  relates  that  the  same  “ servant”  subsequently 
“brought  forth  jewels  of  silver,  and  jewels  of  gold,  and  raiment, 
and  gave  them  to  Kebekah;”  and  “ gave  also  to  her  brother,  and 
to  her  mother  precious  things. !”+ 

From  the  period  last  mentioned,  the  taste  for  personal  decora- 
tion and  display  must  have  steadily  progressed,  as  in  the  time  of 
Moses  it  had  become  a passion  among  the  Jewish  people,  as  well 
as  their  Egyptian  persecutors.  § When  the  Israelites  begged  Aaron 
to  make  them  “gods”  which  should  “go  before  them,”  he  replied, 
“ Break  off  the  golden  ear-rings  which  are  in  the  ears  of  your 
wives,  of  your  sons,  and  of  your  daughters,  and  bring  them  unto 
me.”ll  Nor  must  the  garments  and  insignia  of  the  priestly  office, 
and  the  operations  connected  with  it— familiar  to  every  Scripture 
reader — be  passed  over  here;  since  they  show  the  addiction  to 
to  dress  and  personal  decoration,  and  the  high  estimation  in  which 
they  were  thus  early  held,  by  this  people.  The  ephod  and 
breastplate  vvere  formed  “ even  of  gold,  of  -blue  and  purple  and 
scarlet  and  fine  twined  linen,”  curiously  wrought;  and  were 
enriched  with  precious  stones  of  the  most  costly  description, 
gorgeously  mounted,  and  engraved  “like  the  engravings  of  a 
signet;”  the  whole  being  secured  to  the  person  and  connected 
with  each  other  by  means  of  rings,  and  chains  of  “ pure  gold”  and 
“wreathen  gold,”  and  “lace  of  blue.”  The  “robe  of  the  ephod” 
was  “all  of  blue;”  and  “beneath,  upon  the  hem  of  it,  ” were 
“pomegranates  of  blue,  and  of  purple,  and  of  scarlet,  and  the 
bells  of  gold  between  them  round  .about.”  The  coat  was  embroi- 
dered, and  “of  fine  linen;”  “the  mitre  of  fine  linen,”  and  “ the 
girdle  of  needle-work.”  These  formed  “the  holy  garments  for 
Aaron  thy  brother,  for  glory  and  beauty.”* 

From  the  above,  and  from  other  like  passages  in  the  Pentateuch, 
relating  to  dress,  jewelry,  and  the  adornment  of  the  person,  Vve 
might  fairly  infer  that  an  equal  amount  of  attention  was  bestow- 
ed, by  this  ancient  and  singular  people,  on  their  toilet;  since,  as 
already  noticed,  a taste  for  the  one  is  inseparable  from  a predilec- 
tion for  the  other.  This  inference  is  shown  to  be  correct  by 
various  subsequent  passages  in  the  sacred  writings.  Perfumes, 
precious  ointments,  spices,  waters,  and  other  articles  connected 
with  the  ceremonies  of  “anointing”  and  “ purification,”  and  their 
use  as  cosmetics,  are  frequently  referred  to.  Bezaleel  “made  the 
holy  anointing  oil  and  the  pure  incense  of  sweet,  spices  according 
to  the  work  of  the  apothecary.”!  The  Psalmist  compares  the 

t Gen  xxiv.  22. 

i Qen.  xxiv.  53.  About  B.  C.  2,000;  or  nearly  4,000  (t.  e.  3,900)  years  ago, 

§ Exod.  xi.  2.  et  seq. 

II  Exod.  xxxii.  2.  About  B.C.  1,500;  or  more  than  33;^  centuries  prior  to 
the  present  time. 

* Ecod.  xxviii.  2-39.  f Exod.  xxxvii.  29. 


u :ehe  toilet  and  cosmetic  arts. 

communion  of  saints  and  brethren  to  “the  precious  ointment 
{pommade)  upon  the  head,  that  ran  down  upon  the  beard;”* * * §  and 
Job,  in  deprecating  the  burden  of  his  afflictions,  exclaims,  “If  I 
wash  myself  with  snow-water,  and  make  my  hands  never  so 
clean,”  &c.t  When  David  “returned  and  came  to  Jordon,”  after 
the  conspiracy  and  death  of  Absalom,  “Mephibosheth,  the  son  of 
Saul,  came  down  to  meet  the  king  (David),  and  had  neither  dress- 
ed his  feet,  nor  trimmed  his  beard,  nor  washed  his  clothes  from 
the  da}^  the  king  departed  until  the  day  became  again  in  peace. 

It  also  appears  that  very  long  before  this  period  the  arts  of  medi" 
cine  and  mummification,  introduced  from  Egypt,  were  not  merely 
known,  but  evidently  studied  and  practised.  “And  Joseph  com- 
manded his  servants,  the  physicians,  to  embalm  (Jacob) /his 
father,  and  they  embalmed  Israel.  ”§  Again,  on  the  death  of 
Joseph,  “they  (his  brethren)  embalmed  him.”|| 

At  a later  period,  but  one  not  long  subsequent  to  the  death  of 
Moses,  the  operations  of  the  toilet  are  more  distinctly  alluded  to. 
It  appears  probable  that  about  this  time  “baybers”  and  “hair- 
dressers,” as  well  as  “perfumers,”  similar  to  those  of  modern 
times,  were  common  amongst  the  Jews. 

Whether  these  trades  were  of  native  growth,  or  imported  from 
the  monarchies  by  which  the  Jews  were  surrounded,  is  now  un- 
certain. It  is  likely  that  the  latter  was  the  case.  * However  this 
may  be,  the  instruments  and  operations  connected  with  these 
trades  are  frequently  noticed  by  the  sacred  writers,  and  that  in  a 
manner  which  evidently  connects  them  with  the  habits  and  usages 
of  the  people.  “There  hath  not  come  a razor  upon  mine  head, 
for  I have  been  a Nazarite  unto  God  from  my  mother’s  womb.  If 
I be  shaven  then  will  my  strength  go  from  me,  and  1 shall  become 
weak,  and  be  like  any  other  man.”  And  “she  called  for  a man, 
and  she  caused  him  to  shave  off  the  seven  locks  of  his  head.”! 

The  magnificence  and  luxury  of  the  reign  of  Solomon  were  so 
remarkable  that  they  have  since  formed  the  burthen  of  a proverb  .J 
The  description  handed  down  to  us  of  his  own  palace,  of  the 

* Psalm  cxxxiii.  2, 

t Job,  ix.  30.  It  is  generally  thought  that  the  Book  of  Job  was  written  by 
Moses.  If  so,  it  proves  that  astronomy,  min  ralogy,  natural  history,  and 
their  sister  arts  and  sciences,  had  attained  a high  degree  of  advancement 
at  tliat  time. 

i 2 Sam.  xix.  24. 

§ Gen.  I.  2.  About  B.C,  1700;  or  nearly  3,600  years  ago. 

li  Gen.  1.  26.  See  last  note. 

* See  a subsequent  allusion  to  this  point. 

t Judges,  xvi.  117 — 11.  This  was  before  the  time  of  David;  about  A.D.  1600^ 
or  nearly  3,000  years  ago. 

$ Solomo"  began  his  reign  B.C.  lOH  » 


15 


THE  JEWS^ 

**liouse”  (palace)  he  built  ‘‘for  Pharaoh’s  daughter,”  and  the 
Temple,  exhibits  a degree  of  extravagance  and  voluptuousness 
•without  a parallel  in  the  history  of  the  Jews.§  The  example  of 
this  monarch  appears  to  have  had  its  effect  upon  his  people;  if, 
indeed,  it  was  not  itself  a highly  exaggerated  and  luxurious  form 
of  that  which  was  already  peculiar  to  them,  blended  with  exotic 
growths.  Perfumes  and  spices,  always  highly  prized  and  expen- 
sive articles  of  luxury  among  the  Jews,  came  into  almost  general 
use  during  his  reign.  “Ointment  (pommade)  and  perfume  rejoice 
the  heart, ”j|  he  sung;  whilst  in  another  passage  he  informs  us 
that  “myrrh,  aloes,  and  cinnamon”  were  used  as  scents  by  the 
courtesans  of  his  day.*  These  substances  are  also  mentioned  by 
the  Psalmist, — “All  the  garments  smell  of  myrrh,  and  aloes,  and 
cassia. ’’f  The  singular  fate  of  Absalom,  another  son  of  David, 
was  occasioned,  according  to  popular  belief,  by  the  fineness  and 
extreme  luxuriance  of  his  hair.J: 

The  transit  of  another  century  in  the  history  of  the  Israelites 
places  before  us  a distinct  notice  of  the  use  of  skin  cosmetics. 
We  are  told  that  the  “ proud  Jezabel,’  when  preparing  to  meet 
King  Jehu,  “ painted  her  face”  (in  the  original,  “put  her  eyes 
in  painting”),  and  “ tired  her  head.”§ 

The  prophet  Isaiah,  about  a century  later,  furnishes  us  with 
several  details  connected  with  the  female  costume  and  toilet  of 
his  day  in  ‘ ‘ the  judgment  which  shall  be  for  the  pride  of  the  wo- 
men — “ Because  the  daughters  of  Zion  are  haughty,  and  walk 
with  stretched-forth  necks,  and  wanton  eyes,  walking  and  minc- 
ing as  they  go,  and  making  a tinkling  with  their  feet,” — “ the 
Lord  will  smite  with  a scab  the  crown  of  the  head,  and  will  take 
away  the  bravery  of  the  tinkling  ornaments  about  their  feet,  and 
their  cauls,  and  their  round  tires  like  the  moon,  the  chains, 
the  bracelets,  and  the  mufflers,  the  bonnets,  the  ornaments  of 
the  legs,  and  the  head-bands,  the  tablets,  and  the  ear- 
rings, the  rings,  and  the  nose-jewels,  the  changeable  suits  of  ap- 
parel, and  the  mantles,  the  wimples,  and  the  crisping  pins,  the 
glasses,  and  the  fine  linen,  and  the  hoods,  and  the  veils;  and  in- 
‘ stead  of  sweet  smell  (perfume)  there  shall  be  a stink;  and  instead 
of  a girdle,  a rent;  and  instead  of  well-set  hair,  baldness;  and  in- 
stead of  a stomacher,  a girding  of  sackcloth;  and  burning,  instead 
of  beauty.”* 

§ 1 Kings,  vii.  23-6  II  Prov,  xvii.  1. 

* Prov.  vii.  17.  f Psalm  xlv.  8, 

J 2.  Sam,  xviii.9.  The  passage  says  that,  in  his  flight,  his  head  was  caught 
by  the  boughs  of  an  oak,  from  which  he  remained  suspended.  According 
to  some  learned  writers,  his  head,  and  not  his  hair,  was  caught  and  jammed 
between  the  thick  forked  boughs  of  a terebinth. 

% 2 Kings,  ix.  30,  B.0. 884.  Here  stibium  or  antimony  was  used  as  an  eye 
paint.  See  note  (*)  p.  28. 


16 


THE  JEWS. 


Another  century  and  a half  in  the  history  of  the  Jews,  chiefly 
distinguished  by  the  “ captivities”  of  Israel  and  Judah,  and  per- 
petual political  contentions  and  domestic  broils,  brings  us  to  the 
reign  of  Jehoiachin  and  the  time  of  the  prophet  Ezekiel.  Here 
the  trade  of  a “ barber,”  as  a separate  and  common  occupation, 
is  deary  mentioned  in  the  prophet’s  typical  foreshadowing  of  the 
approaching  “ judgment  of  Jerusalem” — Son  of  man,  take  thee  a 
barber’s  razor,  and  cause  it  to  pass  upon  thine  head,  and  upon 
thy  beard:  then  take  the  ballances  to  weigh  and  divide  the  hair. 

in  the  lamentations  of  Jeremiah  “for  the  miseries  of  Judah,” 
about  the  same  period,  he  alludes  to  rich  dress,  Jewelry,  and 
cosmetics,  as  things  in  use  and  highly  valued : — “Though  thou 
clothest  thyself  with  crimson,  thou  thou  deckest  thee  with  orna- 
ments of  gold,  thou  rentest  thy  face  ” (in  the  Heb.  ‘eyes’)  “with 
painting,  in  vain  shalt  thou  make  thyself  fair.” 

CHAPTER  IV. 

beauty:  its  constituents  and  sources — HYPOTHESIS  AND  OPINIONS 
— PERSONAL  BEAUTY — IDEAL  BEAUTY — GRECIAN  ART  AND 
SCULPTURES,  ETC. 

“ A thing  of  beauty  is  a joy  for  ever.” 

(Keats,) 

What  is  beauty? — what  are  its  constituents? — on  what  does  it 
depend? — are' questions  which  have  been  often  asked,  and  which 
have  been  differently  answered;  but  out  of  the  vast  number  of 
hypotheses  on  the  subject  v/hich  have  from  time  to  time  been 
submitted  to  the  world,  there  has  not  resulted  any  undoubted  or 
universally  accepted  theory.  Of  the  definitions  and  views,  thus 
furnished,  a few  only  deserve  particular  notice. 

According  to  Burke,  the  constituents  of  Beauty  are  chiefly 
smallness,  smoothness,  delicacy  and  other  qualities  capable  of 
exciting  a sense  of  tenderness  and  affection,  or  some  other  pas- 
sion the  most  nearly  resembling  these,  whilst  we  are  yet  altogeth- 
er unaffected  by  the  physical  passion  of  which  the  object  is  the 
beauty  of  woman:  but  v/ere  this  the  case,  then  bulk,  rugged- 
'^ess,  boldness  of  outline,  and  the  like,  could  never  be  beautiful. 

Some  writers  endeavor  to  trace  the  sources  of  beauty  to  certain 
lines  when  constituting  external  form,  particularly  to  curved  lines 
in  their  various  conformations.  Thus,  Hogarth  regarded  the 
wave  or  serpentine  line  as  essential  to  the  higher  class  of  beauty. 
That  these  views  are  too  limited  to  be  correct,  even  were  they 
right  in  principle,  and  that  their  supporters  have  mistaken  the 
frequent  concomitants  of  beauty  for  its  primary  constituents  or 
elements,  will  appear  evident  when  it  is  remembered  that  the 
lines  which  bound  the  surfaces  of  objects,  and  which  constitute 


THE  JEWS. 


11 


their  torm,  are  infinitely  varied  and  are  often  opposite  in  character, 
even  in  those  which  are  eqnallybeantifui. /T£  there  v/ere  any  origin- 
al and  independent  beauty  in  any  particular  form,  the  preference 
of  this  form  would  be  early  and  decidedly  marked  both  in  the 
language  of  children  and  the  opinions  of  mankind.”  But  no  such 
preference  is  shown.  On  the  contrary,  the  direction  of  the  taste 
appears  to  be  almost  entirely  dependent  on  age  and  cultivation. 

According  to  St.  Austin,  ‘ ‘unity  is  the  universal  form  of  beauty.” 
Malespina  makes  the  sources  of  beauty  to  reside  in  “unity,  mul- 
tiplicity, andproi3riety;”  DeCrousaz,  in  “variety,  unity,  regularity, 
order,  and  proportion;”  Sul^r  and  Winckelmann,  chiefly  in 
“unity  and  multiplicity;”  Hutcheson,  in  “uniformity  in  variety;” 
Wieland,  in  “the  unit}^  of  a pleasing  variety;”  and  the  Italian 
Schools  of  Painting,  in  “variety  in  unity.”  These  opinions,  re- 
garded as  definitions,  are  undoubtedly  as  partial  and  defective 
as  the  former  ones;  their  authors  having  mistaken  the  common 
attributes  of  beauty  for  its  causes  or  constituents. 

Other  writers  argue  that  “color,  perfect  symmetry,  absolute 
fitness,  expression  and  mental  association,  either  collectively  or 
separately,”  constitute  beauty. 

Immanuel  Kant,  one  of  the  most  profound  thinkers  of  modern 
Germany,  conceives  that  beauty  is  “irrespective  of  either  utility 
or  design,”  and  “pleases  simply  by  the corresiDondence  of  the  ob- 
ject and  the  sense.” 

Alison  declares  that  “the  qualities  of  matter  are  only  beautiful 
when  they  are  the  expressions  of  qualities  capable  of  exciting 
mental  emotions.”  Here  it  maybe  remarked,  that  though  color, 
symmetry,  fitness,  expression,  association  of  ideas,  etc.,  either 
singly  or  united,  are  capable  of  exciting  human  love  and  admira- 
tion, yet  all  these  may  and  do  exist  v/ithout  beauty.  They  re- 
semlDle  “the  talisman  concealed  in  the  hair  of  a hideous  slave, 
which  made  her  an  object  of  passion  to  an  accomplished  prince; 
and  which,  when  removed,  caused  him  to  turn  away  in  disgust 
from  the  woman  he  had  worshipped.  Even  so  does  love  fly  with 
the  qualities  that  inspired  it.  But  if,  instead  of  deformity,  beauty 
should  remain — would  love  or  passion  linger  after  exxjression  had 
changed,  after  bloom  had  fled,  after  fitness  was  lost,  after  asso- 
ciations were  destroyed  ? Assuredly  not.  In  this  case  love  would 
be  replaced  by  admiration ; the  taste  would  v/orship  instead  of 
the  heart;  whilst  the  aflectiohs  would  fly  away  in  search  of  anew 
object  on  which  to  lavish  their  devotion.” 

Beauty  must  depend  on  something  absolutely  independent  of 
the  qualities  above  referred  to;  since,  although  they  may  modify, 
or  even  enhance  its  charms,  it  can  exist  in  its  entirety  without 
them. 

Winckelmann  and  Haydon,  “after  floundering  from  obscurity 
to  obscurity,”  remain  apparently  satisfied  with  telling  us  “where 
beauty  is,”  instead  of  “what  it  is,”  The  former,  in  reference  to 


18 


THE  JEWS. 


personal  beauty  (and  tbe  same  may  be  applied  to  all  organized 
beings),  supposes  it  to  reside  in  the  youthful  form,  “in  which 
everything  is,  and  is  yet  to  come — in  which  everything  appears, 
and  yet  does  not  appear;”  and  in  which  “the  conformation  is,  as 
it  were,  suspended  between  youth  and  maturity.”  He  does  not, 
however,  deny  the  existence  of  beauty  in  other  periods  of  life; 
though  he  holds,  that  this  is  the  period  of  its  highest  develop- 
ment, and  the  farther  the  being  or  object  is  removed  from  this 
point,  whether  in  approach  or  declension,  the  fainter  the  rays 
of  beauty  become. 

Haydon,  the  other  writer  just  referred  to,  declares  that  “beauty 
resides  only  in  the  female  form;”  and  that  when  seen  elsewhere 
in  any  individual  of  the  whole  animate  world,  “it  is  in  exact  pro- 
portion to  the  resemblance  of  the  form  of  that  individual  to  the 
form  of  woman.” 

To  the  hypotheses  of  Winckelmann  it  has  been  objected,  that 
in  the  works  of  the  ancients  most  remarkable  for  their  beauty — 
particularly  in  the  Yenus,  the  second  daughter  of  Niobe— the 
palm  is  clearly  seen  to  belong  to  maturity.  But  it  may  be  im- 
pugned on  wider  grounds.  “Even  supposing  beauty,”  strictly  so 
called,  “to  be  confined  to  the  human  form,  it  belongs  to  all  ages 
and  states — even  to  declining  years— even  to  death  itself.  In  the 
latter,  it  prehaps  reaches  its  acme,  and  the  ‘rapture  of  repose’  we 
(often)  see  in  the  coffin  before  the  commencement  of  decay,  is 
more  lovely  than  the  brightest  flush  of  youth.”  Nor  is  beauty 
confined  to  the  human  form.  It  is  a “universal  principle,  which 
pervades  all  nature;  and  the  dogma  which  assigns  it  to  a particu- 
lar period  of  human  life,  must  be  tested  by  its  application  to 
every  other  object  and  condition  which  exhibits  the  phenomena 
of  youth  and  decay,”  or  of  freshness,  vivacity,  or  perfection.  So 
of  Haydon’s  opinion,  which  assigns  beauty  only  to  the  female 
form,  which  is  equally  partial  and  unphilosophical;  since  many 
beings  and  objects  possessing  great  beauty  are  incapable  of  be- 
ing compared  to  the  lovely  form  of  woman. 

Dr.  Knox  has  recently  promulgated  the  hypothesis,  that  “all 
the  beauteous  and  perfect  external  forms”  of  living  beings,  and 
of  man  more  particularly — the  “decorated  exterior  (only),  which 
nature  intended  man  to  see,  concealing  from  him  the  machinery 
lying  beneath  the  surface — owes  its  beauty  to  many  circumstances, 
but  chiefly,  and  as  a sine  qua  non,  to  the  cellulo-adispose  elastic 
layer  interposed  between  the  integument  and  the  aponeurotic 
sheaths  and  muscles.”  In  other  words,  that— beauty  mainly  de- 
pends on  the  concealment  of  the  substance  or  tissues  which  lie 
between  them  and  the  skin,  which  forms  the  surface  of  the  body, 
and  which,  from  its  very  nature,  assumes  a graceful  or  flowing 
outline,  opposed  to  harshness  or  angularity. 

Further  on  Dr.  Knox  remarks,  “The  absolutely  beautiful  I 
place  in  the  full-grown  woman  only — in  that  figure  whose  fully 


THE  JEWS. 


19 


developed  proportions  Satisfy  the  most  fastidious  taste  for  form; 
whose  expression  no  language  can  describe,  yet  is  understood  by 
all;  in  whom  the  emblems  of  ever-blooming  youth — that  youth 
so  cherished,  so  loved,  so  adored,  still  remain  combining  all  possi- 
ble attractions.”  This  agrees  with  the  opinion  of  Hay  don,  though 
it  is  more  limited  in  range. 

Another  opinion  entertained  by  some  persons  is,  that  beauty 
consists  in  elegence,  grace,  lightness  of  construction,  ease  of  atti- 
tude or  position,  and  tlie  like;  but  these,  like  unity,  symmetry, 
color,  expression,  and  other  qualities  already  noticed,  though 
often  found  associated  with  beauty  and  enhancing  its  excellence, 
do  not  constitute  it;  for  it  may,  and  very  frequently  does,  exist 
without  them.  These  no  more  constitute  beauty,  or  form  an 
essential  component  part  of  it,  than  the  aureola  that  surrounds  a 
iuminarj^  does  of  the  body  with  which  it  appears  to  be  associated, 
jff  you  detach  from  a thing,  either  mechanically  or  chemically, 
any  one  of  its  component  parts,  or  either  destroy  its  character,  or 
leave  it  imperfect.  This  is  true  both  in  art  and  nature ; and  to 
att^npt  to  gainsay  tho  fact,  would  border  on  absurdity.  “The 
masterpieces  of  the  ancients — the  exponents  to  all  mankind  of 
the  idea  of  beauty — are  generally  in  discolored  marble,  sometimes 
in  bronze — where  then  is  color  as  a component  part.  .If  expres- 
sion were  detached  from  them,  it  is  not  obvious  that  this  would 
change  merely  the  moral  character,  without  affecting,  in  the 
smallest  degree,  the  physical  beauty?  What  remains  is  neither 
marble  nor  bronze:”  it  is,  according  to  the  writer  quoted,  “pro- 
portion.” If  so,  proportion  is  beauty.  If  an  exquisitely  formed 
living  model  “were,  by  some  caprice  of  nature,  to  appear  of  a 
green  color,  it  would  still  be  beautiful  to  the  eye  of  taste,  however 
abhorent  to  the  natural  instincts.” 

The  power  of  intellect,  sentiment,  and  passion,  in  illumining 
and  modifying  the  features,  must  be  familiar  to  every  observer. 
It  is  this  which  distinguishes  “personal  beauty”  from  all  other 
classes  of  the  beautiful,  and  which  give  it  that  endless  variety  of 
expression,  and  endows  it  with  those  spiritual  attractions,  which 
are  its  peculiar  attributes.  When  the  face  is  animated  and  glow- 
ing with  the  emotions  and  operations  of  the  mind — when  the- 
eyes  are  instinct  with  noble  feelings,  and  the  lips  curl  with  the 
approving  smile — when  the  language  of  the  tongue  is  accompanied 
with  a corresponding  modulation  of  the  features — when  ideality 
becomes  almost  corporeal — then  it  is  that  the  influence  of  the 
mind  over  matter  and  the  utmost  fascinations  of  beauty  come 
into  play,  its  latent  powers  roused  into  energy,  and  its  inexplica- 
ble spells  thrown  around  the  soul.  The  expressions  of  internal 
beauty  may  be  figuratively  regarded  as  mental  cosmetics,  capable 
of  adorning  physical  beauty  with  the  richest  and  most  enchant- 
ing tints,  and  even  raising  mediocrity  To  excellence.  But  though 
depending  upon  the  mind,  the  expressions  essentially  consist  o( 


20 


THE  JEWS. 


teiuporary  modifications  of  tne  learares  arising  from  change  of 
“form,  ’ to  which  color  is  generally,  but  not  necessarily,  super- 
added;  and  they  may,  consequently,  be  imparted  to  the  marble 
statue,  where  form  alone  is  the  medium  of  exhibiting  the  con- 
stituents of  beauty.  The  opinion  previously  expressed  as  to  the 
sources  of  beauty  are  not,  therefore,  controverted  by,  or  incom- 
patible with,  these  admissions. 

The  several  component  parts  of  the  human  body  are  separately 
susceptible  of  beauty;  but  it  is  only  when  the  whole,  or  the  chief 
of  them,  possess  a certain  degree  of  excellence,  and  the  rememder 
are  not  incongruous,  that  personal  beauty  of  a high  order  is  de- 
veloped. Without  proportion  of  parts  beauty  cannot  exist;  be- 
cause the  undue  preponderance  of  any  one,  or  more,  of  these 
parts,  is  incompatible  with  the  existence  of  a perfect  whole.  The 
mind  as  readily  perceives  incongruity,  as  beauty ; and  though  the 
former  may  often  be  rendered  tolerable,  and  even  charming,  by 
expression,  or  by  mental  excellence,  its  existance  is  immediately 
recognized  and  becomes  disagreeable,  whenever  these  subside,  or 
are  altogether  absent.  The  absence  of  symmetry  or  proportion 
is  insensibly  associated  in  the  mind  with  irregularity  or  deformity. 

The  human  race,  as  a species,  may  be  said  to  be  scarcly  from 
some  peculiarity  or  defect;  not  one  being  exists  that  is  physically 
perfect;  yet  instances  are  common  in  which  extreme  beauty  of 
features  is  associated  with  an  ill-formed  person,  and  a faultless 
figure  with  an  irregular  or  an  ordinary  face.  In  these  cases  the 
effect  on  the  observer  usually  depends  on  the  dominant  quality 
which,  from  its  superior  impression  on  the  mind,  leads  the  other 
to  be  either  wholly  neglected  or  only  slightly  noticed.  Man  came 
from  the  hand  of  his  Maker  a model  of  physical  beauty  and  per- 
fection, and  would  undoubtedly  have  continued  so,  had  not  his 
own  vices  and  weakness  engendered  habits  and  surrounded  him 
with  circumstances  continually  at  wtu-  with  his  well-being;  to 
w^hich  may  be  added  the  effects  of  climate,  violence,  and  in  many 
cases  a degraded  social  position,  — all  of  w^hich  are  operative  in 
the  same  direction.  Hence  the  development  of  personal  beauty 
may  be  said  to  be  perpetually  interfered  with,  and  restrained 
within  limits  more  contracted  than  those  prescribed  by  nature  or 
designed  by  Providence.  For  this  reason  absolute  personal 
beauty — ^ideai  beauty-  probably  does  not  and  has  not  existed 
since  the  Fall,  (whenever  that  was)  except  in  the  works  of  the 
sculptor  or  painter;  but  approaches  to  it  are  still  not  uncommon 
in  our  race.  There  are  writers,  however,  w’ho  entertain  the  opin- 
ion that  nature  uniformity  works  upwards,  unless  disturbed  in 
her  course  by  repelling  circumstances;  and  hold  that  there  are 
finer  w^omen  in  the  England  of  do-day  than  those  who  graced  the 
court  of  Charles  II.,  and  that  Byron’s  Maid  of  Athens,  described 
with  “so  much  unction”  by  the  poet  and  certain  travellers,  would 
have  had  altars  erected  to  her  in  the  days  of  Pericles. 


THE  JEWS. 


l”ao  effect  M'laicli  beauty  exercises  on  tbe  mind,  particularly 
when  associcttect  with  expression,  and  illumined  with  moral  ex- 
cellence and  intelligence— those  holy  lights  which  burn  within — 
is  almost  wonderful.  Its  influence  is  as  extensive  as  our  race. 

Nor  is  this  influence  peculiar  to  the  human  species;  - it  extends 
in  a diminished  degree  to  the  whole  animal  world.  It  is  proba- 
ble that  fully  one-half  of  the  friendships  and  affections  of  life 
are  attributable  to  beauty.  The  nobler  and  more  spiritual  pas- 
sions, and  aspirations,  and  pleasures,  of  the  human  soul,  and 
even  intellect  and  moral  worth,  are  unfolded  and  promoted  by 
its  presence.  A mere  notice  of  the  influence  of  personal  beauty 
alone,  on  individuals  and  on  society,  in  all  ages  of  the  world, 
would  embrace  the  whole  history  of  the  human  race.  It  has, 
perhaps,  owing  to  the  lawless  passions  and  vices  of  mankind, 
been  productive  of  more  contention  than  has  been  caused  by  am- 
bition, and  more  misery  than  has  been  occasioned  by  avarice  and 
gold.  But,  if  such  have  been  some  of  its,  effects,  owing  to  the 
sensuous  element  of  man’s  nature,  in  the  other  scale  of  the  ba- 
lance we  have  the  divine  influence  of  universal  beauty  over 
poetry,  sculpture,  painting,  and  eloquence,  over  manners,  thought, 
intellect,  and,  indeed,  everything,  every  art,  faculty,  and  action 
of  social  life  and  civilization,  which  by  an  elevating,  inspiring, 
and  guiding  principle,  can  be  raised  from  rudeness,  languor, 
mediocrity,  or  incipiency,  to  a state  of  progress,  refinement,  and 
dignity.  It  has  given  us  the  most  magnificent  and  deific  statues, 
the  most  splended  and  truthful  paintings,  and  the  most  enchant- 
ing and  heart-stirring  poetry.  It  has  strewn  the  departments  of 
oratory  and  the  pages  of  literature  with  their  most  gorgeous  and 
• pleasing  flowers.  It  has  given  an  impetus  and  an  improved  ex- 
pression to  all  the  polite  arts;  and  it  has  imparted  charms  to  the 
products  of  many  of  the  least  attractive  branches  of  human  in- 
dustry. In  truth,  the  chief  object  in  the  fine  arts  is  the  creation 
of  beauty,  or  the  copying  of  its  models;  and  among  these,  per- 
sonal beauty  offers  the  most  refined  and  inexhaustible,  and  most 
profitable,  theatre  for/ the  study  and  exertions  of  the  artist. 

The  effect  of  beauty  is  uniformly  to  elevate  the  mind ; and  it 
is  only  when  it  is  associated  with  the  sensuous  passions  of  the 
observer,  owing  to  debased  moral  feelings,  that  it  can  possibly 
have  an  opposite  tendency.  Yv"e  must  not,  however,  forget  the 
old,  though  vulgar  proverb,  that  “beaut}^  is  but  skin  deep.”  The 
mind  may  live  in  a reverie  of  ideal  beauty  for  ever,  it  may  dote 
upon  its  objects,  and  even  raise  them  to  the  altar  of  its  worship. 
But  it  is  far  otherwise  with  mere  personal  beauty  as  it  exists  in 
the  living  subject.  The  eye  soon  becomes  accustomed  to  what 
it  looks  upon,  be  it  plain  or  fair.  But  the  spiritual  expression, 
the  sweet  smile,  the  amiable  temper,  the  soothing  tone  of  tlie 
gentle  voice,  the  cheerful  disposition,  the  readiness  to  forget  and 
to  forgo  when  some  trifling  stumbling-block  presents  itself  in  the 


22 


;the  jews. 

joad  of  life— ah ! what  can  compensate  for  the  want  of  these?— 
what  else  can  adjust  the  balance  between  the  material  and  the 
spiritual  ? — what  else  can  link  two  souls  in  a life-enduring  con- 
stancy of  friendship  and  affection,  and  lead  them  to  look  with 
confidence  for  a reunion  beyond  the  tomb,  and  the  enjoyment 
of  the  beatitude  of  eternity  together  ? If  v^e  would  ensure  the 
permanence  of  mutual  friendship  and  affection,  w^e  must  seek  it 
in  the  depths  of  the  heart,  where  moral  beauty  is  dominant  over 
intellectual  beauty,  and  where  both  of  these,  during  converse  or 
communion,  light  up  the  features,  whether  plain  or  beautiful, 
with  the  holy  and  enchanting  expression  of  intelligence,  sym- 
pathy, and  virtue.  This  happy  union  of  mind  and  moral  excel- 
lence, when  associated  with  material  beauty,  not  merely  compels 
admiration,  but  exerts  a power  almost  amounting  to  fascination. 
It  is  the  most  precious  work  of  God;  it  is  that  condition  in  which 
humanity  the  most  approaches  the  divine, 

CHAPTER  V. 

^>ROMOTION  AND  PEESEEVATION  OF  THE  PEESONAL  APPEAEANCE  AND 
beauty — COMMON  EEEOES — INFLUENCE  OF  HEALTH,  ETC. 

“Health  must  be  there,  or  beauty  cannot  be  • 

The  sunken,  languid  eye,  the  pallid  cheek, 

The  lax  and  purple  lip,  but  move  the  mind 
To  pity — not  to  love.” 

Much  labor  is  frequently  employed,  and  much  expense  incurred, 
to  improve  and  preserve  the  personal  appearance,  and  to  endow 
it  with  new  charms,  or  to  increase  those  which  it  already  pos- 
sesses. Unfortunately,  however,  although  much  thought  and  in 
genuity  are  often  expended,  or  rather  wasted,  on  the  subject,  the 
peculiar  conditions,  physiological,  hygienic,  and  social,  on  which 
their  excellence  and  permanence  depend,  are  either  only  slightly 
regarded,  or  partially  acted  on,  when  known,  and  more  frequently 
neglected  altogether.  With  some  persons,  immediate  effect,  at 
whatever  sacrifice,  and  irrespective  of  consequences,  is  deemed 
of  more  importance  than  either  health  or  personal  cleanliness,  or 
appropriate  modes  of  dressing;  and  in  a few,  indeed  very  few,  in- 
stances is  anything  beyond  the  “mere  outside  effect  of  the  pass- 
ing hour”  for  a moment  regarded. 

“Are  the  means  I employ  natural,  or  do  they  assist  nature? — 
are  they  the  most  efficient  and  rational? — are  they  harmless  or  in- 
jurious? are  questions  that  are  seldom  self-asked  in  the  privacy 
of  the  boudoir,  dressing-room,  or  bed-chamber.  And  why  is  this 
so?  A reply  could  be  easily  given,  and  have  no  doubt  many  of 
my  readers  can  furnish  one,  ■ Habit  and  example,  and  thought- 
lessness and  indolence,  and  not  infrequently  ignorance  and  vanity, 
are  the  powers  which . generally  occasion  the  various  conceitSj, 
practices,  and  negligence  just  alluded  to. 


PEKSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


23 


Ascertain  sign  of  disease,  or  disordered  health,  is  to' be"  found 
in  the  derangement  of  the  pulse.  It  is  known  from  observation 
and  experience,  that  the  pulsations  of  the  arteries  depend  on  the 
alternating  action  of  the  heart,  and  are  correspondent,  if  not 
actually  synchronal,  to  it.  Any  deviation  from  the  natural 
standard  imthe  heart’s  action  therefore  affects  the  frequency  and 
particular  character  of  these  pulsations,  which  thus  furnish  a 
ready  index  to  the  state  of  the  circulation,  and  through  it  to 
the  condition  of  the  body.  The  pulse  at  the  wrist,  from 
the  convenience  of  its  situation,  is  that  generally  selected 
for  examination.  By  simply  counting  the  number  of  its  beats 
per  minute,  and  observing  the  particular  manner  in  which  they 
are  given,  a very  good  general  idea  may  be  formed  of  the  state  of 
the  system  at  the  time,  even  by  the  uninitiated;  and  thus  the 
presence  or  approach  of  disease  may  be  detected. 

In  health,  the  “p^lse”  of  the  adult  varies  from  60  to  80  beats 
per  minutes,  unless  it  be  excited  or  depressed  by  the  influence  of 
mental  emotions.  The  average  in  the  adult  male  is  72.  If  its 
rate  is  below  65,  debility  or  a lax  state  of  the  system  is  indicated; 
and  if  it  is  habitually  above  75,  some  exciting  or  disturbing  cause 
may  be  suspected.  In  females  the  pulse  is  usually  lower  than  in 
males,  65  to  66  beats  per  minute  being  about  the  average;  but  in 
those  of  a feeble  or  lax  habit  is  not  infrequently  as  low  as  60. 
In  infancy  and  childhood  the  pulse  is  much  quicker  than  in  the 
adult.  During  the  “first  twelve-month”  it  ranges  from  105  to 
125  beats  per  minutes;  during  the  “second  year,”  from  90  to  110; 
during  the  “third  year,”  from  85  to  100;  whence  its  rate  gradually 
lessens  until  the  “sixth”  or  “seventh”  year,  when  its  average  is 
70  to  75,  at  about  which  it  keeps  for  some  years  after.  To  vards 
puberty  it  usually  quickens,  and  becomes  excitable;  after  which 
it  gradually  settles  dov/n  into  the  rate  peculiar  to  the  constitution 
or  habit  of  the  individual. 

The  pulse' is  instantly  affected  by  mental  emotions.  Those  of 
a violent  and  exciting  kind  frequently  send  it  up  to  130,  or  even 
145  beats  per  minutes;  whilst  those  of  a depressing  nature  will 
sink  it  to  50,  and,  in  extreme  cases,  render  it  for  a short  time 
scarcely  perceptible.  Both  of  these  extremes  frequently  kill, — 
the  first,  by  loading  the  vessels,  particularly  those  of  the  brain, 
with  blood;  the  other,  by  so  retarding  the  circulation  of  the 
arterial  blood,  that  there  is  an  insufficient  supply  of  it  for  the 
purposes  of  life.  In  some  fevers  the  pulse  reaches  even  140  beats 
per  minute.  It  also  commonly  varies  a little  during  the  day, 
being  influenced  by  digestion,  exercise,  labor,  sleep,  rest,  etc. 

On  the  choice  of  colors  in  dress  much  might  be  said.  Taste  is 
required  in  arranging  a bouquet,  in  order  that  the  colors  may 
blend  harmoniously,  or  be  in  pleasing  contrast.  It  is  the  same  in 
laying  out  a garden,  in  selecting  and  placing  furniture,  in  hang* 
ing  pictures,  and  even  in  arranging  a shop  window;  and  the  same 


24 


PEKSONAL  APPEAKANCE. 


taste  is  required  in  regard  to  dress,  if  we  '7alue  its  effect  on  the 
personal  appearance.  It  is,  therefore,  wise  before  purchasing 
articles  of  dress,  or  the  materials  or  trimmings  for  them,  to  con- 
sider what  colors  are  suitable  to  the  complexion,  and  what  style 
of  pattern  is  most  adapted  to  the  size  and  figure  of  the  person  for 
whom  they  are  intended;  and,  having  arrived  at  a decision,  to 
resist  any  persuasion  to  purchase  or  wear  any  other,  merely  be- 
cause persons  say  it  is  “ fashionable,”  or  “becoming,”  or  assure 
one  that  it  is  a “bargain.”  This,  in  respect  to  color,  is  particularly 
necsssary  with  those  articles  that  surround  the  face  and  neck. 

It  may  be  laid  down  as  a general  rule  that  the  dominant  color, 
or  tints,  of  all  the  articles  of  dress  that  come  within  the  range  of 
the  eye  of  the  observer,  when  directed  towards  the  face,  should 
be  in  pleasing  contrast  or  harmony,  and  such  as  blend  and  har- 
monize with  the  complexion  without  interfering  with  its  purity; 
or  such  as  improve  it  by  throwing  some  agreeable  tint  into  it  of 
which  it  is  naturally  deficient.  Taste,  whether  natural  or  acquired 
by  experience  from  the  past  successes  and  failures  of  ourselves 
or  of  others  of  like  complexion  and  features,  will  usually  be  found 
sufficient  to  direct  the  reader  in  this  respect,  provided  sufficient 
thought  be  given  to  the  subject  before  making  the  selection. 
Thus,  for  example,  a brunette  should  not  wear  a bonnet  nor  attire 
herself  in  silks  of  a gi*ave  or  sombre  hue,  nor  should  a blonde 
with  little  carnation  in  her  cheeks  sully  her  fairness  with  rich  and 
very  deep  colors.  In  like  manner  a pale  complexion  appears  much 
more  so  when  placed  in  contiguity  with  pale  blue  or  purple,  violet, 
lilac,  or  puce;  and,  if  there  be  a dash  of  sallowness  in  it,  assumes 
a sickly,  a cadaverous,  or  even  a leaden  hue.  Black,  unless  loaded 
with  heavy  trimmings  round  the  face,  appears  more  or  less  to  suit 
all  complexions,  except  the  very  pale,  the  very  ruddy,  the  tawny, 
and  the  copper-colored.  In  many  cases  it  causes  a coarse,  dark, 
opaque  complexion,  to  appear  comparatively  fair  and  agreeable. 

These  effects  of  different  colors  on  the  complexion,  and  on  each 
other,  depend  on  the  compound  nature  and  properties  of  light, 
and  on  certain  natural  affections  of  the  eye,  which  it  is  well  that 
every  one  should  be  acquainted  with,  from  their  general  applica- 
tion in  the  arts  of  dress  and  ornamentation.  If  we  fook  for  some 
time,  particularly  with  one  eye,  on  a bright-colored  object,  as  a 
wafer  or  a small  piece  of  silk  placed  on  a piece  of  white  paper, 
and  subsequently  turn  the  same  eye  to  another  part  of  the  paper, 
a similarly-shaped  spot  or  mark  will  be  seen,  but  the  color  will 
vary,  though  it  will  be  always  the  same  under  like  circumstances. 
Thus,  if  the  original  color  be  red,  the  imaginary  or  accidental  one 
will  be  green;  if  black,  it  will  be  white;  the  imaginary  color  being 
always  “complementary”  of  that  first  gazed  on.  If,  instead  of  the 
surface  on  which  the  eye  is  subsequently  turned  being  white,  it 
be  of  any  other  light  color,  then  the  imaginary  color  will  not  be 
complementary  of  the  first  one,  but  a mixture  of  the  surface- 


PEBSONAL  APPEAEANCE. 


2S 

color  and  the  complementary  one.  This  is  precisely  what  occurs, 
nnder  the  same  circumstances,  to  a greater  or  less  degree,  when 
the  eye  rests  on  a dress  or  on  the  human  features  and  the  colors 
surrounding  it.  By  an  attention  to  these  points,  the  colors  best 
adapted  to  the  complexion  of  any  individual  can  be  easily  deter- 
mined, on  scientific  principles,  before  making  a selection,  a pur- 
chase, or  a present. 

But  there  are  other  points  in  relation  to  dress  besides  those 
connected  with  health,  pattern,  color,  and  the  like,  wdiich  deserve 
consideration.  To  be  appropriate  and  becoming,  the  dress  must 
be  suitable  to  the  social  position  and  to  the  age  of  the  wearer.  It 
raises  a smile  to  see  a vulgar  w'oman  dressed  in  the  elegant  ap- 
parel of  a polished  lady;  that  which  would  adorn  one  merely 
tends  to  display  the  defects  of  the  other.  So  of  those  advanced 
in  life,  who  appear  to  forget  that  every  age  there  is  an  appropriate 
style  of  costume.  Necks  which  have  ceased  to  look  fair  and  full, 
when  left  open,  as  in  youth,  convey  an  unpleasant  impression  to 
the  beholder,  which  no  richness  of  dress,  and  no  elegance  of  man- 
ners are  sufficient  to  remove.  The  use  of  a slight  frill  or  collar, 
or  of  a silk  or  gauze  handkerchief,  tastefully  arranged,  would 
obviate  the  difficulty. 

It  has  been  remarked  by  a recent  author  on  Dress,  that  “a  wo- 
man can  never  be  dressed  too  little,  nor  a girl  too  much;”  and 
this  appears  to  be  correct  within  reasonable  limits.  A gentle- 
woman needs  not  to  be  reminded  that  she  ought  at  all  times  to 
be  attired  in  a neat  becomming  manner.  An  elegant  simplicity 
of  dress  and  toilet,  with  nnafiected  manners,  demands  respect, 
and  is  always  admired  by  persons  of  real  worth  and  taste.  Indeed, 
it  is  as  much  an  evidence  of  a refined  mind,  as  its  neglect  is  ol 
vulgarity  and  ill-breeding.  Above  all  things,  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  the  beauty  and  whiteness  of  the  linen  of  both  sexes, 
and  thorough  attention  to  cleanliness,  are  among  the  chief  and 
and  most  palpable  distinction  between  persons  of  refinement  and 
rank  and  the  common  herd  of  mankind.  No  richness  of  the  othei 
portions  of  the  apparel,  and  no  amount  of  care  bestowed  on  the 
adornment  of  the  person,  can  possibly  compensate  for  negligence 
in  these  points. 

The  selection  of  jev/els  for  the  head  and  neck  should  be  guided, 
as  to  color,  by  the  same  principles  as  those  already  indicated  in 
speaking  of  dress.  Diamonds  are  adapted  to  almost  all  com- 
plexions. Pearls  are  nearly  the  same;  they  particularly  set  oft 
the  dark-haired  brunette,  out  lose  much  of  their  effect  when  the 
complexion  is  pale,  sallow,  or  coarse,  and  hair  light  or  flaxen. 
Turquoise,  and  other  stones  of  like  color,  and  the  pink  coral  now 
so  fashionable,  particularly  become  the  healthy  blonde ; but  where 
the  skin  is  pale  or  slightly  sallow,  the  former  should  be  avoided. 
Ornaments  in  frosted  silver  well  suit  the  brunette,  and  particu- 
larly set  off  dark  hair.  Those  in  aluminium  seldom  long  prove 
^advantageous. 


26  MKSONAL  APPEARAKCE. 

CHAPTER  YL 

CLEA.NLINES3-ABLUriOX-BATHINa— BATHS,  &o. 

Cleanliness  is  a subject  of  such  importance  to  our  well-being, 
that  little  need  be  said  in  its  favor,  were  it  not  that  many  persi^ns 
who  loudly  declaim  about  it,  are  negligent  of  it  themselvQ That 
it  is  essentail  to  the  health,  comfort,  and  personal  appearance  of 
the  individual,  is  so  generallj^  admitted,  that  even  those  who  do 
not  practise  it,  are  compelled,  by  their  feelings  of  decency  and 
propriety,  to  speak  in  its  praise. 

In  favor  of  personal  cleanliness  it  is  impossible  to  speak  too 
highly,  or  say  too  much.  It  enhances  every  charm,  and  creates 
new  ones  peculiar  to  itself.  It  invigorates  all  the  numerous  func- 
tions of  the  body,  and  of  the  mind.  It  is  capable  of  rendering 
the  most  ordinary  agreeable,  and  even  the  sick  and  the  deformed 
companionable  Beauty  itself  without  its  talismanic  influeuce 
ceases  to  attract,  or  soon  palls  and  satiates  the  senses  it  so  lately 
ravished. 

It  is  a mark  of  politeness  and  good  breeding,  and  is  capable  of 
inspiring  the  most  refined  sentiments,  affections,  and  passions. 
Without  it  man  is  unfitted  for  social  intercourse,  and  his  presence 
in  company  would  prove  a manifest  cause  of  offence.  It  has  been 
justly  observed  that,  “the  different  nations  of  the  world  are  as 
much  distinguished  by  their  cleanliness,  as  by  their  arts  and 
sciences.  The  more  they  are  advanced  in  civilization  and  refine- 
ment, the  more  they  consult  this  part  of  politeness.”  No  one 
perfectly  clean  in  his  person  can  be  absolutely  disagreeable; 
whilst  no  amount  of  personal  charms  in  features,  figure,  or  com- 
plexion, can  render  an  individual  companionable  without  it. 

Addison  regarded  cleanliness  as  the  foster-mother  of  affection, 
and  as  the  most  enduring  of  all  the  auxiliaries  of  personal  beauty. 

“Beauty  commonly  produces  love;  but  cleanliness  preserves  it. 
Age  itself  is  not  unamiable  whilst  it  is  preserved  clean  and  un- 
sullied; like  a piece  of  metal  constantly  kept  smooth  and  bright, 
we  look  on  it  with  more  pleasure  than  on  a new  vessel  that  is 
cankered  with  rust.”  But  cleanliness  is  not  only  agreeable  to 
others,  and  one  of  our  social  duties,  it  is  pleasurable  and  service- 
able to  ourselves.  Irrespective  of  its  influence  on  the  health  and 
personal  charms,  its  practice  has  been  declared,  037-  one  of  our 
recent  and  highest  authorities,  to  be  incompatible  with  many  of 
the  vices  that  prove  destructive  to  both  the  body  and  the  mind. 
“Through  the  prevalence  of  custom  the  most  vicious  habits  lose 
their  horror  by  being  made  familiar  to  us.  On  the  contrary, 
those  who  live  in  the  neighborhood  of  good  examples,  fly  from 
the  first  appearance  of  what  is  shocking  or  vicious,  and  thus  pure 
and  unsullied  thoughts  are  naturally  suggested  to  the  mind  by 
those  objects  which  perpetuall}^  surround  us,  when  they  are 
beautiful  and  elegant  in  their  kind* 


PEBSONAL  APPEABANCE. 


27 


A lady  of  vast  discernment  and  of  equal  experience  in  these 
matters — herself  as  lovely  and  fascinating  as  she  was  accomplish- 
ed and  unfortunate — whose  name  is  doubtless  familiar  to  many 
of  my  readers,  in  addressing  her  sister  that  formed  her  audience, 
observed;  “An  important,  and,  I might  say,  the  principal  receipt 
which  I shall  give  you  for  the  promotion  and  preservation  of  your 
beauty  is  cleanliness,  thorough  cleanliness  in  the  most  extended 
sense  of  the  word.  It  is  an  indispensable  thing.  It  maintains 
the  skin  in  its  softness,  the  complexion  in  its  lustre  and  natural 
hue,  the  limbs  in  their  pliancy,  the  whole  frame  in  its  vigor  and 
fairest  light,  the  mind  in  its  purity,  and  the  spirits  in  the  buoy- 
ancy of  youth  irrespective  of  age  and  condition.  The  frequent 
use  of  tepid  water  to  the  person,  particularly  of  the  tepid  bath,  is 
not  less  grateful  to  the  senses  than  it  is  salutary  to  health  and 
beauty.  It  is  by  such  ablutions  that  accidental  corporeal  impuri- 
ties are  thrown  oif,  cutaneous  eruptions  removed,  and,  while  the 
surface  of  the  body  is  preserved  in  its  original  purity  and  bright- 
ness, many  threatening  and  beauty-destroying  disorders  are  pre- 
vented. 

Sea-bathing,  “on  account  of  its  stimulative  and  penetrating 
power,  may  be  placed  at  the  head  of  those  means  which  regard 
the  care  of  the  skin;  and  it  certainly  supplies  one  of  the  first 
wants  of  the  present  generation,  by  opening  the  pores,  and  there- 
by re-invigorating  the  whole  nervous  sj’^stem.”  “Besides  its  great 
power  in  cases  of  disease,  it  may  be  employed  by  those  who  are 
perfectly  well,  as  the  means  most  agreeable  to  nature  for  strength- 
ening the  body  and  preserving  the  health.”  As  an  agent  for  pro- 
moting and  preserving  the  softness  and  delicacy  of  the  healthy 
skin,  and  the  bright  hues  of  the  complexion,  it  is,  however,  in- 
ferior to  the  warm  bath  and  the  tepid  bath. 

For  ordinary  bathing  to  produce  its  best  effects,  the  water 
should  be  soft  and  pure,  and  a little  good  soap  sparingly  but  re- 
gularly employed  whenever  the  state  of  the  skin  requires  it. 
Hard  water  tends  to  make  the  skin  rough  and  coarse,  and  is  not 
so  cleansing  as  pure,  soft,  natural  water. 

After  leaving  the  ordinary  bath,  a tepid,  or  even  a cold  shower- 
bath,  may  be  taken  with  advantage.  By  employing  distilled 
Y/ater  for  the  latter,  either  alone  or  combined  with  a little  rose- 
water (eau  de  rose),  or  orange-flower  water,  the  luxury  and  effec- 
tiveness of  the  bath  is  increased.  The  addition  of  three  or  four 
ounces  of  glycerine  to  this  water  further  improves  it,  and  causes 
it  to  impart  to  the  skin  a delicacy,  and  a delightful  sensation  of 
softness,  obtainable  by  no  other  means. 

The  opinion  that  the  warm  bath  is  relaxing,  which  we  some- 
times hear  expressed  by  those  who  are  practically  unacquainted 
with  its  use,  is  erroneous.  It  is  only  so  when  persons  remain  in 
it  too  long,  or  take  it  too  often.  As  a rule,  fifteen  to  twenty  min- 
utes is  a sufficiently  long  space  of  time  to  indulge  in  it;  and  the 


PEBSONAL  APPEABANCE. 


best  part  of  the  day  is  either  immediately  before  retiring  to  rest, 
or  before  dressing  in  the  morning;  preferably  the  first,  as  a night 
of  refreshing  sleep  is  almost  sure  to  follow  it.  Neither  this  or 
any  other  bath  should  be  taken  on  a full  stomach,  nor  soon  after 
a meal.  It  is  better  to  allow  a couple  of  hours  to  elapse  before 
doing  so.  Nor  are  those  who  indulge  in  a warm  bath  more  liable 
to  take  cold  than  others.  On  the  contrary,  they  are  less  so,  un- 
less they  wilfully  expose  themselves,  insufficiently  clad  (particu- 
larly about  th3  neck  and  chest),  to  draughts  of  cold  air. 

The  preceding  remarks  have  reference  to  personal  cleanliness, 
but  it  may  be  also  observed  here,  that  domestic  or  household 
cleanliness  is  scarcely  less  important.  Without  it  the  air  within 
our  homes  would  be  perpetually  vitiated,  and  the  blessings  of 
light  and  ventilation,  and  of  salubrity  of  situation,  rendered 
abbrtive. 

After  personal  cleanliness,  and  “alter  this  moderation  in  the 
indulgence  of  pleasure  which  I have  recommended,”  observed 
Lola  Montes  at  one  of  her  lectures,  ‘ ‘the  next  specific  for  the  pre- 
servation of  beauty  which  I shall  give  you,  is  that  of  gentle  daily 
exercise  in  the  open  air.  Nature  teaches  us,  in  the  gambols  and 
sportiveness  of  the  lower  animals,  that  bodily  exercise  is  neces- 
sary for  the  growth,  vigor,  and  symmetry  of  the  frame;  whilst  the 
too  studious  scholar  and  the  indolent  man  of  luxury  exhibit  in 
themselves  the  pernicious  consequences  of  the  want  of  it.  Many 
a rich  lady  would  give  thousands  of  dollars  for  the  full  rounded- 
arm  and  the  peach  bloom  on  the  cheek  of  her  kitchen-maid. 
Well ! might  she  not  have  had  both  by  the  same  amount  of  exer- 
cise and  the  same  simple  and  natural  mode  of  living?” 

The  poet  tells  us,  that — 

^“Health  is  the  vital  principle  of  bliss, 

And  exercise  of  health.” 

CHAPTEB  Vn. 

THE  SKIN  : ITS  BEAUTY,  USES,  CONSTRUCTION,  MANAGEMENT,  &C., 

Every  person  knows  what  the  skin  is,  its  external  appearance, 
and  its  general  properties;  but  there  are  many  of  my  readers  who 
may  not  be  aware  of  its  peculiar  and  wonderful  construction,  its 
compound  character,  and  its  manifold  uses.  It  not  merely  acts 
as  an  organ  of  sense,  and  a protection  to  the  surface  of  the  body, 
but  it  clothes  it,  as  it  were,  in  a garment  of  the  most  delicate  tex- 
ture, and  of  the  most  surpassing  loveliness.  In  perfect  health  it 
is  gifted  with  exquisite  sensibility,  and  while  it  possesses  the  soft- 
ness of  velvet,  and  exhibits  the  delicate  hues  of  the  lily,  the  car- 
nation, and  the  rose,  it  is  nevertneless  gifted  with  extraordinary 
strength  and  power  of  resisting  external  injury,  and  is  not  only 
capable  of  repairing,  but  of  actually  renewing  itself.  “Though 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE, 


29 


nnprotected  with  hair,  wool,  or  fur,  or  with  feathers,  or  scales» 
as  with  the  brute  creation,  the  human  skin  is  furnished  with  in- 
numberable  nerves,  which  endow  it  with  extreme  susceptibility 
to  all  the  various  vicissitudes  of  climate  and  of  weather,  and 
prompt  the  mind  to  provide  suitable  materials,  in  the  shape  of 
clothing,  to  shield  it  under  all  the  circumstances  in  which  it  can 
be  placed. 

The  importance  of  the  due  exposure  of  the  body  to  daylight  or 
sunlight,  cannot  be  too  strongly  insisted  on.  Light  and  warmth 
are  powerful  agents  in  the  economy  of  our  being.  The  former 
especially  is  an  operative  agent  on  which  health,  vigor,  and  even 
beauty  itself  depend.  Withdraw  the  light  of  the  sun,  with  its 
actinic  or  chemical  rays,4?’om  the  organic  world,  and  all  its 
various  beings  and  objects  would  languish  and  gradually  lose 
those  charms  which  are  now  their  characteristics.  In  its  absence, 
the  carnation-tint  leaves  the  cheek  of  beauty,  the  cherry-hue  of 
the  lips  changes  to  a leaden-purple,  the  eyes  become  glassy  and 
expressionless,  and  the  complexion  assumes  an  unnatural,  cadav- 
erous appearance  that  speaks  of  sickness,  "light  and  death.  So 
powerful  is  daylight,  so  necessary  to  our  well-being,  that  even  its 
partial  exclusion,  or  its  insufLicient  admission  to  our  apartments, 
soon  tells  its  tale  in  the  feeble  health,  the  liability  to  the  attacks 
of  decease,  and  the  pallid  features — vacant  and  sunken,  or  flabby, 
pendent,  and  uninviting — of  their  inmates.  Even  the  aspect  of 
the  rooms  in  which  we  pass  most  of  our  time,  and  the  number 
or  extent  of  their  windows,  is  perceptible,  by  the  trained  eye,  in 
the  complexion  and  features  of  those  that  occupy  them.  So  in 
the  vegetable  world — the  bright  and  endlessly  varied  hues  of 
flowers,  and  their  sweet  perfumes — even  their  very  production — 
depend  on  sunlight.  In  obscure  light  plants  grow  lanky  and  be- 
come pale  and  feeble,  they  seldom  produce  flowers,  and  uni- 
formly fail  to  ripen  their  seeds.  In  even  partial  darkness  the 
green  hue  of  their  foliage  gradually  pales  and  disappears,  and 
new  grov/ths,  when  they  occur,  are  blanched  or  colorless. 

The  best  method  of  keeping  the  skin  clean  and  healthy,  by 
ablution  and  baths,  has  been  already  generally  alluded  to,  but 
here  some  further  details  may  be  given.  The  use  of  these,  and 
the  washing  of  the  skin  that  forms  part  of  the  daily  duties  of  the 
toilet,  appear  to  be  very  simple  matters,  but  writers  on  the  sub- 
ject differ  in  oi^inion  as  to  the  methods  to  be  followed  to  render 
them  perfect  cleansers  of  the  skin.  Some  of  these  regard  the  use 
of  soap  and  water  applied  in  the  form  of  lather,  with  the  hands, 
and  afterwards  thoroughly  removed  from  the  skin  by  copious 
affusions,  rinsing  or  sluicing  with  water,  or  immersion  in  i^  as 
the  best  method.  This  is  probably  the  case  when  the  skin  is  not 
materially  dirty,  or  its  pores  or  surface  obstructed  or  loaded  with 
the  residual  solid  matter  of  the  perspiration,  or  its  own  unctuous 


30 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


exudation  and  exuviae.  To  remove  these  completely  and  readily 
something  more  than  simple  friction  with  the  smooth  hand  is 
generally  required.  In  such  cases  the  use  of  a piece  of  flannel 
or  serge,  doubled  and  spread  across  the  hand,  or  of  a mitten  or 
glove  without  divisions  for  tJie  fingers,  and  of  the  same  material, 
will  be  most  ready  and  effective.  Friction  with  this,  first  with 
soap,  and  afterwards  with  water  to  rinse  the  soap  off,  wiM  be 
found  to  cleanse  the  skin  more  thoroughly  and  quickly  than 
any  other  method,  and,  by  removing  the  worn-out  portion  of 
its  surface,  to  impart  to  it  a healthy  glow  and  hue  that  is  most 
refreshing  and  agreeable.  This  effect  will  be  increased  by  wiping 
and  rubbing  the  surface  thoroughly  dry  with  a coarse  and  mod- 
erately rough,  but  not  a stiff  towel,  instead  of  with  the  fine 
smooth  diapers,  which  are  now  so  commonly  employed.  At 
the  bath,  the  flesh-brush,  usually  provided  there,  will  supersede 
the  necessity  of  using  the  flannel. 

The  small  black  spots  and  marks  frequently  observed  on  the 
skin  in  hot  weather,  particularly  on  the  face,  generally  arise  from 
the  accumulation  of  the  indurated  solid  matter  of  the  prespira- 
tion  in  its  pores.  When  they  assume  the  form  of  small  pimples 
(acne  punctata),  and  often  when  otherwise,  they  may  be  removed 
by  strong  pressure  between  the  fingers,  or  between  the  nails  of 
the  opposite  fingers,  followed  by  the  use  of  hot  soap-and-water. 

The  subsequent  daily  application  of  a weak  solution  of  bichlo- 
ride of  mercury,  as  in  the  form  commonly  known  as  Gowland’s 
lotion,  or  of  sulphate  of  zinc,  will  completely  remove  the  swell- 
ing, and  generally  prevent  their  reformation. 

Dandriff  is  an  exfoliation  of  the  skin  which  differs  from  com- 
mon scurfiness,  chiefly  in  occurring  in  reddish  patches.  In  its  ex- 
aggerated forms,  when  the  patches  are  irregular,  and  the  cuticle 
is  thrown  off  in  large  scales,  accompanied  with  much  irritation, 
it  forms  the  “pityriasis”  of  pathologist,  and  the  “ branny  tetter” 
of  the  vulgar.  Its  treatment  insists  in  extreme  cleanliness,  the 
frequent  use  of  warm  soap-and-water,  and  attention  to  the  diet, 
as  noticed  below  under  “ eruptions.”  The  itching  and  irritation 
may  also  be  allayed,  or  greatly  lessened,  in  the  manner  there  in- 
dicated. 

Eruptions  are  too  well  known  to  require  any  lengthy  descrip- 
tion here.  They  are  usually  classified  by  writers  oti  the  subject 
into— animalcular  eruptions,  or  those  due  to  the  presence  of 
animalcula  (minute  acari)  in  the  scarf-skin,  which  occasion  much 
irritation,  and  of  which  the  itch  furnishes  a well-marked  example; 
papular  eruptions  or  dry  pimples;— pustular  eruptions  or  mat- 
tery pimples,  of  which  some  forms  are  popularly  known  as  crusted 
tetters; — scaly  eruptions  or  dry  tetters;  and — vesicular  eruptions 
or  watery  pimples  or  vesicles 

The  treatment  of  all  of  the  above,  except  the  first,  simply 


PEKSONAL  APPEAllANCE. 


cases,  where  there  is  not  much  constitutional  disarrangement, 
consists  mainly  in  attention  to  the  general  principles  of  health 
— cleanliness,  exercise,  food,  ventilation,  and  clothing.  Occa- 
sional doses  of  mild  saline  aperients  (Epsom-salts,  cream  of 
tartar,  or  phosphate  of  soda,  or  of  sulphur  combined  with  cream 
of  tartar),  should  be  taken,  and  warm  or  tepid  bathing,  prefera- 
bly in  sea- water,  or  ablution  in  warm  soap-and- water,  frequently, 
had  recourse  to.  Stimulents  of  all  kinds  should  be  avoided,  and 
the  red  meats,  ripe  fruits,  and  the  anti-scorbutic  vegetables, 
should  form  a considerable  portion  of  the  diet.  Lemonade,  made 
b}^  squeezing  the  Juice  of  a lemon  into  a half-pint  tumblerful  of 
water,  and  sweetening  it  with  a little  sugar,  should  be  frequently 
and  liberally  taken,  as  one  of  the  best  beverages  in  such  cases. 
To  relieve  the  itching  and  irritation  (except  in  the  pustular, 
crusted,  and  vesicular  varieties),  brisk  friction  with  a flesh-brush 
or  a flesh-glove,  may  be  employed.  The  parts  should  also  be 
wetted  with  an  appropriate  lotion,  after  each  friction  or  bath,  or 
the  use  of  soap-and- water.* 

In  all  the  scaly  eruptions  iodide  of  potassium  internally,  and 
iodurretted  or  sulphuretted  lotions  or  baths,  are  invaluable.  In 
many  of  them  of  a malignant  and  obstinate  character,  as  lepra 
psoriasis,  lupus,  &c.,  small  doses  of  solution  of  arsenite  of  potassa 
(liquor  arsenicalis,)*  or  of  Donovan’s  solution  (solutio  arsenici  et 
hydrarg3rri  iodidi),t  prove  highly  serviceable.  The  last  is  proba- 
bly the  most  active  and  certain  remedy  in  such  cases  Imown.  In 
the  forms  of  psoriasis,  popularly  called  bakers*  itch,  grocers’  itch, 
and  washerwoman’s  itch,  the  application  of  ointment  of  nitrate 
of  mercury  (unguentum  hydrargyri  nitratis),  diluted  with  ten  or 
twelve  times  its  weight  of  lard  has  been  highly  recomended.  A 
course  of  sarsaparilla  is  also  in  most  cases  advantageous. 

The  small,  hard,  distinct  pimples acne,”  or  acne  simplex” 
of  medical  writers— that  occur  on  the  forehead,  and  occasionally 
on  the  temples  and  chin,  generally  yield  to  stimulating  lotions 
consisting  of  equal  parts  of  strong  spirit  or  vinegar,  and  water, 
or  to  weak  lotions  of  sulphate  of  zinc,  or  of  bichloride  of  mer- 
cury, assisted  by  occasional  doses  of  cooling  laxatives,  as  the  sa- 
lines, or  a mixture  of  sulphur  or  cream  of  tartar. 

Freckles,  or  the  round  or  oval-shaped  yellowish  or  brownish- 
yellow  spots,  resembling  stains,  common  on  the  face  and  the 
backs  of  the  hands  of  persons  with  a fair  and  delicate  skin  who 
are  much  exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  in  hot  weather, 
are  of  little  importance  in  themselves,  and  have  nothing  to  do  with 
the  general  health.  Ladies  who  desire  to  remove  them  may  have 

*The  dose  is  3 to  5 drops,  gradually  and  cautiously  increased  to  8 or  10, 
twice  a day,  after  a meal. 

t Dose,  10  to  20  drops,  twice  a day,  as  the  last.  Both  these  preparations 
are  better  used  only  under  medical  advice.  ( Vide  Index J 


32 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


recourse  to  tlie  frequent  application  of  dilute  spirit,  or  lemon= 
juice,  or  a lotion  formed  by  adding  acetic,  hydrochloric,  nitric,  or 
sulphuric  acid,  or  liquor  of  potassa,  to  water,  until  it  is  just 
strong  enough  to  slightly  prick  the  tongue.  One  part  of  good 
Jamrica  rum  to  two  parts  of  lemon-juice ’or  weak  vinegar,  is  a 
good  form  of  lotion  for  the  purpose.  Gowland’s  lotion,  referred 
to  elsewhere,  is  also  an  effective  application.  The  effect  of  ail 
these  lotions  is  increased  by  the  addition  of  a little  glycerine. 

The  preceeding  are  also  occasionally  called  “common  freckles,” 
“ summer-freckles,”  and  “ sun-freckles.”  In  some  cases  they 
are  very  persistent,  and  resist  all  attempts  to  remove  them  while 
the  exposure  that  produces  them  is  continued.  Their  appear- 
ance may  be  prevented  by  greater  use  of  the  veil,  parasol  or  sun- 
shade, or  avoidance  of  exposure  to  the  sun  during  the  heat  of 
the  day. 

Another  variety,  popularly  known  as  cold  freckles,  occur  at  all 
seasons  of  the  year,  and  usually  depends  on  disorded  health  or 
some  disturbance  of  the  natural  functions  of  the  skin.  Here  the 
only  external  application  that  proves  useful  is  the  solution  of 
bichloride  of  mercury  (P.  L.)  and  glycerine,  or  Gowland’s 
lotions. 

The  itch — “ psora  ” and  “ scabies  ” of  medical  authors,  the 
“gale  of  the  French — already  referred  to,  in  its  common  forma 
is  an  eruption  of  minute  vesicles,  generally  containing  animalcula 
(acari),  and  of  which  the  principal  seats  are  between  the  fingers, 
bend  of  the  wrist,  &c.  It  is  accompanied  by  intense  itching 
of  the  i^arts  affected,  which  is  only  aggravated  by  scratching. 
The  usual  treatment  is  with  sulphur-ointment  (simple  or  com- 
pound), well  rubbed  in  once  or  twice  a day,  a spoonful  (more  or 
less)  of  flowers  of  sulphur,  mixed  with  treacle  or  milk,  being 
taken  at  the  same  time,  night  and  morning.  Where  the  external 
use  of  sulphur  is  objectionable,  on  account  of  its  smell,  a sul- 
phur etten  bath  or  lotion,  or  one  of  chloride  of  lime,  may  be 
used  instead.  In  all  cases  extreme  cleanliness,  with  the  free  use 
of  soap-and-water,  is  a sine  qua  non  in  the  treatment. 

The  small  soft  discolorations  and  excrescences  of  the  skin, 
popularly  called  moles,  may  be  removed  by  toutching  them  every 
second  or  third  day  with  strong  acetic  or  nitric  acid,  or  with  lunar 
caustic.  If  covered  with  hair,  they  should  be  shaved  first.  When 
they  are  large  and  form  ihoncevi  (proper) — the  “mother-marks” 
of  the  vulgar  -one  or  other  of  the  plans  noticed  under  “smalh 
pox”  {infra)  may  be  adopted. 

Extreme  paleness  of  the  skin,  when  not  symytomatic  of  any 
primary  disease,  generally  arises  from  debility,  or  from  the  lan- 
guid circulation  of  the  blood  at  the  surface  of  the  body;  often 
also  from  insufficient  or  improper  food,  want  of  out-door  exercise, 
and  the  like.  The  main  treatment  is  evident  Warm  baths* 


PEBSONAL  APPEABANCE. 


friction,  and  stimulating  lotions  and  cosmetics  may  be  here  em- 
ployed, together  with  a course  of  some  mild  chalbeate  (as  the 
lactate,  protophosphate,  or  ammonia-citrate  of  iron),  and  hypo- 
phosite  of  soda. 

Boughness  and  coarseness  of  the  skin,  when  not  depending  on 
4ny  particular  disease,  may  be  removed,  or  greatly  lessened,  by 
daily  friction  with  mild  unguents  or  oil,  or  by  moistening  the 
part,  night  and  morning,  with  a weak  solution  of  bichloride  of 
mercury  containing  a little  clycerine. 

Bashes  and  redness  of  the  skin,  of  a common  character,  often 
arise  from  very  trifling  causes,  among  which  indigestion,  sup- 
pressed i3erspiration,  irritation,  and  the  like,  are  the  most  fre- 
quent. Nettle-rash  or  urticaria,  so  called  from  the  appearance 
and  tingling  sensation  resembling  those  caused  by  the  sting  of 
nettles,  in  some  habits  of  body,  is  very  apt  to  follov/  the  use  of 
indisgestible  and  unwholesome  food.  It  is  usually  of  short  dura- 
tion and  recurrent.  The  treatment  consists  in  the  administration 
of  mild  saline  aperients,  and,  in  severe  cases,  of  an  emetic,  parti- 
cularly where  the  stomach  is  still  loaded  with  indigestible  matter. 
These  should  be  followed  by  copious  use  of  lemonade  made  from 
the  fresh-expressed  juice.  The  patient  should  be  lightly  but 
warmly  clothed  during  the  attack,  and  exposure  to  cold,  or  to 
draughts  of  cold  air,  should  be  carefullj^  avoided.  The  further 
treatment  may  be  similar  to  that  noticed  under  eruptions.  To 
prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  attack  the  objectionable  articles  of 
food,  and  any  other  known  exciting  causes,  must  be  avoided,. 
Bed  rash,  red  blotch,  or  fiery  sj^ot,  a common  consequence  of 
disordered  health,  a sudden  fit  of  dyspepsia,  and  in  females,  of 
tight  lacing,  and  rose-rash,  false  measles,  or  roseola,  having  com- 
monly a similar  origin  to  the  preceding,  for  the  most  part  require 
the  same  treatment. 

Scurf — “furfur,”  or  “furfura” — is  a formation  depending  on 
the  natural  and  healthy  exfoliation  of  the  skin  on  every  part  of 
the  body  on  which  hair  or  down  grows,  but  most  extensive  and 
observable  on  the  scalp,  on  account  of  the  abundance  and  darker 
color  of  the  hair  there.  Scurfiness,  or  excessive  scurfiness,  is  the 
result  of  morbid  action,  and  may  be  treated  by  the  frequent  use 
ct  the  flesh-brush  or  hair-biush,  ablution  with  soap  and  water, 
and  the  use  of  mild,  stimulating,  astringent,  or  detergent  lotions. 

Scurvy — “scorbutus”  of  medical  writers— is  a disease  which, 
even  in  its  incipient  and  early  stages,  when  its  presence  is  often 
unsuspected,  is  most  injurious  to  the  skin  and  the  complexion. 
It  usually  commences  with  unnatural  sallowness,  debility,  and 
low  spirits.  As  it  proceeds,  the  gums  become  sore,  spongy,  and 
apt  to  bleed  on  the  slightest  pressure  or  friction;  the  teeth  loosen, 
and  the  breath  requires  a foetid  odor;  the  legs  sv/ell,  eruptions 
appear  on  diflerent  parts  of  the  body,  and  at  length  the  patient 
sinks  under  general  emaciation,  diarrhoea,  and  haemorrhages.  Its 


3^ 


PEESONAL  APPEAEANOE. 


chief  cause  is  improper  good,  or  rather  the  absence  or  insufficient 
supply  of  fresh  meat  and  vegetables  in  the  diet;  to  which  cold, 
humidity,  w^ant  of  exercise  and  fresh  air.  may  be  added  as  sec- 
ondary ones.  Hence  its  frequent  fatal  visitations  formerly  on 
ship-board,  and  its  still  occasional  occurrence  in  ill-victualled 
ships  during  long  voyoges.  The  treatment  mainly  consists  in 
adopting  a liberal  diet  of  fresh  aniinal  food  and  green  vegetables, 
with  ripe  fruit  and  an  ample  allows, nee  of  good  mild  ale  or  beer, 
or  lemonade  made  from  the  fresh -expressed  juice,  as  beverages. 
Effervescing  draughts  formed  with  bicarbonate  of  potash  (not 
soda)  are  also  very  efficacious.  In  serious  cases,  tonics,  as 
quinine  and  steel,  should  also  be  rd  ministered. 

Wrinkles  and  looseness  of  the  s1an  depend  chiefly  on  the  atten- 
uation of  the  cutis  or  true  skin,  aiid  the  reduction  in  the  bulk  of 
the  underlying  surfacial  portions  of  the  body.  They  cannot  be 
regardad  as  a disease  of  the  skin ; but  are  the  result  of  long-con- 
tinued bad  health,  anxiety  and  study,  and  of  general  emaciation 
and  old  age.  Cleanliness,  nutritious  food,  vigorous  out-door  ex- 
ercise, agreeable  occupation  of  the  mind,  and  an  equable  and 
happy  temper,  retard  their  formation.  Whatever  tends  to  pro- 
mote the  general  health,  and  to  increase  the  bulk  of  the  body,  and 
particularly  the  disposition  of  fat  in  the  cellular  tissues,  also  tends 
to  remove  them,  and  to  increase  the  smoothness  and  beauty  of 
the  skin.  The  free  and  frequent  use  of  warm  soap-and-water, 
followed  by  the  daily  use  of  mild,  slimulating,  cosmetic  lotions 
or  fomentations,  or  friction  with  warm  oil  of  a like  character,  and 
cod-liver  oil  internally,  is  all  that  art  can  do  for  the  purpose. 

Excoriations,  in  popular  language,  are  those  cases  of  soreness 
produced  by  chafing  under  the  arms,  behind  the  ears,  between 
the  thighs,  and  in  tlie  wrinkles  and  folds  of  the  skin  generall^u 
They  occur  chiefly  in  infancy,  and  in  stout  persons  with  a deli- 
cate skin,  who  perspire  excessively.  Extreme  cleanliness,  and 
carefully  wiping  the  parts  dry  after  washing,  with  the  subsequent 
use  of  a little  violet-powder  or  finely  powdered  starch,  or  French 
chalk  scraped  or  grated  very  fine,  dusted  over  the  parts  once  or 
twice  a day,  will  generally  remove  them  and  prevent  dheir  recur- 
rence. 

CHAPTEE  Vin. 

THE  HAIR  • ITS  ESTIMATION,  STRUCTURE,  GROWTH,  MANAGEMENT,  ETC. 

The  hair  is  not  only  invaluable  as  a protective  covering  of  the 
head,  but  it  gives  a finish  and  imparts  unequalled  gTace  to  the 
features  v/hich  it  surrounds.  Sculptors  and  painters  have  be- 
stowed on  its  representation  their  highest  skill  and  caiie,  and  its 
description  and  i^raises  have  been  sung  in  the  sweetest  lays  by 
the  poets  of  all  ages.  Whether  in  flowing  ringlets,  chaste  and 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


35 


simple  bands,  or  graceful  braids  artistically  disposed,  it  is  equally 
charming,  and  clothes  with  fascination  ever  the  simplest  forms 
of  beauty : — 

“0  wondrous,  wondrous,  is  her  hair  ! 

A braided  wealth  of  golden  brown, 

That  drops  on  neck,  and  temples  bare.” 

If  there  be  one  point  more  than  another  in  which  the  tastes  of 
mankind  appear  to  agree,  it  is  that  rich,  luxurant,  flowing  hair,  is 
not  merely  beautiful  in  itself,  but  an  important— nay,  an  essen- 
tial auxiliary  to  the  highest  development  of  the  personal  charms. 
Among  all  the  refined  nations  of  antiquity,  as  in  all  time  since, 
the  care,  arrangement,  and  decoration  of  the  hair,  formed  a prom- 
inent, and  generally  the  leading  portion  of  their  toilet.  The 
ancient  Egyptians  and  Assyrians,  and  other  Eastern  nations,  be- 
stowed on  it  the  most  elaborate  attention.  The  ancient  Jews,  like 
their  modern  descendants,  were  proverbial  for  the  luxuriance  and 
richness  of  their  hair,  and  the  care  which  they  devoted  to  it. 
Glossy,  flowing,  black  hair  is  represented  to  have  been  the  ‘glory’ 
of  the  ancient  Jewess,  and  in  her  j^erson  to  have  exhibited  charms 
of  the  most  imposing  character;  whilst  the  chastness  of  its  ar- 
rangement was  only  equalled  by  its  almost  magic  beauty.  Nor 
was  this  luxuriance,  and  this  attention  to  the  hair,  confined  to 
the  gentler  sex;  for  among  the  pagan  Orientals  the  hair  and  beard 
of  the  males  were  not  less  sedulously  attended  to.  Among  the 
males  of  Judah  and  Israel,  long  flowing  ringlets  appear  to  have 
been  regarded  as  highl}^  desirable  and  attractive.  The  reputed 
beauty  and  the  prodigious  length  and  weight  of  the  hair  of  Absa- 
lom, the  son  of  David,  as  recorded  in  the  sacred  text,  would  be 
sufficient  to  startle  the  most  enthusiastic  modern  dandy  that  cul- 
tivates the  crinal  ornament  of  his  person.  Solomon  the  wise, 
another  son  of  David,  conceived  the  beauty  oMhe  hair  sufficiently 
dignified  to  express  figuratively  the  graces  of  the  church. 

Tlie  hair,  though  devoid  of  sensibility,  and  unsusceptible  of 
expression  under  the  influence  of  the  will  and  the  ordinary  mental 
feelings,  like  the  mobile  portions  of  the  face,  and  though  it  may 
he  popularly  regarded  rather  in  the  light  of  a parasitic  growth 
than  as  an  essential  portion  of  the  body,  it  is  capable  of  being 
affected  by  the  stronger  emotions  and  passions,  and  even  of  aiding 
their  expression  in  the  features.  Who  is  there  that,  at  some 
period  or  other  of  his  life,  if  only  in  chilhood,  in  moment  of 
sudden  terror  or  horror,  has  not  experienced  the  sensation  popu- 
larly described  as  ‘dhe  hair  standing  on  end”?  or  who  is  there 
that,  at  some  time  or  other,  has  not  witnessed  the  partial  erection 
of  the  hair  in  children  or  females  under  like  violent  emotions,  or 
seen  the  rex^resentation  of  it  in  sculptures  or  joaintings?*  Those 

Both  the  sensation,  and  the  erection  referred  to,  actually  belong  to  o* 
depend  on  the  skin,  from  which  the  hair  springs. 


PEESONAL  APPEAEAKCE. 


passions,  so  aptly  styled  by  Gray  “the  vultures  of  the  miiKt,’" 
frequently  affect,  with  wonderful  rapiditj^  the  health  of  both  ilie 
body  and  the  mind,  which  wreck  the  hair  soon  sympathizes  with 
and  shares.  Instances  are  recorded  in  which  violent  grief,  in  a 
few  weeks,  has  blanched  the  hair  and  anticipated  the  effects  of 
age;  and  others,  in  which  intense  terror  or  horror  has  effected 
the  same  with  even  greater  celerity,  the  change  having  occurred 
(n  a few  days,  or  even  in  a few  hours,  f Byron  alludes  to  tb^se 
facts  in  his  “Prison  of  Chillon”: — 

“ My  hair  is  gray,  but  not  with  j^ears, 

Nor  came  it  white 
In  a single  night. 

As  men’s  have  done  from  sudden  fear.”} 

Besides  daily  attention  to  the  hair,  something  else  is  necessary 

ensure  its  cleanliness  and  beauty,  and  the  perfect  health  of  the 
fcjkin  of  the  head  from  which  it  springs.  For  this  purpose  the 
head  should  be  occasionally  well  washed  with  soap-and- water,  an 
abundance  of  water  being  used,  and  great  care  being  subse- 
quently taken  to  thoroughly  rinse  out  the  whole  of  the  soa^D  with 
the  water  in  which  the  head  has  been  washed.  The  water  may 
be  either  tepid  or  cold,  according  to  the  feelings  or  habit  of  the 
person;  and  if  the  head  or  hair  be  very  scurfy  or  dirty,  or  hard 
water  be  used,  a few  grains  of  soda  (not  potash  or  pearlash)  may 
be  advantageously  added  to  the  water.  This  will  increase  its 
detersive  qualities.  After  the  hair  has  been  washed,  which  should 
be  done  quickly  though  thoroughly,  it  should  be  freed  as  much 
as  possible  from  the  water  by  pressure  with  the  hands,  and  then 
wiped  with  a soft  thick  towel,  which  should  be  done  with  care,  to 
avoid  entangling  it.  After  laying  it  straight,  first  with  the  coarse 
end  of  the  dressing,  comb  and  then  with  the  finer  portion,  it  may 
be  finally  dressed  and  adjusted  by  either  of  the  methods  previ- 
ously noticed. 

In  ordinary  cases  this  act  of  clenliness  should  be  much  exposed 
to  dust  and  dirt,  or  is  very  scurfy,  or  the  party  perspires  very 
freely,  it  should  be  performed  semi-weekly,  or  even  oftener. 

The  extreme  length  of  ladies’  hair  will  sometimes  render  the 
process  of  washing  it  very  troublesome  and  inconvenient;  in  such 
cases  the  patient  and  assiduous  use  of  a clean,  good  hair-brusl', 
followed  by  washing  the  partings  and  the  crown  of  the  head  with 
soap-and-water,  may  be  substituted. 

t A.  case  of  tlds  kind  actually  occurred  witiiin  the  author's  kno'vvlc'ljie 
some  years  since.  It  arose  from  the  violent  emotions  caused  by  sudden  lu,-s3 
of  Ills  skip,  and  subsequent  exposure.,  the  vi.-tim  being  the  captain. 

t ‘ Lmlovico  Sforza.  and  others.  The  same  is  asserted  ol  Mario  Antoi^m 
ette's,  the  wife  of  Louis  XVI.,  though  not  in  quite  so  short  a period.  Grief 
is  said  to  have  the  Sdine  ‘effect;  to  such,  and  not  to  fear,  its  change  in  her 
is  to  be  attributed.”  ^ to  the  **Frison  of  Chillon. 


PEESONAL  APPEAEANCE. 


37 


The  occasional  washing  of  the  head  is  absolutely  necessary  to 
preserve  the  health  of  the  scalp,  and  the  luxuriance  and  beauty 
of  the  hair,  when  much  oil,  i^omatum,  or  other  greasy  substance 
is  used  in  dressing  it. 

Medical  v liters  have  frequently  pointed  out  the  ill  effects  of 
the  free  or  excessive  use  of  oily  or  greasy  articles  for  the  hair;  but 
their  warnings  arpear  to  be  unheeded  by  the  mass  of  mankind. 
Erasmus  Wilson,  one  of  the  most  eminent  and  practical  of  these 
writers,  objects  to  their  use  altogether.  There  are,  however,  ex- 
3eptions  to  every  rule,  and  some  of  these  exceptions  are  noticed 
alsewhere  in  this  volume.  The  ill  effects  referred  to  chiefly  occur 
from  their  being  used  when  not  required,  and  in  excess,  and  are 
aggravated  by  the  neglect  of  thorough  cleanliness. 

To  improve  the  growth  and  luxuriance  of  the  hair,  wdien  languid 
or  defective,  the  only  natural  and  perfectly  safe  method  that  can 
be  adopted  is  to  promote  the  healthy  action  oi  the  scalp  by  in- 
creasing the  vigor  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood  through  its  min- 
ute vessels.  For  this  purpose  nothing  is  so  simple  an  deflective 
as  gentle  excitation  of  the  skin  by  frequent  continued  friction 
with  the  hair-brush,  which  has  the  convenience  of  ease  of  appli- 
cation and  inexpensiveness.  The  same  object  may  be  further 
promoted  by  the  application  of  any  simple  cosmetic  wash,  or 
other  preparation,  that  will  gently  excite  and  stimulate  the  skin, 
or  exercise  a tonic  action  on  it,  without  clogging  its  pores. 
Strong  rosemary-water  or  rosemary-tea,  and  a weak  solution  of 
the  essentird  oil  or  either  rosemary  or  garden-thyme,  are  popular 
articles  of  this  kind.  The}^  may  be  rendered  more  stimulating 
by  the  addition  of  a little  ammonia,  or  a little  spirit,  or  both  of 
them.  The  skin  of  the  head  should  be  moistened  with  them  on 
each  occasion  of  dressing  the  hair,  and  their  diffusion  and  action 
promoted  by  the  use  of  a clean  hair-brush.  Aromatized  water,  to 
which  a very  little  tincture  or  vinegar  of  cantharides  (preferably 
the  f-UTiier  has  been  added,  may  also  be  used  in  the  same  way, 
and  is  in  high  repute  for  the  purpose.  When  the  skin  is  pale, 
lax,  :ind  wrinkled,  astringent  washes  may  be  used.  Strong  black- 
tea  is  a convenient  and  excellent  application  of  this  kind.  When 
the  skin  and  hair  are  dry,  and  the  liitter  also  stiff  and  un tractable, 
a little  glycerine  is  an  appropriate  addition  to  each  of  the  preced- 
ing washes  or  lotions.  The  occasional  use  of  a little  bland  oil 
strongly  scented  with  oil  of  rosemany  or  of  origanum,  or  with 
both  of  them,  or  with  oil  of  mace,  or  very  slightly  tinctured  with 
cantharides,  is  also  generallj^  very  serviceable  when  there  is  poor- 
ness and  dryness  oi  the  hair.  When  the  hair  is  unnaturally 
greasy  and  lax,  a defect  that  seldom  occurs,  the  use  of  the  astrin- 
gent washes  just  referred  to,  or  of  a little  simple  oil  slightly 
scented  with  the  essential  oil  of  bitter  almonds,  will  tend  to  re« 
move  or  lessen  it 


38 


PEESONAL  APPEAEANCE. 


All  the  articles  named  above  promote  the  glossiness  and  wavi- 
ness of  the  hair,  and  are  also  among  the  simplest,  safest,  and 
and  best  applications  that  can  be  employed  when  the  hair  is 
weak  and  begins  to  fall  olf. 

To  impart  some  degree  of  curliness  or  waviness  to  the  hair 
when  it  is  naturally  straight,  and  to  render  it  more  retentive  of 
the  curl  imparted  to  it  by  papers,  or  by  other  modes  of  dressing 
it,  various  methods  are  often  adopted,  and  different  cosmetics 
employed.  The  first  object  appears  to  be  promoted  by  keeping 
the  hair,  for  a time,  in  a state  intermediate  between  perfect  dry- 
ness and  humidity,  from  which  different  parts  of  its  structure  be- 
ing unequally  affected,  in  this  respect,  will  acquire  different  de- 
grees of  relaxation  and  rigidity,  and  thus  have  a tendency  to  as- 
sume a wavy  or  slightly  curly  form,  provided  the  hair  be  left  loose 
enough  to  allow  it.  For  this  purpose  nothing  is  better  than 
washing  the  hair  with  soap-and- water  to  which  a few  grains  of 
salt  of  tartar  (carbonate  of  potash)  have  been  added;  or  it  may  be 
slightly  moistened  with  any  of  the  hair-washes  mentioned 
in  the  last  paragraph,  in  each  half -pint  of  which  a few  grains 
(say  10  to  12)  of  the  carbonate,  or  a teaspoonful  of  glycerine, 
has  been  dissolved.  The  moistened  hair,  after  the  application 
of  the  brush,  should  be  finally  loosely  adjusted,  as  desired,  v/ith 
the  dressing-comb.  The  effect  occurs  as  the  hair  dries.  When 
oils  are  preferred  to  hair- washes,  those  strongly  scented  with  the 
oil  of  rosemary,  to  which  a few  drops  of  oil  of  thyme  or  origa- 
num may  be  added,  appear  to  be  the  most  useful. 

A crisped,  or  kind  of  wavy  corrugated  appearance,  of  some  per- 
manency, is  sometimes  given  to  living  human  hair  by  a modifica- 
tion of  the  process  applied  by  the  pelt-mongers  and  felt-manufac- 
turers to  certain  furs,  and  called  “secretage”  by  the  French.  The 
hair  is  moistened  for  rather  more  than  one-half  its  length  with 
the  secretage  liquid,  care  being  taken  that  neither  the  liquid,  noi 
the  hair,  until  it  has  been  subsequently  washed,  touches  the  skin. 
The  operation  is  conducted  before  the  fire,  or  in  a current  oi 
warm  air,  so  that  the  hair  may  dry  as  quickly  as  possible.  Th6 
moistened  hair  is  loosely  adjusted  into  the  desired  positions,  oi 
into  one  favorable  for  its  contraction,  or,  A^hen  partly  dry,  it  is 
“put  up”  in  greased  curl-papers.  In  a few  hours,  or  sooner,  the 
hair  is  washed  with  tepid  water  (without  soap),  dried,  and  slightly 
oiled.  On  being  now  gently  combed  and  brushed,  it  generally 
shrinks  up  into  small  crisped  or  w'avy  locks;  and  it  will  generally 
retain  this  property  for  two  or  three  weeks,  or  even  much  longer. 
This  process  is  highly  objectionable,  as,  owing  to  the  corrosive 
nature  of  the  acid-liquid  employed  in  it,  it  cannot  be  otherwise 
than  injurious  to  the  hair,  and,  as  a consequence,  must  hasten 
its  decay.  It  should,  therefore,  be  avoided  by  every  one;  and  it 
is  only  noticed  here,  that  its  true  character  may  be  kno  vn. 

To  cause  the  hair  to  retain  the  position  given  to  it  in  dressini^ 


PEKSONAL  APPEAEANCE.  ^'<3 

it,  various  methods  and  cosmetics  are  commonly  employed. 
AVhen  the  arrangement  is  a natural  one,  and  the  hair  healthy  and 
tractable,  the  free  use  of  the  hair-brush  will  usually  be  sufficient 
for  the  purpose.  When  this  is  insufficient,  the  application  of  a 
few  drops  of  oil,  or,  better  still,  moistening  the  hair  with  a little 
simple  water,  will  effect  the  object  satisfactorily.  In  very  elab- 
orate and  unnatural  styles  of  dressing  the  hair,  and  to  cause  it 
to  remain  in  curl  or  to  retain  its  position  during  dancing  or  vio- 
lent exercise,  bandoline,  fixateur,  and  cosmetique  or  hard  poma- 
tum, are  the  articles  commonly^  employed  in  fashionable  life. 
Mild  ale  or  porter  has  a similar  effect,  and  is  often  substituted  for 
the  proceeding  expensive  cosmetics  in  humble  life.  The  fre- 
quent use  of  any  of  these  articles  is  objectionable,  as  they  clog 
up  the  pores  of  the  skin,  and  shield  both  it  and  the  hair  from  the 
genial  action  of  the  atmosphere,  which  is  essential  to  their  healthy 
vigor.  They  should  hence  be  subsequently  removed  by  carefully 
washing  the  head  with  a little  soap  and  tepid  water.  Their  use 
may  be  tolerated  in  dressing  for  the  ball-room,  but  on  no  other 
occasion.  Simple  water,  skilfully  employed,  as  noticed  elsewhere, 
is  the  best  and  safest  fixateur,  and,  under  ordinary  circumstances, 
is  amply  sufficient  for  the  purpose. 

The  practice  of  artificially  changing  the  color  of  the  hair,  and 
particularly  of  dyeing  it,  has  descended  to  us  from  remote  anti- 
quity; and  though  not  so  common  in  western  Europe  as  formerly, 
is  still  far  from  infrequent  at  the  present  day.  This  might  be  in- 
ferred from  the  multitude  of  nostrums  for  the  purpose  con- 
tinually advertised  in  the  newspapers,  and  from  the  number  of  23er- 
sons  who  announce  themselves  as  practising  the  art,  even  though 
the  keen  and  experienced  eye  did  not  frequently  detect  instances 
of  it,  as  it  now  does,  in  the  hair  and  beards  of  those  we  see 
around  us.  The  recent  rage  after  light  auburn  and  reddish 
hair,  in  fashionable  life,  has,  unfortunately,  greatly  multiplied 
these  instances.  The  consideration  of  the  subject,  however,  in 
its  ethical  relations,  does  not  not  come  within  the  province  of  the 
present  work,  and  I shall  confine  myself  to  pointing  out  how  the 
color  of  the  hair  may  be  changed  in  the  safest  and  most  satisfac- 
tory^ manner. 

To  change  the  color  of  the  hair,  various  methods  and  prepara- 
tions are  employed.  The  principal  of  these  are  intended  to  darken 
it;  but,  sometimes,  the  contrary  is  aimed  at.  Whichever  object 
is  desired,  it  is  necessary  that  the  article  or  preparation  employed 
to  carry  it  out,  be  not  of  a caustic  or  irritant  nature  capable  of  in- 
juriously affecting  the  delicate  skin  to  which  it  is  to  be  applied, 
or  that  it  may  be  liable  to  come  into  contract  with,  as  is  the  case 
with  many  of  the  nostrums  vended  for  the  purpose.  Some  of  the 
substances  that  necessarily  enter  into  the  composition  of  hair- 
stains  and  hair-dyes,  or  that  are  used  in  connection  with  them, 
possess  these  objectionable  properties  in  a high  degree,  and  can 


40 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


therefore,  only  be  safely  employed  in  a state  of  proper  dilution 
and  combination.  If  any  doubt  exists  respecting  such  an  article, 
it  is  a wise  precaution  to  regard  it  with  suspicion,  and  to  test  its 
qualities  before  applying  it  for  the  first  time.  This  may  be  done 
by  placing  some  of  it  on  the  soft  skin  of  the  inner  side  of  the 
wrist  or  fore-arm,  and  allo^^  ing  it  to  remain  there  as  long,  and 
under  the  same  conditions,  as  it  is  ordered  to  be  left  in  contract 
with  the  hair  or  skin  of  the  head  or  face.  In  this  way,  the  injury 
or  loss  of  the  hair,  sores,  and  other  serious  consequences , that 
too  often  follow  the  use  of  advertised  and  ill-prepared  hair-dyes, 
may  be  generally  avoided. 

To  gradually  darken  the  shade  of  the  hair,  on  these  principles, 
provided  its  normal  sulphur  be  still  secreted  by  the  hair-bulbs, 
and  be  still  present  in  its  structure,  it  will,  therefore,  generally  be 
sufficient  to  occasionally  employ  a weak  solution  of  auy  of  the 
milder  salts  of  iron  as  a hair- wash.  The  menstruum  may  be 
water,  to  Vv'hich  a little  spirits,  and  a few  drops  of  oil  of  rosemary 
to  increase  its  stimulating  qualities,  have  been  added.  In  apply- 
ing it,  the  head  being  first  washed  clean,  care  should  be  taken  to 
thoroughly  moisfen  the  whole  surface  of  the  hair  and  the  skin  of 
the  head  with  the  wash;  and  its  absorption  and  action  should  be 
promoted  by  Jie  free  use  of  a clean  hair-brush.  Wine  is  the 
favorite  soh  jit  for  the  iron  in  fashionable  life;  ale  and  beer  are 
also  sometimes, so  employed.  Most  of  the  fashionable  ferrugin- 
ous hair- washes  also  contain  a few  grains  acetate  of  copper  or 
distilled  verdigris,  the  objections  to  which  have  been  already 
pointed  out. 

The  daily  use  of  oil,  or  pomatum,  with  which  a few  grains  of 
carbonate  of  lead,  lead-plaster,  or  trisnitrate  of  bismuth,  have 
been  blendid  by  heat  and ‘careful  trituration,  has  generally  a like 
effect  on  the  hair  to  ferruginous  solutions;  so  also  has  a leaden 
comb,  but  its  action  is  very  uncertain.  None  of  these  last  are, 
however,  safe  for  long-continued  use.  Atrophy  of  the  scalp,  bald- 
ness, and  even  local  paralysis,  have  sometimes,  though  rarely, 
been  caused  by  them. 

Wffien  the  normal  sulphur  of  the  hair  is  absent,  or  deficient, 
the  proceeding  substances  fail  to  darken  the  hair.  In  this  case 
the  desired  effect  may  often  be  produced  by  also  moistening  the 
head  (say)  twice  a week,  with  water  to  which  a little  sulphuret  of 
pottassium,  or  hydrosulphuret  of  ammonia,  has  been  added. 

When  it  is  desired  to  dye  or  darken  the  hair  more  rapidly,  as  in 
a few  hours,  or  even  a few  minutes,  plumbite  of  lime,  plum  bite 
of  potassa,  or  nitrate  or  ammonio-nitrate-of  silver,  is  usually  em- 
ployed. The  first  is  commonly  produced  by  the  admixture  of 
of  quick-lime  with  oxide  of  lead  (litharge),  carbonate  of  lead,  or 
acetate  of  lead.  These  ingredients  should  be  in  appropriate  pro- 
portions; but  very  generally  the  reverse  is  the  casein  those  of  the 


PEBSONAL  ABPEABAKCE. 


41 


ffc  jney  Wd  down  as  a rule,  that  when  the  lime  is  in  greater 
g/roportion  than  about  two  to  one  of  the  oxide,  and  to  the  cor- 
'r»ysponding  equivalents  of  the  other  substances  mentioned,  oi 
when  the  lime  has  not  been  prepared  in  a proper  manner,  the 
compound  is  not  safe^,  and  very  likely  to  prove  injurious  to  the 
skin  and  hair-bulbs,  and,  perhaps,  to  act  as  a depilatory.  The 
effects  of  these  lead-dyes  arise  partly  in  the  way  previously  de- 
scribed, and  partly  by  direct  chemical  action  between  the  sulphur 
of  the  hair  and  the  lead  which  they  contain,  sulphuret  of  lead  be- 
ing formed  in  the  surfacial  portion  of  the  hair.  It  is  on  the 
last  that  their  more  immediate  effect  depends.  If  there  be  no 
sulphur  in  the  hair,  they  will  not  darken  it.  After  the  neces • 
sary  period  of  contact,  they  should  be  gently  but  thoroughly 
removed  from  the  hair  and  skin  by  rubbing  them  off  with  the 
fingers,  and  by  the  use  of  the  hair-brush,  the  head  being  then 
washed  clean  with  tepid  water.  Should  the  tint  imparted  by  them 
not  be  deep  enough,  or  be  too  fiery,  it  may  be  darkened  and 
turned  on  the  brown  or  black  by  moistening  the  hair  the  next 
day  with  a very  weak  solution  of  sulphuret  of  potassium  or  of 
hydrosulphuret  of  ammonia. 

None  of  the  compounds  of  lead  stain  the  skin,  an  advantage 
which  has  led  to  a preference  being  given  to  them  by  many  per- 
sons who  are  clumsy  manipulators,  and  to  the  more  extensive  use 
of  them  than  of  other  hair-dyes. 

The  salts  of  silver  above  referred  to  are  more  rapid  in  their 
action  as  hair-dyes  than  those  containing  lead.  It  is  only 
necessary  to  wash  the  hair  quite  clean  and  free  from  grease, 
then  to  moisten  it  with  a weak  solution  of  one  of  them ; and  lastly, 
to  expose  it  to  the  light,  to  effect  the  object  in  view.  Sunlight 
will  fully  darken  it  in  a few  minutes;  but  in  diffused  daylight  it 
will  take  two  or  three  hours,  or  longer,  to  acquire  its  deepest 
shade.  To  avoid  this  delay  and  inconvenience,  the  common 
practice  is,  a few  minutes  after  applying  the  silver  solution,  to 
moisten  or  wet  the  hair  with  a solution  of  sulphuret  of  potas- 
sium, or  of  hydrosulphuret  of  ammonia.  The  effect  is  immediate, 
and  the  full  depth  of  shade  which  a silver-solution  of  the 
strength  employed  is  capable  of  imparting,  is  at  once  produced. 
A few  minutes  later  and  the  hair  and  skin  may  be  rinsed  with 
tepid  water,  gently  wiped  dry,  and  the  hair  finally  adjusted  v itli 
the  comb.  The  case  of  its  application,  its  rapid  action,  and  the 
satisfactory  nature  of  the  effect  produced,  ail  tend  to  render  a 
solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  the  favorite  hair-dye  of  those  who 
have  sufficient  skill  and  steadiness  of  hand  to  use  it  properly. 

It  will  be  useful  here  to  inform  the  inexperienced  reader,  that 
all  solutions  and.  compounds  which  contain  nitrate  of  silver,  stain 
the  skin  as  well  as  the  hair,  if  they  be  allowed  to  touch  it.  These 
stains  may  be  removed,  when  quite  recent,  by  rubbing  them  with 
a piece  of  rag  or  sponge  whetted  with  a weak  solution  or  potas- 


42 


PEBSONAL  APPEABAHCE. 


sium,*  of  hydrosulphuret  of  ammonia,!  or  of  iodide  of  potassium; 
but  as  this  is  attended  with  some  trouble  and  inconvenience,  the 
best  way  is  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  having  recourse  to  it.  The 
hair-dressers  commonly  adopt  the  plan  of  smearing  hard  poma- 
tum or  cosmetique  over  the  skin  immediately  surrounding  the 
hair  to  be  operated  upon,  in  order  to  protect  it  from  the  dye.  By 
very  skilful  manipulation,  and  the  observance  of  due  precautions, 
the  hair  may  be  thoroughly  moistened  with  the  silver-solution, 
without  touching  the  adjacent  skin;  but  this  can  only  be  done, 
when  the  hair  of  the  head  is  under  treatment,  by  a second  party. 

Pyrogallic  acid,  the  juice  of  walnuts,  and  some  other  substan* 
ces  and  preparations  hereafter  noticed  as  hair-dyes,  also  stain  the 
skin,  though  less  intensely  and  permanently  than  the  salts  of 
silver. 

In  reference  to  the  tone  and  shades  of  color  given  by  the  sub- 
stances commonly  employed  to  dye  the  hair,  it  may  be  useful  to 
state,  that  the  shades  given  hj  preparations  of  iron  and  bismuth 
range  from  dark  brov/n  to  black;  those  given  by  the  salts  of  silver 
from  a fine  natural  chestnut  to  deep  brown  and  black,  all  of 
which  are  rich  and  unexceptionable;  those  given  by  pyrogallic 
acid,  rich  browns  of  various  shades;  as  are  also  those  imparted 
by  walnut-juice,  though  less  rich  and  warm.  The  shades  given 
by  lead  vary  from  reddish  brown  and  auburn  to  black;  and  when 
pale  or  when  the  dye  has  been  badly  applied  or  compounded,  are 
generally  of  a sandy  reddish  hue,  often  far  from  agreeable.  How- 
ever this  tendency  of  the  lead-dyes  has  recentty  led  to  their  exten- 
sive use  to  impart  that  peculiar  tint  to  the  liglitliair  of  ladies  and 
children  which  is  now  so  fashionable.  Other  substances,  here- 
after referred  to,  are,  however,  preferable , as  imparting  a more 
pleasing  hue. 

The  ^reddish  tint  produced  by  lead,  as  already  hinted,  maybe 
generally  darkened  into  a brown,  more  or  less  rich,  by  subse- 
quently moistening  the  hair  with  a weak  solution  of  either  sul- 
phuret  of  potassium  or  of  hydrosulphuret  of  ammonia. 

The  favorite  compounds  for  external  use  in  baldness,  and,  per- 
haps, the  most  convenient  and  best,  are  such  as  owe  their  stimu- 
lating quality  to  cantharides  or  Spanish  fiies,  or  to  their  active 
principle,  cantharidine.  This  application  of  these  drugs  has  re- 
ceived the  sanction  of  the  highest  medical  authorities,  both  in 
Europe  and  America,  including  even  Dupuytren  himself.  The 
leading  professional  hair-restorers  now  rely  almost  exclusively  on 
cantharides,  and  all  the  more  celebrated  advertised  nostrums  for 
restoring  the  hair  contain  it  as  their  active  ingredient. 

Oils  and  pomades  very  strongly  impregnated  with  the  essential 
oils  of  garden-thyme  (origanum)  and  rosemary,  and  lotions  or 

^ t Tiiat  wliicli  has  baen  already  used  to  strike  tlie  color  will  do  for  this 
purpose. 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


43 


linlsnsnts  containing  ammonia  with  a like  addition  of  these  essen- 
tial oils,  probably  come  next  in  the  frequency  of  their  use  as  popu- 
lar restoratives  of  the  hair  in  actual  and  incipient  baldness. 

The  beauty  depends  chiefly  on  all  its  several  features  being 
pleasingly  moulded  and  in  keeping”  with  each  other. 

Without  this  proportion  between  the  individual  features,  the 
most  delicate  complexion,  the  brightest  eyes,  the  softest  cheeks, 
the  finety-moulded  mouth,  and  the  ruddiest  lips,  may  fail  to 
charm,  and,  by  contrast,  may  even  disfigure  where  they  should 
adorn.  It  is  this  excellence  of  proportion  that  constitutes  one  of 
the  chief  elements  of  personal  beauty. 

The  eyes,  of  all  the  features,  stand  pre-eminent  for  their  beauty 
and  ever-varjdng  powers  of  expression,  and  for  being  the  organs 
of  the  most  exalted,  delicate,  and  useful  of  the  senses.  It  is  they 
alone,  that  “reveal  the  external  forms'of  beauty  to  the  mind,  and 
enable  it  to  perceive  them,  even  at  a distance,  with  the  lightning 
speed  of  light.  It  is  they  alone  that  clothe  the  whole  creation 
with  the  magic  charms  of  color,  and  fix  on  every  object  the  iden- 
tity of  figure.  It  is  the  eyes  alone,”  or  ^jhiefly,  that  reveal  the 
emotions  of  the  mind  to  others,  and  that  clothe  the  features  with 
the  language  of  the  soul.  “Melting  with  pity,  or  glowing  wdth 
hope,  or  redolent  with  love,  benevolence,  desire,  or  emulation, 
they  impart  to  the  countenance  those  vit^l  fascinations  which  are 
the  peculiar  attributes  of  man.”  “And  v/hen  the  mind  is  sub- 
dued by  fear,  anxiety,  or  shame,  or  overwhelmed  with  sorrow  or 
despair,  the  eyes,  like  faithful  chroniclers,  still  tell  thq  truthful 
story  of  the  mental  disquietude.  And  hatred,  anger,  envy,  pride, 
and  jealousy,  ambition,  avarice,  discontent,  and  all  the  varied 
passions”  and  emotions  that  “torment,  excite,  or  depress  the 
human  soul,  and  find  a resting  place  in  the  human  breast,”  ob- 
tain expression  in  the  eyes.  “At  one  moment  the  instruments  of 
receiving  and  imparting  pleasure,  at  another  the  willing  or  ];)as- 
sive  instruments  of  pain,  their  influences  and  changes  are  as 
varied  and  boundless  as  the  empire  of  thought  itself.”  “Though 
their  silent  expressions  the  mind  reveals  its  workings  to  the  ex- 
ternal world  in  signs  mofe  rapid  and  as  palpable  as  those  uttered 
by  the  tongue.”  It  is  “the  eyes  alone  that  stamp  the  face  with 
the  outward  symbol  of  animation  and  vitality,”  and  which  endue 
it  with  the  visible  “sanctity  of  reason.”  The  eye  is,  indeed,  the 
chief  and  most  “speaking”  feature  of  the  face,  and  the  one  on 
whose  excellence,  more  than  any  other,  its  beauty  depends. 

Theories  have  been  based  on  even  the  peculiar  color  of  the 
eyes.  Thus,  it  is  said,  that  dark  blue  eyes  are  found  chiefly  in 
persons  of  delicate,  refined,  or  effeminate  mental  character;  light 
blue  eyes,  and  more  particularly  gray ' eyes,  in  the  hardy  and  ac- 
tive; hazel  eyes  in  the  masculine,  vigorous,  and  profound;  black 
eyes  in  those  whose  energy  is  of  a desultory  or  remittent  charac- 
ter, and  who  exhibit  fickleness  in  pursuits  and  affection;  greenish 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


H 

eyes,  it  is  asserted,  have  the  same  general  meaning  as  gray  eyes, 
with  the  addition  of  selfishness,  or  a sinistrous  disposition.  These 
statements,  however,  though  based  on  some  general  truths,  and 
supported  by  popular  opinion,  are  liable  to  so  many  exceptions 
as  to  be  unreliable,  and  valueless,  in  their  individual  applications, 

Shakespeare  is  said  to  have  had  hazel  eyes;  Swift,  blue  eyes; 
Milton,  Scott,  and  Byron,  gray  eyes.  Wellington  and  Napoleon 
are  also  said  to  have  had  gray  eyes. 

A beautiful  eye  is  one  that  is  full,  clear,  and  brilliant,  appro- 
priate in  color  lo  the  complexion,  and  in  form,  to  the  features, 
and  of  which  the  connected  parts— the  eyelids,  eyelashes,  and 
eyebrows,  which,  with  it,  in  a general  view  of  the  subject,  collec- 
tively form  the  external  eye— are  also  beautiful,  and  in  keeping 
with  it. 

To  increase  the  beauty  and  expression  of  the  eyes  various  means 
are  occasionally  had  recourse  to,  nearly  all  of  which,  except  those 
hereafter  mentioned  in  connection  with  the  eyelashes  and  eye- 
brows, are  not  merely  highly  objectionable  but  even  dangerous. 
Thus,"  some  fashionable  ladies  and  actresses,  to  enhance  the 
clearless  and  brilliancy  of  their  eyes  before  appearing  in  public, 
are  in  the  habit  of  exposing  them  to  air  slightly  impregnated 
with  tne  vapor  of  prussic  acid.  This  is  done  by  placing  a single 
drop  of  the  dilute  acid  at  the  bottom  of  an  eye-cup  or  eye-glass, 
and  then  holding  the  cup  or  glass  against  the  eye  for  a few  sec- 
onds, with  the  head  in  an  inclined  position.  It  has  also  been 
asserted,  and  I believe  correctly,  that  certain  ladies  of  the  demi- 
monde rub  a very  small  quantity  of  belladonna-ointment  on  the 
brow  over  each  eye,  or  moisten  the  same  part  with  a few  drops 
of  tincture  of  belladonna.  This  produces  dilation  of  the  pupil, 
and  gives  that  peculiar  fulness  and  an  expression  of  langor  to  the 
eyes  which,  by  some,  is  regarded  as  exceedingly  fascinating. 
The  use  of  these  active  medicinals,  in  this  way,  must  be  mani- 
festly injurious;  and  when  frequent,  or  long  continued,  or  car- 
ried to  excess,  must  necessarily  result  in  impaired  vision,  if  not 
in  actual  blindness . 

The  following  means  of  preserving  and  restoring  the  sight, 
which  has  for  some  time  been  going  the  round  of  the  periodical 
Y?ress,  being  really  based  on  scientific  principles,  may  be  appro- 
priately inserted  here 

For  near-sightedness,  close  the  eyes  and  pass  the  fingers,  very 
gently,  several  times  across  them  outward,  from  the  canthus,  or 
corner  next  the  nose,  towards  the  temple.  This  tends  slightly 
to  flatten  the  corner  and  lens  of  the  eye,  and  thus  to  lenghten  or 
ex\end  the  angle  of  vision.  The  operation  should  be  repeated 
several  times  a day,  or  at  least  always  after  making  one’s  toilet, 
until  short-sightedness  is  nearly  or  completely  removed. 

I' or  long  sight,  loss  of  sight  by  age,  weah  sight,  and  generally 


FMlSONAIj  APrEABANOP 


46 


im  all  those  defects  whieh  require  tire  use  of  magnifying  glasses, 
geiidy  pa^s  ihe  nnger,  or  napkin,  from  the  outer  angle  or  corner 
of  the  e;y  es  inward,  above  and  below  the  eyeball,  towards  the 
nose.  This  tends  slightly  to  * round  up’  the  eyes,  and  thus  to 
preserve  or  to  restore  the  sight.  It  should  be  done  every  time 
the  eyes  are  washed,  or  oftener. 

The  beauty  of  the  human  mouth  and  lips,  the  delicacy  of  their 
formation  and  tints,  their  power  of  expression,  which  is  only  in- 
ferior to  that  of  the  eyes,  and  their  elevated  position  as  the  media, 
with  the  jralate,  tongue,  and  teeth,  by  which  we  communicate  our 
thoughts*  to  others  in  an  audible  form,  need  scarcely  be  dilated  on 
here.  The  poet  tells  us  that — 

The  lips  of  woman  out  of  roses  take 
The  tints  v/ith  which  thej’*  ever  stain  themselves. 

They  are  the  beautiful  lofty  shelves 
Where  rests  the  sweetness  which  the  young  hours  make. 

And  which  the  earnest  boy,  whom  we  call  Love, 

Will  often  sip  in  sorrow  or  in  play. 

Health  when  it  comes  doth  ruddiness  approve. 

But  his  strong  foe  soon  flatters  it  away  I 
Disease  and  health  for  a warm  pair  of  lips. 

Like  York  and  Lancaster,  wage  active  strife; 

One  on  his  banner  front  the  White  rose  keeps. 

And  one  the  Ked;  and  thus  with  woman’s  life. 

Her  lips  are  made  a battle-field  for  those 
Who  struggle  for  the  color  of  a rose.” 

A beautiful  mouth  is  one  that  is  moderately  small,  and  has  a 
well-defined  and  graceful  outline;  and  beautiful  lips  are  grace- 
fully moulded,  neither  thick  nor  thin,  nor  compressed  nor  lax, 
and  that  are  endowed  with  expression,  and  tinted  with  the  hues 
of  health. 

The  ladies  of  Eastern  nations  commonly  heighten  the  hue  and 
freshness  of  their  lips  by  means  of  cosmetics,  a practice  which  in 
Western  Europe  is  only  adopted  on  the  stage,  and  occasionally 
by  courtezans  and  ladies  of  the  demi-monde. 

Chapped  lips  most  frequently  occur  in  persons  with  pale, 
bluish,  moist  lips,  and  a languid  circulation,  who  are  much  ex- 
posed to  the  wind  in  dry  cold  v'eather,  or  who  are  continually 
moving  from  heated  apartments  to  the  external  air.  East  and 
north-east  winds  are  those  that  generally  produce  them.  The  oc- 
casional application  of  a little  cold-cream,  lip-salve,  spermaceti- 
ointment,  or  any  other  mild  unguent,  will  generally  prevent 
them,  and  remove  them  when  they  have  already  formed.  A still 
more  elegant  and  effective  preventative  and  remedy  is  glycerine 
diluted  with  about  twice  its  weight  of  eau-de-rose,  or  glycerinat^ 
ed  lip-salve  or  balsam. 

The  moist  vesicular  eruption  of  the  lips,  referred  to  above,  may 
also  generally  be  prevented  by  the  use  of  glycerine,  or  any  of  the 
preparations  just  mentioned.  After  its  accession,  the  best  treat- 
ment is  to  freely  dust  the  affected  portion  of  the  lips  with  violet- 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


powder,  finely  powdered  starch,  prepared  chalk,  or  French  chalk 
or  talc  reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder  by  scraping  or  grating  it. 

The  iiifiuence  y/hich  the  teeth  are  capable  of  exercising  on  the 
personal  appearance  is  usually  known  and  admitted. 

The  teeth  have  formed  especial  objects  of  attention,  in  connec- 
tion with  the  toilet  and  cosmetic  arts,  from  almost  the  earliest 
ages  of  the  world  to  the  present  time.  History  and  tradition, 
and  the  researches  of  archasologists  among  the  remains  of  the 
prehistoric  periods  of  the  nation  of  the  East,  show  us  that 
even  denistry  may  trace  back  its  origin  to  a date  not  very 
long  subsequent  to  the  ‘ confusion  of  tongues.’ 

We  are  told  that  the  ancient  Welsh  took  particular  care  of  their 
teeth,  and  kept  them  perfectly  white  by  frequently  rubbing  them 
with  a stick  of  green  hazel  and  a woolen  cloth.  To  prevent  their 
premature  decay,  they  scrupulously  avoided  acid  liquids,  and  in- 
variably abstained  from  all  hot  food  and  drink. 

In  olden  times,  in  these  realms,  the  removal  of  the  teeth,  or 
some  of  them,  was  occasionally  ordered  by  the  way  of  persecu- 
tion or  punishment.  It  is  said  that  King  John  once  demanded 
ten  thousand  marks  from  a Jew  at  Bristol;  and,  on  his  refusal, 
ordered  one  of  his  teeth  to  be  drawn  every  day  until  he  should 
comply.  The  Jew  lost  seven  teeth,  and  then  paid  the  sum  so 
unjustly  demanded  of  him. 

Europeans  pride  themselves  on  teeth  of  pearly  whiteness; 
but  many  Asiatic  nations  regard  them  as  beautiful  only  when 
of  a black  color.  The  Chinese,  in  order  to  blacken  them  chew 
what  is  popularly  called  ‘betel,  or  betel-nut,’  a common  mastica- 
tory in  the  East.  The  Siamese  and  the  Tonquinese  do  the  same, 
but  to  a still  greater  extent,  which  renders  their  teeth  as  black  as 
ebony,  or  more  so.  As  the  use  of  the  masticatory  is  generally 
not  commenced  until  a certain  age,  the  common  practice  is  to 
stain  the  teeth  of  the  boys  and  girls  with  a strong  preparation 
of  it,  on  the  former  attaining  the  age  of  ten  or  twelve. 

Keeping  the  lips  apart  and  breathing  through  the  mouth,  in- 
stead of  the  nose,  and  particularly  sleeping  with  the  mouth 
open,  are  habits  which  are  very  prejudicial  to  the  teeth  and 
gums.  In  this  way  the  mouth  forms  a trap  to  catch  the  dust 
and  gritty  particles  floating  in  the  atmosphere,  which  soon  me- 
chanically injure  the  enamel  of  the  teeth  by  attrition. 

On  the  subject  of  cleanliness  in  connection  with  the  teeth 
and  mouth,  it  may  be  said  that  the  mouth  cannot  be  too  fre- 
quently rinsed  during  the  day,  and  that  it  should  be  more  par- 
ticularly so  treated  after  every  meal.  Pure  cold  water  is  the 
best  for  the  purpose.  It  not  only  cleans  the  teeth  and  mouth, 
but  exerts  a tonic  action  on  the  gums,  whicii  warm  water,  or 
even  tepid  water,  is  deficient  in.  When  cold  water  cannot  be 
tolerated,  tepid  water  may  be  employed,  the  temperature  being 


PEBSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


47 


slightly  lowered  once  every  week  or  ten  days,  until  cold  water 
can  be  borne.  Every  one  who  abhors  a foetid  breath,  rotten  teeth, 
and  the  toothache,  would  do  well  to  thoroughly  clean  his  teeth 
at  bedtime,  observing  to  well  rinse  the  mouth  with  cold  water  on 
rising  in  the  morning,  and  again  in  the  day  once,  or  oftener,  as 
the  opportunities  occur.  With  smokers,  the  use  of  the  tooth- 
brush the  last  thing  at  night  is  almost  obligatory,  if  they  value 
their  teeth,  and  wish  to  avoid  the  unpleasant  flavor  and  sensa- 
tion which  teeth  fouled  with  tobacco-smoke  occasion  in  the 
mouth  on  awaking  in  the  morning. 

As  to  tooth-powders  or  tooth-pastes  to  be  used  with  the  brush, 
little  need  be  said  here,  as  I shall  revert  to  the  subject  again. 
The  simplest  are  the  best.  Plain  camphorated  chalk,  with  or 
without  a little  finely  powdered  pumice-stone  or  burnt  hartshorn, 
is  a popular  and  excellent  tooth-powder.  It  is  capable  of  exert- 
ing sufficient  friction  under  the  brush  to  ensure  pearly  whiteness 
of  the  teeth  without  injuring  the  enamel,  whilst  the  camphor  in 
it  tends  to  destroy  the  animalcula  in  the  secretions  of  the  mouth, 
whose  skeletons  or  remains  constitute,  as  we  shall  presently  see, 
the  incrustation  popularly  called  “tartar”  or  “fur.”  Recently 
burnt  charcoal,  in  very  fine  powder,  is  another  popular  and  ex- 
cellent tooth-powder  which,  without  injuring  the  enamel,  is 
sufficiently  gritty  to  clean  the  teeth  and  remove  the  tartar  from 
them,  and  possesses  the  advantage  of  also  removing  the  offen- 
sive odor  arising  from  rotten  teeth,  and  from  decomposing  or- 
ganic matter.  The  charcoal  of  the  heavy,  hard  woods,  as  lignum- 
vitae,  box- wood,  oak,  are  the  best;  and  these,  astoqualitj^  range 
in  the  order  here  given.  Still  more  valuable,  as  a dentifrice,  is 
areca-nut  charcoal,  which,  besides  possessing  the  properties  of 
the  other  vegetable  charcoals  in  an  eminent  degree,  has  invalu- 
able ones  peculiar  to  itself. 

Some  dentists,  and  some  persons  in  imitation  of  them,  in  order 
to  whiten  the  teeth,  rub  their  surfaces  with  hydrcchlio  acid, 
somewhat  dilute;  but  the  practice  is  a most  dangerous  one, 
which,  by  a few  repetitions,  will  sometimes  utterly  destroy  the 
enamel,  and  lead  to  the  rapid  decay  of  all  the  teeth  so  treated. 
Should  the  teeth  be  much  discolored,  and  ordinary  tooth-powder 
prove  ineffective,  a little  lemon- juice,  used  with  the  brush,  will 
generally  render  them  perfectly  white.  It  should  only  be  em- 
ployed occasionally,  and  the  mouth  should  be  well  rinsed  with 
water  immediately  afterwards.  A little  of  the  pulp  of  an  orange, 
used  in  the  same  way,  is  also  very  effective  and  safe*  as  are  aiso 
ripe  strawberries,  which  may  be  either  rubbed  on  the  teeth  witn 
the  fingers,  or  applied  with  the  brush.  The  last  form,  perhaps, 
the  very  best  natural  dentifrice  known.  Besides  possessing  sin- 
gular power  in  whitening  and  cleansing  the  teeth,  and  rapidly 
removing  tartar,  they  destroy  the  offensive  odor  of  rotten  teeth, 
and  impart  an  agreeable  fragrance  to  the  breath. 


48 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


The  importance  of  a jadicious  attention  to  the  teeth,  in  com 
nection  Avith  health,  cleanliness,  and  personal  comfort  and  ap- 
pearance, cannot  be  too  often  alluded  to  and  enforced. 

It  is  no  exaggeration  to  say  that,  taking  the  whole  community, 
there  are  few,  A'ery  few,  who  clean  their  teeth,  or  even  wash 
their  mouths,  once  a day.  With  the  masses,  the  operation,  if 
performed  at  all,  is  confined  to  the  Sabbath-day,  or  to  holidays. 
Whilst  refined,  educated,  and  cleanly  persons,  regard  the  opera- 
tion of  cleaning  the  teeth  as  a daily  duty,  as  necessary  as  wash- 
ing the  face  and  hands,  the  dirty  and  vulgar— the  two  words  are 
here  synonymous — wholly  neglect  it,  and  too  often  even  con- 
sider it  as  unnecessary,  effeminate,  and  absurd.  The  conse- 
quences of  the  careless  performance,  or  the  neglect,  of  this  really 
necessaiy  personal  duty,  are  not  long  in  being  developed.  Pass- 
ing over  the  degradation  of  the  other  features,  the  offensiveness 
of  the  breath,  often  to  a degree  which  renders  the  individual  un- 
companionable, and  the  unfavorable  impression  w^hich,  like 
other  marks  of  uncleanliness,  they  convey  of  tiie  taste  and  habits 
of  their  possessor,  as  the  immediate  effects  of  habitually  neglect- 
ed and  dirty  teeth,  let  us  look  at  the  more  distant,  but  not  less 
certain  ones : — 

In  cases  of  ordinary  toothache,  even  severe  ones,  chewing  a 
small  piece  of  really  good  pellitory  will  often  give  relief  in  a few 
minutes.  Chewing  a piece  of  strong  unbleached  Jamaica  ginger 
will  often  do  the  same,  in  slight  cases.  The  celebrated  John 
Wesley  recommended  a “few  whiffs”  at  a pipe  containing  a little 
caraway-seed  mixed  with  tobacco,  as  a simple  and  ready  means 
of  curing  the  toothache.  I can  bear  testimony  to  the  fact  that, 
in  some  cases,  it  succeeds  admirably. 

Scarcely  anything  is  more  disagreeable,  and,  in  marked  cases, 
more  disgusting,  than  foetid  breath.  It  is  unpleasant  to  the 
person  that  has  it,  and  it  renders  him  unfit  for  the  society  of 
others.  The  cause  of  stinking  breath  may  generally  be  traced 
to  rotten  teeth,  diseased  stomach,  or  worms.  When  the  first  are 
the  cause,  the  teeth  should  be  thoroughly  cleansed,  and  then 
“stopped”  in  the  manner  already  indicated;  or,  when  this  is  im- 
practicable, the  offending  tooth,  or  teeth,  may  be  removed,  and 
replaced  by  artificial  ones.  When  this  cannot  be  done,  or  is  in- 
convenient, the  evil  may  be  greatly  lessened,  by  the  frequent  use 
of  an  antiseptic  tooth-powder,  as  areeaniit  charcoal,  or  camphor- 
ated chalk.  Dirty  teeth,  even  when  quite  sound,  always  more 
or  less  taint  the  breath.  When  a foul  or  a diseased  stomach  is 
the  cause,  mild  aperients  should  be  administered;  and,  if  these 
do  not  succeed,  an  emetic  may  be  given  scrupulous  cleanliness 
of  the  teeth  being  observed,  as  in  the  former  case.  'VlTien  worms 
are  the  cause,  worm-me-licine,  under  medical  direction,  wid  be 
necessary. 


Personal  appearance. 


49 


The  Italian  ladies,  who  are  regarded  by  many  as  the  most 
beautiful  in  the  world,  are  innocent  of  the  use  of  corsets,  and 
exhibit  surprise  at  their  being  so  generally  worn  by  the  English 
and  French.  The  beauties  of  the  harems  of  the  Oriental  nations 
do  not  wear  them.  “The  Turkish  ladies,”  wrote  Lady  Mon- 
tague, “express  horror  at  seeing  English  women  so  tighly  laced;” 
and  travellers  tell  us  that  this  feeling  still  exists  among  the  ladies 
of  the  East. 

Lady  Dutf-Gordon,  in  her  work  just  published^  in  speaking  of 
the  charms  of  Oriental  females,  remarks  : — “If  I get  hold  of  a 
handsome  fellaheen  here,  I will  get  her  photographed,  to  show 
you  in  Europe  what  a woman’s  breast  can  be,  for  I never  knew 
it  before  I came  here.  It  is  the  the  most  beautiful  thing  in  the 
world,  and  gloriously  independent  of  stays  or  any  support. 

The  human  hand,  regarded  either  with  reference  to  its  ingeni- 
ous construction  and  usefulness,  or  to  its  beauty,  stands  alone, 
in  its  superlative  excellence,  in  the  whole  animal  world.  In  no 
other  species  of  animal  is  the  hand  so  wonderfully  formed,  and 
so  perfectly  developed,  as  in  man. 

To  preserve  the  delicacy  and  beauty  of  the  hands,  some  little 
care,  and  more  than  that  which  is  ordinarily  bestowed  on  them, 
is  required.  Foremost  in  consideration  must  be  the  subject  of 
cleanliness.  Dirty  and  coarse  hands  are  no  less  marks  of  sloth- 
fulness and  Jo  w breeding,  than  clean  and  delicate  hands  are  of 
refinement  and  gentility.  To  promote  the  softness  and  white- 
ness of  the  skin,  mild  emollient  soaps,  or  those  abounding  in 
oil  or  fat,  should  alone  be  adopted  for  common  use;  by  which 
means  the  tendency  to  contract  chaps  and  chilblains,  and  rough-f 
ness  from  drying  winds,  will  also  be  lessoned.  "Kie  coarse, 
strong  kinds  of  soap,  those  abounding  in  alkali,  should,  for  ‘ a 
reason,  be  rejected,  as  they  tend  to  render  the  skin  rough,  dry 
and  brittle.  The  immersion  of  the  hands  in  alkaline  lyes,  or  in 
strongly  acidulated  water,  has  a similar  effect,  which  increases 
with  the  temperature  of  the  liquid.  Eain-water,  or  soft-water, 
is  the  best  natural  ^vater  for  washing  the  hands,  as  it  cleanses 
them  more  rapidly  and  completely  than  ordinary  hard  water, 
and  with  the  use  of  less  soap.  It  may  be  advantageously  used 
tepid,  or  even  warm;*  but  hot  water  should  be  avoided.  Distill- 
ed water,  when  obtainable,  is  preferable  to  even  rain-water.  In 
the  absence  of  these,  water  that  has  been  boiled  and  allowed  to 
settle  and  cool,  may  be  employed.  With  hard  water  the  hands 
are  cleansed  with  difficulty;  and  though  it  may  be  readily  soft- 
ened by  the  addition  of  a little  soda,  such  an  addition  tends  to 
make  the  skin  of  a delicate  hand  somewhat  hard  and  rough.  If 
hard  water  must  be  used  to  wash  with,  the  only  harmless  sub- 
stance that  can  be  conveniently  added  to  it,  is  a little  good  pow- 
dered borax.  This  will  also  cause  it  to  exert  a genial  action  on 
the  skin.  Oat  meal  and  waym  water  used  every  night  and  morn* 


50  PEESONAL  APPEAEANCE. 

ing  as  a wash  will  whiten  and  soften  the  roughest  and  darh^ 
hands. 

Coarse,  red,  dark-skinned  hands,  may  be  whitened  by 
occasional  use  of  a few  grains  of  chloride  of  lime,  with  warm 
water,  in  the  manner  mentioned  above. 

Eoughness  of  the  hands,  induced  by  exposure  to  cold  and  dry- 
ing winds,  may,  in  general,  be  removed  by  the  use  of  a little 
powdered  pumice-stone,  with  the  soap  in  washing  them.  The 
subsequent  application,  particularly  at  night,  of  the  above  lotions, 
or  of  two  or  three  drops  of  almond-oil  or  olive-oil,  well  rubbed 
in,  will  usually  effect  the  object  completely. 

The  hands  may  be  preserved  dry  for  delicate  work,  by  rubbing 
a little  club-moss  (lycopodium)  in  fine  powder,  over  them.  So  re- 
pellent is  this  substance  of  moisture,  that,  if  a small  quantity  of 
it  be  sprinkled  on  the  surface  of  a basin  of  water,  the  hand,  by 
a little  adroitness,  may  be  plunged  to  the  bottom  of  the  basin 
without  becoming  wet. 

Excessive  moistness  or  perspiration  of  the  hands,  without  ob- 
vious cause,  is  generally  indicative  of  debility,  or  disordered 
stomach,  and  requires  corresponding  treatment.  Frequently 
washing  the  hands  in  moderately  cold  water  often  proves  a local 
remedy  for  the  inconvenience.  The  addition  of  a few  grains  of 
alum,  sal  ammoniac,  or  sulphate  of  zinc,  or  of  a tea-spoonful  of 
vinegar,  to  the  water,  greatly  increases  its  efficacy.  -Extremely 
delicate  and  susceptible  persons  cannot  always  bear  the  exces- 
sive perspiration  of  their  hands  to  be  thus  suddenly  lessened; 
and  therefore  some  discretion  should  be  exercised  by  them  in 
their  attempts  to  check  it. 

The  finger-nails  require  special  attention  if  we  desire  to  pre- 
serve them  in  their  highest  condition  ot  beauty  and  usefulness. 
To  keep  them  clean,  the  nail-brush,  and  soap-and- water,  should 
be  used  once  or  oftener  daily,  as  circumstances  demand.  Once 
a day,  at  least,  on  wiping  the  hand^  after  w^ashing  them,  and 
whilst  they  are  still  soft  from  the  action  of  the  water,  the  free 
edge  of  the  scarf-skin  which,  if  not  attended  to,  is  apt  to  grow 
upward  over  the  nails,  should  be  gently  loosened  and  pressed 
back,  in  a neatly  rounded  form,  by  which  the  occurrence  of 
cracks  and  sores  about  their  roots  (agnails,  nail-springs,  &g.] 
will  be  prevented,  and  a graceful  oval  form,  ending  in  a crescent-* 
like  space  of  white,  will  be  ensured.  The  skin,  as  a rule,  should 
never  be  cut,  pared,  picked,  or  t®rn  off,  as  is  commonly  done; 
and  the  less  it  is  meddled  with,  otherwise  than  in  the  way  just 
mentioned,  the  better.  The  ends  or  points  of  the  nails  should 
be  pared  once  every  week  or  ten  days,  according  to  the  rapidity 
of  their  growth,  which  somewhat  varies  with  the  season  of  the 
year  and  the  habit  of  the  individual.  This  is  best  done  with  a 
sharp  penknife  or  nail-knife.  Scissors  are  less  convenient  for  the 


PEKSONAL  APPEARANCE.  5. 

purpose,  and  have  the  disadvantage  of  straining  and  aistorting 
the  nails  during  the  process. 

The  length  and  shape  of  the  nails,  both  for  beauty  and  use, 
should  exactl}^  correspond  with  the  tips  of  the  lingers.  Nails 
extending  beyond  the  ends  of  the  lingers  are  vulgar,  claw-like, 
and  inconvenient;  whilst  if  shorter,  particularly  rauch  shorter 
than  the  lingers,  they  are  unsightly  and  of  little  use,  and  cause 
the  tips  of  the  fingers  to  become  thick  and  clumsy.  Biting  the 
nails  should  be  avoided  as  a dirty  and  disagreeable  habit,  and 
one  utterly  destructive  to  their  beauty,  strength,  and  usefulness. 

To  remove  stains  and  discolorations  of  the  nails,  a little  lemon- 
juice,  or  vinegar-and-water  is  the  best  appli<!ation.  Should  this 
fail,  a few  grains  of  salt  of  sorrel,  oxalic  acid,  or  chloride  of  lime, 
each  diluted  with  warm  water,  may  be  applied,  care  being  taken 
to  thoroughly  rinse  the  hands  in  clean  water,  without  soap,  after- 
wards. Occasionally  a little  pumice-stone,  in  impalpable  powder, 
or  powdered  cuttle-fish  bone,  putty -powder  (polisher’s  peroxide 
of  tin),  may  be  used  along  with  water  and  a piece  of  wash- 
leather,  flannel,  or  the  nail-brush  for  the  same  purpose.  The 
frequent  use  of  any  of  these  substances  is,  however,  injurious  to 
the  healthy  growth,  strength,  and  permanent  beauty  of  the  nails. 
The  common  practice  of  scraping  the  surface  of  the  nails  cannot 
be  too  strongly  censured,  as  it  causes  them  to  become  weak  and 
distorted.  Blows  on  the  nails,  and,,  indeed,  violence  to  them  in 
any  form,  also  distorts  and  marks  them. 

The  ladies  of  Oriental  nations  commonly  dye  the  nails;  and 
amongst  many  savage  tribes  the  same  practice  is  adojDted,  and  is 
not  confind  to  the  gentler  sex.  Among  Western  Europeans,  and 
Americans,  white  and  regularly  formed  nails  are  alone  esteemed. 

Chapped  hands  are  common  among  persons  with  a languid 
circulation  v/ho  are  continually  dabbling”  in  water  during  cold 
weather,  and  particularly  among  those  with  a scrofulous  taint, 
who,  without  the  last,  expose  their  ungloved  hands  to  bleak  cold 
winds.  The  best  preventatives,  as  well  as  remedies,  are  the  use 
of  warm  gloves  out  of  doors,  and  the  application,  night  and 
morning,  of  a little  glycerine,  diluted  with  twice  or  trice  its 
weight  of  water,  or  a little  cold-cream,  spermaceti-cerate,  salad- 
oil,  or  any  other  simple  unguent  or  oil,  which  should  be  well 
rubbed  in,  the  superfluous  portion  being  removed  with  a towel. 
This  treatment  will  not  only  preserve  the  hands  from  the  effects 
of  cold  and  damp,  but  also  tend  to  render  them  soft  and  white. 
Deep  chaps  which  have  degenerated  into  sores  should  be  kept 
constantly  covered  with  a piece  of  lint  wetted  with  glycerine,  or 
spread  with  spermaceti-ointment,  the  part  being  at  the  same 
time  carefully  preserved  from  dirt,  cold,  and  wind.  It  is  said 

that  a once  favourite  actress,  Madame  V — , co?’ebrated  for 

the  beauty  of  her  hands  even  when  “in  the  sere  and  yellow 
leaf,”  covered  them  nightly  with  the  flare  of  a calf  or  lamb 


52 


PEBSONAL  APPEABANCE. 


with  the  fat  attached,  over  which  was  drawn  a glove  or  mitten 
of  soft  leatlier.  The  application  of  a little  glycerine  or  fatty 
matter,  in  the  way  3ust  indicated,  would  have  been  equally 
effective. 

Warts— “verrucae”  of  surgeons — like  chilblains,  are  too  well 
known  to  require  descri()tion.  They  chiefly  attack  the  hands, 
and  particularly  the  fingers;  but  sometimes  occur  mother  por- 
tions of  the  body.  They  may  oe  removed  by  rubbing  or  moisten- 
ing their  extremeties  every  day,  or  every  other  day,  with  lunar 
caustic, (fused  nitrate  of  silver),  nitric  acid,  concentrated  acetic 
acid,  or  aromatic  vinegar,  as  directed  under  ‘corns’;  care  being 
taken  not  to  wash  the  hands  for  some  hours  after.  The  first  is 
an  extremely  convenient  and  manageable  substance,  from  not 
being  liable  to  drop  or  spread;  but  it  produces  a black  stain, 
which  remains  till  the  cauterised  surface  peels  off.  The  second 
produces  a yellow  stain,  in  depth  proportioned  to  the  strength 
of  the  acid  employed.  This  also  wears  off  after  the  lapse  of 
a few  days.  The  others  scarcely  discolor  the  skin.  Erasmus 
Wilson  mentions  he  case  of  a gentleman  who  removed  an  entire 
crop  of  warts  from  his  knuckles  and  fingers,  by  subjecting 
them  to  a succession  of  sparks  from  the  brass  knob  of  an 
electrical  machine.  German  practitioners  are  in  the  habit  of 
recommending  the  internal  use  of  carbonate  of  magnesia  in 
cases  of  warts;  and  Dr.  Peez,  of  Wiesbaden,  confirms  theic 
opinion  of  “its  rapid  curative  agency,”  either  alone,  or  when 
accompanied  with  any  of  the  ordinary  modes  of  local  treat- 
ment. 

Warts  often  disappear  under  the  influence  of  the  imagina- 
tion, and  strong  mental  excitement,  in  a very  singular  way. 
Thus,  among  the  ignorant  and  superstitious  amulets  and  in- 
cantations, and  * touches’  with  substances  that  cannot  possibly 
exert  the  slightest  chemical,  dynamical,  or  physiological  action 
on  the  part,  supported  by  a lively  faith,  are  not  infrequently 
sufficient  to  cause  their  disappearance.  The  sudden  confusion 
and  embarrassment  into  which  a sensitive  and  nervous  person 
is  thrown,  by  being  unexpectedly  assused  of  something  of  which 
he  is  entirely  innocent,  will  also  sometimes  produced  by  agencies 
that  are  apparently  insufficient  for  the  purpose.'  Thus,  blowing 
on  the  backs  of  the  hands,  or  on  the  face,  with  a pair  of  bel- 
lows, has  been  known  occasionally  to  be  followed  by  a crop  of 
warts  on  the  part. 

To  preserve  the  feet  in  a thoroughly  healthy  and  comfortable 
state,  the  first  object  of  attention  should  be  cleanliness^ — 
thorough  cleanliness.  For  this  purpose  they  should  be  fre- 
quenly  soaked  and  well  washed  in  warm  or  tepid  water,  good 
yellow  soap  being  freely  used  to  remove  the  dirt  and  perspira- 
tion which  accumulate  about  them.  This  should  be  done,  if 
possible,  every  day  in  summer,  every  other  day  in  spring  and 


PERSONAL  APPEARANCE. 


63 


autumn,  and  twice  a week  in  winter.  The  appropriate  time  for 
the  operation  is  at  night,  before  retiring  to  rest.  Once  a week, 
after  soaking,  w^ashing,  and  drying  them  with  the  towel,  but 
whilst  still  soft  from  the  action  of  the  water,  the  feet  should  be 
carefully  examined-  loose  portions  of  skin  removed  by  friction 
with  a dry  part  of  the  tow^el  or  with  the  fingers,  and  callosities  or 
indurations  reduced  by  the  finger-nails,  or  by  rubbing  them  with 
a piece  of  pumice-stone.  About  once  a fortnight,  on  a similar 
occasion,  the  nails  of  the  toes  should  be  pared  with  a sharp  pen- 
knife, to  prevent  them  becoming  inconveniently  long  or  growir 
into  the  flesh. 


54 


THE  ANCIENT  SACRED 

EGYPTIAN,  ROMAN  AND  OTHER 
HIDDEN  SECRETS 


OP 

CLEOPATRA’S  WONDERFUL  BEAUTY. 

TO  WHICH  IS  ADDED 


ALL  THE  BEST  MODERN  SECRETS  TO  MAKE  THE 
HUMAN  FACE  AND  FORM  BEAUTIFUL. 

WHICH  THE  COMBINED  INTELLIGENCE  OF  MANKIND 
HAVE  DISCOVERED. 


We  have  been  fortunate  enough  to  secure  through  a friend  re- 
siding in  Alexandria,  Egypt,  some  of  the  most  Valuable  Recipes 
and  Secrets  for  Attaining  and  Preserving  Extraordinary  Beauty 
of  Face  and  Form.  We  believe  them  to  be  safe  and  reliable  to 
use,  and  therefore  publish  them  for  the  especial  benefit  of  those 
desiring  to  Improve  the  General  Beauty  of  the  Human  Body  in 
all  its  Features  and  Combinations. 


KECEIPTS. 


65 


Freckles  are  of  two  kinds.  Those  occasioned  by  exposure  to 
the  sunshine,  and  consecpiently  evanescent,  are  denominated 
“summer  freckles”  ■ those  which  are  constitutional  and  perma- 
nent are  called  “col  i freckles.”  With  regard  to  the  latter  it  is 
impossible  to  give  any  advice  which  will  be  of  value.  The  re- 
sult from  causes  not  to  be  affected  by  mere  external  applications. 
Summer  freckles  are  not  so  difficult  to  deal  with,  and  with  a 
little  care  the  skin  may  be  kept  free  from  this  cause  of  disfigure- 
ment by  using  either  of  the  following  recipes: — 

1. — Scrape  horseradish  into  a cup  of  sour  milk,  let  it  stand 
twelve  hours,  strain,  and  apply  two  or  three  times  a day. 

2.  — Into  half  a pint  of  milk  squeeze  the  juice  of  a lemon,  with 
a spoonful  of  brandy,  and  boil,  skimming  well;  add  a drachm  of 
rock-alum. 

Foul  Breath,  unless  caused  by  neglected  teeth,  indicates  a 
deranged  state  of  the  system.  When  it  is  occasioned  by  the 
teeth,  or  other  local  cause,  use  a gargle,  consisting  of  a spooon- 
ful  of  solution  of  chloride  of  lime  in  half  a tumbler  of  water. 

Gentlemen  SinoMug  or  Chewing— surely  tainting  the  breath 
thereby  —will  be  glad  to  know  that  the  common  parsley  has  a 
peculiar  effect  in  reni  .'ving  the  disagreeable  ordor  of  tobacco. 

Care  of  the  Hands.  - Should  you  wish  to  make  your  hands 
white  and  delicate,  you  might  wash  them  in  hot  milk  and  water 
for  a day  or  two.  On  retiring  to  rest,  rub  them  well  over  with 
palm  oil,  and  put  on  a pair  of  woolen  gloves.  The  hands  should 
be  thoroughly  washed  with  hot  water  and  soap  the  next  morning 
and  a pair  of  soft  leather  gloves  worn  during  the  day;  they  should 
be  frequently  rubbed  together  to  promote  circulation.  Sun- 
burnt hands  may  be  washed  in  lime-water  or  lemon-juice.  Should 
they  be  severely  freckled,  the  following  may  be  used  to  advan- 
tage: Take  one  pint  of  distilled  water,  sal  ammoniac,  half- 
drachm, oxymuriate  of  quicksilver,  four  grains,  divide  the  tv;o 
last  in  spirit,  and  gradually  add  the  water  to  them ; add  another 
half  pint  of  water,  mix  well  together,  and  it  is  ready  for  use.  It 
should  be  applied  as  often  as  desirable,  with  a piece  of  soft 
sponge;  if  rose-v/ater  is  substituted  for  distilled  water,  the  effect 
is  pleasanter. 

Washes  for  the  Face.— We  do  not  approve  of  face- washes; 
but  as  some  ladies  will  use  them,  we  recommend  the  following  - 
as  harmless:  Dampen  the  face  with  glycerine,  tempered  with 
rose-water,  then  powder  with  the  finest  magnesia.  It  imparts  a 
charming  whiteness.  ^^^Less  harmless,  but  more  frequently 
used,  is  to  procure  five  cents  of  bismuth,  of  flake  white,  and  of 
powdered  chalk.  Mix  with  five  cents  of  rose-water.  Great  care 
must  be  taken  to  wash  off  this  preparation  before  retiring  to  rest, 
as  the  bismuth  is  of  a poisonous  ’^ature. 


56 


BEOEIPTS. 


To  Keep  the  Hair  Dark. — Dissolve  half  an  ounce  nitrate  ol 
silver  in  two  ounces  acqua  ammonia.  Boil  three  half-pints 
water,  when  cool  pour  the  water  into  the  ammonia.  This  pre- 
paration must  be  carefally  applied  to  the  hair  with  a tooth-brush. 
If  it  should  touch  the  skin,  wash  it  off  immediately  with  warm 
water  and  soap.  This  preparation  must  always  be  kept  bottled,  and 
the  bottles  placed  in  covered  boxes,  as  the  action  of  the  light  on 
the  liquid  tends  to  destroy  its  coloring  properties. 

Violet  Powder. — "Wheat  starch,  12  pounds;  powdered  orris, 
2 pounds;  mix  together,  and  add  ottar  of  lemon,  one-half  ounce; 
ottars  of  bergamot  and  cloves,  each  two  drahms. 

French  White  for  the  Face.— Pure  oxide  or  subnitrate  of 
bismuth  in  powder.  This  pigment  darkens  in  atmospheres  con- 
taining sulphide  of  hydrogen,  one  ounce  triturated  with  four 
ounces  of  orange-flower  water,  make  liquid  white  such  as  used  by 
theatricals. 

Carmine  Houge.— Finely  bolted,  take  four  ounces;  carmine, 
two  drachms;  mix  together  with  a little  warm  water  and  dilute 
solution  of  gum  tragacanth.  For  lighter  shades,  the  proportion  of 
carmine  must  be  diminished.  For  commoner  pastes,  rose-pink  re- 
places the  carmine  as  coloring  matter.  It  may  be  made  into  a 
pomade. 

Pearl  Powder. — Precipitated  chalk,  finely  bolted  and  per- 
fumed. The  French  add  oxides  of  zince  and  bismuth  each  one 
pound  of  chalk. 

Cold  Cream.— Take  one  ounce  avoirdupois,  each  pure  white 
wax  and  spermaceti,  and  ^ Imperial  pint  of  almonds;  melt, 
pour  the  mixture  into  a marble  or  wedge  wood-ware  mortar,  or 
a porcelain  basin,  which  has  been  heated  by  being  emersed  for 
some  time  in  boiling  water;  add  very  gradually  of  rose-water, 
four  fluid  ounces,  and  assiduously  stir  the  mixture  unlil  an 
emulsion  is  formed,  and  afterwards  until  the  wnole  is  nearly 
cold.  Lastly,  put  it  into  porcelain  or  earthenware  pots  for  use. 

Fino  Camphor  Ice.  -Melt  together  over  a water-bath  white 
wax  and  spermaceti,  each  one  ounce,  camphor,  two  ounces,  in 
sweet  almond  oil  one  pound;  next  triturate,  and  when  the  mix- 
ture has  been  rubbed  into  a thick  ]>aste,  allow  one  pound  of 
rose-water  to  flow  in  slowly.  Then  perfume  with  ottar  of  rose- 
mary, one  drachm. 

LoMon  to  Hemove  Fre  kies.  Dissolve  three  grains  borax  in 
five  (I  ^ --ac'ti  of  rose-wHt  r,  \ oranere-flower  water;  a very 

dmpl  • ^ ' rndess  remedy  is  equal  in  pm-ts  of  ]>ure  glyceiine 

Y pv{^rv  = ' ■ n’^^\\(  d to  dpv  on  the 

tiice 

Shaying  Paste. —Take  of  white  soft  soap  four  ounces;  honey- 


RECEIPTS. 


67 


soSiPf  (finely  sliced.)  two  ounces,  olive-oil,  one  ounce j water  one 
or  two  table-spoonfuls;  carbonate  of  soda,  two  drachms,  melt 
them  together  and  form  a paste,  adding  a little  proof  spirits  and 
scent  at  will.  Some  persons  melt  with  the  soap  about  one 
drachm  of  spermaceti. 

Whit6  Lip  SalY6«  Take  half-pound  spermaceti  ointment, 
liquify  it  by  the  heat  of  warm  water,  and  stir  in  one-half  drachm 
neroli  or  essence  de  petit-grain  In  a few  minutes  pour  oft’  the 
clear  portion  from  the  dregs  (if  any),  and  add  twenty  drops  of 
oil  of  rose.  Lastly,  before  it  cools,  pour  it  into  jars. 

Wild  Ro  e Curling  Fluid.  Take  two  drachms  avoirdupois 
dry  salt  of  tartar  (carbonate  of  potassa),  powdered  cocheneal, 
half  drachm;  liquor  of  ammonia  and  spirit  de  rose,  each  one 
fluid  drachm;  glycerine,  one-fourth  ounce;  rectified  spirit,  one 
and  one-half  Imperial  fluid  ounces,  distilled  water,  eighteen 
ounces;  digest,  with  agitation,  for  a week,  and  then  decant  or 
Alter.  The  hair  moistened  with  it,  and  then  loosely  adjusted. 
The  effect  occurs  as  it  dries. 

Fine  Shampoo  Liquor.  —This  excellent  wash  for  the  hair  is 
made  by  dissolving  half-ah-ounce  of  carbonate  of  ammonia,  and 
one  ounce  of  borax  In  one  quart  of  water,  and  adding  thereto 
two  ounces  glycerine,  three  quarts  New  England  rum,  and  one 
quart  bay-rum.  The  hair,  having  been  moistened  with  this 
liquor  is  to  be  shampooned  with  the  hand  until  a slight  lather 
is  formed  and  the  latter  being  then  washed  out  with  clear  water, 
leaves  the  head  clean  and  the  hair  moist  and  glossy. 

To  Clear  the  Complexion,  or  Reduce  the  Size.— It  is 

essential  that  the  blood  should  be  cleansed.  Take  a teaspoonful 
powdered  charcoal,  mixed  with  water  or  honey,  for  three  suc- 
cessive nights,  then  use  a seidletz  powder  to  remove  it  from  the 
system.  It  acts  spendidly  upon  the  system  and  purifies  the 
blood,  but  under  no  circumstances  must  the  physic  be  neglect- 
ed to  carry  the  chemical  from  the  system;  if  not,  ill  effects  are 
certain  to  follow. 

To  Cure  and  Refine  a Stippled  Skin.— A small  dose  of 
taraxacum  every  other  night  will  most  materially  aid  in  refining 
the  skin.  It  is  a month  or  six  weeks  job  to  accomplish  the  de- 
sired result.  You  must  also  wear  a mask  of  quilted  cotton,  wet 
in  cold  water  over  night.  Do  not  get  discouraged,  for  it  is  worth 
the  trouble. 

To  Haye  Elegant  Hair. — Eve^  girl  should  have  thick, 
magnificent  hair.  It  is  essential  to  clip  the  ends  of  the  hair  once 
a month  after  the  child  is  four  years  of  age.  Ammonia  and  warm 
water  is  an  excellent  wash  for  the  hair  and  scalp,  and  ^iv»'s  life 
and  vigor  to  it  when  all  other  articles  fail. 


58 


EEOEIPTS. 


Curly  Hair. — Two  pounds  of  common  soap,  cut  small  into 
three  pints  of  spirits  of  wine,  and  melt  together  over  a slow 
lire,  stirring  with  a clean  piece  of  wood;  add  when  taken  off 
essence  of  ambergris,  citron  and  neroli  about  a quarter  of  an 
ounce  of  each. 

Growth  of  the  Hair.— One  of  the  most  powerful  stimulants 
for  the  growth  of  the  hair  is  the  following: — Take  a quarter  of 
an  ounce  of  the  chippings  of  alkanet  root,  tie  in  a scrap  of  coarse 
muslin,  and  suspend  it  in  a jar  containing  eight  ounces  of  sweet 
oil,  for  a week,  covering  from  the  dust.  Add  to  this,  sixt}"  drops . 
tincture  of  cantharides,  ten  drops  oil  of  rose,  sixty  drops  of 
neroli,  also  sixty  drops  oil  of  lemon.  Let  this  stand  twenty  da^^s, 
closely  corked,  and  you  will  have  one  of  the  greatest  Hairlnvigra- 
tor’s  and  Hair  Grower  that  this  world  has  ever  produced. 

Lola  Montez  Hair  Coloring.— This  celebrated  woman  pub- 
lished the  following,  and  claimed  that  it  was  as  harmless  as  any 
preparation  that  would  really  color  the  hair:  Ten  grains  of  gallic 
acid,  one  ounce  of  acetic  acid,  one  ounce  of  tincture  of  sesgwidii- 
loride  of  iron.  Dissolve  the  gallic  acid  in  the  sesgwichloride,  and 
add  the  acetic  acid.  Wash  the  hair  with  soap  and  water,  when 
dried,  apply  the  dye  by  dipping  a fine  comb  in  it  and  drawing 
through  the  hair  so  as  to  color  the  roots  thoroughly.  Let  it  dry; 
then  oil  and  brush  well. 

Superliuous  Hair  can  be  removed  by  using  diluted  acids  very 
carefully  and  presistently  as  the  hair  appears.  The  juice  of  the 
milk  thistle  mixed  with  oil  is  highly  recommended  from  prevent- 
ing the  hair  from  growing  too  low  on  the  forehead  or  neck. 

To  Improye  the  Eye  Lashe&.~Many  people  speak  highly  of 
this  secret.  Trim  the  tiny  points  slightly,  and  anoint  with  this 
salve:— Two  drachms  of  ointment  of  nitric  oxida  of  mercury  and 
one  drachm  of  lard.  Mix  the  lard  and  ointment  well,  and  anoint 
the  edges  of  the  eyelids  night  and  morning,  after  each  time  with 
milk  and  water.  This  will  restore  the  lashes  when  all  other  re- 
medies fail.  It  is  not  generally  known  in  this  country,  and  is  a 
valuable  secret. 

To  Have  White  and  Beaiitifiil  Teeth.— An  article  known  as 
“The  Queen’s  Teeth  Preserver,”  is  m.ide  as  follows:— One  ounce 
of  coarsely  pov/dered  Peruvian  Bark,  mixed  in  half  pint  of  brandy 
for  twelve  days.  Gargle  the  mouth  (teeth  and  gums)  with  a 
teaspoonful  of  this  preserver,  diluted  with  an  equal  quantity  of 
rose  water.  Always  wash  off  the  teeth  after  each  meal  with  water. 
Also,  twice  a day  wash  the  teeth  with  the  ashes  of  burned  bread 
—bread  burned  to  ashes. 

For  Decayed  Teeth. — There  is  nothing  better  than  two 
scruples  of  myrrh  in  fine  powder,  one  scruple  of  juniper  gum, 
and  ten  grains  of  alum,  mixed  in  honey,  and  apply  often  to  them. 


RECEIPTa 


69 


Toothache. — Take  equal  parts  of  camphor,  sulphuric  ether, 
amiiionia,  laudanum,  tincture  of  cayenne,  and  one-eight  part  oil 
cloves.  Mix  well  together.  Saturate  with  the  liquid  a small 
piece  of  cotton,  and  apply  to  the  cavity  of  the  diseased  tooth, 
and  the  pain  will  cease  immediately.  Put  up  in  long  drachm 
bottles.  Retail  at  25  cents.  This  is  a very  saleable  preparation, 
and  affords  a large  profit  to  the  manufacturer. 

€resig’as  Lotion  for  the  skin  and  complexion,  a great  secret 
Distil  two  handfuls  jessamine  flowers  in  a quart  of  rose  water 
and  quart  orange  v/ater.  Strain  through  porous  paper  and  add 
a scruple  of  musk  and  a scruple  of  ambergris,  Bottle  and  label. 
Splendid  wash  for  the  skin. 

Preniium  Tooth  Powder.— Six  ounces  prepared  chalk,  one- 
half  ounce  cassia  powder,  one  ounce  orris.  Mix  well.  Put  in 
small  pots  and  label. 

Hair  Restoratiye.— Four  drachms  oxide  bismuth,  four 
drachms  spermaceti,  four  ounces  pure  hog’s  lard.  The  lard  and 
spermaceti  should  be  melted  together.  When  nearly  cool,  stir 
n the  bismuth  and  perfume.  Put  in  pots  and  label.  Prevents 
the  hair  from  turning  gray,  restores  gray  hair. 

Toilet  Powder* — One  pound  white  starch,  four  ounces  oxid^ 
bismuth.  Mix,  boil  and  label. 

Pimpernel  Kalydor  for  the  skin  and  complexion. — Steep 
pimpernel  in  pure  rain  water  for  three  days.  Bottle  and  label. 
Renders  the  skin  clear  and  white. 

Hair  Inyigorator. — Quart  bay  rum,  pint  alcohol,  one  ounce 
castor  oil,  one  ounce  tincture  cantharides,  pint  sweet  oil.  Bottle 
and  label. 

Eandolllie  for  adjusting  the  hair. — Boil  a tablespoonful  of 
linseed  oil  in  half -pint  water  for  five  minutes.  Perfume,  put  in 
pots  and  label. 

Halm  of  Gilead® — Opodeldoc,  spirits  of  wine,  sal  ammoniac, 
equal  parts  of  each.  Shake.  Bottle  and  label.  Cures  neuralgia, 
pains,  aches,  etc.  Apply  as  a lotion. 

To  Write  Secret  Letters. — Put  five  cents’  W'orth  citrate  of 
pottassa  in  an  ounce  vial  of  clear  cold  water.  This  forms  an  in- 
visible fluid.  Let  it  dissolve,  and  you  can  use  on  paper  of  any 
color.  Use  a goose-quill  in  writing.  When  you  wish  the  writ- 
ing to  become  visible, hold  it  to  a red-hot  stove. 

Stimulators  for  Bald  Heads  and  Bare  Faces.— Tincture 
hartshorn,  one  ounce;  borax,  one-half  ounce;  alcohol,  one  pint; 
tincture  cantharides,  two  drachms.  Graham’s. — Cologne,  two 
ounces;  liquid  hartshorn,  one  drachm;  tincture  cantharides,  two 
drachms;  oil  rosemary,  twelve  drops;  oil  nutmeg,  twelve  drops, 
oil  lavender,  twelve  drops. 


60 


receipts. 


Turkish  Rouge.— Take  half  pint  of  alcohol  and  one  ounce  of 
alkanet;  macerate  ten  days  and  pour  off  the  liquid,  which  should 
be  bottled.  This  is  the  simplest  and  one  of  the  best  articles  of 
the  kind. 

Caution. — ^White  lead,  and  all  cosmetic  powders  containing 
should  never  be  applied  to  the  skin,  as  it  is  the  most  dangerous 
article  that  could  be  used. 

Mouth  Pastiles,  for  Perfumiug  the  Breath.— Extract  of 
licorice,  three  ounces;  oil  of  cloves,  one  and  a-half  drachms;  oil 
of  cinnamon,  fifteen  drops.  Mix,  and  divide  into  one-grain  pills, 
and  silver  them. 

2.  Catechu,  seven  drachms;  orris  powder,  forty  grains,  sugar, 
three  ounces;  oil  of  rosemary,  (or  of  clove,  peppermint,  or  cin- 
namon), four  drops.  Mix,  and  roll  flat  on  an  oiled  marble  slab, 
and  cut  into  very  small  lozenges. 

Hair  Restorative. — A tea  made  by  pouring  one  pint  of  boil- 
ing water  on  two  tablespoonfuls  of  dried  rosemary  leaves,  with  a 
wineglassful  of  rum  added,  is  excellent. 

Pimples. — These^  depend  upon  some  derangement  of  the 
digestive  and  other  internal  organs.  — Take  of  tincture  of  carda- 
mons one  drachm;  ipecachuana  wine,  fifteen  drops;  flour  of  sul- 
phur, as  much  as  will  lie  on  a quarter  dollar;  mix  the  whole  with 
a glass  of  ginger  or  elder  wine,  and  take  at  bedtime;  repeat  it 
every  second  or  third  night,  and  at  the  same  time,  pay  attention 
to  the  bowels. 

Breath,  Offensive.— The  order  of  the  breath,  is  a pretty  cor- 
rect index  of  the  state  of  the  body.  When  tainted,  it  is  not  so 
uncommonly  from  decayed  teeth,  or  from  a morbid  secretion  of 
the  tonsils;  but  more  frequently,  in  children  especially,  it  is  in- 
dicative of  disordered  stomach  and  loaded  bowels.  H'eatment — 
Rinse  the  mouth  out  two  or  three  times  a day  with  a weak  solu- 
tion of  soda  or  chloride  of  lime.  Or: — Take  half  a tumbler-full 
of  camomile  tea  on  rising  every  morning. 

Tinegar  Rouge. — Cochineal,  three  drachms;  carmine  lake, 
three  drachms;  alcohol,  six  drachms;  mix,  and  then  put  into  one 
pint  of  vinegar,  perfumed  with  lavender;  let  it  stand  a fortnight, 
then  strain  for  use. 

Pearl  Water  for  the  Complexion.— Castile  soap,  one  pound; 
water,  one  gallon.  Dissolve,  then  add  alcohol,  one  quart;  oil  of 
rosemary  and  oil  of  lavender,  each  two  drachms.  Mix  well. 

Spanish  Termillion  for  the  Toilet— Take  an  alkine  solution 
of  bastard  saffron,  and  precipitate  the  color  with  lemon  juice; 
mix  the  precipitate  with  a sufficient  quantity  of  finely  powdered 
French  chalk  and  lemon  juice,  then  add  a little  perfume. 


EECEIPTS 


61 


To  Remove  Freckles  and  Tan. — Tincture  of  benzoin,  one 
pint;  tincture  tolu,  one  half  pint;  oil  rosemary,  one-half  ounce, 
rut  one  teaspoonful  of  the  above  mixture  in  one-quarter  pint  of 
water,  and  then  with  a towel  wash  the  face  night  and  morning. 

Feuchtwanger^S  Tooth  Paste.— Powdered  myrrh,  two  ounces 
burned  alum,  one  ounces;  cream  tarter,  one  ounce;  cuttle-fish 
bone,  four  ounces;  drop  lake,  two  ounces;  honey,  half  a gallon. 
Mi^. 

Fine  Tooth  Powder.— Powdered  orris  root,  one  ounce;  Peru- 
vian bark,  one  ounce;  prepared  chalk,  one  ounce;  myrrh,  one- 
half  ounce. 

Bald  Heads.— A most  valuable  remedy  for  promoting  the 
gi’owth  of  the  hair,  is  an  application  once  or  twice  a day,  of  wild 
indigo  and  alcohol.  Take  four  ounces  of  wild  indigo,  and  steep 
it  about  a week  or  ten  days  in  a pint  of  alcohol,  and  a pint  of  hot 
water,  when  it  will  be  ready  for  use.  The  head  must  be  tho- 
roughly v/ashed  with  the  liquid,  morning  and  evening,  applica- 
tion being  made  a sponge  or  soft  brush  Another  excellent  pre- 
paration is  composed  of  three  ounces  of  castor  oil,  with  just 
enough  alcohol  to  cut  the  oil,  to  which  add  twenty  drops  tincture 
of  cantharides,  and  perfume  to  suit.  This  not  only  softens  and 
imparts  a gloss  to  the  hair,  but  also  invigorates  and  strengthens 
'the  roots  of  the  hair. 

Dry  Cough. — Take  of  powdered  gum-arabic  half  an  ounce; 
liquorice-juice  half  an  ounce.  Dissolve  the  gum  first  in  warm 
water,  squeeze  in  the  juice  of  a lemon,  then  add  of  paregoric  two 
drachms;  syrup  of  squills  one  drachm.  Cork  all  in  a bottle, 
and  shake  well.  Take  one  teaspoonful  wEen  the  cough  is  trou- 
blesome, 

Black  Silk  Reviver. — Boil  logwood  in  water  half  an  hour, 
then  simmer  the  silk  half  an  hour,  take  it  out  and  put  into  the 
dye  a little  blue  vitriol,  or  green  copperas;  cool  it  and  simmer 
the  silk  for  half  an  hour.  Or,  boil  a handful  of  fig  leaves  in 
two  quarts  of  water  until  it  is  reduced  to  one  pint  squeeze  the 
leaves,  and  bottle  for  use.  When  wanted  sponge  the  silk  with  it. 

To  Clean  Old  Black  Silk.— Grate  two  potatoes  into  a quart  of 
water;  let  it  stand  to  settle,  and  then  drain  it  off  clear.  Lay  a 
breath  of  the  silk — from  which  you  have  wiped  off  all  the  dust 
with  a flannel  rag— outside  upward  on  a clean  cloth  spread  over 
an  ironing  blanket.  Sponge  it  across  the  breath  well;  fold  it  up, 
taking  care  to  keep  the  wetted  side  upward.  Do  all  the  breaths, 
laying  them  each  aside;  then  iron  them  with  a hot  iron,  having 
a thin  piece  of  linen,  or  old  handkerchief,  spread  over  the  silk 
under  the  iron;  this  will  prevent  the  silk  from  shining.  Chloro- 
form will  cleanse  the  finest  silks,  and  remove  spots  without  in* 
fury  to  the  fabric. 


62 


KECEIPTS. 


To  Renovate  Black  Silk.— Two  ounces  soap  bark  (to  be  bad 
at  any  drug  store)  soaked  over  night  in  one  quart  of  rain-water. 
Four  off  the  water  from  the  bark  in  the  morning  and  sponge  the 
silk  thoroughly  on  both  sides,  and  hang  smoothly  on  a clothes- 
horse  to  dry.  Do  not  iron.  Old  and  soiled  black  silks  have 
been  made  to  look  somewhere  approaching  the  newness*  and 
more  than  respectable  by  this  process. 

Excellent  Hair  Wash. — Take  one  ounce  of  borax,  half  an 
ounce  of  camphor,  powder  these  ingredients  very  fine  and  dis- 
solve them  in  one  quart  boiling  water;  when  cool  the  solution 
will  bo  ready  for  use;  damp  the  hair  frequently.  This  wash 
effectually  cleanses,  beautifies  and  strengthens  the  hair,  preserves 
the  color  and  prevent  early  baldness.  The  camphor  will  form 
into  lumps  after  being  dissolved,  but  the  water  will  "be  suffici- 
ently impregnated. 

To  Remove  Offensive  Breath,— For  this  purpose  almost  the 
only  substance  that  should  be  admitted  at  the  toilet  is  the  con- 
centrated solution  of  chloride  of  soda.  From  six  o ten  drops  of 
it  in  a wineglassful  of  spring  water,  taken  immediately  after  the 
operations  of  the  morning  are  completed. 

In  some  cases,  the  odor  arising  from  carious  teeth  is  combined 
with  that  of  the  stomach.  If  the  mouth  be  well  rinsed  with  a 
teaspoonful  of  the  solution  of  the  chloride  in  a tumbler  of  water, 
the  bad  order  of  the  teeth  will  be  rempved. 

Sore  and  Weak  Eyes.  —Sulphate  of  zinc  three  grains;  tincture 
of  opium  ten  drops,  water  two  ounces.  To  be  ap[)lied  three  or 
four  times  a day. 

Another. — Dissolve  five  grains  acetate  of  morphia,  ten  grains 
sugar  of  lead,  and  six  grains  sulphate  of  zinc,  in  five  ounces  rose- 
water. Bathe  the  eyes  freely  three  times  a day.  For  Scrofulous 
Sore  Eyes,  take  blue  violets,  dig  them  up,  top  and  root,  wash 
clean,  dry  them,  and  make  a tea.  Drink  several  times  a day, 
v/etting  the  eyes  each  time,  and  it  will  soon  effect  a cure. 

Bunions. —May  be  checked  in  their  early  development  by 
binding  the  joint  with  adhesive  plaster,  and  keeping  it  on  as 
long  as  any  uneasiness  is  felt.  The  bandaging  should  be  per- 
fect, and  it  might  be  well  to  extend  it  round  the  fooh  An  in- 
fiamed  bunion  should  be  poulticed,  and  larger  shoes  be  worn. 
Iodine  twelve  grains,  lard  or  spermaceti  ointment  half  an  ounce, 
makes  a capital  ointment  for  bunions.  It  snould  be  rubbed  on 
gently  twice  or  three  times  a day. 

To  Cure  Baldness.— Colonge  water,  two  ounces;  tincture  of 
cantharides  two  drachms;  oil  of  lavender  or  rosemary,  of  each 
ten  drops.  These  applications  must  be  used  twice  a day  '^ur 
three  or  four  weeks,  but  if  the  scalp  becomes  sore,  they  m 'i 
be  discontinued  for  a time,  or  used  at  longer  intervals. 


KECEIPTS. 


63 


Wlien  the  hair  falls  off  from  diminished  action  of  the  scalp, 
preparations  of  cantharides  are  excellent.  The  following,  will 
caase  the  hair  to  grow  faster  than  any  other  preparation;  beef 
marrow  soaked  in  several  v/aters,  melted  and  strained,  half  a 
pound;  tincture  cantharides,  (made  by  soaking  for  a week  one 
drachm  of  powdered  cantharides  in  one  ounce  of  proof  spirit), 
one  ounce;  oil  of  bergamot  twelve  drops. 

Balm  of  Beauty® — Pure  soft  water,  one  quart;  pulverized 
Castile  soap,  four  ounce;  emulsion  of  bitter  almonds,  six  ounces; 
rose  and  orange  flower  water,  of  each,  eight  ounces;  tincture  of 
benzoin,  two  drachms;  borax,  one  drachm;  add  five  grains  bich- 
loride of  mercury  to  every  eight  ounces  of  the  mixture.  To  use, 
a^Dply  on  a cotton  or  linen  cloth  to  the  face,  etc. 

Ammonical  Pomatum.— For  promoting  the  growth  of  the 
hair.  Take  almond  oil,  quarter  of  a pound;  white  wax,  half 
an  ounce;  clarified  lard,  three  ounces;  liquid  ammonia,  a quarter 
fluid  ounce;  ottar  of  lavender,  and  cloves,  of  each  one  drachm. 
Place  the  oil,  wax  and  lard  in  a jar,  which,  set  in  boiling  water; 
when  the  wax  is  melted,  allow  the  grease  to  cool  till  nearly 
ready  to  set,  then  stir  in  the  ammonia  and  the  perfume,  and 
put  into  small  jars  for  use.  Never  use  a hard  brush,  nor  comb 
the  hair  too  much.  Apply  the  pomade  at  night  only. 

The  Hair.— Vinegar  and  water  forms  a good  wash  for  the  roots 
of  the  hair;  a solution  of  ammonia  is  often  used  with  good  effect 
for  the  same  purpose.  For  removing  scurf,  glycerine  diluted 
with  a little  rose-water  will  be  found  of  service.  Any  prepara- 
tion of  rosemary  forms  an  agreeable  and  highly  cleansing  wash. 
The  yolk  of  an  egg,  beaten  up  in  warm  water,  is  a most  nutri- 
tious applications  to  the  scalp.  A very  good  one  is  made  in  this 
way:  Take  an  ounce  of  powdered  borax  and  a small  piece  of 
camphor,  and  dissolve  in  a quart  of  boiling  water;  the  hair  must 
afterwards  be  washed  in  warm  water.  Many  heads  of  hair  re- 
quire nothing  more  in  the  way  of  wash  than  soap  and  water.  The 
tbllow  receiiS  will  strengthening  the  hair  and  prevent  its  falling 
ofi:— “Yinegar  of  cantharides,  half  an  ounce;  eau-de-cologne, 
one  ounce;  rose  water,  one  ounce.”  The  scalp  should  be  brush- 
ed briskly  until  it  becomes  red,  and  the  lotion  should  then  be 
applied  to  the  roots  of  the  hair  twice  a day. 

Liquid  Boiige  for  tlie  Complexiou®— Four  ounces  of  alcohol 
two  ounces  of  water,  twenty  grains  of  carmine;  twenty  grains 
of  ammonia;  six  grains  oxalic  acid;  six  grains  of  alum;  mix. 

Complexion  Pomotum®— Mutton  grease  one  pound;  oxide  of 
bismuth,  tour  ounces;  powdered  French  chalk,  two  ounces;  mix. 

Certain  cure  for  Eruptions,  Pimples,  etc,— Haying  in  num- 
reous  instances  seen  the  good  effects  of  the  following  prescrip- 
tioi^  I can  certify  to  its  pefect  remedy.  Dilute  corrosive  sub* 


64 


BEOEIPTS. 


limate  with  the  oil  of  almonds,  apply  it  to  the  face  occassionally 
and  in  a few  days  a cure  will  be  effected. 

Weakness  of  Eyes.— Sulphate  of  copper,  fifteen  grains;  cam- 
phor, four  grains:  boiling  water,  four  ounces;  mix,  strain,  and 
when  cold  make  up  to  four  pints,  with  water;  bathe  the  eyes 
night  and  morning  with  a portion  of  the  mixture. 

The  Golden-Hair  Secret— The  rage  for  light,  gold-color,  or 
even  red  hair,  which  has  prevailed  for  some  time,  has  led  to 
various  expedients  for  procuring  it.  Many  ladies  have  sacrificed 
fine  heads  of  hair,  and  in  plat^e  of  their  own  dark  tresses  have 
adopted  light  wigs;  but  the  prevailing  absurdity  has  been  the 
use  of  strong  alkalies  tor  the  purpose  of  turning  the  dark  hair 
light.  This  is  the  purpose  of  the  auricomus  fluid,  which  may 
be  procured  of  any  hair-dresser;  but  we  warn  our  fair  readers 
that  the  use  of  these  products  is  apt  to  be  disappointing.  They 
certainly  will  turn  black  to  a brickdust  hue,  but  the  color  is  often 
disagreeable;  it  is  apt  to  present  itself  in  patches  in  different 
hues,  and  the  effect  on  the  hair  is  terrible,  it  often  rots  and 
crumbles  away.  In  place  in  this  absurd  practice,  we  recommend 
the  following  as  available  for  trying  the  effect  at  a ball  or  other 
entertainment — for  dress  purpose,  in  short:-  Procure  a packet 
of  gold  powder  of  the  hair-dresser.  Have  ready  a very  weak 
solution  of  gum  and  water,  and  one  of  the  small  perfume  vapor- 
orizers  now  in  use.  When  the  hair  has  been  dressed,  sprinkle 
it  with  the  gum- water,  by  means  of  the  vaporizer,  and  then 
shower  on  the  gold  powder.  It  may  be  put  on  thick  enough  to 
bide  the  color  of  the  hair,  and,  owing  to  the  gum,  cannot  be 
danced  off. 

Bloom  Bose. — ^This  is  a preparation  of  carmine  for  the  face 
and  lips.  Take  a quarter  of  a drachm  of  the  carmine  and  place 
it  in  a phial  with  half  a drachm  of  liquid  ammonia;  keep  for  a 
few  days,  occasionally  skaking  the  mixture.  Then  dilute  with 
two  ounces  of  rose-water,  to  which  half  a drachm  of  essence  of 
roses  has  been  added.  Draw  off,  and  keep  a week  or  ten  days; 
then  apply  with  the  corner  of  a soft  handkerchief,  taking  care 
that  if  the  color  is  too  bright  it  is  reduced  by  means  of  pure 
water. 

Moist  Feet. — Some  people  are  troubled  with  moist  or  damp 
feet.  This  complaint  arise  more  particularly  during  the  hot 
weather  in  summer  time,  and  the  greatest  care  and  cleanliness 
should  be  exercised  in  respect  to  it.  Persons  so  afflicted  should 
wash  their  feet  twice  a day  in  soap  and  warm  water,  after  which 
they  should  put  on  clean  socks.  Should  not  this  effect  a cure, 
they  may,  after  being  washed  as  above,  be  rinsed  and  then  be 
thoroughly  rubbed  with  a mixture  consisting  of  half  a pint  of 


HEOEIPTS. 


65 


warm  water  and  three  tablespoonfuls  of  chloride  of  soda,  ka  old 
receipt,  which  is  not  so  simple  as  the  foregoing,  but  which  is 
highly  recommended,  gives  the  following  as  a certain  cure: — 
Take  twenty  pounds  of  ley,  made  of  ashes  of  the  bay  tree,  three 
handfuls  of  bay  leaves,  a handful  of  sweet  flag,  with  the  same 
quantity  of  calamus  aromatious,  and  dittany  of  Crete.  Boil  all 
these  ingredients  together  for  some  time,  then  strain  off  the 
liquor,  and  add  two  quarts  of  port  wine.  The  best  time  for 
applying  this  lotion  is  at  bed  time. 

Milk  of  Koses, — This  is  a cosmetic.  Pound  an  ounce  of  al- 
monds in  a mortar  very  finely;  then  put  in  shavings  of  honey 
soap  in  a small  quantity.  Add  enough  rose-water  to  enable  you 
to  work  the  composition  with  the  pestle  into  a fine  cream;  and 
in  order  that  it  may  keep,  add  to  the  whole  an  ounce  of  spirits 
of  wine,  by  slow  degress.  You  may  scent  with  otto  of  roses. 
Strain  through  muslin.  Apply  to  the  face  with  a sponge  or  a 
piece  of  lint. 

CircassianCream.— This  celebrated  preparation  is  made,  ac- 
cording to  a published  receipt,  in  this  way:— Castor  oil,  one 
pint;  almond  oil,  four  ounces;  liq.  potassge,  three  drachms;  es- 
sence of  bergamot,  oil  of  cloves  and  oil  of  lemon,  in  equal  quan- 
tities; and  about  a dozen  drops  of  otto  of  roses. 

Toilet  Vinegar.— Add  to  the  best  malt  vinegar  half  a pint  of 
cognac  and  a pint  of  rose-water.  Scent  may  be  added;  and  if 
so,  it  should  be  first  mixed  with  the  spirit,  before  the  other  in- 
gredients are  put  in. 

Philocome. — This  is  the  name  of  an  admired  French  pomade. 
It  is  made  by  melting  three  ounces  of  white  wax,  by  the  action 
of  hot  water  round  the  vessel  in  which  it  is  placed,  and  while 
the  heat  is  kept  up,  adding  a pound  of  olive  oil.  Scents,  such  as 
bergamot,  maybe  added  as  the  other  ingredients  cool.  Varieties 
of  perfumer  are  secured  by  the  manufacturers. 

Larender  Water. — This  mildest  of  perfumes  is  a preparation 
of  oil  of  lavender;  two  ounces;  and  orris  root,  half  an  ounce; 
put  into  a pint  of  spirits  of  wine,  and  kept  for  two  or  three  weeks 
before  it  is  used.  It  may  restraining  through  blotting-paper  of 
two  or  three  thicknesses. 

Bandoline  — This  essential  of  the  toilet  is  prepared  of  several 
materials. 

1 , Simmer  an  ounce  of  quince  seed  in  a quart  of  water  for 
forty  minutes;  strain,  cool,  add  a few  drops  of  scent,  and  bottle, 
corking  tightly. 

2.  Take  of  gum  Tragacanth  l^drs.,  water,  half  a pint;  rectified 
spirits  mixed  with  an  equal  quantity  of  water,  three  ounces,  and 
a little  scent.  Let  the  mfxture  stand  for  a day  or  two,  then  strain 


66 


BECEIPTS. 


Beautiful  Eyelashes. — The  effect  of  the  ej^es  is  greatly  aided 
by  beautiful  eyelashes.  These  may  be  secured  to  a certain  ex- 
tent by  a litile  care,  especially  if  it  is  taken  early  in  life.  The 
extreme  ends  should  be  cut  with  a pair  of  small  sharp  scissors, 
care  being  taken  to  preserve  the  natural  outline,  not  to  leave 
jagged  edges.  Attention  in  this  matter  usually  results  in  the 
lengthening  of  the  lashes,  Dyeing  them  is  another  expedient  for 
increasing  their  effect  often  resorted  to.  A good  perma- 
nent black  is  all  that  is  needed,  and  Indian  ink  serves'  the  pur- 
pose as  well  as  anything.  As  an  impromptu  expedient  to  serve 
for  one  night— say  while  staying  at  a country  house— a hair-pin 
held  for  a few  seconds  in  the  flame  of  a candle,  and  draw- 
through  the  lashes,  will  serve  to  color  them  well,  and  with  suffi- 
cient durability.  We  need  scarcely  add  that  the  hair-jun  inurt 
be  suffered  to  grow  cold  before  it  is  useJ,  or  the  consequence 
may  be  that  no  eyelash  will  be  left  to  color.  Good  e}  ebrovrs  are 
not  to  be  produced  artificially.  It  is  possible,  however,  to  pre- 
vent those  which  are  really  good  from  degenerating  through 
neglect.  When  wiping  the  face  dry  after  washing,  pass  a corner 
of  toweFover  the  fore-finger,  and  set  the  eyebrows  in  the  form 
you  wish  them  to  assume.  And  when  oiling  the  hair  do  not 
forget  to  oil  the  eyebrows  also. 

Bewitching  Eyes.  — Beautiful  eyes  are  the  gift  of  nature;  but 
even  those  of  the  greatest  beauty  may  owe  something  to  the 
toilet,  while  those  of  an  indiffent  kind  are  often  susceptible  of 
improvement.  We  entirely  discountenance  any  tampering  with 
the  eye  itself,  with  a view  to  giving  it  lustre  or  brightness.  The 
sight  has  often  been  injured  by  the  use  of  belladonna,  pre- 
parations of  the  Calabar  bean,  eyebright,  and  other  substances 
having  a strong  effect  on  the  eyes.  But  without  touching  the 
eye  itself  it  is  possible  to  give  the  effeet  of  brightness,  softness, 
&c.,  by  means  of  the  eyelids  and  eyelashes.  5lade-up  eyes  are 
by  no  means  desirable,  and  to  many  are  singularly  displeasing: 
the  same  may  be  said  of  “made-up”  faces  generally.  Some 
ladies  are,  however,  persuaded  that  it  adds  to  their  charms  to 
give  the  eyes  a long  almond  shape,  after  the  Egytian  type,  while 
very  man}"  are  persuaded  that  the  eye  is  not  seen  to  advantage 
unless  its  apparent  size  is  increased  by  the  darkening  of  the  lids. 
Both  these  effects  are  produced  by  means  of  what  is  termed 
kohl,  a black  powder,  which  may  be  procured  at  the  chemist’s, 
and  is  mixed  with  rose  water,  and  applied  with  a camel  hair 
brush. 

Weak  Eyes. — It  is  well  to  have  on  the  toilet  table  a remedy 
for  inflammed  eyes.  Spermaceti  ointment  is  simple  and  well 
adapted  to  this  purpose.  Apply  at  night,  and  v/ash  off  with 
rose  water  in  the  morning.  Golden  ointment  will  serve  the  like 
purpose.  Or  there  is  a simple  lotion  made  by  dissolving  a very 


BECEIPX 


sii  all  piece  of  alum  and  a piece  of  s^gat  of  tlie  same  size 

in  A quart  of  water;  put  the  ingredients  into  water  cold,  and  let 
thorn  simmer.  Bathe  the  eyes  frequently  with  it.  Styes  in  the 
eye  are  irritating  and  disfiguring.  Foment  with  warm  Avater;  at 
night  apply  a bread  and  milk  poultice.  When  a white  head 
forms  prick  it  with  a fine  needle.  Should  the  inflammation  he 
obstinate,  a little  citerine  ointment  may  be  applied,  care  being 
taken  that-  it  does  not  get  into  the  eye,  and  an  aperient  should  be 
tried.  ' 

Lip  Salve. — This  indispensable  adjunct  to  the  toilet  m^  be 
made  by  melting  in  a jar  placed  in  a basin  of  boiling  water  a 
quarter  of  an  ounce  each  of  white  wax  and  spermaceti,  flour  of 
benzoin  fifteen  grains,  and  half  an  ounce  of  oil  of  almonds. 
Stir  till  the  mixture  is  cool.  Color  red  with  two  pennyworth  of 
alkanet  root. 

Rye  Tooth  Powder. — Rye  contains  carbonate  of  lime,  carbo- 
nate of  magnesia,  oxide  of  iron,  manganese,  and  silica,  all  suita- 
ble for  application  to  the  teeth.  Therefore  a fine  tooth-powder 
is  made  by  burning  rye,  or  rye  bread,  to  ashes,  and  grinding  it 
to  powder  by  passing  the  rolling-pin  over  it.  Pass  the  powder 
.through  a sieve  and  use.  The  crumb  of  a French  roll,  though 
not  so  good,  may  be  treated  in  the  same  way. 

Camphorated  Chalk. — This  favorite  tooth-powder  is  easily 
made.  Take  a pound  of  prepared  chalk,  and  with  this  mix  two 
drachms  of  camphor  very  finely  powdered,  and  moisten  with 
spirit  of  wine.  Thoroughly  Inix. 

Myrrh  Dentrlfrice.  —To  a pound  of  finely-powdered  cuttle- 
fish add  two  ounces  of  myrrh,  and  mix  thoroughly. 

Wrinkles. — The  pomade  d’Hebe,  used  tor  the  removal  of 
wrinkles,  is  made  in  this  way.  Melt  white  wax,  one  ounce,  to 
gentle  heat,  and  add  juice  of  lily  bulbs  two  ounces,  and  honey 
two  ounces,  rose  water  two  drachms,  and  otto  of  roses  a drop  or 
two.  Use  twice  a day. 

Ross  Water.— It  may  be  made  in  this  way:— Take  half  an 
ounce  of  powdered  white  sugar,  and  two  drachms  of  magnesia. 
With  these  mix  twelve  drops  of  otto  of  roses.  Add  a quart  of 
water  and  two  ounces  of  alcohol,  mixed  in  a gradual  manne” 
and  filter  through  blotting  paper. 

To  Clean  Kid  Gloves.— By  rubbing  gloves  with  a clean  cloth, 
dipped  in  milk  and  then  rubbed  on  brown  Windsor  soap,  yor> 
may  restore  them  to  a very  fair  stale  of  cleanliness, 

Snperflons  Hairs. — Depilatories  are  all  more  or  less  objec- 
tionable. Even  when  successful  they  are  apt  to  produce  a shiny, 
disagreeable  appearance  of  the  skin.  The  use  of  tweezers  is  the 
only  satisfactory  plan.  Pluck  out  the  hairs  as  fast  as  they  grow, 
wash  with  warm  water,  and  then  apply  milk  of  roses. 


68 


EECEIPTS. 


Colu  Traill. — Put  into  a jar  pint  of  sweet  oil,  half  an  ounce 
of  spermaceti,  and  two  ounces  of  white  wax.  Melt  in  a jar  by 
the  fire;  add  scent.  Another  method.  Melt  together  a pint  of 
oil  of  sweet  almonds,  one  ounce  of  white  wax,  half  a pint  of  rose 
water;  beat  to  a paste. 

Washes  for  the  Face. — We  do  not  approve  of  face  washes; 
but  as  some  ladies  will  use  them,  we  recommend  the  following 
as  harmless: — Damp  the  face  with  glycerine,  tempered  with  rose- 
water, then  powder  with  the  finest  magnesia.  It  imparts  a 
charming  whiteness.  Less  harmless,  but  more  frequently  used, 
is  the  following: — Procure  a pennyworth  of  bismuth  of  flake 
white,  and  of  powdered  chalk.  Mix  with  a pennyworth  of 
rose-water.  Great  care  must  be  taken  to  wash  off  this  prepara- 
tion before  retiring  torest,  as  the  bismuth  is  of  a poisonous  nature. 

Burns. — An  application  of  cold,  wet  common  whitening  placed 
on  immediately  is  recommended  as  an  invaluable  remedy. 

Warts. — At  the  first  appearance  of  these  troublesome  things, 
pare  as  closely  as  possible,  and  touch  with  lunar  caustic ; if  this 
is  not  effective,  pare  again,  and  give  a second  touch,  or  .try 
acetic  acid. 

Patent  Leather  Boots. — In  cleaning  patent  leather  boots, 
first  remove  all  the  dirt  upon  them,  then,  with  a sponge  or  flan- 
nel, the  boot  should  be  rubbed  lightly  over  with  a paste  consist- 
ing of  two  spoonfuls  of  cream  and  one^^of  linseed-oil,  both  of 
which  require  to  be  warmed  before  being  mixed.  Polish  with  a 
soft  cloth. 

To  Clean  Kid  Boots.^Mix  a little  white  of  egg  and  ink  in  a 
bottle,  so  that  the  composition  may  be  well  shaken  up  when  re- 
quired for  use.  Apply  to  the  kid  with  a piece  of  sponge,  and 
rub  dry— the  best  thing  to  rub  with  is  the  palm  of  the  hand. 
Where  the  kid  shows  symptoms  of  cracking,  rub  in  a few  drops 
of  sweet  oil.  The  sole  and  heels  should  be  polished  with  com- 
mon blacking. 

Improving  the  Complexion.— To  improve  the  complexion, 
some  flowers  of  sulphur  should  be  mixed  with  a small  quantity 
of  milk,  and,  after  standing  a few  hours,  it  may  be  rubbed  on  the 
skin. 

Grease  Spots. - -French-chalk  is  useful  for  removing  grease 
spots  from  clothing.  Spots  on  silk  will  sometimes  yield  it  a 
piece  of  blotting-paper  is  placed  over  them,  and  the  blade  of  a 
knife  is  heated  (not  too  much)  and  passed  over  the  paper. 

Sticking*  Flaister.— Stretch  a piece  of  black  silk  on  a wooden 
frame,  and  apply  dissolved  isinglass  to  one  side  of  it  with  a 
brush.  L-.t  it  dry;  repeat  process,  and  then  cover  with  a strong 
lecture  01  balsam  of  Peru. 


BECEIPTS. 


69 


T©  Loosen  Stoppers  of  Toilet-Bottle  ^•-Let  a drop  of  pure 
oil  flow  round  the  stopper,  and  stand  the  bottle  a foot  or  two 
from  the  fire.  After  a time,  tap  the-stopper  smartly — but  not 
too  hard — with  the  handle  of  a hair-brush;  if  this  is  not  effectual, 
use  a fresh  drop  of  oil,  and  repeat  the  process:  it  is  pretty  sure 
to  succeed. 

Cleaning  Jewelry.— Gold  ornaments  are  best  kept  bright  and 
clean  with  soap  and  warm  water,  with  which  they  should  be 
scrubbed,  a soft  nail-brush  being  used  for  the  purpose.  They 
may  be  dried  in  box  sawdust,  in  a bed  of  which  it  is  desirable 
to  let  them  lie  before  the  fire  for  a time.  Imitation  jewelry  may 
be  treated  in  the  same  way. 

For  cleansing  silver,  either  articles  of  personal  wear  or  those 
pertaining  to  the  toilet-table  or  dressing-case,  there  is  nothing 
better  than  a spoonful  of  common  w^hitening — carefully  pound- 
ed so  as  to  be  without  lumps— reduced  to  a paste  with  gin.  It 
answers  admirably. 

To  Remore  a Tight  Ring.— When  a ring  happens  to  get 
tightly  fixed  on  the  finger,  as  it  will  sometimes  do,  a piece  of 
common  twine  should  be  well  soaped,  and  then  be  wound  round 
the  finger  as  tightly  as  possible,  or  as  can  be  borne.  The  twdne 
should  commence  at  the  point  of  the  finger,  and  be  continued 
till  the  ring  is  reached;  the  end  of  the  twine  must  then  be  forced 
through  the  ring  with  the  head  of  a needle,  or  anything  else  that 
may  be  at  hand.  If  the  string  is  then  unwound  the  ring  is  al- 
most sure  to  come  off  the  finger  with  it. 

Chapped  Bands. — The  simplest  remedy  is  the  camphor  ball, 
to  be  obtained  at  all  chemists.  Powdered  hemlock  bark  put  into 
a piece  of  muslin  and  sprinkled  on  the  chaps  is  highly  recom- 
mended. Or,  wash  with  oatmeal,  and  afterwards  rub  the  hands 
over  with  dry  oatmeal,  so  as  to  remove  all  dampness.  It  is  a 
good  thing  to  ru^^  the  hands  and  lips  with  glycerine  before  going 
to  bed  at  night.  A good  ointment  is  made  by  simmering  in  a 
pipkin  sweet  oil  one  pint;  Venice  turpentine,  three  ounces;  lard 
half  a pound;  bees’-wax  three  ounces,  till  the  wax  is  melted. 
Rub  on  or  apply  with  a rag . 

Cold  Feet.— Those  who  suffer  much  in  this  respect  should 
wear  woollen  socks  or  stockings,  and  put  the  feet  in  mustard 
and  water  before  going  to  bed,  not  forgetting  to  rub  them  with 
a coarse  towel. 

Sunburn. — Milk  of  almonds,  to  be  obtained  at  any  chemist’s, 
is  a good  a remedy  as  any  in  use. 

Chilblains. —The  remedies  are  innumerable.  1.  When  indi- 
cations of  chilblain  first  present  themselves,  take  vinegar  3 oz., 
camphorated  spirits  of  wine  1 oz.,  mix  and  rub.  2.  When  they 
have  appeared,  rub  with  alum  and  water.  3.  Put  the  hands  and 


70 


BECEIPTS. 


feet  two  or  three  times  a week  into  warm  water  in  which  two  oi 
three  handfuls  of  common  salt  have  been  dissolved.  4.  Kub 
with  a raw  onion  dipped  in  salt. 

Red  Hands.— Wash  them  frequently  in  warm,  not  hot  water, 
using  honey-soap  and  a soft  towel.  Dry  with  violet  powder, 
and  again  with  a soft,  dry  handkerchief.  Take  exercise  enough 
to  promote  circulation,  and  do  not  wear  gloves  too  tight. 

To  Purify  the  Breath. —Cholorate  of  lime  seven  drachms, 
vanilla  sugar  three  drachms;  gumeratic  five  drachms.  Mix  with 
warm  water  to  a stiff  paste,  and  cut  into  lozenges.  Take  a lozenge 
occasionally. 

To  Expel  Freckles.— Finely  powdered  nitre  (saltpetre)  is  said 
to  be  excellent.  Apply  it  to  the  face  with  the  finger  moistened 
with  water,  and  dipped  in  the  powder. 

A celebrated  physician  gives  the  following  as  a good  Skin 
Bleacher  and  Purifier; — Half-pint  of  skim  milk,  slice  into  it  as 
much  cucumber  as  it  will  cover,  and  let  it  stand  an  hour;  then 
bathe  the  face  and  hands.  Wash  them  off  with  clean  soft  water 
when  the  cucumber  extract  is  dry.  If  the  skin  is  rough  from  ex- 
posure to  the  wind,  an  application  of  buttermilk  at  night,  wash- 
ed off  with  fine  carbolic  soap  in  the  morning  will  make  the  skin 
smooth  and  natural. 

Profuse  Perspiration.  Bathe  the  hands,  feet  and  parts  of 
the  body  where  the  secretion  is  greatest  with  a cold  infusion  of 
rosemary  and  sage,  and  afteiwards  dust  the  stockings  and  under 
garments  with  a mixture  of  two  drachms  of  camphor,  four  ounces 
of  orris  root,  and  sixteen  ounces  of  starch,  the  whole  reduced  to 
fine  powder.  Put  it  in  a coarse  muslin  bag,  and  shake  it'  over 
the  clothes. 

Cleopatra^S  Enamel  for  w hitening  the  hands  and  arms.  One 
ounce  of  myrrh,  four  ounces  of  honey,  two  ounces  of  yellow  wax, 
six  ounces  of  rose-water.  Mix  all  well  together  with  the  wax, 
honey  and  rose-water  together  in  a dish  held  over  boiling  water, 
and  add  the  myrrh  while  hot.  Bub  this  thickly  over  the  s!^ 
before  going  to  bed. 

Harem  Toilet  Water. — Powdered  cinnamon  one  drachm, 
corriander  eighteen  scruples,  vanilla  eighteen  scruples,  clove 
eighteen  grains,  cochineal,  mace  and  safh’on  the  same,  spirits  of 
pyrethrum  three  half-pints.  Let  them  all  digest  fifteen  days — 
then  add  halfi  an  ounce  of  orange  fiower  water,  oil  of  lavender 
and  thyme,  each  nine  drops,  oil  anise  eighteen  drops,  citron  the 
same,  oil  of  ambergris  three  grains.  Mix  the  ambergris  with  the 
spirits  and  put  the  two  liquids  together.  Let  all  stand  two  or 
three  days,  and  then  filter  it. 

Fo  Keeping  Crimps  or  Pearls  in  Summer.— A quarter  of 
an  ounce  of  gum-tragacanth,  one  pint  rose-water  and  five  drops 
of  glycerine;  mix  and  let  stand  over  night.  If  the  bragacantiw 


BECEIPTS. 


71 


not  dissolved,  let  it  be  a half  a day  longer,  if  it  be  thick  add 
more  rose-water,  and  let  it  be  for  some  hours.  If  then  it  is  a 
smooth  solution,  nearly  as  thin  as  glycerine  it  is  fit  for  use. 

An  Elegant  Preparation  for  Whitening  the  Face  and  Neck 

is  made  of  terebinth  of  Mecca,  three  gi*ains ; oil  of  sweet  almond, 
four  ounces  spermaceti,  two  drachms,  flour  of  zinc,  one  drachm; 
white  wax,  two  drachms;  rose-water,  six  drachms.  Mix  in  a bath 
water,  and  melt  together. 

To  Soften  and  Whiten  the  Skin.  Pate  Axerasive  of  Bozin, 
the  celebrated  perfume  has  the  distinction  of  being  highly  com- 
mended by  the  French  Koyal  Academy  of  Medicine.  It  is  better 
for  toilet  use  than  soaps  which  contain  so  much  alkali.  Take 
powder  of  bitter  almonds,  eight  ounces;  oil  of  the  same,  twelve 
ounces;  savon  vert  of  the  perfumes,  eight  ounces  spermaceti, 
four  ounces  soap  powder,  four  ounces  cinnabar,  two  drachms; 
essence  of  rose,  one  drachm.  Melt  the  soap  and  spermaceti 
with  the  oil  in  a bath  water,  add  the  powder  and  mix  the  whole 
in  a marble  mortar.  It  forms  a kind  of  paste  which  softens 
and  whitens  the  skin  better  than  any  soap. 

Freckled  Skin,  - -Take  one  ounce  of  sw'eet  almonds,  or  of 
pistachia-nuts,  halt  a pint  of  elder  or  rose-water,  and  one  ounce 
of  pure  glycerine,  grate  the  nuts,  put  the  powder  in  a little  bag 
of  linen  and  squeeze  it  for  several  minutes  in  the  rose-water; 
then  add  the  glycerine  and  a little  perfume.  It  maybe  used  by 
wetting  the  face  with  it  two  or  three  times  a day.  This  is  a grate- 
ful application  for  a porch ed,  rough  skin.  It  should  be  allowed 
to  dry  thoroughly  vdieii  it  feels  sticky  or  pasty,  it  may  be  wash- 
ed ofl:  with  warm  water  without  soap. 

To  Beinove  lied  Pimples.  —Sulphur  water  one  ounce,  ae- 
cetated  liquor  of  ammonia  quarter  ounce;  liquor  of  pottassa  one 
grain;  white  wine  vinegar  two  ounces ; distilled  water  two 
-f^unces. 

To  ReinoTe  Black  Specks  or  Fleskworms.— Squeese  them 
by  pressing  the  skin,  and  then  wash  with  warm  water  and  rub 
well  with  a towel.  Then  a[)ply  the  following  Liquid  of  potassa 
one  ounce;  cologne  two  ounces. 

Cleopatra’s  Freckel  Balm.— Venice  soap  one  ounce;  lemon 
juice  baif  ounce;  oil  of  bitter  almonds  quarter  ounce;  deliquidated 
oil  of  tartar  quarter  ounce;  oil  of  rhodium  three  drops.  Dis- 
solve the  soap  in  lemon  juice,  then  add  the  two  oils,  and 
place  the  whole  in  the  sun  till  it  acquires  the  consistance  of 
ointment,  and  then  add  the  oil  rhodium.  Anoint  the  freckly 
face  at  night  with  this  balm,  and  wash  in  the  morning  with 
pure  water. 

To  Bemove  Stains  or  Spots  from  Silk.  Take  five  ounces  of 
soft  water  and  six  ounces  of  alum  powdered,  boil  the  mixture 


72 


BECEIPTS. 


for  a short  time,  then  pour  it  in  a vessel  to  cool.  Before  using 
it,  it  must  be  made  warm,  when  the  stained  part  may  be  wash- 
ed with  it,  and  left  to  dry. 

To  Bleach  Hair,— It  has  been  found  in  the  bleaching  of 
hair  that  gaseous  chlorine  is  the  most  effectual.  The  hair  should 
be  cleaned  for  this  purpose  by  a warm  solution  of  soda,  and 
washed  afterwards  with  water.  While  moist,  it  is  put  into  a Jar 
of  cholorine  gas  introduced,  until  the  air  in  the  jar  looks  greenish 
Allow  it  to  stand  for  24  hours,  and  if  necessary  repeat  the 
operation. 

Cheap  Hair  Oil*— These  are  made  of  fixed  oils  (usually 
almond  or  olive  oil)  gradually  receding  in  quality,  scented  with 
ottar  and  bergamot.  A few  drops  of  neroli,  or  oil  of  rose- 
geranium,  or  a little  hwile  and  jasmin,  with  or  without  two  or 
three  drops  of  musk  or  hwile  royale,  are  occasionally  added  to 
improve  and  slightly  modify  the  odor. 

Pomade.  -Melt  together  in  a w^ater  bath,  one  pound  of 
of  prepared  grease  and  two  ounces  spermaceti;  triturate  in  a 
mortar  until  it  becomes  white  and  smooth,  then  add  and  incor- 
porate thoroughly  three  ounces  oil  of  sweet  almonds,  one-fourth 
drachm  oil  of  roses,  and  one-fourth  drachm  oil  of  geranium.  A 
rose  color  is  obtained  by  heating  the  oil  of  almonds  and  adding 
to  it  one-half  drachm  of  alkanet  and  straining  it  before  incorpora- 
tion. 

A New  French  Remedy  for  Baldness.— Croton  oil,  one  of 
the  best  French  remedies  for  bal  diiess,  is  employed  by  simply 
adding  it  to  oil  or  pomade,  and  stirring  or  agitating  the  two  to- 
gether until  admixture  or  solution  be  complete.  The  formula 
adapted  by  the  eminent  French  physician  who  introduced  this 
remedy,  and  who  speaks  in  the  most  confident  and  enthusiastic 
way  of  the  suceess  attending  its  use  is—  take  croton  oil  12  drops 
(minims)  oil  of  almonds  4 Troy  drachms,  mix.  A little  is  to  be 
well  rubbed  on  the  scalp  twice  a day.  Softdown  we  are  assured 
appears  in  three  weeks. 

Hungarian  Pomade  for  the  Mustache.  -Melt  by  a gentle 
heat  one-half  pound  gum-arabic,  and  one-half  pound  of  oil  soap 
in  one  pint  rose-water,  then  add  one  pound  white  wax,  constant- 
ly stirring,  when  of  a uniform  consistency,  add  one  ounce  ottar 
of  bergamot,  and  one-half  drachm  ottar  thyme  for  perfume.  If 
required  to  be  brown,  color  it  with  tube-burnt  amber,  or  for 
black,  use  tube  ivory-black. 

To  Make  Prepared  Chalk.— Rub  one  pound  chalk  with 
sufficient  water,  adding  gradually,  to  make  a smooth  cream,  then 
stir  this  into  a large  quantity  of  water,  after  the  coarses  particules 
have  settled,  decant  the  milky  fluid  into  another  vessel  and  allow 
the  chalk  to  settle;  decant  the  clear  water  and  dry  the  sediment 


RECEIPTS, 


73 


Removing  the  Yellow  Color  from  Teeth.  -Take  of  dry 
iijpochlarite  of  lime  one-half  drachm,  red  coral,  two  drachms 
ticturate  and  well  mix  thoroughly.  This  powder  is  employed  in 
the  following  manner;  A new  brush  is  slightly  moistened,  then 
dipped  in  the  powder  and  applied  to  the  teeth.  A few  days  after 
■/he  use  of  this  powder,  the  teeth  will  acquire  a white  color. 

Varnish  for  Shoes.— Put  one-half  pound  gum-shellac,  break- 
ing soap  in  small  pieces  into  a quart  bottle  or  jug,  cover  it  with 
alcohol,  cork  it  tight,  and  put  it  on  a shelf  in  a warm  place,  shake 
it  well  several  times  a day,  then  add  a piece  of  camphor  as  large 
as  hen’s  egg,  shake  it  well,  and  in  a few  hours  shake  it  again  and 
add  one  ounce  lampblack.  If  the  alcohol  is  good  it  will  be  ready 
for  use  in  two  days  as  it  will  all  be  dissolved.  Shake  before  use- 
ing.  If  it  gets  too  thick,  add  alcohol,  pour  out  two  or  three  tea- 
spoonfuls in  a saucer,  and  appty  it  with  a small  paint  brush.  If 
the  materials  are  all  good  it  will  dry  in  five  minutes,  giving  a 
gloss  equal  to  patent  leather,  and  will  be  removed  only  by  wear- 
ing off. 

Brilliant  Paste  Blacking.— Ivory  black  two  pounds,  molosses 
one  pound,  olive  oil  and  oil  of  vitrol  each  one-fourth  pound, 
water  to  make  into  thin  paste. 

Liquid  Jet  Blacking. - Ivory  black  and  mollasses,  of  each, 
one-fourth  pound,  oil  of  vitrol  one  ounce,  sweet  oil  two  ounces, 
sour  beer  one  pint.  Mix  the  first  two  gradually,  add  the  vitrol, 
dilute  with  thrice  its  weight  of  water.  Add  the  oils.  Mix  well 
and  let  it  stand  three  hours.  Then  add  beer  and  stand  over 
night.  Then  ready  for  use. 

To  Clean  Gold  Ornaments.  — Gold  ornaments  may  be 
throroughly  cleaned  by  immersion  for  a few  seconds  in  a weak 
solution  of  ammonia.  Then  wash  with  warm  water  and  soap. 

To  Clean  Silver. — To  clean  silver,  mix  two  teospoonfuls  of 
ammonia  in  a quart  of  hot  soap  suds.  Put  in  the  silverware  and 
wash  with  a soft  brush  and  dry  quickly. 

Aromatic  Spirits  of  Vinegar.— Take  of  the  flowers  of  aroma- 
tic add  perfumed  shrubs,  such  as  are  directed  for  aromatic 
vinegar,  and  digest  them  in  strong  vinegar,  add  a quarter  of  a 
pint  of  sjnrits  of  wine  to  each  pint  of  the  infusion  of  vinegar, 
and  then  distil  the  composition. 

Lavendar  Water. — Take  1 ounce  of  lavender  and  bergamotte, 
1 }unt  of  rectified  spirits  of  wine.  4 cloves  bruised.  Shake  the 
above  well,  let  it  stand  a month,  then  add  2 ounces  of  distilled 
water,  and  it  you  wish  to  retain  its  perfume,  add  1 scruple  of 
essence  of  musk,  or  ambergris,  and  distil  the  mixture. 


BECEIPTS. 


74 

For  Igiiprovisig  the  ^m.—PalTna-Girisii  Oil,  for-  thickening 
the  Hair.  Take  1 ounce  of  Palma-Cliristi  oil,  add  oil  of  lavender 
or  bergamotte  to  scent  it.  Let  it  be  well  brushed  itito  tha  iiair 
twice  a day  tor  two  or  three  months,  }>articulariy  applying  it 
to  those  parts  where  it  may  be  most  desirable  to  render  the 
hair  luxuriant.  This  is  a simple  and  valuable  oil,  and  not  in 
the  hands  of  any  monopolist. 

Macassar  Oil.— There  is,  in  fact,  no  such  thing  imported 
into  the  country,  although  many  thousands  of  pounds  are  am 
nually  expended,  both  in  the  advertising  and  in  the  purchas- 
ing of  an  article  which  passes  under  the  name.  The  ingxedients 
of  which  it  is  composed  are  the  most  simple  and  economicai. 
The  following,  we  are  told,  is  the  genuine  recipe: — Take  one 
quart  of  olive  oil,  two  and  a half  ounces  of  spirits  of  wine,  one 
ounce  of  cinnamon  powder,  five  drachms  of  bergomotte.  Heat 
them  together  in  a large  pipkin,  then  remove  it  from  the  fire,  and 
add  four  small  pieces  of  alkanet  root;  keep  it  closely  covered  for 
six  hours,  let  it  then  be  filtered  through  a funnel  lined  with 
blotting  or  filtering  paper. 

An  Excellent  Water  to  prevent  Hair  falling’  oif^  and  to 
tliicken  it— Put  one  pound  of  unadulterated  honey  into  a still, 
with  three  handsful  of  the  tendrils  of  vine  and  the  same  quantity 
of  rosemary  hops.  Distil  as  cool  and  as  slowly  as  possible.  The 
liquor  may  be  allowed  to  drop  till  it  tastes  sour. 

Excellent  Hair  Oil  to  prevent  Baldness. —Boil  half  a pound 
of  green  southernwood  in  one  and  a-half  pint  of  sweet  oil,  add 
half  pint  of  port  wine.  When  boiled  strain  it  through  a fine 
linen  bag  three  times;  each  time  adding  fresh  southernwood, 
then  add  two  ounces  of  bear’s  grease,  and  replace  it  near  the  fire 
in  a covered  vessel,  until  the  bear’s  grease  be  dissolved.  Take  it 
off,  thoroughly  mix  the  ingredients,  and  bottle  close. 

To  Bye  the  Hair  Flaxen. — We  have  heard  the  following  is 
effective:  Take  a quart;  of  lye  prepared  from  the  ashes  of  vine 
twigs,  briony,  celadine  roots,  and  turmeric,  of  each  half  an  ounce, 
saffron  and  lily  roots,  of  each  two  drachms,  flov/ers  of  muliem, 
yellow  stechas,  broom,  and  St.  John’s  wort,  of  each  a drachm. 
Boil  these  together  and  strain  off  the  liquor  clear.  Frequently 
wash  the  hair  with  the  fluid,  and  it  will  change  it,  we  are  told, 
roi  a short  time,  to  a beautiful  flaxen  color. 

Preventative  Wash  for  Siinhnrn.  - Take  two  drachms  of 
borax,  one  drachm  of  Boman  alum,  one  drachm  of  camplicji-, 
half  an  ounce  of  sugar-candy,  one  pound  oxgall.  Mix  and  .stir 
well  together,  and  repeat  the  stirring  three  or  four  times  a-fk\y, 
until  it  becomes  transparent.  Then  strain  it  through  filtering  or 
blotting  paper,  and  it  will  be  fit  for  use.  Wash  the  face  with  the 
jnixture  before  you  go  into  the  sun. 


RECEIPTS. 


75 


Grape  Lotion  for  Sunbnrn.— Dip  a buncli  of  green  grapes  in 
a basin  of  water;  sprinkle  it  with  powdered  alum  and  salt  mixed; 
wrap  tile  grapes  in  paper,  and  bake  them  under  hot  ashes;  then 
express  the  juice,  and  wash  th6  face  with  the  liquid,  which  wdll 
usually  remove  either  freckles,  tan,  or  sunburn. 

Lemon  Cream  for  Suiiburii  and  Freckles.— Put  two  spoons- 
ful of  sweet  cream  into  half  a pint  of  new  milk,  squeeze  into  it 
the  juice  of  a lemon,  add  half  a glass  of  genuine  French  brandy, 
a little  alum  and  loaf  sugar;  boil  the  whole,  skim  it  well,  and 
when  cool,  it  is  fit  for  use. 

Sulpilur  Wash.— Break  one  ounce  of  sulphur,  and  pour  over 
it  one  quart  of  boiling  water:  allow  it  to  infuse  for  twelve  or  four- 
teen hours,  and  apply  it  to  the  face  two  or  three  times  a day,  for 
a few  weeks.  This  application  is  equally  useful  in  removing 
that  roughness  of  the  skin  wdiich  generally  succeeds  pimples. 
A more  powerful  application  is  sometimes  prepared  wdth  vinegar 
and  the  acetated  liquor  of  ammonia,  or  the  spirit  of  minderus. 
Or,  the  following,  which  will  be  equally  effective,  and  known 
as — 

Sir  William  Kiiighton’s  Lotion. — Half  drachm  of  liquor  ot 
potassa,  three  ounces  of  spirits  of  wine  to  be  applied  to  the 
pimples  v/ith  a camel’s-hair  brush,  and  if  two  powerful,  add  half 
an  ounce  of  cold  water,  which  has  been  boiled  and  strained; 
distilled  water  is  better. 

For  Remoying*  Wrinkles.— Take  two  ounces  of  the  juice  of 
onions,  tw^o  ounces  of  the  white  lilly,  two  ounces  of  Norbonne 
honey,  and  one  ounce  of  white  wax;  put  the  whole  into  a new 
earthen  pipkin  until  the  wax  is  melted,  then  take  the  pipkin  off 
the  fire,  and  continue  stiring  briskly  until  it  grows  cold.  This 
should  be  applied  on  going  to  bed,  and  allowed  to  remain  on 
till  the  morning. 

Lotion  for  Wrinkles. — Take  the  second  w ater  of  barley  one 
pint,  and  strain  through  a piece  of  fine  linen,  and  a dozen 
drops  of  the  balm  of  Mecca,  shake  it  well  together  until  the 
balm  is  thoroughly  incorporated  with  the  water,  which  will  be 
effected  when  the  water  assumes  a whitish  or  turgid  appear- 
ance. Before  apjDlying,  wash  the  face  with  soft  water,  we  have 
heard,  that  if  used  once  a day  it  will  beautify  the  face,  pre- 
serve the  freshness  of  youth,  and  give  a surprising  brilliancy  to 
I the  skin. 

RECEIPTS  FOR  TOOTH  POWDERS,  ETC. 

Aromatic  Tooth  Powder.  — Take  finely  powdered  chalk,  two 
arachms,  pure  starch,  two  drachms,  myrrh,  two  drachms,  ginger 
half  drachm,, cuttle-fish  bones,  two  drachms;  flower  of  lavender, 
and  sugar  at  pleasure,  and  mix  well  together. 


T6 


EECEIPTS. 


Obi,mpnor  Paste.— Take  1 ounce  of  boil  ammoniac,  4 dracbms 
of  camp  nor;  let  the  above  be  very  finely  powdered,  then  mix 
it  with  sufficient  honey  to  make  it  into  a smooth  paste,  tritu- 
rate it  until  entirely  smooth.  This  is  a most  excellent  paste  for 
preserving  and  beautifying  the  teeth. 

Preservative  Tincture  for  the  Teeth  and  Gums.— 
Take  4 drahms  of  camphor,  1 ounce  of  tincture  of  myrrh,  1 
ounce  of  tincture  of  bark,  and  1 ounce  of  rectified  spirits  of 
wine;  mix  them,  and  put  30  or  40  drops  in  a wine-glass  of  water. 
Pour  a little  of  this  upon  your  brush  before  you  apply  it  to  the 
powder,  and  when  the  teeth  are  clean,  wash  the  mouth,  teeth, 
and  gums,  with  the  remainder.  It  will  in  ordinary  cases  prevent 
toothache. 

Powerfully  Cleansing  Dentiflce  — Take  fine  powder  of  pu- 
mice-stone, 4 drachms,  fine  powder  of  cuttle-fish  bone,  4 drachms; 
add  one  scruple  of  sub-carbonate  of  soda;  mix  them  well  to- 
gether, color  and  scent  according  to  taste,  and  then  pass  it 
through  a fine  sieve. 

Stimulating*  Eye  "Water. — Brandy,  2 drachms,  water,  1 ounce. 
If  it  be  not  sufficiently  strong,  add  a little  more  brandy;  if,  upon 
getting  under  the  eye-lid,  a slight  pain  is  caused,  it  is  strong 
enough;  if  acute  pain,  it  is  too  strong.  Or,  take  3 grains  of  the 
acetate  of  zinc,  2i  ounces  of  rose-water,  3^  ounces  of  distilled 
water:  mix. 

Chapped  Lips.— Put  a J of  an  ounce  each  of  benjamin,  storax, 
and  spermaceti,  *two-penny worth  of  alkanet  root,  a large  juicy 
apple  chopped,  a bunch  of  black  grapes  bruised,  a J of  a pound 
of  fresh  butter,  and  2 ounces  of  bees- wax,  into  a new  tin  sauce- 
pan. Simmer  gently  till  the  wax,  etc.,  are  dissolved,  and  then 
strain  it  through  a linen  cloth.  When  cold,  melt  it  again,  and 
pour  it  into  small  pots  or  boxes. 

Bad  Breath.  Take  5 to  10  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  in  half 
a tumbler  of  spring  water,  a little  lemon  juice,  and  loaf  sugar 
rubbed  on  lemon  peel  to  flavor  it  to  suit  the  palate.  Let  thi® 
mixture  be  taken  three  times  a day  for  a month  or  six  weeK% 
and  if  useful,  then  continued  occasionally.  It  is  a pleasant  re- 
u'igerant  and  tonic  di’aught. 

Chilblain  Lotion.— Take  liquor  plumbi  acetatis,  1 ounce,  i 
a pint  of  cold  water,  add  1 glass  of  good  brandy  or  rum.  Mix, 
until  it  becomes  of  a uniform  white.  Apply  the  lotion  with 
linen  several  times  a day. 

Infallible  Corn  Plaster. — Take  3 ounces  of  gum  ammoniac, 
2 ounces  of  yellow  wax,  6 drachms  of  verdigris;  mix  them  to- 
gether, and  spread  the  composition  on  a piece  of  linen  or  soft 


BECEIPTS. 


77 


leather,  first  rubbing  down  the  corn  with  an  instrument  like  a 
file;  it  is  to  be  purchased  at  most  chemists.  A file  not  to  coarse 
will,  however,  answer  the  same  purpose.  Let  the  plaster  be  re- 
newed in  a fortnight,  if  necessary. 

Bath  of  Modesty.  —Take  4 ounces  of  sweet  almonds,  peelea. 
1 pound  of  pine-apple  kernels,  1 pound  of  elecampane,  10  hands- 
ful  of  linseed,  1 ounce  of  marsh  mallow  roots,  1 ounce  of  white 
lily  roots.  Pound  all  these  till  reduced  to  a paste,  and  tie  it  up 
in  several  small  bags,  which  are  to  be  thrown  into  a tepid  bath, 
and  pressed  until  the  water  becomes  milky.  A more  simple  me- 
thod of  preparing  a bath  of  this  kind,  is  given  by  M.  Moreau  de 
la  Sarthe,  who  says,  it  is  sufficient  to  throw  into  the  bath  a suffi- 
cient quantity  of  almonds  made  into  a paste,  to  give  the  water  a 
milky  appeai’ance. 

Milk  of  Houseleek.— Beat  a quantity  of  houseleek  in  a marble 
mortar,  squeeze  out  the  juice  and  clarify  it.  When  you  want  to 
use  it,  pour  a few  drops  of  rectified  spirit  on  the  juice,  and  it 
will  instantly  turn  milky.  It  is  a very  efficacious  remedy  for  a 
pimpled  face,  and  preserves  the  skin  soft  and  smooth. 

Virgin  Milk,— Take  equal  parts  of  gum  benzoin  andstyrax, 
dissolve  in  a sufficient  quantity  of  spirits  of  wine,  the  spirits  will 
then  become  a reddish  tincture,  and  exhale  a very  fragrant  smell. 
Some  people  add  a little  balm  of  Gilead.  Drop  a few  drops  into 
a glass  of  clear  water,  and  by  stiring  the  water,  it  instantly 
changes  milky.  Ladies  use  it  successfully  to  clear  the  com- 
plexion. 

Cosmetic  Juice. — Make  a hole  in  a lemon,  fill  it  with  sugar 
candy,  and  close  it  with  leaf  gold,  applied  over  the  rind  that  was 
cut  out;  then  roast  the  lemon  in  hot  ashes.  When  desirous  of 
using  the  juice,  squeeze  out  a little  through  the  hole  already 
made,  and  with  it  wash  the  face  with  a napkin.  This  juice  is 
said  to  cleanse  the  skin  and  brighten  the  complexion  woiidm-fully. 

Almond  Paste  for  the  Hands.  —Take  1 pound  of  sweet  al- 
monds, a J of  a pound  of  bread  crumbs,  a pint  of  spring 
water,  J pint  of  brandy,  and  the  yolks  of  two  eggs.  Pound  tha 
almonds  with  a few  drops  of  vinegar  or  water,  to  prevent  thc= 
oiling,  add  the  crumbs  of  bread,  which  moisten  with  the  braiui 
as  you  mix  it  with  the  almonds  and  the  yolks  of  eggs.  Set  thit 
mixture  over  a slow  fire,  and  stir  it  continually,  or  it  will  adhere 
to  the  vessel. 

Almond  Paste  for  Chapped  Hands,  and  which  will  p e- 
serve  them  smooth  by  const  nt  Use. — Mix  a quarter  of  a 
pound  of  unsalted  hog’s-lard,  which  has  been  washed  in  common, 
and  then  in  rose-water,  with  the  yolks  of  two  new-laid  eggs,  and 
a large  spoonful  of  honey.  Add  as  much  paste  from  almonds 
(well  pounded  in  a mortar)  as  will  work  it  into  a paste. 


78 


KECEIPTS. 


Infallible  cure  for  the  Tooth-ache. --Take  alum,  reduced  to 
an  impalpable  powder,  2 drachms;  nitreous  spirits  of  ether,  7 
drachms.  Mix  and  apply  them  to  the  tooth.  This  is  said  to  be 
an  infallible  cure  for  all  kinds  of  Tooth-ache  (unless  the  disease 
is  connected  with  rheumatism.) 

Musk  Soap. — Take  2 ounces  of  marsh  mallow  roots,  cleaned 
and  dried  in  the  shade,  reduce  them  to  powder,  add  one-half  an 
ounce  of  starch,  do.  of  flour,  3 drachms  of  fresh  pine-apple  ker- 
nels, 1 ounce  of  orange  pippins,  1 ounce  of  oil  of  tartar,  and  of 
oil  of  almonds,  and  a one-quarter  of  a drachm  of  musk.  Reduce 
the  diy  ingredients  to  a very  fine  powder,  and  to  each  ounce  of 
powder  add  one-half  an  ounce  of  Florence  iris.  Then  steep  4 
ounces  of  fresh  roots,  in  orange-flower  watei^  let  them  stand  a 
night,  squeeze  them  well,  and  with  the  mucilage  that  comes  from 
them,  make  a paste  with  the  powder.  Let  this  paste  dry  and 
mould  it  into  round  balls.  Nothing  makes  the  hands  softer  or 
v'hiter. 


Lotion  of  Arnica  fcr  Bruises,  Sprains  &c,— Take  one 
ounce  of  arnica  flowers  dried  and  put  them  in  a wide-mouthed 
bottle;  pour  just  enough  scalding  water  over  them  to  moisten 
them  and  afterwards  about  one  pint  spirits  of  wine.  In  case  of 
burns  or  buises,  &c.,  wet  a cloth  in  the  arnica  and  lay  it  on  the 
part  afiiected ; renew  the  application  occasionally,  and  the  pain 
will  soon  be  removed. 

Instantaneous  Pain  Siller.— Take  aqua-ammonia,  sulphuric 
ether  and  alcohol  equal  parts,  and  apply  over  the  pain. 

Camphor  Ointment. — Camphor  finely  powdered  one  ounce, 
lard  two  ounces.  Mix.  It  is  designed  to  ripen  indolent  tumors* 

Salve  for  Sore  Breasts. — Take  one  pound  tobacco,  one 
pound  of  spikenard,  oiie-lialf  pound  of  cumfrey,  and  boil  them 
in  three-quarter  chamber-lye  till  almost  dry,  squeeze  out  the 
juice,  add  to  it  pitch  and  bees-wax,  and  simmer  it  over  a mod  or- 
ate heat  to  the  consistance  of  salve.  Apply  it  to  the  parts  afl:o‘3t 
ed  when  cold. 


Poultice  for  a Fester. — Boil  bread  in  lees  of  strong  beer, 
apply  the  poultice  in  the  general  manner.  This  has  saved  many 
a limb  from  amputation. 


Ca^ustie  for  Corns. — Take  of  liquid  tirchloride  of  antiiaony 
and  tincture  of  iodine  or  each  two  drachms  avoirdupois;  p^otio- 
dide  of  iron  seven  grains,  mix  and  ]7r8serve  it  in  a weU  stoppered 
phial.  Applied  with  care;  two  or  four  applications  are  said  to 
effect  a cure. 


Wash  for  Imflamed  Eyes, — Take  ten  drops  extract  of 


EECEIPTS. 


79 


lead  (the  liquor  of  acetate  of  lead)  distilled  vinegar  two  drachms, 
distilled  water  4 ounces.  This  is  an  excellent  wash  for  weak  eyes. 

Treatment  of  Styes. — A stye  is  a small  boil  which  projects 
from  the  eyelid  much  imflamed  and  very  painful.  The  applica- 
tion ot  ice  to  the  part  will  sometime  check  it  in  the  beginning. 
Apply  a poultice  of  linseed  meal,  or  bread  and  milk,  and  take 
at  the  same  time  an  aperient.  If  the  stye  is  ripe,  puncture  it 
and  then  apply  a mild  ointment. 

To  Remove  Warts. — A daily  application  of  either  of  the 
three  folio \viiig  remedies  is  effective  in  dispersing  warts:  Touch 
the  wart  with  a little  nitrate  of  silver  (lunar  caustic)  or  wdth  ni- 
tric acid  or  aromatic  vinegar.  The  lunar  caustic  produces  a 
black  and  the  nitric  acid  a yellow  stain,  which  passes  off  in  a 
a short  time,  the  vinegar  scarcely  discolors  the  skin.  Sparks  of 
fractional  electricity  repeated  daily  by  applying  the  wort  to  the 
conductor  of  an  electrical  machine,  have  been  also  successfully 
employed  as  a cure  for  these  troublesome  and  unsightly  excresc- 
ences. 

To  Cure  Soft  Corns.  —Dip  a piece  of  linen  rag  in  turpen- 
tine and  wrap  round  the  toe  on  which  the  corn  is  situated, 
night  and  morning.  The  relief  will  be  almost  immediate,  and 
and  in  a few  days  the  corn  will  disappear. 

To  Cure  Hard  Corns.— Bind  them  up  at  night  with  arnica. 
In  the  morning  cut  off  a small  piece  of  lemon,  nick  it  so  as  to 
let  in  the  toe  with  the  corn,  tie  this,  and  by  night  you  will  find 
that  v/ith  a blunt  knife  jmu  can  remove  a considerable  portion 
of  the  corn  by  two  or  three  application  the  corn  will  be  cured. 

Sau  de  Cologne.— Take  38  drops  of  essence  of  edral.  38 
drops  of  bergamote,  60  drops  of  orange,  38  drops  of  citron,  32 
drops  of  neroli,  28  drops  of  Romain,  26  drops  of  meline,  1 pint 
of  spirits  of  wine,  30  degrees  above  proof;  mix  and  distil. 

To  Remove  Hair  from  the  Nostrils.— Take  some  very  fine 
and  clean  wmod  ashes;  dilute  them  with  a little  water,  and  with 
the  finger  rub  some  of  the  mixture  within  the  nostrils.  The 
hair  will  be  removed  without  causing  the  least  pain.  The  hairs 
of  the  nostrils,  like  those  of  the  entrance  of  the  ear,  ought  not  to 
be  removed,  unless  troublesome  or  unseemly;  they  are  the  prin- 
cipal safeguards  against  the  intrusion  of  insects,  which  might 
ot'ierwise  insinuate  themselves  into  these  delicate  passages,  to 
the  great  annoyance  and  danger  of  the  individual  thus  invaded. 

Another  Depilatory, —The  following  directions  are  laid  down  by 
a French  author  to  remove  superfluous  hair  either  from  the  fore- 
head, or  too  long  on  the  back  of  the  hands,  round  the  wrists  and 
arms,  and  in  the  nostrils  and  other  parts.  Take  polypody  of  the 


80 


IffidirPTSL’ 


oak,  and  cut  and  split  it  into  small  pieces.  Put  it  into  a cucur- 
bite,  pour  some  white  wine  upon  it  until  it  be  covered  the  length 
of  a finger,  and  let  it  digest  in  balneum  mariae  for  twenty- tour 
hours;  then  distil  it  with  boiling  water,  until  nothing  more  comes 
over  into  the  receiver.  The  method  of  using  the  fluid  is  by  dip- 
ping a linen  rag  in  it,  and  then  applying  the  same  on  the  back 
of  the  hand,  or  other  parts,  and  letting  it  remain  there  all  night; 
repeating  the  operation  until  the  hair  falls.  The  distilled  water 
of  the  leaves  and  roots  of  chelidony,  applied  as  above,  has  the 
same  property.  And  the  oil  of  nuts  rubbed  often  on  the  head 
of  children  prevents  the  hair  from  growing. 

A Powder  for  Preserving  the  Hair.— The  following  powder 
has  the  name  at  least  of  facilitating  the  regeneration  of  the  hair, 
and  strengthening  its  roots.  Still  more  valuable  properties  have 
been  ascribed  to  it, — such  as  that  of  rousing  the  imagination  to 
vigorous  efforts,  and  strengthening  the  memory,  — delightful  pro- 
perties, ii  they  could  be  realized  by  such  simple  means ! Take 
an  ounce  and  a half  of  red  roses;  a small  quantity  each  of  cala- 
mus aromaticus  (sweet-scented  flag)  and  of  the  long  cyperus;  an 
ounce  of  benzoin;  six  drachms  of  aloes  (the  wood  of;)  half  an 
ounce  of  red  coral,  and  the  same  quantity  of  amber;  four  ounces 
of  bean  flower,  and  eight  ounces  of  the  root  of  Florentine  iris. 
Let  the  whole  be  mixed  together,  and  reduced  to  a very  fine 
powder,  to  which  add  a few  grains  of  musk.  This  powder  we 
presume  is  intended  to  be  sprinkled  on  the  hair  in  the  same 
manner  as  hair  powder  is  generally  used,  and  having  remained 
for  a time  embedded  with  the  hair,  to  be  removed  by  means  of 
comb  and  brush;  and  to  be  occasionally  applied  and  removed. 
It  is  said  to  regenerate  the  hair,  and  strengthen  the  roots,  and 
to  possess  the  properties  which  are  above  enumerated. 

To  make  the  Hair  Grow,  and  Prevent  it  from  Pal- 
ling.— The  following  recipes  are  selected  from  a work  published 
some  years  ago  in  Paris,  entitled,  ‘Manuel  Cosmetique  des 
Plantes.’  Take  the  roots  of  youngvines,  the  roots  of  hemp,  and 
young  cabbages,  of  each  two  handsful — diy,  and  then  burn 
them — make  afterwards  a lye  with  ashes;  before  the  head  is 
washed  with  this  lye,  it  must  be  rubbed  with  honey;  and  con- 
tinue both  for  three  successive  days.  This  will  not  only  make 
the  hair  grow,  but  restore  it  upon  bald  places,  under  certain 
habits  and  constitutions  of  body.  Pulverize  some  parsley  seed, 
and  use  it  as  hair-powder  for  three  nights  at  the  commence- 
ment of  the  year,  and  it  will  prevent  your  hair  from  falling. 

To  make  the  Hair  grow  quick, — Dip  every  morning  the  teeth  of 
your  comb  in  the  juice  of  nettles,  and  comb  the  hair  against  the 
grain.  Others  after  having  shaved  their  heads,  make  fomenta- 
tions with  wormwood,  sage,  betony,  vervain,  maijoram,  myrrh, 
roses,  dill,  moss  of  the  and  rosemaiy. 


81 


Wasli  a la  Marie  Antoinette. — Take  half  a dozen  lemons 
and  cut  them  in  small  slices,  a small  handful  of  the  leaves  of 
white  lilies,  and  southernwood,  and  infuse  them  in  two  quarts 
of  cow’s  milk,  with  an  ounce  and  a-half  of  white  sugar,  and  an 
ounce  of  rock-alum.  These  are  directed  to  be  distilled  in  bal- 
neum marine.  The  face,  at  bed-times,  is  to  be  rubbed  with  this 
water;  and  it  is  said  that  it  gives  a beautiful  lustre  to  the  com- 
plexion. It  is  a safe  application,  and  its  effects  are  certain. 

Pomatum  for  the  Skin. — Take  oil  of  white  poppy  seed,  and  of 
the  fine  cold  seeds,  each  a gill;  spermaceti  three  quarters  of  an 
ounce;  white  wax,  an  ounce;  mix  them,  secundum  artes,  into  a 
pomatum. 

Paint  for  the  Face. — To  one  part  of  Venice  talc,  in  powder,  add 
two  j)arts  of  the  oil  of  camphor;  let  them  digest  fn  a sand-bath 
till  the  whole  becomes  very  white. 

Salve  which  may  he  used  as  Paint. — Take  four  ounces  of  very 
white  wax,  five  ounces  of  oil  of  bitter  almonds,  one  ounce  of 
very  pure  spermaceti,  one  ounce  and  a half  of  white  lead  wash- 
ed in  rose-water,  and  half  ounce  of  camphor.  Mix  the  whole  up 
into  a salve,  which  may  be  preferred  to  all  other  white. 

i?ou(7e. —Take  French  chalk  prepared,  four  ounces;  oil  of  al- 
monds, two  drachms;  carmine,  one  ounce. 

Liquid  Rouge.— A.  liquid  rouge  to  produce  a perfect  imitation 
of  the  colors  of  nature  may  be  made  as  follows: — Add  to  a pint 
of  French  brandy,  halt  an  ounce  of  benzoin,  an  ounce  of  red 
sandal  wood,  half  an  ounce  of  Brazil  wood,  and  the  same  quan- 
tity of  rock  alum.  Cork  the  bottle  with  care,  skake  it  well  once 
a day,  and  at  the  end  of  twelve  days  it  will  be  fit  for  use.  The 
cheeks  are  to  be  lightly  touched  with  it. 

Turkish  method  of  Preparing  Carmine. — Infuse  during  three  or 
four  days,  in  a large  jar  filled  with  white  wine  vinegar,  a pound 
of  Brazil  wood,  shavings  of  Femambucca,  having  first  beaten 
them  to  a coarse  powder:  boil  them  afterwards  for  half  an  hour; 
then  strain  off  the  liquor  through  a coarse  linen  cloth,  set  it 
again  upon  the  fire,  and,  having  dissolved  half  a pound  of  alum 
in  white  wine  vinegar,  mix  both  liquors  together  and  stir  the 
mixture  well  with  a spatula.  The  scum  that  rises  is  the  carmine; 
skim  it  off  carefully,  and  dry  it  for  use. 

A fragrant  Quid.— Take  gum  fragaranth  and  cashoo,  enough 
of  each  to  make  a ball  about  the  size  of  a filbert;  scent  it  with 
Cologne  water,  oil  of  bergamot,  ambergris,  or  any  other  agree- 
able perfume.  Keep  a quid  made  in  this  manner  always  in  youi 
mouth,  when  you  want  your  breath  sweet;  or,  you  may  chew 
occasionally  a bit  of  the  root  of  Florentine  iris,  or  gum  mastic; 


82 


RECEIPTS. 


or  wash  the  mouth  frequently,  as  already  observed,  with  the 
tincture  of  myrrh;  or,  at  night  going  to  bed,  chew  a piece  of  fine 
myrrh,  about  the  size  of  a small  nut;  or  every  night  and  morn- 
ing a clove;  or  about  the  size  of  a small  bean  "of  burnt  alum;  or, 
take  good  old  port,  1 pint;  best  red  bark,  one-half  ounce;  white 
wine,  one-half  pint,  cloves,  bruised.  No.  3.  Let  them  stand  for 
a week.  Take  a wine  glassful  going  to  bed.  This  is  also  an 
excellent  remedy  for  loose,  spongy,  and  scorbutic  gums,  decayed 
teeth,  &c. 

Mixture  for  Rotten  Teeth. — Make  a balsam  with  a suffi- 
cient quantity  of  honey,  two  scruples  of  myrrh  in  fine  powder, 
a scruple  of  gum  juniper,  and  ten  grains  of  roche-alum.  A xoor- 
tion  to  be  applied  frequently  to  the  decayed  teeth. 

To  Whiten  and  Boantify  the  Teeth. —Take  gum  tragacanth,! 
ounce;  pumice  stone,  2 drachms;  gum  arabic,  one-ounce,  cream 
of  tartar,  1 ounce.  Bissolve  the  gums  in  rose  water,  and,  adding 
to  it  the  jiowder,  form  the  whole  into  little  sticks,  which  are  to 
be  dried  slowl}^  in  the  shade,  and  afterwards  kept  for  use. 

For  Watery  and  Iiiflamed  Eyes.— Foment  frequently  with 
decoction  of  x>ox3py  heads;  when  the  irritation  and  inflammation 
occur,  a tea-spoonful  of  cognac  brandy,  in  four  ounces  of  spring 
water,  may  be  used  three  or  four  times  in  the  course  of  the  day 
as  a strengthening  lotion. 

Poultice  for  Moisten  Eyes.— Take  half  a pint  of  alum  and  mix 
with  it  a sufficient  quantity  of  powdered  red  rose  leaves  to  give 
it  a proper  consistence.  Applied  over  the  eyes  between  gauze, 
it  is  an  excellent  gently  astringent  lotion  for  watery  and  weak 
eyes,  and  admirably  cools  and  represses  defluxions.  A little  of 
the  juice  of  rue.  mix  with  clarified  honey,  dropped  now  and  then 
into  the  eyes,  is  used  with  the  same  intention. 

Blacken  Eye-lashes  and  Eyebrows.— The  simple  prepara- 
tions for  this  jDurpose  are  the  juice  of  elderberries;  burnt  cork, 
or  cloves  burnt  at  the  candle.  Some  employ  the  black  of  frank- 
incense, resin,  and  mastic;  this  black,  it  is  said,  will  not  come 
off  with  x)ersi)iration. 

Wash  to  Blacken  Eyebrows. —Wash  the  eyebrows  previously 
with  the  decoction  of  galls,  then  rub  them  with  a brush  dipped 
in  the  solution  of  green  vitriol,  and  let  them  dry.  A little  gum 
may  be  added  to  the  last. 

To  Improve  the  Skin.— Take  two  ounces  of  Venice  soap,  and 
dissolve  it  in  two  ounces  of  lemon  juice.  Add  one  ounce  of  the 
oil  of  bitter  almonds,  and  a like  quantity  of  the  oil  of  tartar. 
Mix  the  wffiole  and  stir  it  well  till  it  has  acquired  the  consistence 
of  soap;  and  use  it  as  such  for  the  hands.  The  paste  of  sweet 


EECEIPrfe. 


S3 


almonds,  which  contains  an  oil  fit  for  keeping  the  skin  soft  and 
elastic,  and  removing  indurations,  may  be  beneficiallj’’  applied 
to  the  hands  and  arms. 

For  Chilblains. — Take  spirit  of  turpentine,  1 ounce;  balsam  of 
Copayva,  1 ounce;  mix  them  together,  and  rub  the  afflicted  parts 
two  or  three  times  a day  with  a portion  of  it. 

Sharing  Li'q[uid.— Many  prepare  it  for  themselves,  200  per  cent, 
cheaper  than  they  can  buy  it,  by  dissolving  a quantity  of  the 
best  Spanish  soap  in  sj)irits  of  wine,  any  common  spirit,  when 
the  liquid  will  be  formed,  of  a fine  transparency,  and  of  a some- 
what gelatinous  consistence. 

Transparent  Soap.— Thisjmay  be  made  by  slowly  and  carefully 
evaporating  the  above  solution,  which  will  leave  a beautiful  mass 
of  pure  soap.  It  is  not  indeed  so  cheap,  but  it  pleases  the  fancy 
of  some  better  than  articles  procured  at  less  expense.  The  more 
creamy  the  lathe  is,  and  the  less  watery  and  forthy,  the  better; 
as  in  that  state  the  alkali  is  in  a fitter  state  for  crisping  the 
beard,  but  this  can  only  be  done  with  very  hot  water. 

Aromatic  bath  for  the  Feet- Take  penny-royal,  sage,  and 
rosemary,  four  handsful,  angelica  three  handsful;  juniper  berries, 
four  ounce;  boil  these  ingredients  in  a sufficient  quantity  of 
water,  and  strain  off  the  liquor  for  use  at  the  requisite  tempera- 
ture. 

A Cosmetic  Bath. — Take  two  pounds  of  Barley, or  bean  flour, 
or  meal;  eight  pounds  of  bran,  and  a few  handsful  of  borage 
leaves.  Boil  these  ingredients  in  a sufficient  quantity  of  spring 
water.  This  both  cleanses  and  softens  the  skin  in  a superior 
degree.  But  the  most  celebrated  baths  are  those  of  asses’  milk. 
The  ancient  authors  have  immortalized  the  memory  of  the  fifty- 
three  sh  e-asses,  which  for  this  purpose,  accompanied  the  train 
of  the  celebrated  Paphaea. 

A Kalydor  for  the  Complexion.— Take  emulsion  of  bitter  al- 
monds, 1 pint;  oxymuriate  of  quicksilver,  2 and  one-half  pints; 
sal  ammonia,  1 drachm.  A w^ash  for  pimples,  freckle-tanned 
complexions,  or  scurf  on  the  skin.  To  be  used  moderately  by 
means  of  a sponge,  after  washing  the  face  and  hands  with  soft- 
soap  and  warm  water. 

Sweet  Scented  bag  to  wear  in  the  Pocket  — Take  thin  Per- 
sian and  make  it  into  little  bags  about  four  inches  wide,  in  the  form 
of  an  oblong  square.  Rub  the  insides  slightly  with  a little  civet, 
then  fill  them  with  coarse  powder  a la  Marechale,  or  any  other 
odoriferous  powder — to  which  may  be  added  a few  cloves,  with 
a little  yellow  Sanders  beaten  small,  and  sew  up  the  mouths  of 


81 


KEOEIPTS. 


A mol  evaporating  Aromatic  Lotion  for  the  Face,  Hands 
rtlld  Neck. — Take  spirits  of  lavender,  1 ounce;  rose-water,  1 
pint;  distilled  water,  one-half  pint. 

Ferfaiiie  for  Glores.  -Take  ambergris,  1 drachm;  civet,  1 
drachm;  orange-flower  water,  one-qiiarter  ounce.  Mix  these  in^ 
gredients  well,  and  rub  them  into  tlie  gloves  with  fine  cotton 
W'ool,  pressing  the  perfume  into  them. 

Freiicli  Lip  Salve.  --  Lard,  2G  oz.,  white  wax  2 oz.;  nitre  and 
alum  in  fine  pow^der,  of  each  one-half  oz.,  alkanet  to  color. 

German  Lip  Salve, -Butter  of  cacao  one-half  oz.,  bil  of  al- 
monds one-quarter  oz  ; melt  together  with  a gentle  heat,  and 
add  six  drops  of  essence  of  lemon. 

YflsiteFace  Salve.  -One  of  most  innocent  kind  is  prepared 
from  V enetian  talc,  or  French  chalk,  finely  levigated.  These  are 
sometimes  calcined,  to  increase  their  wiiiteness;  but  this  dimin- 
ishes their  unctuosity  and  adhesiveness.  Digestion  v/ith  vine- 
gar, and  subsequent  washing,  are  practised  for  the  same  purpose. 

Shaving  Powder.  — Ivlelt  in  a water  bath  2 pound  of  wiiite  soap 
with  1 ounce  of  powdered  spermaceti  and  one-quarter  of  chlo- 
rate of  potash  dissolved  in  a little  water,  or  rose-water.  Pour 
the  liquified  soap  into  a shallow  mould;  wiien  solidified  shave 
it  fine,  and  dry  as  aboA^e. 

Shaving  Paste.— 1.  Melt  together  1 dr.  each  of  spermaceti, 
white  wax,  and  almond  oil;  beat  it  up  with  2 oz.  of  the  best 
Avliite  soap,  and  a little  lavender  or  Cologne  w^ater.  2.  White 
soft  soap  4 oz.,  powdered  Castile  soap  1 oz.,  oil  of  olives  or  al- 
monds one-quarter  oz. 

Shaving  Liquid.— Essence  of  soap.  1.  White  soap  3 oz.,  proof 
spirits  oz.,  distilled  water  4 oz.,  carbonate  of  potash  1 dr.,  eS' 
sence  of  lemon  q.  s.  Dissolve  the  soap  wdthout  heat,  and  add 
the  potash  and  essence. 

White  Metal.  -This  is  a splendid  article  for  spoons,  castors, 
ornaments,  and  in  short  articles  of  every  description.  It  closely 
resembles  silver,  and  may  be  used  with  great  profit  by  the  manu- 
facture of  an  infinite  A^ariety  of  commercial  articles  of  almost 
every  description.  The  alloy  is  10  oz.  of  lead,  6 oz.  of  bismuth, 

4 drachms  of  antimony,  8 oz.  of  brass,  and  10  oz.  of  block  tin, 
all  melted  together.  This  can  be  run  into  moulds  or  hammered 
into  any  shape,  as  it  is  perfectly  mailei^ible. 

Imitation  Pure  Silver -So  perfect  in  its  resemblance  th^t  no 
chemist  living  can  detect  it  from  pure  virgin  silver.  It  is  all 
melted  together  in  a crucible.  Quarter  of  an  oz.  of  copper,  2 oz. 
of  brass,  3 oz.  of  pure  silver,  1 oz,  of  bismuth,  2 oz.  of  saltpetre, 


BECEIPTS.  85 

oz.  of  common  salt,  1 oz.  of  arsenic,  1 oz.  of  potasli.  Add  a 
little  boraz  to  make  it  run  eas}^ 

^Yriting*  Inks.  - Rimge’s  Black  Writing  Fluid. — Boil  logwood 
22  lb.,  in  enough  water  to  yield  14  gallons  of  decoction.  To 
1000  parts  of  this  decoction,  when  cold,  add  one  part  of  chro- 
mate of  potash.  The  mixt  ure  is  to  be  well  stirred.  The  propoi  - 
tioiis  are  to  be  caretuliy  observed,  and  the  \ ellow  chromate,  net 
the  bichromate,  employed.  (This  ink  is  said  to  possess  some 
'great  advantages,  to  adhere  strongly  to  })aper,  so  that  it  can 
neither  be  washed  off  hy  wiiter,  nor  even  altered  by  weak  acids; 
to  form  no  deposit:  and  not  to  be  in  the  least  acted  upon  by 
steel. 

Beclpt  to  isiake  one  Barrel  of  Soap  .-Dissolve  15  lb.  of  bar 
so.ip  in  15  gallons  of  boiling  v.  atcr,  and  let  it  get  cold.  Cut  up  the 
soap  in  slices.  YV^hen  cold  it  will  ])e  thick  like  jelly.  Dissolve 
15  lb.  of  sal  soda  in  15  gallons  more  of  boiling  water,  which  will 
take  3 minutes,  then  add  to  this  composition  6 lb.  of  unslacked 
lime;  let  these  articles  boil  together  20  minutes.  When  cold 
and  settled,  turn  off  this  fluiil  and  stir  it  up  with  the  soap,  be 
carefiil  not  to  disturb  the  sediment,  then  add  three  pints  of  al- 
cohol, and  stir  all  these  articles  together. 

Note.  — Tills  i.s  the  receipt  used  for  the  President’s  bouse  at 
Y/ashington,  improved  by  lurti  er  experiments.  It  is  said  to 
look  as  well  mul  last  as  long  ;isoil  paint,  on  wood,  brick  or  stone. 

Exeelleiit  Hie^ip  Whl leiyasll.  Slack  the  lime  as  usual,  except 
tiiat  the  water  used  slioiilvl  1).^  hot.  and  neiirly  saturated  with 
s-;ilt;  then  stir  in  four  handstul  of  ffne  sand,  to  make  it  thick  like 
cream.  Coloring  matter  can  be  added  to  both,  making  a liglit 
stone  color,  or  a light  buff’. 

Bandoline.  -1,  Simmer  an  ounce  of  quince-seed  in  a quart  of 
water  for  forty  minutes;  strain,  cool,  add  a few  drops  of  scent, 
and  bottle,  corking  tightly.  2.  Take  of  gum  tragacanth  one  and 
a-half  drachm;  water,  half  a pint  rectified  spirits  mixed  with 
an  equal  quantity  of  water,  three  ounces;  and  a little  scent. 
Let  tiie  mixture  stand  for  a day  or  two,  then  strain.  3.  It  may 
1)8  made  of  Iceland  moss,  a quarter  of  an  ounce  boiled  in  a quart  of 
Aveffer,  and  a little  rectified  spirit  added,  so  that  it  may  keep. 

Htiekiug’  Plaster.  -Stretch  a inece  of  black  silk  on  a wooden 
frame,  and  apply  dissolved  isinglass  to  one  side  of  it  with  a 
brush,  Ijet  it  dry;  repeat  process,  aed  then  cover  it  with  ^ 
strong  tincture  of  balsam  of  Peru. 

Freiiell  P.Jinatum.  -Lard,  four  ounces;  honey,  four  ounces; 
best  olive  oil,  two  ounces,  Melt  the  above  together,  and  let  it 
stand  till  cold,  v/hen  the  honey  will  sink  to  the  bottom;  then 


86 


KECEIPTS. 


melt  it  once  again  without  the  honey.  Scent  it  with  a quarter 
of  ounce  of  essence  of  hitter  almonds,  put  in  with  the  liquid 
after  the  second  melting,  essence  of  jessamine,  or  otto  of  roses, 

Sliampoo,-— Bay  rum  one  pint,  tincture  of  cantharides  one 
drachm,  carbonate  of  ammonia  one-half  drachm,  salts  tartar  one- 
half  drachm;  mix. 

To  Renioye  Tan, — An  excellent  wash  to  remove  tan  is  called 
Creme  del'  Enclos^  and  is  thus  made:  New  milk,  half  pint; 
lemon  juice,  one-quarter  ounce;  white  brandy,  half  ounce.  Boil 
the  whole,  and  skim  it  clear  from  all  scum.  Use  it  night  and 
morning. 

ToUemove  Black  Specks  or  ^‘Fleshworms.^^- Sometimes 
little  black  specks  appear  about  the  base  of  the  nose,  or  on  the 
forehead,  or  in  the  hollow  of  the  chin,  which  are  called  flesh- 
worms,  and  are  occasioned  by  coagulated  lymph  that  obstructs 
the  pores  of  the  skin.  They  may  be  squeezed  out  by  pressing 
the  skin,  and  ignorant  people  suj^pose  them  to  be  little  worms. 
They  are  permanently  removed  by  washing  with  warm  water, 
and  severe  friction  with  a towel,  and  then  applying  a little  of  the 
following  preparation:  Liquor  of  potassa,  one  ounce;  cologne,, 
two  ounces;  white  brandy,  four  ounces. 

French  Face  Wash.  Take  equal  parts  of  the  seeds  of  the 
melon  pumpkin,  gourd  and  cucumber,  pounded  till  they  are  re- 
duced  to  powder;  add  to  it  sufficient  fresh  cream  to  dilute  th6 
flour,  and  then  add  milk  enough  to  reduce  the  whole  to  a thiy 
paste.  Add  a grain  of  musk,  and  a few  drops  of  the  oil  of  lemon. 
Anoint  the  face  with  this,  leave  it  on  twenty  or  thirty  minutes, 
or  overnight  if  convenient,  and  wash  ofi:  with  warm  water.  It 
gives  a remarkable  purity  and  brightness  to  the  complexion.  Im 
fuse  a handful  of  well  sifted  wheat  bran  for  four  hours  in  white 
wine  vinegar;  add  to  it  five  yolks  of  eggs  and  two  grains  of  musk,, 
and  distil  the  whole.  Bottle  it,  keex^  carefully  corked,  fifteen 
days,  when  it  will  be  fit  for  use.  Apply  it  overnight,  and  wash 
in  the  morning  with  tepid  water. 

Preyent  Hair  from  Falling  Out, — Boxwood  shavings,  6 oz. ; 
proof  spirit,  12  oz. ; spirits  of  rosemary,  2 oz.;  spirits  of  nut- 
megs one-half  oz. 

Spanish  Whiteness* — Infuse  wheat-bran,  well  sifted,  for  four^ 
hours  in  white  vinegar;  add  to  it  five  3^0] ks  of  eggs  and  two 
grains  of  ambergris,  and  distil  the  whole,  iv  should  be  care, 
fflily  corked  for  twelve  or  fi.f teen  days,  when  it  will  be  fit  for  use. 

Wash  for  the  Skin. — Distil  two  handfuls  of  jessamine  flowers 
in  a quart  of  rose-water  and  a quart  of  orange- water.  Strain 
through  porous  paper,  and  add  a scruple  of  musk  and  a scuple 
of  ambergris. 


RECEIPTS. 


87 


To  Remove  Pimples.— There  are  many  kinds  of  pimples, 
some  of  which  partake  almost  of  the  nature  of  ulcers,  which  re- 
quire medical  treatment;  but  the  small  red  pimple,  which  is 
iiiost  common,  may  be  removed  by  applying  the  following  twice 
a day: — Sulphur  water,  1 oz. ; acetated  liquid  of  ammonia  J oz. ; 
liquor  of  potassa,  1 gr. ; white  wine  vinegar,  2 oz. ; distilled 
water,  2 oz. ; These  pimples  are  sometimes  cured  by  frequent 
washing  in  warm  water,  and  prolonged  friction  with  a coarse 
towel.  The  cause  of  these  pimj)les  is  obstruction  of  the  skin 
and  imperfect  circulation. 

Wash  for  Scald  Heads.  — Take  k an  ounce  of  sulphate  of 
potassa,  1 x:>int  of  lime  water,  1 ounce  of  soap  liniment;  mix  and 
apply  to  the  head  two  or  three  times  a day. 

Eaa  de  Cologne.— Mix  essence  of  bergamotte,  lemon,  laven- 
der, and  orange-flower  water,  of  each  1 drachm ; essence  of  cin- 
namon, J a drachm,  spirits  of  rosemary,  and  honey-water,  each 
two  ounces;  spirits  of  wine,  1 pint.  Let  the  mixture  stand  a 
fortnight,  then  distil. 

Cure  for  Earache.— Is  instantly  relieved  by  saturating  a 
piece  of  cotton  with  glycerine  and  laudanum,  equal  parts  and 
inserting  it  in  the  ear. 

Cure  for  Scratches.— Take  equal  parts  of  balsam  fir  and  lard; 
mix,  heat  and  stir  until  thoroughly  simmered  together.  Wash 
the  sores  well  with  Castile  soap,  and  apply. 

Headache  Drops. — Castor,  gentian  and  valerian  roots,  bruis- 
ed, of  each  one-fourth  ounce;  laudanum  one  ounce,  sulphuric 
ether  one  and  one-half  ounces,  alcohol  and  w^ater  each  eight 
ounces ; put  in  a bottle  and  let  stand  two  days.  One  teaspoon- 
ful two  or  three  times  daily. 

Tonic  Ball. — Ginger  two  drachms,  gentian  one  drachm,  Peru- 
vian bark  one-half  ounce,  fenugreek  one-fourth  ounce;  mix  and 
form  into  a bail. 

Sore  Lips.— The  lips  become  sore  frequently  at  the  angles  of 
the  mouth,  from  bruising  with  the  bit.  They  can  be  cured  by 
applying  the  following  mixture:  Tincture  of  myrrh  two  ounces, 
tincture  of  alos  one  ounce,  tincture  of  opium  one-half  ounce; 
mix  and  apply  three  or  four  times,  a day. 

Cure  for  Earache. — Take  a bit  of  cotton  batting,  put  upon 
it  a pinch  of  black  pepper,  gather  it  up  and  tie  it,  dip  it  into 
sweet  oil,  and  insert  it  in  the  ear.  Put  a flannel  bandage  over 
the  head  to  keep  it  warm. 


FOOD  AND  DIET. 


ii 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


MISCELLANEOTJS  FACTS  AND  INFOEMATioa. 

The  miscellaneous  facts  and  information  in  ths  following 
pages  are  collected  from  the  writings  of  different  authors. 
Much  of  this  information  is  the  result  of  the  research,  obser- 
vation, and  experience  of  generations,  and  to  those  who  have 
the  capacity  of  profiting  by  the  experience  of  the  past  it  will 
be  found  both  practicable  and  useful. 

FOOD  AND  DIE'' 

Modern  science  has  paid  much  attention  to  the  investigation 
and  classification  of  food,  with  the  view  of  the  better  enabling 
us  to  supply,  by  a judicious  selection  from  the  numerous  ar- 
ticles which  nature  has  provided,  those  elements  which  com- 
pose the  human  body,  and  which  are  constantly  demanded  by 
it  because  constantly  consumed.  -All  natural  food  contains  : 

“ First — That  which  makes  and  supplies  muscle,  in  which 
the  principal  element  is  nitrogen  ; therefore  called  nitrogenous 
food. 

“ Second, — That  which  produces  fat  and  supplies  heat,  in 
which  the  principal  element  is  carbon  ; therefore  called  car- 
bonaceous food. 

“ Third. — That  which  supplies  bones,  brain,  and  nerves,  in 
which  the  principal  element  is  phosphorus  ; therefore  called 
phosphatic  food. 

“ Fourth. — Substances  which  are  ejected  without  being  ap- 
propriated to  supply  the  elements  of  the  body,  and  which  have 
therefore  been  classified  as  waste, 

“ Kepeated  investigations  have  shown  in  what  proportions 
the  several  properties  of  food  are  contained  in  the  various  ar- 


FOOD  AND  DIET. 


89 


tides  now  prindpally  used.  This  information  is  collected,  to 
an  extent  practically  large  enough,  in  the  following  table, 
which  shows  the  proportion  of  each  class  of  food  contained  in 
the  articles  enumerated,  and  the  judicious  use  of  which  will 
enable  any  one  to  supply  all  the  elements  demanded  by  the 
system  : 


PBOPOKTIONATE  PKOPEBTIES 

OF  FOOD. 

^Articles. 

Heat  and  Fat 

Food  for 

100  parts  of 

Water, 

Muscle  Making 

producing 

Brains, 

each. 

etc. 

Food. 

Food. 

Nerves,  etc. 

Apples 

.....84.0 

5.0 

10.0 

1.0 

Barley 

14.0 

15.0 

68.8 

4.2 

Beans 

14.8 

24.0 

57.7 

3.5 

Beef. . . c . c , . . 

50.0 

15.0 

30.0 

5.0 

Buckwheat . . . 

14.2 

8.6 

75.4 

1.8 

Butter 

all. 

f Cabbage 

90.0 

4.0 

5.0 

1.0 

Carrots 

91.8 

0.6 

6.6 

1.0 

Cauliflower  . . , 

89.0 

6.4 

3.6 

1.0 

JCheese 

....10.0 

65.0 

19.0 

6.0 

Chicken 

46.0 

18.0 

32.0 

4,0 

Clam 

85.0 

12.0 

0.5 

2.5 

*Codfish  

79.0 

14.0 

little 

5 to  6 

fCorn 

14.0 

12,0 

73.0 

1.0 

Cucumbers . . . . 

97.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

Eels 

76.0 

17.0 

3.5 

3.5 

Eggs,  white  of, 

53.0 

17.0 

none 

5.0 

Eggs,  yolk  of. , 

79.0 

15.0 

27.0 

4.0 

Fat 

all 

Flounder 

78.0 

15.0 

little 

3 to  4 

table  refers  to  articles  in  their  natural  condition.  For  example, 
by  wheat  is  meant  the  natural  grain,  and  not  th^bolted  white  flour  almost 
generally  used,  and  which  is  deprived  of  all  the  food  for  brain  and  of  near- 
ly all  for  muscle.  Some  portion  of  the  pn»pertie8  of  food  is  necessarily  lost 
in  cooking.  Very  wholesome  articles  are  frequently  rendered  quite  the 
reverse  before  they  leave  the  hands  of  the  cook.  Experience  and  science 
alike  concur  in  recommending  the  processes  of  cooking  in  the  following 
order  : broiling  is  regarded  as  the  best,  roasting  second,  baking  third,  boil- 
ing and  stewing  fourth.  Frying  is  generally  condemned. 

t “ Vegetables  generally  are  principally  composed  of  water  and  waste, 
and  are  highly  useful  when  eaten  in  connection  with  other  food  rich  in  the 
elements  demanded  by  the  system.  The  same  is  true  of  berries  and  fruits 
generally.  These  latter,  however,  also  contain  acids  which  are  indispens- 
able for  the  health  of  the  system. 

fThe  article  of  cheese,  more  than  any  other  in  use  among  us,  contains 
the  nitrogenous  and  phosphatic  principles,  but  its  phosphates  being  re 
igarded  as  insoluble,  it  is  not  a food  for  nerves  and  brains,  although  well 
adapted  for  supplying  muscle  and  bone. 


9a 


FOOD  AND  DIET. 


PKOPORTIONATE 

PROPERTIES 

OF  FOOD. 

*Articles, 

Heat  and  Fat 

Food  for 

100  parts  of 

Water, 

Muscle  Making 

producing 

Brains, 

each. 

etc. 

Food. 

Food. 

Nerves,  etc. 

Haddock 

...80.0 

13.0 

little 

5 to  6 

Halibut 

...74.0 

18.0 

do. 

3 to  4 

Herring 

18.0 

do. 

4 to  5 

Lamb 

...50.5  ' 

11.0 

35.0 

3.5 

Lentils 

...14.0 

26.0 

58,5 

1.5 

Lobster 

...79.0 

14  0 

little 

5.0 

Milk,  cow’s 

..  86.0 

5.0 

8.0 

1.0 

Mutton 

...44.0 

12.5 

40.0 

3.5 

Oats 

...13.6 

17.0 

66.4 

3.0 

Oysters 

...87.0 

10.0 

,,  little 

2.5 

Parsnips 

...90.0 

2.0 

7.0 

1.0 

Peas 

23.4 

60.0 

2.5 

Plaice 

14.0 

little 

5 to  6 

Pork...  

...38.5 

10.0 

50.0 

1.5 

Potatoes 

...7j.2 

1.4 

22.5 

0.9 

do.  sweet. . . 

...68.6 

1.5 

27.0 

‘2.9 

Rice 

. . . 13.5 

6.5 

79.5 

0.5 

Rye 

...13.0 

13.8 

71.5 

1.7 

Salmon 

...72.0 

20.0 

little 

6 to  7 

Smelt 

...75.0 

17.0 

little 

5 to  6 

Sole 

15.0 

little 

5 to  6 

Starch  

all 

Sugar  

all 

Trout 

..75.0 

17.0 

little 

5 to  6 

Turbot 

...79.0 

14.0 

little 

5 to  6 

Turnips 

...94.4 

1.1 

4.0 

0.5 

Veal 

...68.5 

10.1 

16.5 

4.5 

Wheat 

...14.0 

14.6 

69.4 

2.0 

Whiting 

...78:0 

15.0 

little 

5 to  6 

“ From  this  table  it  will  be  seen  that  to  ascertain  the  amount 
of  actual  nutriment  contained  in  each  article  the  parts  men- 
tioned in  the  three  right  hand  columns  will  have  to  be  added 
together  ; thus,  in  the  article  of  apples,  5,  10,  and  1 being 
added,  show  16  parts  of  nutriment  in  each  100  parts.  The  first 


“ *rish,  generally,  have  but  a small  amount  of  food  producing  heat  and 
fat,  and  are  rich  in  the  other  properties.  The  references  here  are  to  fresh 
fish.  When  stale  their  natural  properties  are  affected,  and  when  partially 
decomposed  they  are  dangerously  poisonous. 

“ t This  refers  to  Northern  corn.  Southern  corn  contains  water,  14  ; food 
for  muscle,  36  ; heat  and  fat  producing  food,  46  ; and  food  for  brain,  nerves, 
etc.,  4 ; while  that  known  as  Tuscarora  corn  contains  14  of  the  first,  5 of 
the  second,  80  of  the  third,  and  1 of  the  fourth. 


i’OOD  AND  DIET. 


91 


column  designates  the  waste.  By  the  judicious  selection  of 
food  containing  the  requisite  amount  of  waste,  the  bowels  can 
generally  be  completely  regulated  and  costiveness  and  consti- 
pation avoided  or  remedied. 

“ The  following  table  furnishes  an  approximate  statement 
of  the  time*  required  to  digest  the  various  articles  named,  thA 
hours  and  minutes  indicating  the  period  which  each  separate 
article  requires  from  the  time  it  enters  the  stomach  until  it  is 
prepared  to  pass  into  the  blood  : , 

TIME  BEQUIRED  TO  DIGEST  FOOD. 


Articles  - Hours,  Minutes, 

Apples— hard  and  sour,  raw 2 50 

^pples — mellow  and  sour,  raw 2 

Barley — boiled 2 

Beans — boiled 2 30^ 

Beef— fresh  and  lean,  roasted 3 

Beef— dry,  roasted 3 30 

Beef — steak,  broiled 3 

jBeef— with  salt  only,  boiled 2 45 

B>eef — with  mustard,  etc.  boiled 3 30 

— old,  hard,  salted,  broiled 4 15 

Be^f— fresh  and  lean,  fried 4 

Beei -boiled 3 45 

BreaOi  -wheat,  fresh,  baked 3 30 

Bread  , ^orn,  baked 3 15 

Butter^  ^ melted 3 30 

Cabbage—  boiled 4 30 

Cake — cori  baked 3 

Cake— spon^.%  baked 2 30 

Carrots— boiled 6 15 

Cheese — old,  strong,  raw 3 30 

Chicken — full  groan,  fricassee 2 45 

Codfish — cured,  dry,  boiled 2 

Custard— baked , 2 ®45 

Duck — domestic,  roasted 4 

Duck— wild,  roasted 4 30 

Dumpling— apple,  boiled...  3 

Eggs— fresh,  hard  boiled 3 30 

Eggs— fresh,  soft  boiled 3 

Flounder— fresh,  fried 1 30 

Gelatine — boiled 2 30 

Goose — roasted 2 30 


* The  time  required  for  the  digestion  of  a ^ \eciflc  article  of  food  must  ne- 
cessarily vary  in  different  persons,  but  the  ty  ble  will  be  found  valuable  as 
indicating  the  relative  digestibility  of  the  arVx;les  named,  and  as  enabling 
the  selection  of  such  articles  as  are  easy  or  hartj  of  digestion, 


92 


FOOD  AND  DIEl^. 


ArticUit  ^ Hours.  Minutes, 

Heart — animal,  fried 4 

Lamb —fresh,  boiled 2 30 

Liver — beefs  fresh,  boiled 2 

Milk— raw 2 16 

Milk — boiled  2 

Mutton — fresh,  roasted 3 IS 

Mutton — fresh,  boiled  or  broiled 3 

Oysters — fresh,  raw . . ...  2 55 

Oysters— fresh,  stewed 3 30 

Parsnips — boiled 2 30 

Pig — sucking,  roasted 2 30 

Pig’s  feet — soused,  boiled 1 

Pork — fat  and  lean,  roasted. 6 15 

Pork— recently  salted,  boiled. 4 30 

Pork — recently  salted,  fried 4 15 

Pork — recently  salted,  broiled 3 16 

Pork — recently  salted,  raw 3 

Pork — recently  salted,  stewed 3 

Potatoes— boiled 3 30 

Potatoes — roasted  or  baked 2 30 

Rice — boiled 1 

Sago— boiled 1 46 

Salmon — salted,  boiled 4 

Sausage — fresh,  broiled 3 '20 

Suet— beef,  fresh,  boiled 5 30 

Suet — mutton,  fresh,  boiled 4 40 

Soap — beef,  vegetable  and  bread,  boiled 4 

Tapioca— boiled 2 

Tripe — soused,  boiled 1 

Trout — salmon,  fresh,  boiled 3 30 

Turkey— roasted 2 30 

Turkey  boiled 2 26 

Turnips — ^boiled 3 80 

Veal— fresh,  broiled 3 

Veifcl — fresh,  fried. 4 

Vension — steak,  broiled 1 36 


“ It  is  estimated — and  the  estimate  is  based  upon  many 
practical  observations  and  experiments — that,  in  the  ordinary 
conditions  of  health,  the  proportions  in  which  the  system  re- 
quires the  several  classes  of  food  is  about  as  follows  ; fifteen 
per  cent,  of  nitrogenous  food  for  muscle  ; sixty  to  seventy  per 
cent,  of  carbonaceous  food  for  heat  ; and  two  to  three  per  cent, 
of  phosphatic  food  for  brain,  bones  and  nerves.  Climate  and 
occupation  necessarily  vary  the  proportions  of  muscle-making 
and  heat  producing  food  required,  more  of  the  latter  being 


FOOD  AND  DIET. 


93 


demanded  in  cold  climates  or  cold  weather  than  in  warm,  and 
by  hard  laboring  persons  than  by  those  of  sedentary  habits. 
For  all  practical  purposes,  however,  experience  has  shown 
that  with  ordinary  labor,  such,  for  example,  as  is  required  of 
the  soldier  on  duty,  five  ounces  of  nitrogenous  and  twenty 
ounces  of  carbonaceous  food  meet  the  daily  demands  of  the 
system,  while  in  sedentary  and  less  active  occupations  the 
amount  of  each  may  be  proportionately  diminished.  Every- 
thing in  excess  of  these  demands,  except  that  which  is  waste, 
is  not  only  regarded  as  useless,  but  as  positively  injurious.” 

Food  having  the  effect  of  exciting  the  sexual  passions  is 
called  ap/irodisiac,  when  having  the  reverse  effect,  anaphrodisiac. 
That  certain  food  possesses  aphrodisiac  properties  is  an  estab- 
lished fact,  and  it  has  even  been  said  by  some  physiologists 
that,  in  conditions  of  perfect  health  of  the  sexual  organs,  chas- 
tity and  lechery  simply  depend  upon  diet  and  are  under  the 
absolute  control  of  the  individual . It  would  be  difi&cult  to 
define  distinctly  all  the  articles  of  food  credited  with  aphro- 
disiac properties,  but,  in  a general  way,  it  may  be  said  that 
those  which  largely  contain  the  phosphatic  element  and  fur- 
nish food  for  nerves  and  brains,  are  especially  regarded  as 
possessing  such  properties.  Efforts  have  been  made  to  intro- 
duce this  element  into  certain  articles  of  consumption,  especi- 
ally into  white  bread,*  by  the  addition  of  preparations  of  phos- 
phorus ; but  as  phosphorus,  even  in  very  small  portions,  is  a 
deadly  poison  in  any  state  except  as  naturally  existing  in  food, 
all  attempts  to  introduce  it  artificially  into  any  article  of  con- 
sumption, must  be  liable  to  serious  objections. 

A careful  study  and  application  of  the  preceding  tables  and 
remarks  will  be  found  sufficient  to  enable  anyone  to  select 
such  articles  of  food  as  may  be  demanded,  either  in  health  or 
disease,  in  reference  alike  to  nutriment  and  digestibility.  In- 
dividual tastes  and  antipathies  must,  of  course,  be  respected, 
and  in  no  case  should  anything  be  eaten  which  is  known  to 
disagree  with  the  individual,  however  wholesome  it  may  other- 
wise be.  The  taste,  appetite  and  feelings  regularly  call  for  the 
elements  demanded  by  the  system,  and  with  the  information 
here  furnished  ordinary  reason  and  judgment  can  so  guide 

*Wheat,  in  its  natural  state,  more  nearly  than  any  other  article,  contains 
the  amount  of  all  the  elements  required  by  the  system  ; but  as  the  food 
for  muscle,  nerves,  and  brains  is  contained  in  that  part  of  the  grain  which 
is  separated  by  the  process  of  bolting  very  little  beyond  the  heat-producing 
principle  remains  in  the  white  flour  so  generally  used  for  making  bread. 
To  such  an  extent  is  this  the  fact  that  it  requires  fifteen  barrels  of  white 
flour  to  furnish  the  same  amount  of  food  fo^  muscle,  nerves,  and  brains  as 
is  containe(/  in  a single  barrel  of  flour  not  deprived  of  any  of  the  elements 
of  the  grain,  a sad  e:^ibit  of  the  power  of  custom  in  perverting  natural 
food  and  perpetuating  human  stupi^ty. 


9^ 


FOOD  AND  DIET. 


them  in  determining  the  kind  and  quantity  of  food  required 
that  there  should  be  no  danger  of  going  astray. 


THE  HUMAN  TEMPEEAMENTS. 

By  these  are  meant  certain  types,  forms  or  conformations  of 
the  human  body,  each  known  and  distinguished  from  the 
other  by  certain  characteristics,  which  enable  those  who 
familiar  with  these  peculiarities  to  readily  distinguish  on^ 
temperament  from  the  other.  The  existence  of  the  tempera- 
ments is  believed  to  depend  upon  the  development  of  certain 
parts  or  systems  in  the  body,  and  each  is  accompanied  by  dif- 
ferent degrees  of  activity  of  the  brain,  and  corresponding  dif- 
ference in  the  talents  and  manifestations  of  the  individual. 
They  are  four  in  number,  viz:  nervous,  sanguine,  bilious,  and 
lymphatic.  When  the  brain  and  nerves  are  predominant,  it  is 
termed  the  nervous  temperament;  if  the  lungs  and  bloodvessels 
constitutionally  predominate,  the  sanguine^  if  the  muscular 
and  fibrous  systems  are  in  the  ascendancy  thehilious,  and  when 
the  glands  and  assimilating  organs  are  in  the  ascendancy,  it  is 
termed  the  lymphatic  or  phlegmatic, 

1.  The  nervous  is  indicated  by  fine,  thin  air,  small  muscles, 
thin  skin,  pale  countenance,  brilliant  eyes,  with  great  quick- 
ness and  sensitiven  ess  to  impressions,  and  is  really  the  mental 
or  intellectual  temperament. 

2.  The  sanguine  is  known  by  a stout,,  well-defined  form,  a 
full  face,  florid  complexion,  moderate  plumpness,  firm  flesh,, 
chestnut  or  sandy  hair,  and  blue  eyes.  This  is  the  tough, 
hardy,  working  temperament,  excessively  fond  of  exercise  and 
activity,  and  a great  aversion  to  muscular  quiescence  and  inac- 
tivity, and  consequently  averse  to  books  and  close  literary 
pursuits. 

3.  The  bilious  is  indicated  by  a thin,  spare  face,  dark  skin, 
black  hair,  firm  flesh,  moderate  stoutness,  with  rough,  harsh, 
and  strongly  marked  features.  This  temperament  gives  great 
will,  elasticity,  and  powers  of  endurance,  and,  when  combined 
with  the  nervous,  is  the  great,  efficient,  moving  temperament 
in  the  great  events  of  the  world. 

4.  The  lymphatic  is  indicated  by  paleness,  roundness  of  the 
form,  softness  of  muscle,  fair  hair,  sleepy,  half-closed  eyes,  and 
a dull,  sluggish,  inexpressive  face.  In  this  temperamen-  the 
brain  and  all  the  other  parts  of  the  body  appear  to  be  slow, 
dull,  and  languid,  and  tne  whole  body  little  else  than  one 
great  manufactory  of  fat.  These  temperaments  however,  are 
rarely  found  pure,  but  mixed  or  blended  in  an  almost  endless 
variety  of  ways,  producing  the  ever- varying  peculiarities  of 
human  character  and  intellect. — Dr.  A.  H.  Platt’s  “ Human 
Life  Prolonged.'* 


THE  ART  OF  MIND  READING. 


^re  indebted  to  that  valuable  and  interesting  magazine 
the  “ Popular  Science  Monthly,”  for  the  following  explanation 
of  tho  phenomenon  of  mind  reading.  It  was  written  by  a 
physician  of  high  standing  (George  M.  Beard,  M.  D. ) who  has 
given  much  attention  to  this  and  kindred  subjects. 

In  the  history  of  science  and  notably  in  the  history  of  phy- 
siology and  medicine,  it  has  often  happened  that  the  ignorant 
and  obscuie  have  stumbled  upon  facts  and  phenomena  which, 
though  wrongly  interpreted  by  themselves,  yet,  when  investi- 
gated and  explained,  have  proved  to  be  of  the  highest  interest. 
The  phenomena  of  the  emotional  trance,  for  example,  had  been 
known  tor  ages,  but  rot  until  Mesmer  forced  them  on  the 
scientific  world,  by  his  public  exhibitions  and  his  ill-founded 
theory  of  animal  magnetism,  did  they  receive  any  serious  and 
intelligent  study.  Similarly  the  general  fact  that  mind  may  so 
act  on  body  as  to  produce  involuntary  and  unconscious  muscu- 
lar motion  was  by  no  means  unrecognized  by  physiolo- 
gists, and  yet  not  nntil  the  “mind-reading”  excitement 
was  it  demonstrated  that  this  principle  could  be  utilized 
for  the  finding  of  any  object  or  limited  locality  on  which  a sub- 
ject, with  whom  an  operator  is  in  physical  connection,  concen- 
trates his  mind. 

Although,  as  I have  since  ascertained,  experiments  of  this 
kind  had  been  previously  performed  in  a quiet,  limited  way  in 
private  circles,  and  mostly  by  ladies,  yet  very  few  had  heard 
of  or  witnessed  them  ; they  were  associated  in  the  popular 
mind  very  naturally  with  “ mesmerism  or  “ animal  magnet- 
ism,” and  by  some  were  called  “ mesmeric  games.”  The  phy- 
siological explanation  had  never  been  even  suggested  ; hence 
the  first  public  exhibitions  of  Brown,  with  his  brilliantly  suc- 
cessful demonstrations  of  his  skill  in  this  direction,  were  anew 
revelation  to  physiologists  as  well  as  to  the  scientific  world  in 
general. 

The  method  of  mind-reading,  introduced  by  Brown,  W’hich 
is  but  one  of  many  methods  that  have  been  or  may  be  used,  is 
as  follows  : 

The  operator,  usually  blind-folded,  firmly  applies  the  bach 


102 


THE  AKT  OF  MIND  READING. 


of  the  hand  of  the  subject  to  be  operated  on  against  his  own 
forehead,  and  with  his  other  hand  presses  lightly  upon  the 
palm  and  fingers  of  the  subject’s  hand.  In  this  position  he 
can  detect,  if  sufficient!}’  expert,  the  slightest  movement,  im- 
pulse, tremor,  tension,  or  relaxation,  in  the  arm  of  the  subject. 
He  then  requests  the  subject  to  concentrate  his  mind  on  some 
locality  in  the  room,  or  on  some  hidden  object,  or  on  some  one 
of  the  letters  of  the  alphabet  suspended  along  the  wall.  The 
operator,  blindfolded,  marches  sometimes  very  rapidl}^  with 
the  subject  up  and  down  the  room  or  rooms,  up  and  down 
stairways,  or  out-of-doors  through  the  streets,  and,  when  he 
comes  near  the  locality  on  which  the  subject  is  concentrating 
his  mind,  a slight  impulse  or  movement  is  communicated  to 
his  hand  by  the  hand  of  the  subject. 

This  impulse  is  both  involuntary  and  unconscious  on  the 
part  of  the  subject.  He  is  not  aware,  and  is  unwilling,  at  first, 
to  believe,  that  he  gives  any  such  impulse  ; and  yet  it  is  suffi- 
cient to  indicate  to  the  expert  and  practised  operator  that  he 
has  arrived  near  the  hidden  object,  and  then,  by  a close  study 
and  careful  trials  in  different  directions,  upward,  downward, 
and  at  various  points  of  the  compass,  he  ascertains  precisely 
the  locality,  and  is,  in  many  cases,  as  confident  as  though  he 
had  received  verbal  communication  from  the  subject. 

Even  though  the  article  on  which  the  subject  concentrates 
his  mind  be  very  small,  it  can  quite  frequently  be  picked  out 
from  a large  number,  provided  the  subject  be  a good  one,  and 
the  operator  sufficiently  skillful.  The  article  is  sometimes 
found  at  once,  with  scarcely  any  searching,  the  operator  going 
to  it  directly,  without  hesitation,  and  with  a celerity  and  pre- 
cision that,  at  first  sight,  and  until  the  physiological  explana- 
tion is  understood,  justly  astonish  even  the  most  thoughtful 
and  skeptical.  (In  New  Haven  I saw  Brown,  before  a large 
audience,  march  off  rapidly  through  the  aisle  and  find  at  once 
the  person  on  whom  the  subject  was  concentrating  his  mind, 
although  there  was  the  privilege  of  selecting  any  one  out  of  a 
thousand  or  more  present.)  These  experiments,  it  should  be 
added,  are  performed  in  public  or  private,  and  on  subjects  of 
unquestioned  integrity,  in  the  presence  of  experts,  and  under 
a combination  of  circumstances  and  conditions  for  the  elimina- 
tion of  sources  of  error  that  mak  it  necessary  to  rule  out  at 
once  the  possibility  of  collusion. 

The  alternative  is,  therefore,  between  the  actual  transfer  of 
thought  from  subject  to  operator,  as  has  been  claimed,  and  the 
theory  of  unconscious  muscular  motion  and  relaxation  on  the 
part  of  the  subject,  the  truth  of  which  I hav©  demonstrated  by 
numerous  experiments, 


THE  ART  OE  MIND  READING. 


103 


One  of  the  gentlemen  with  whom  I have  experimented,  Judge 
Blydenherg,  who  began  to  test  his  powers  directly  after  I lirst 
called  public  attention  to  the  subject  in  New  Haven,  claims  to 
succeed,  even  with  the  most  intellectual  persons,  provided 
they  fully  comply  with  the  conditions,  and  honestly  and  per- 
sistently concentrate  their  minds.  One  fact  of  interest,  with 
regard  to  his  experiments,  is-the  exceeding  minuteness  of  the 
objects  that  he  finds.  A large  number  of  the  audience  empty 
their  pockets  on  the  table,  until  it  is  covered  with  a medley  of 
keys,  knives,  trinkets,  and  miscellaneous  small  objects.  Out 
of  them  the  subject  selects  a small  seed  a little  larger  than  a 
pea,  and  even  this  the  operator,  after  some  searching,  hits 
precisely. 

One  may  take  a large  bunch  of  keys,  throw  them  on  the 
table,  and  he  picks  out  the  very  one  on  which  the  subject  con- 
centrates his  mind. 

Another  fact  of  interest  in  his  experiments  is  that,  if  a sub- 
ject thinks  over  a number  of  articles  in  different  parts  of  the 
room,  and, 'after  some  doubt  and  hesitation,  finally  selects  some 
one,  the  operator  wdll  lead  him,  sometimes  successively^  to  the 
different  objects  on  which  he  has  thought,  and  will  wind  up 
with  the  one  that  he  finally  Selected.  He  also  performs  what 
is  known  as  the  “ double  test,”  which  consists  in  taking  the 
hand  of  a third  party,  who  knows  nothing  of  the  hidden  ob- 
ject, but  who  is  connected  with  another  party  who  does  know, 
and  who  concentrates  his  mind  upon  it.  The  connection  of 
these  two  persons  is  made  at  the  wrist,  and  the  motion  is  com- 
municated fiom  one  to  the  other  through  the  arms  and  hands. 
The  “ double  test  ”has  been  regarded  by  some  as  an  argument 
against  the  theory  that  this  form  of  mind-reading  was  simply 
the  utilizing  of  unconscious  muscular  motion  on  the  part  of 
the  persons  operated  upon. 

This  gentleman  represents  that  the  sensation  of  muscular 
thrill  is  very  slight  indeed,  even  with  good  subjects  ; and,  in 
order  to  detect  it,  he  directs  his  own  mind  as  closely  as  pos- 
sible to  the  hand  of  the  subject. 

In  all  these  experiments,  with  all  mind-readers,  the  require- 
ment for  the  subject  to  concentrate  the  mind  on  the  locality 
agreed  upon  is  absolute  ; if  that  condition  is  not  fulfilled, 
nothing  can  be  done,  for  the  very  excellent  reason  that,  with- 
out such  mental  concentration,  there  will  be  no  unconscious 
muscular  tension  or  relaxation  to  guide  the  operator. 

Experiments  of  the  following  kind  I have  made  repeatedly 
with  the  above-named  gentlemen  : 

A dozen  or  more  pins  may  be.  stuck  about  one  inch  or  half 
an  inch  apart  into  the  edge  of  a table  ; I concentrate  my  mind 


104 


THS  ABX  07  MIND  BEADIKO. 


on  any  one  of  these  pins,  telling  no  one.  The  operator  enters 
the  room,  gets  the  general  direction  of  the  object  in  the  usual 
way,  and,  when  he  has  come  near  to  the  row  of  pins,  he  will 
limit  the  physical  connection  to  one  of  his  index-fingers,  pres- 
sing firmly  against  one  of  mine,  and  in  this  way  he  soon  finds 
the  head  of  the  pin  on  which  my  mind  has  been  concentrated. 
The  only  limitation  of  area  in  the  locality  that  can  be  founc 
by  a good  mind-reader  with  a good  subject  is,  that  two  objects 
should  not  be  so  near  to  each  other  that  the  finger  of  the  oper- 
ator strikes  on  both  at  once . 

When  I began  the  study  of  this  subject,  I supposed,  even 
after  the  true  theory  of  the  matter  had  become  clear  to  me, 
that  very  small  objects  and  narrow  areas  could  not  be  found  in 
this  way.  Subsequent  experiments  showed  that  this  suppo- 
sition was  erroneous.  In  a wide  hall,  in  the  presence  of  a large 
audience,  where  the  subject  had  the  right  to  think  of  any  ob- 
ject he  chose.  Brown  once  found,  after  considerable  search- 
ing, so  limited  an  area  as  a capitrl  letter  in  the  title  of  a news- 
paper pinned  up  on  the  wall  and  barely  within  reach.  About 
an  hour  after,  in  the  same  place,  he  found  a very  small  vial  out 
of  quite  a large  number  ranged  in  a row.  Although  reasoning 
deductively  from  the  known  relations  of  mind  to  body,  I.  had 
established  conclusively  to  my  own  mind  that  the  so-called 
mind-reading  was  really  muscle-reading,  yet  I could  not  be- 
lieve, until  the  above-named  experiments  had  been  made,  and 
frequently  repeated,  that  it  was  possible  for  even  the  most  ex- 
pert operator  to  find  such  small  objects  ; and  no  physiologist, 
I am  sure,  would  have  believed  such  precision  in  these  exper- 
iments conceivable  until  his  general  deductions  had  been 
many  times  verified,  and  supplemented  by  observations  in 
which  every  source  of  error  was  guarded  against. 

As  already  remarked,  there  are  a variety  of  ways  of  making 
the  physical  connection  between  subject  and  operator.  A lady 
may  go  out  of  the  room,  and  while  she  is  absent  an  object  is 
hidden.  She  returns,  and  two  ladies,  who  know  where  the 
object  is,  stand  up  beside  her  in  the  middle  of  tbe  room  and 
place  both  of  their  hands  upon  her  body,  one  hand  in  front, 
the  other  behind  ; all  three  stand  there" for  a moment,  the  two 
subjects  who  know  where  the  object  is,  keeping  their  minds 
intensely  concentrated  on  that  locality.  In  a moment  or  so 
this  Udy  who  is  to  find  the  object  moves  off  in  the  direction 
where  it  is,  the  other  ladies  with  her  still  keeping  their  hands 
upon  her,  and  in  nearly  all  cases  she  finds  it.  This  is  accom- 
plished by  the  unconscious  muscular  tension  of  the  two  ladies 
who  know  where  the  object  is,  acting  upon  the  person  of  the 
lady  who  is  seeking  it 


OT  MIND  BEAPlNa 


105 


This  experiment  I ha 7^  repeated  with  a number  of  amateur 
performers,  and  in  all  cases  with  pretty  uniform  success. 
This  method  is  easier,  both  to  learn  and  to  practice,  than  some 
of  the  others  ; it  is  also  far  less  artistic,  and  is  not  at  all  adapt- 
ed for  the  finding  ot  very  small  localities.  It  illustrates,  how- 
ever, the  general  principle  of  mind  acting  on  body  producing 
muscular  tension  in  the  direction  of  that  locality  on  which  the 
thoughts  are  concentrated. 

The  relaxation,  when  the  locality  or  its  neighborhood  is 
reached,  is  not  so  distinctly  appreciated  in  this  method  of  ex- 
perimenting, which  is  sufficient,  however,  to  enable  the  opera- 
tor to  get  the  right  direction  and  to  proceed  until  the  corner 
or  side  of  the  room  is  reached  ; then,  by  a combination  of 
manipulation  and  guess-work,  she  will,  after  a few  trials,  get 
hold  of  the  precise  object  hidden,  or  locality  thought  of. 
When  the  operator  and  subject  are  connected  by  the  methods 
practised  by  Brown,  it  is  possible  to  detect  also  the  relaxation 
when  the  locality  is  reached,  and,  guided  by  this,  the  master 
in  the  art  knows  just  when  and  where  to  stop  and,  in  very 
many  cases,  feels  absolutely  sure  that  he  is  right,  and  with  a 
good  subject  is  no  more  liable  to  error  than  he  would  be  to 
hear  wrongly  or  imperfectly  if  directed  by  word  of  mouth. 

The  special  methods  of  muscle-reading  here  described  may 
be  varied  almost  indefinitely,  the  only  essential  condition 
being,  that  the  connection  between  the  subject  or  subjects  is 
of  such  a nature  as  to  easily  allow  the  sense  of  muscular  ten- 
sion or  relaxation  to  be  communicated.  Instead  of  two  sub- 
jects, there  may  be  three,  four,  or  half  a dozen,  or  bat  one. 
With  a number  of  subjects  the  chances  of  success  are  greater 
than  with  one,  for  the  two-fold  reason  that  the  united  muscu- 
lar tension  of  all  will  be  more  readily  felt  than  that  of  but  one, 
and  because  any  single  subject  may  be  a bad  one— that  is,  one 
who  is  capable  of  muscular  control — while  among  a number 
there  will  be  very  likely  one  or  more  good  ones.  For  these  two 
reasons,  amateurs  succeed  in  this  latter  method  when  they  fail 
or  succeed  but  imperfectly  after  the  method  of  Brown. 

A method  frequently  used,  although  it  is  not  very  artistic, 
consists  in  simply  taking  the  hand  of  the  object  and  leading 
him  directly,  or,  as  is  more  likely  to  be  the  case,  indirectly  to 
the  locality  on  which  his  mind  is  concentrated. 

J.  Stanley  Grimes  thus  describes  the  performance  of  a mind- 
reader  in  Chicago  : “I  repeatedly  witnessed  similar  perform- 
ances with  different  experts  in  this  branch  and  under  circum- 
stances where  every  element  of  error  from  intentional  or  unin- 
tentional collusion  was  rigidly  excluded.  At  the  request  of  the 
company  the  same  young  lady  was  again  sent  from  the  room 


106 


THE  ATXT  OF  MIND  BEADING. 


and  blindfolded,  as  on  previous  occasions.  The  gentleman 
requested  the  company  to  suggest  anything  they  desired  the 
subject  should  be  willed  to  do,  thus  removing  any  possibility 
of  a secret  agreement  to  deceive  between  the  parties.  It  was 
suggested  that  the  young  lady  should  be  brought  into  the 
room  and  placed  in  a position  with  her  face  toward  the  north  ; 
that  the  gentleman  should  then  place  his  fingers  upon  her 
shoulder  as  before  ; that  she  should  turn  immediately  to  the 
right  facing  the  south  and  proceed  to  a certain  figure  in  the 
parlor-carpet ; then  turning  to  the  west,  she  was  to  approach 
a sofa  in  a remote  corner  of  the  room,  from  which  she  should 
remove  a small  tidy,  which  she  should  take  to  the  opposite 
side  of  the  room,  and  place  it  upon  the  head  of  a certain 
young  gentleman  in  the  company  ; she  was  then  to  proceed  to 
the  extreme  end  of  the  parlor,  and  take  a coin  from  the  right 
vest  pocket  of  a gentleman,  and  return  to  the  opposite  side  of 
the  room,  and  place  the  coin  in  the  left  vest  j)ocket  of  another 
gentleman  named  ; she  was  then  to  remove  the  tidy  from  the 
head  of  the  gentleman  upon  whom  it  had  been  ])laced,  and 
return  it  to  the  tete-a-tete  where  she  originally  found  it. 

“ I must  confess  to  no  little  surprise  when  I saw  the  young 
lady  perform  with  the  most  perfect  precision  every  minute  de- 
tail as  above  described,  and  with  the  most  surprising  alacrity  ; 
in  fact  so  quick  were  her  motions  that  it  was  with  the  greatest 
difficulty  that  the  gentleman  could  keep  pace  with  the  young 
lady’s  movements.  ” 

I have  seen  a performer — who  though  one  of  the  pioneers  in 
this  art  is  far  less  skillful  than  many  with  whom  I have  exper- 
imented— take  a hat  from  the  head  of  a gentleman  in  a small 
private  circle,  and  carry  it  across  the  room  and  put  it  on  the 
head  of  another  gentleman  ; take  a book  or  any  other  object 
from  one  person  to  another  ; or  go  in  succession  to  different 
pictures  hanging  on  the  wall  and  perform  other  feats  of  a sim- 
ilar character,  while  simply  taking  hold  of  the  wrist  of  the  sub- 
ject. In  the  experiment  described  by  Mr.  Grimes  the  subject 
placed  three  fingers  of  his  right  hand  on  the  shoulder  of  the 
opei'ator.  Note  the  fact  that  in  all  these  experiments  direction 
and  locality  are  all  that  the  mind-reader  finds  ; the  quality  of 
the  object  found  or  indeed  whether  it  be  a movable  object  at 
all  or  merely  a limited  locality  as  a figure  in  the  carpet  or  oh 
the  wall,  is  not  knowm  to  the  mind-reader  until  he  picks  it  up 
'>r  handles  it  ; then  if  it  be  a small  object  as  a hat,  a book,  or 
coin,  or  tld5^  he  very  naturally  takes  it  and  moves  off  with  it 
in  the  direction  indicated  by  the  unconscious  muscular  ten- 
sion of  the  subject,  and  leaves  it  where  be  is  ordered  by  un- 
^onsoions  muscular  relaxation.  In  the  great  excitement  that 


THE  ART  OF  MIND  READING. 


107 


attends  these  novel  and  most  remarkable  experiments  the  en- 
tranced audience  fail  to  notice  that  the  operator  really  finds 
nothing  but  direction  and  locality. 

I have  said  that  various  errors  of  inference,  as  well  as  of  ob- 
servation, have  been  associated  with  these  experiments.  A 
young  lady  who  had  been  quite  successful  as  an  amateur  in 
.'ihis  art  was  subjected  by  me  to  a critical  analysis  of  her 
powers  before  a large  private  audience.  She  supposed  that  it 
was  necessary  for  all  the  persons  in  the  audience  to  concentrate 
their  minds  on  the  subject  as  well  as  those  whose  hands  were 
upon  her.  I proved  by  some  decisive  experiments,  in  which 
a comparison  was  made  with  what  could  be  done  by  chance 
alone,  that  this  was  not  necessary  and  that  the  silent,  unex- 
pressed will  of  the  audience  had  no  effect  on  the  operator,  save 
certain  nervous  sensations  created  by  the  emotion  of  expect- 
ancy. Similarly  I proved  that  when  connected  with  the  sub- 
jects by  a wire,  she  could  find  nothing,  although  she  exper- 
ienced various  subjective  sensations,  which  she  attributed  to 
“ magnetism,”  but  which  were  familiar  results  of  mind  acting 
on  body. 

Another  lady,  who  is  quite  successful  in  these  experiments, 
thought  it  was  necessary  to  hide  keys,  and  supposed  that 

magnetism  ” had  something  to  do  with  it.  I told  her  that 
that  was  not  probable,  and  tried  another  object,  and  found 
that  it  made  no  difference  what  the  object  was.  She  supposed 
that  it  was  necessary  that  the  object  should  be  secreted  on 
some  person.  I found  that  this  was  not  necessary.  She  does 
not  always  succeed  in  finding  the  exact  locality  at  once,  but  in 
some  cases  she  goes  directly  to  it  ; she  very  rarely  fails. 

In  order  to  settle  the  question  beyond  dispute  whether  un- 
conscious muscular  action  was  the  sole  cause  of  this  success  in 
finding  objects,  I made  the  following  crucial  experiments  with 
this  lady  : Ten  letters  of  the  alphabet  were  placed  on  a piano, 
the  letters  being  written  on  large  pieces  of  paper.  I,  directed 
her  to  see  how  manj  times  she  would  get  a letter  which  was 
in  the  mind  of  one  of  the  observers  in  the  room  correctly  by 
chance  purely,  without  any  physical  touch.  She  tried  ten 
times  and  got  it  right  twice.  I then  had  her  try  ten  experi- 
ments with  the  hand  of  the  person  operated  on  against  the 
forehead  of  the  operator,  the  hand  of  the  operator  ligntly 
touching  against  the  fingers  of  this  hand,  and  the  person  op- 
erated on  concentrating  her  mind  all  the  while  on  the  object, 
and  looking  at  it.  In  ten  experiments  tried  this  day,  with  the 
same  letters,  she  was  successful  six  times.  I then  tried  the 
same  number  of  experiments  with  a wire,  one  end  being  at- 
tached to  the  head  or  hand  of  the  subject,  and  the  other  end 


108 


THE  ABT  OF  MIND  KEADINO. 


to  the  head  or  hand  of  the  operator.  The  wire  was  about  ten 
feet  long  and  was  so  arranged — being  made  fast  at  the  middle 
to  a chair — that  no  unconscious  muscular  motion  could  be 
communicated  through  it  from  the  person  on  whom  she  was 
operating.  She  was  successful  but  once  out  of  ten  times. 
Thus  we  see  that  by  pur^  chance  she  was  successful  twice 
out  of  ten  times ; by  utilizing  unconscious  muscular  action 
in  the  method  of  Brown  she  was  successful  six  times  out  often. 
When  connected  by  a wire  she  was  less  successful  than  when 
she  depended  on  pure  chance  without  any  physical  connec- 
tion. In  order  still  further  to  confirm  this,  I suggested  to  this 
lady  to  find  objects  with  two  persons  touching  her  body  in  the 
manner  we  have  above  described.  I told  these  two  to  deceive 
her,  concentrating  their  minds  on  the  object  hidden,  at  the 
same  time  using  conscious  motion  toward  some  other  part  of 
the  room.  These  experiments  several  times  repeated,  showed 
that  it  was  possible  to  deceive  her,  just  as  we  had  found  it  pos- 
sible to  deceive  other  muscle-readers. 

The  question  whether  it  is  possible  for  one  to  be  a good 
muscle-reader  and  pretty  uniformly  successful,  and  yet  not 
know  just  how  the  trick  is  done,  must  be  answered  in  the  af- 
firmative. It  is  possible  to  become  quite  an  adept  in  this  art 
without  suspecting  even  remotely  the  physiological  explana- 
tion. The  muscular  tension  necessary  to  guide  the  operator 
is  but  slight,  and  the  senoation  it  produces  may  be  very  easily 
referred  by  credulous,  uninformed  operators  to  the  passage 
of  “ magnetism  and  I am  sure  that  with  a number  of  oper- 
ators on  whom  I have  experimented  this  mistake  is  made. 
Some  operators  declare  that  they  cannot  tell  how  they  find  the 
locality,  that  their  success  is  to  them  a mystery  ; these 
declarations  are  made  by  private,  amateur  performers,  who 
have  no  motive  to  deceive  me,  and  whose  whole  conduct 
during  the  experiments  confirms  their  statements.  Other 
operators  speak  of  thrills  or  vibrations  which  they  feel,  auras 
and  all  sorts  of  indefinable  sensations.  These  manifold 
symptoms  are  purely  subjective,  the  result  of  mind  acting 
on  the  body,  the  emotions  of  wonder  and  expectancy  devel- 
o*ping  various  phenomena  that  are  attributed  to  “ animal  mag- 
netism,” “mesmerism”  or  “ electricity in  short,  to  every- 
thing but  the  real  cause.  I have  seen  amateurs  who  de- 
clared that  they  experienced  these  sensations  when  trying 
without  success  to  read  mind  through  the  wires,  or  per- 
haps without  any  connection  with  the  subject  whatever. 
Persons  who  are  in  the  vicinity  of  galvanic  batteries,  even 
though  not  in  the  circuit,  very  often  report  similar  exper- 
iences. 


[the  aet  of  mind  beading. 


109 


The  facts  which  sustain  the  theory  that  the  so-called  mind- 
reading is  really  muscle-reading — that  is,  unconscious  muscu- 
lar tension  and  relaxation  on  the  part  of  the  subject — may  be 
thus  summarized  : 

1.  Mind-readers  are  only  able  to  find  direction  and  locality, 
and  in  older  to  find  even  these,  they  must  be  in  physical  con- 
nection with  the  subject,  who  must  move  his  body  or  some 
portion  of  it — as  the  fingers,  hand  or  arm.  If  the  subject  sits 
perfectly  still,  and  keeps  his  fingers,  hand  and  arm  perfectly 
quiet,  so  far  as  it  is  possible  for  him  to  do  so  by  conscious  ef- 
fort, the  mind-reader  can  never  find  even  the  locality  on  which 
the  subject’s  mind  is  concentrated  ; he  can  only  find  the  direc- 
tion where  the  locality  is.  Mind-readers  never  tell  what  an 
object  is  nor  can  they  describe  its  color  or  appearance  ; locality 
and  nothing  more  definite  than  locality  is  all  they  find.  The 
object  hidden  may  be  a coin  or  a corn-cob,  a ]»in  or  a pen-hol- 
der, an  elephant’s  tusk  or  a diamond  pin— it  is  all  the  same. 
Again,  where  connection  of  the  operator  with  this  subject  is 
made  by  a wire,  so  arranged  that  mass-motion  cannot  be  com- 
municated and  the  subject  concentrates  his  mind  ever  so 
steadily,  the  operator  does  just  what  he  would  do  by  pure 
chance  and  no  more.  This  I have  proved  repeatedly  with  good 
subjects  and  expert  performers. 

2.  The  subject  can  successfully  deceive  the  operator  in 
various  ways — first  of  all,  by  using  muscular  tension  in  the 
wrong  direction,  and  muscular  relaxation  at  the  wrong  locality 
while  at  the  same  time  the  mind  is  concentrated  in  the  right 
direction . To  deceive  a good  operator  in  this  way  is  not  al- 
ways easy,  but  after  some  practice  the  art  can  be  acquired,  and 
it  is  a perfectly  fair  test  in  all  experiments  of  this  nature. 

Yet  another  way  to  deceive  the  mind-reader  is,  to  think  of 
some  object  or  locality  at  a great  distance  from  the  room  in 
which  the  experiments  are  made,  and  if  there  be  no  ready 
means  of  exit,  the  performer  will  be  entirely  baffled.  I am 
aware  that  some  very  surprising  feats  have  been  done  in  the 
way  of  finding  distant  out-of-door  localities  by  muscle-readers 
but  in  these  cases  there  has  usually  been  an  implied  under- 
standing that  the  search  was  to  be  extended  to  out-of-doors  ; 
muscle-readers  have  thus  taken  their  subject  up  and  down 
stairs  or  from  one  room  or  hall  into  another,  and  out-of-doors 
until  the  house  or  locality  was  reached. 

In  Danielsonville,  Connecticut,  Brown  after  an  evening’s  ex- 
hibition in  which  his  failures  had  been  greater  than  usual  (the 
intelligent  committee  having  the  matter  in  charge  being  pre- 
pared by  previous  discussion  of  the  theory  of  unconscious 
muscular  motion),  took  a subject  and  led  him  from  the  hotel 


110 


THE  ABT  OF  MIND  BEADINa. 


ia  the  darkness  through  the  streets,  to  some  rather  out-of-tho 
way  building  on  which  the  subject  had  fixed  his  mind.  A 
somewhat  similar  exploit  is  recorded  of  Corey,  a p«jrformer  in 
Detroit. 

Another  way  in  which  deception  may  be  practise  i is  for  the 
subject  to  select  some  object  or  locality  on  the  person  of  the 
muscle-reader.  This  object  may  be  a watch,  or  a pccket-book, 
or  a pencil-case,  or  any  limited  region  ot  his  clothing,  as  a but- 
ton, a cravat,  or  wristband.  If  such  a selection  be  Hade,  and 
the  method  of  physical  connection  above  described  be  used, 
the  experiment  ■will  be  a failure,  provided  the  muf  cle-reader 
does  not  know  or  suspect  than  an  object  on  his  own  person,  is 
to  be  chosen.  Similarly  if  the  subject  selects  a local  i:^y  on  his 
own  person,  as  one  of  the  fingers  or  finger-nails  of  the  hand 
that  connects  with  the  muscle-reader.  When  such  tests  are 
used,  there  is  not,  so  to  speak,  any  leverage  for  the  tension  of 
the  arm  toward  the  locality  on  which  the  mind  is  concentrated 
and  the  muscle-reader  either  gets  no  clew,  or  else  one  that 
misleads  him. 

3.  When  a subject  who  has  good  control  over  his  mental  and 
muscular  movements  keeps  the  arm  connected  with  the  oper- 
ator perfectly  stiff,  even  though  his  mind  be  well  concentrated 
on  the  hidden  object,  the  operator  cannot  find  either  the  dir- 
ection or  the  locality.  This  is  a test  which  those  who  have  the 
requisite  physical  qualifications  can  sometimes  fulfill  without 
difficulty. 

Here  I may  remark  that  the  requirement  to  concentrate  the 
mind  on  the  locality  and  direction  sought  for  all  the  time  the 
search  is  being  made  is  one  that  few  if  any  can  perfectly  fulfill. 
Any  number  of  distracting  thoughts  will  go  through  the  best- 
trained  mind  of  one  who,  in  company  with  a blindfolded  op- 
erator, is  being  led  furiously  up  and  down  aisles,  halls,  streets 
and  stairways,  fearful  each  moment  of  stumbling  or  striking 
his  head,  and  followed  it  may  be,  by  astonished  and  eager  in- 
vestigators. And  yet  these  mental  distractions  do  not  seem  to 
interfere  with  the  success  of  the  experiment  unless  the  arm  is 
kept  studiousl}^  rigid,  in  which  case  nothing  is  found  save  by 

Eure  chance.  The  best  subjects  would  appear  to  be  those  who 
ave  moderate  power  of  mental  concentration  and  slight  con- 
trol over  their  muscular  movements.  Credulous  wonder-loving 
subjects  are  sometimes  partially  entranced  through  the  emo- 
tions of  reverence  and  expectation  ; with  subjects  in  this  state 
operators  are  quite  sure  of  success. 

4.  The  uncertainty  and  capriciousness  of  these  experimrnts, 
even  with  expert  operators,  harmonize  with  the  explanation 
here  given.  Hven  with  good  subjects  all  mind-readers  do  not 


•sum  ABT  OF  MIKD  StSADlKO. 


Ill 


tiniformly  succeed  ; there  is  but  little  certainty  or  precision  to 
the  average  results  of  experiments,  however  skillfully  perform- 
ed. An  evening’s  exhibition  may  be  a series  of  successes  or  a 
series  of  failures  according  to  the  character  of  the  subjects  ; 
and  even  in  the  successful  tests  the  operator  usually  must  try 
various  directions  and  many  localities  sometimes  fur  ten  or 
fifteen  minutes  before  he  finds  the  locality  sought  for  ; cases 
where  the  operator  goes  at  once  in  the  right  direction,  stops  at 
the  right  locality,  and  knows  when  he  has  reached  it,  excep- 
tional. 

5.  Many  of  those  who  became  expert  in  this  art  are  aware 
that  they  succeed  by  detecting  slight  muscular  tension  and  re- 
laxation on  the  part  of  the  subject. 

Some  operators  have  studied  the  subject  scientifically,  and 
are  able  to  analyze  with  considerable  precision  the  different 
steps  in  the  process.  In  the  minds  of  many  this  fact  alone  is 
evidence  adequate  to  settle  the  question  beyond  doubt. 

6.  A theoretical  and  explanatory  argument  is  derived  from 
the  recent  discovery  of  motor  centers  in  the  cortex  of  the 
brain, 

I was  repeating  the  experiments  of  Fritsch  and  Hitzig  at  the 
time  when  my  attention  was  first  directed  to  the  remarkable 
exhibitions  of  Brown,  and  the  results  of  my  studies  in  the 
electrical  irritation  of  the  brains  of  dogs  and  rabbits  suggested 
to  me  the  true  explanation  of  mind-reading  before  any  oppor- 
tunity had  been  allowed  for  satisfactory  experiments. 

The  motto  **  when  we  think,  we  move,”  which  I have  some- 
times used  to  illustrate  the  close  and  constant  connection  of 
mind  and  body,  seems  to  be  justified  by  these  experiments  on 
the  brain,  and  may  assist  those  who  wish  to  obtain  a con- 
densed statement  of  the  physiology  of  mind-reading.  Taking 
into  full  consideration  the  fact  that  all  physiologists  are  not  in 
full  accord  as  to  the  interpretation  to  be  given  to  these  experi- 
ments, whether  for  example,  the  phenomena  are  due  to  direct 
or  reflex  action,  still  it  must  be  allowed  by  all  who  study  this 
subject  experimentally,  that  thought-centers  and  muscle- cen- 
ters are  near  neighbors,  if  not  identical. 

The  popular  theory  to  account  for  these  failures  is  the  weari- 
ness or  exhaustion  of  the  operator  ; but  both  in  New  York  and 
in  New  Haven  it  was  observed  that  Brown  met  with  his  most 
brilliant  successes  in  the  latter  part  of  the  evening,  the  reason 
being  that  he  happened  then  to  have  better  subjects. 

From  an  editorial  in  the  “ Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,”  (September  23,  1875,)  referring  to  the  mind-reading 
exhibitions,  and  accepting  the  explanation  here  given,  I make 
the  following  extract ! The  whole  performance  seems  to  us 


ABT  OF  MIND  BEADING. 


Hi 

to  furnish  good  illustrations  of  one  or  two  well-known  prin- 
ciples of  great  physiological  interest.  Of  these  the  most  im- 
portant is  one  that  finds  at  once  support  and  application  in  the 
modern  doctrine  of  the  nature  of  aphasia  and  kindred  disor- 
ders ; namely,  that  the  thv^vcght,  the  conscious  mental  conct^p- 
tion  of  an  act  differs  from  the  voluntary  impulse  necessary  to 
the  performance  of  that  act  only  in  that  it  corresponds  to  a 
fainter  excitation  of  nervous  centers  in  the  cortex  cerebri  which 
in  both  cases  are  anatomically  identical.  Thus  in  certain  forms 
of  aphasia,  the  power  to  think  in  words  is  lost  at  the  same  time 
with  the  power  of  speech.  Some  persons  think  definitely  only 
when  they  think  aloud,  and  it  would  readily  be  believed  in 
the  case  of  children  and  uneducated  persons  that  the  ability 
to  read  would  often  be  seriously  interfered  with  if  they  were 
not  permitted  to  read  aloud.  Similarly  a half-premeditated 
act  of  any  kind  slips  often  into  performance  before  its  author 
is  aware  of  the  fact.  Further,  there  is  reason  to  think,  from 
the  experiments  of  Hitzig,  that  these  same  centers  may  be  ex- 
cited by  the  stimulus  of  electricity  so  as  to  call  out  some  of 
the  simpler  co  ordinated  movements  of  the  muscles  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  body.  Applying  now,  this  principle  to 
the  case  in  hand,  it  will  be  evident  that  for  the  person  exper- 
imented with  to  avoid  giving  ‘muscular  hints,'  of  either  a 
positive  or  negative  kind,  would  be  nearly  impossible.” 

In  all  these  experiments  it  should  be  observed  there  is  no 
one  muscle,  there  is  no  single  group  of  muscles,  through 
which  this  tension  and  relaxation  are  developed  ; it  is  the 
finger,  the  hand,  the  arm,  or  the  whole  body,  according  to 
the  method  employed.  * Among  the  various  methods  of  ma- 
king connection  between  the  subject  and  operator,  are  the 
following  : 

1.  The  back  of  the  subject's  hand  is  held  firmly  against  the 
forehead  of  the  operator,  who,  with  his  other  hand,  lightly 
touches  the  fingers  oi  the  subject’s  hand. 

This  is,  undoubtedly,  the  mostartisticofall  known  methods. 

2.  The  hand  of  the  operator  loosely  grasps  the  wrist  of  the 
subject. 

This  is  a very  inartistic  method,  and  yet  great  success  is  of- 
tentimes attained  by  it. 

3.  One  finger  of  the  operator  is  applied  to  one  finger  of 
the  subject,  papillae  touching  papillae. 

This  is  a modification  of  the  first  method  ; by  it  exceedingly 
small  objects  or  localities  are  found. 

4.  The  operator  is  connected  in  the  usual  way  with  a third 
party  who  does  not  know  the  locality  thought  of  by  the  subject, 
but  IS  connected  with  the  subject  by  the  wrist  (“  double  test.”) 


THE  AHT  OP  MIND  EEADINCt. 


113 


In  this  experiment,  which  astounded  even  the  best  obser- 
vers, the  unconscious  muscular  motion  was  communicated 
from  the  subject  to  the  arm  of  the  third  party,  and  through 
the  arm  of  the  third  party  to  the  operator. 

5.  Two,  three  or  more  subjects,  who  agree  on  the  locality  to 
be  thought  of,  apply  their  hands  to  the  body  of  the  operator  in 
front  and  behind. 

This  method  is  excellent  for  beginners,  and  the  direction  is 
easily  found  by  it ; but  it  is  obviously  not  adapted  for  the 
speedy  finding  of  small  objects  ; it  is  frequently  used  by 
ladies. 

6.  The  hand  of  the  subject  lightly  rests  on  the  shoulder  of 
the  operator. 

In  all  these  methods  the  operator  is  usually  blindfolded,  sq 
that  he  may  get  no  assistance  from  any  other  source  than  thQ 
unconscious  muscular  action  of  the  subject. 

The  movements  of  the  operator  in  these  experiments  may  be 
either  very  slow,  cautious,  and  deliberate,  or  rapid  and  reckr 
less.  Brown  in  his  public  exhibitions,  was  very  careful  about 
getting  the  physical  connection  right,  and  then  moved  off  very 
rapidly,  sometimes  in  the  right  direction,  sometimes  in  the 
wrong  one,  but  frequently  with  such  speed  as  to  inconvenience 
the  subject  on  whom  he  was  operating.  These  rapid  move- 
ments give  greater  brilliancy  to  public  experiments  and  serve 
to  entrance  the  subject,  and  thus  to  render  him  far  more  like- 
ly to  be  unconscious  of  his  own  m^iscular  tension  and  relaxa- 
tion through  which  the  operator  is  guided. 

Ihe  power  of  muscle-reading  depends  mainly,  if  not  entire- 
ly, on  some  phase  of  the  sense  of  touch.  Dr.  Hanbury  Smith 
tells  me  that  a certain  maker  of  lancets  in  London,  had  ac- 
quired great  reputation  for  the  superiority  of  his  workman- 
ship. Suddenly  there  was  a falling  off  in  the  character  of  the 
instrument  that  he  sent  out,  and  it  was  found  that  his  wife, 
on  whom  he  had  depended  to  test  the  sharpness  of  the  edge  on 
her  finger  or  thumb,  had  recently  died. 

That  the  blind  acquire  great  delicacy  of  touch  has  long  been 
known  ; Laura  Bridgman  is  a familiar  illustration.  Dr.  Car- 
penter states  (although  there  are  always  elements  of  error 
through  the  unconscious  assistance  of  other  senses  in  cases  of 
this  kind)  that  Miss  Bridgman  recognized  his  brother,  whom 
she  had  not  met  for  a year,  by  the  touch  of  the  hand  alone. 

Every  physician  recognizes  the  fact  of  this  difference  of  sus- 
ceptibility to  touch  ; and  in  the  diagnosis  of  certain  conditions 
of  disease,  much  depends  on  the  tactus  eruditus,  I am  not  sure 
whether  this  delicacy  of  perception,  by  which  muscle-reading 
is  accomplished,  is  the  ordinary  sense  of  touch,  that  of  oon- 


THE  AKT  OF  MIND  KEADINO. 


114 

tact,  or  of  some  of  the  special  modifications  of  this  sense.  It 
is  to  physiologists  and  students  of  diseases  of  the  nervous 
system  a well-known  fact  that  there  are  several  varieties  of  sen- 
sibility— to  touch,  to  temperature,  to  pressure  or  weight,  and 
to  pain — which,  possibly,  represent  different  rates  or  modes  of 
vibration  of  the  nerve-force . 

The  proportion  of  persons  who  can  succeed  in  muscle-read- 
ing, by  the  methods'  here  described,  is  likewise  a natural  sub- 
ject of  inquiry.  Judging  from  the  fact  that  out  of  the  compar- 
itively  few  who  have  made  any  efforts  in  this  direction,  a large 
number  have  succeeded  after  very  little  practice,  and  some 
few,  who  have  given  the  matter  close  attention,  have  acquired 
great  proficiency,  it  is  probable  that  the  majority  of  people  of 
either  sex,  between  the  ages  of  fifteen  and  fifty,  could  attain, 
if  they  chose  to  labor  for  it,  with  suitable  practice,  a certain 
grade  of  skill  as  muscle-readers,  provided,  of  course,  good 
subjects  were  experimented  with.  It  is  estimated  that  about 
one  in  five  or  ten  persons  can  be  put  into  the  mesmeric  trance 
by  the  ordinary  processes  ; and,  under  extraordinary  circum- 
stances, while  under  great  excitement,  and  by  different  causes, 
every  one  is  liable  to  be  thrown  into  certain  stages  or  forms  of 
trance  ; the  capacity  for  the  trance-state  is  not  exceptional  ; it 
is  not  the  peculier  property  of  a few  individuals — it  belongs 
to  the  human  race  ; similarly  with  the  capacity  for  muscle- 
reading. 

The  age  at  which  this  delicacy  of  touch  is  most  marked  is  an 
inquiry  of  interest ; experience,  up  to  date,  would  show  that 
the  very  old  are  not  good  muscle-readers.  I have  never  known 
of  one  under  fifteen  years  of  age  to  study  this  subject ; al- 
though it  is  conceivable  that  bright  children,  younger  than 
that  age,  might  have  sufficient  power  of  attention  to  acquire 
the  art,  certainly  if  they  had  good  instruction  in  it. 

In  these  mind-reading  experiments,  as  indeed  in  all  similar 
or  allied  experiments  with  the  living  human  beings,  there  are 
six  sources  of  error,  all  of  which  must  be  absolutely  guarded 
against  if  tho  results  are  to  have  any  precis®  and  authorative 
value  in  science. 

1.  The  involuntary  and  unconscious  action  of  brain  and 
muscle,  including  trance,  in  which  the  subject  becomes  a pure 
automaton.  I have  used  the  phrase  “involuntary  life  to 
cover  all  these  phenomena  of  the  system  that  appear  indepen- 
dently of  the  will.  The  majority  of  those  who  studied  the 
subject  of  mind-readiug — even  physicians  and  physiologists — 
failed  through  want  of  a proper  understanding  or  apprecia- 
tion oi  this  side  of  physiology. 


THIS  iBT  OF  MIND  BBADING. 


115 


2.  Chance  and  coincidences.  Neglect  of  this  source  of  error 
was  the  main  cause  of  the  unfortunate  results  of  the  wire  and 
chain  experiments  with  mind-readers. 

3.  Intentional  deception  on  the  part  of  the  subject. 

4.  Unintentional  deception  on  the  part  of  the  subject. 

5.  Collusion  of  confederates.  To  guard  against  all  the  above 
sources  of  error  it  is  necessary  for  the  experimenter  himself  to 
use  deception. 

6.  Unintentional  assistance  of  audience  or  bystanders. 

When  the  muscle-reader  performs  before  an  enthusiastic 

audience,  he  is  likely  to  be  loudly  applauded  after  each  suc- 
cess ; and,  if  the  excitement  be  great,  the  applause,  with 
shuffling  and  rustling,  may  begin  before  he  reaches  the  right 
locality,  while  he  is  approaching  it ; when,  on  the  other  hand, 
he  is  far  away  from  the  locality,  the  audience  will  inform  him 
by  ominous  silence.  The  performance  thus  becomes  like  the 
hide-and-seek  games  of  children,  where  they  cry  “ Warm  !’* 
as  the  blindfolded  operator  approaches  the  hidden  object; 
“ Hot ! ” as  he  comes  close  to  it ; ancj  “ Cold  1 when  he  wan- 
ders far  from  it.  Some  of  the  apparent  successes  with  th€ 
wire-test  may  be  thus  explained. 

In  regard  to  all  the  public  exhibitions  of  muscIe-ivAders,  it 
should  be  considered  that  the  excitement  and  eclat  ot  the  occa- 
sion contribute  not  a little  to  the  success  of  the  operator  ; the 
subject  grows  enthusiastic— are  partly  entranced,  it  may  be — 
become  partners  in  the  cause  of  the  performer — and  uncon- 
sciously aid  him  far  more  than  they  would  do  in  a similar  en- 
tertainment that  was  purely  private.  In  a private  entertain- 
ment of  muscle-reading  at  which  I was  present,  one  of  the 
subjects,  while  standing  still,  with  his  hands  or  l;he  ‘'perator^ 
actually  took  a step  forward  toward  the  locality  on  which  his 
mind  was  concentrated,  thus  illustrating  in  a visibe  ij^-nnei 
the  process  by  which  muscle-reading  is  made  possible. 

The  subject  under  discussion,  it  will  be  observed,  is  to  be 
studied  both  inductively  and  deductively.  The  general  claim 
of  mind  or  thought  reading  is  disproved  not  by  any  such  ex- 
periments as  are  here  detailed,  no  matter  how  accurate  or  nu- 
merous they  may  be,  but  my  reasoning  deductively  from  the 
broad  principle  of  physiology,  that  no  human  being  has  or 
can  have  any  qualities  different  in  kind  from  those  that  be- 
long to  the  race  in  general.  The  advantage  which  one  human 
being  has  over  au other — not  excepting  the  greatest  geniuses 
and  ttOAsteiS'-'iSi  ^nd  must  Qf  degree  onlyt 


For  the  immeclEate 
Present. 

Lose  NO  TSME  In 
taking  advantage 
of  it.  It  refers  to 
the  foilowing 
GREAT  BOOKS. 


SPECIAL 

■ UmOWCEIIENTI 


The  Great  Book  of  400  iSecrets,  Price  25  Cts. Old  Gypsy  Madge’s 

i^ort one  Teller  Price  25  Cts. The  Mystery  of  LoTe  Making  Solved 

i^rice  25C8. — -The  Golden  Hey  to  Business  liife  Price  25  Cts.— -Secret! 
oi’  Cleopatra’s  Beauty  lievealed  25  Cts.— The  Students  Manuel  of  Pho* 
uic  Shorthand  25Cts. — The  Secrets  of  Ancient  & Modern  Magic  25Cts. 

Young’s  New  Guide  to  Horse  Owners  25  Cts. Standard  Book  of 

Politeness  and  Good  Behavior  25Cts— The  Young  American’s  Ijetter 


Writer  25c. — The  Complete  Instructor  in  Boxing,  Swimming,  Gym* 
nasties,  Boating,  &;c  25c.— Black  Art,  Witchcraft,  or  the  Devil’s  Liega* 

cy  to  Earth  Mortals  25c. Prof.  Baron’s  Coiliplete  Instructor  in  all 

the  Society  Dances  of  America  25  Cts. The  Secrets  of  Clairvoyance, 

Mesmerism,  Psychology,  and  Howto  Become  an  Operator  25Cts. — = 
The  American  Amatuer  Reciter  and  Speaker  25  cts. 

We  -will  now  send  ONE  of  th^a 
above  named  Books  for  25  cts,  or 
ANY  THREE  of  these  Books 
for  FIFTY  CTSorany  SEVEN 
Books  for  ONE  DOBl.AB.  or  any  15  Books  for  TWO  DOEEARS.-Havt 
JEleg^aat  Covers,  and  about  One  Hundred  Pages  Each.  1 and  2 Cent  Stamps  taken. 


PRIOEBEOyOED 


A IS  BOOK  for  $1.  ^wIthout?  capital''^ 


SSWaysidBetRich 

WHEN  YOUR  POCKETS  ARE  EMPTY.  ^ 

Thousands  of  people  that  should  have  been  Kich— but  died  Poor— have  heard  ths 
Conductor  call  out  “Eternity,’the  last  Station  on  the  Koadof  Life,  withnot  enough  mo- 
ney in  their  pockets  to  buy  their  Burial  Casket.  There  is  no  necessity  of  that  being 
your  fate.  There  is  no  reason  why  you  should  be  poor  and  hard  up  any  longer.  The 
only  real  cause  for  non-success  in  life  is— You  never  start  right.  There  is  a pile  of 
money  in  this  world  that  rightfully  belongs  to  YOU,  and  is  only  waiting  for  you  to 
strci  ch  out  your  hand  and  receive  it,  but  you  weaken  in  your  efforts,  and  allow  others 
to  grasp  their  own  and  your  share  as  well.  Youginimble  about  this  world’s  goods 
being  so  unequally  divided,  expecting  that  Fortune  should  come  to  you  instead  of 
j’-our  trving  to  Get  to  it,  600  Ways  to  Get  Rich  will  start  you  on  the  right  path.  Out 
of  that  lot  you  can  choose.  The  writer  of  this  selected  one  of  these  in  1873,  and  in  one 
year  took  in  $58,000  Think  of  it— he  started  on  Two  Dollart.  Soon  he  had  money  enough 
soming  in  every  day  to  in  crease  his  business,  which  soon  averaged  $200  a day,  giving 
Qim  a clear  net  Profit  in  one  year  of  $21,000.  You  can  do  that.  This  Book  tells  you  how 
to  do  it  There  are  600  Paths  to  take— you  cannot  go  astray  take  which  one  you  will. 
They  all  converge  to  one  point— and  tnat  is  WEAliTH.  We  have  so  condensed 
these  600  Ways  to  Get  Rich  that  it  makes  about  300  Patres  of  a closely  ITinted  Book, 
and  we  will  send  one  to  any  address,  by  mail,  post  paid,  for  ONE  DOLLAR.  They 
are  Ele‘.rautly  Bound  in  Cloth  and  Gold.  It  is  amine  of  wealth.  WTll  you  work  it?  It 
contains  all  the  Information  necessary  to  commence  making  money  at  once,  and 
plenty  of  it,  although  you  may  be  penniless.  It  will  tnrn  all  the  rivulets  leading  to 
WEALTH  towards  yon.  It  vrill  drive  Poverty  from  yonr  door,  for  it  has  made  million-* 
aires  out  of  begsrars.  It  started  a Doy  in  a business  that  pays  him  a profit  of  $20  a Bay. 
Nothing  ventured  nothing  gained.  This  will  lead  you  to  something  that  is  sure  to  pave 
your  way  to  Fortune.  Grasp  the  Golden  Key  that  unlocks  the  Vault  that  holds  the 
bidihui  treasure.  Own  this  GREAT  BOOK  and  a bright  future  is  yours.  Price  post 
paid,  bv  rmil,  ONE  DOLLAR.*  One  lady  writes  usinquiring  whether  we  object 
to  her  asking  three  friends  to  club  in  with  her  at  25  Cents  each— making  One  Dollar  in 
all— and  sending  for  One  Book.  That  is  all  rightv  If  two  or  four  persons  see  fit  to  buy 
One  Book  in  that  way  together  we  cannot  object.  In  that  way  you  can  all  reap  the  hxgo 
There  is  one  Secret  in  that  Book  that  cost  $250  for  the  right  to  publish  Itr 


fhe  Uvil’s  Legacy  to  Earth  Mortals!  KllN'^Ifo 

BLACK  ARTS!  WITCHCRAFT! 

BEVINATION,  OMENS,  FOREWARNINGS,  APPARITIONS.  SORCERY,  DREAMS,  DAMON- 
OLOQY,  PREDICTIONS,  VISIONS,  aAd  COMPACTS  WITH  THE  DEVIL,  WITH  THE 
MOST  AUTHENTIC  HISTORY  OF  SALEM  WITCHCRAFT. 

A Book  SO  Strange  and  Wonderful  that  the  human  mind  can  barely  grasp  its  mysteries.  The 
Belief  in  Black  Arts  and  its  Practice  dates  back  for  thousands  of  years.  All  countries  and  Nations 
have  given  it  attention,  and  the  refined  and  rude,  the  ignorant  and  the  learned  have  been  and  are 
now  believers  in  it.  The  Dark  Night  of  Superstition  will  never  end,  and  no  day  will  ever  break  so 
bright  as  to  drive  away  mankind’s  firm  belief  in  the  mysteries  that  this  Book  strives  to  unravel 
It  gives  the  names,  lives  and  doings  of  all  the  noted  Witches  of  Ancient  and  Modern  times,  what 
they  done  and  how  they  done  it,  and  how  many  were  hung  in  America  and  other  countries  Lot- 
lery  Prizes  how  Won.  Forewarnings  and  what  they  mean.  The  blood-curdling  History  of  the 
“White  Lady.”  Freaks  of  Nature.  The  Witches  Herbs  for  Curing  all  kinds  of  Disease,  and  what 
the  Herbs  are.  Also  the  Famous  Elixer  of  Life,  that  Restores  the  Aged  to  the  boyancy  of  Youth 
Seeing  with  the  Eyes  Closed.  Visions  of  those  we  knew.  The  Divining  Rod  and  How  to  Make  one! 

A writer  says  that  with  this  Divining  Rod  he  discovered  a valuable  Coal  Mine,  and  was  paid  $5  000 
for  locating  it.  It  is  the  Best  Divining  Rod  for  locating  Gold  and  Silver  Mines  ever  known.  In 
the  hands  o’f  some  people  this  Book  is  a sure  fortune.  The  Philosophers  Secrets  of  changing  - 
Lead  into  Precious  Metals.  To  Tincture  Silver  into  Gold.  To  Cure  Diseases  by  Magical  Celes- 
tial and  Sympathetic  Means.  How  Magicians  Call  Forth  Souls  of  the  Dead.  Magic  Crystals  and 
Spirit  Mirrors,  in  which  are  said  to  be  seen  Forms,  Objects.  Visions,  and  most  Beautiful  Scenes 
of  Worlds  Unknown  to  Earth  Mortals,  and  the  Forms  of  Living  Friends  distant  from  you  are  seen, 
and  their  movements  known  at  that  very  moment  although  miles  away.  We  are  living  now  in  an 
Age  of  MYSTERY  as  difiBcult  to  satisfactorily  explain  as  the  mysteries  of  tw^o  thousand  years  ago. 
This  book  teaches  how  to  summon  and  converse  with  Sr>irits.  How  the  Demons  can  be  made  to 
do  mans  bidding.  This  Book  is  a treasure,  valuable  all  through  your  life.  Price  25  CENT!^. 


TheSECRETSofGUIRVOYANCE 

AND  HOW  TO  BECOME  AN  OPERATOR. 

The  Secrets  of  Mesmerism  & Psychoiogy 

AND  HOW  TO  BECOME  A MESMERIZER  and  PSYCHOLOGIST;  WITH  FUI^ 
INSTRUCTIONS  HOW  TO  BECOME  A SPIRIT  MEDIUM. 

Being  a Complete  Embodiment  of  All  the  Curious  Facts  Connected  with  the  above  Strange 
Sciences  This  Book  Opens  the  Sealed  Door  at  once,  and  makes  one  a Clairvoyant,  a Mesmerist,  a 
Psychologist,  and  a Spirit  Medium,  without  spending  money  to  learn  from  those  already  skilled. 
With  this  Book  in  your  possession  all  Mystery  will  disappear,  and  what  before  seemed  to  you  be- 
yond all  human  explanation  will  be  as  clear  as  the  light  of  day.  It  should  be  sold  for  $loo  instead 
of  25  cents.  Clairvoyance  gives  one  Power  over  their  acquaintances.  Any  one  can  become  a Pro- 
ficient Operator,  and  then  the  advantages  are  very  great,  and  toe  benefits  enormous.  Clairvoyance 
teaches  your  Future  Destiny,  and  the  final  Results  of  all  Ventures  and  Speculations,  and  gives 
Wisdom  to  the  Unlearned.  Clairvoyance  teaches  how  to  get  on  in  the  world,  and  Own  Houses  and 
Lands,  and  Gold  and  Silver  Mines,  and  where  to  Find  Treasures  Hidden  or  Buried— and  howto 
Accumulate  Money  very  Rapidly.  It  enables  any  one  to  Discover,  Describe,  Locate,  and  generally 
Cure  Diseases,  and  Discern  Things  that  are  Transpiring  at  Other  Places,  though  Thousands  of 
Miles  Distant.  Clairvoyance  Overcomes  Troubleof  any  kind,  and  enables  you  to  Discover  Things 
Lost,  Hidden  or  Stolen.  It  enables  us  to  Tell  what  an  Absent  one  is  Doing  or  Has  Done  in  time.. 
past.  Clairvoyance  enables  a person  to  know  whether  their  Lover  is  True  or  False,  in  fact  ail  thei  ' 
movements  may  be  known.  It  Reveals  Lucky  Numbers  in  Lotteries,  and  enables  one  to  Know 
Which  Horses  will  Win  the  Races,  and  Which  Club  will  Win  the  Game.  Clairvoyants  can  See 
Through  ones  Clothing  and  ascertain  whether  they  are  sound  and  healthy,  also  can  tell  whether 
marri^  persons  are  true  to  each  other,  MESMERl  SM  enables  one  to  Stop  Pain  of  any  kind 
almost  instantly.  Cures  Neuraleria  and  Nervous  Headache:  See  Through  Brick  Walls:  Produce 
Unconsciousness  leaving  no  remembrance  of  occurrences  when  awakened.  Clairvoyance  puts  you 
in  possession  of  the  Key  to  Wealth.  It  Reveals  the  Location  of  Minerals  and  Precious  Stones, 
and  Brings  Back  Lost  Friends.  It  teaches  How  to  Perform  Miraculous  Cures  of  Disease  as  done 
by  the  Prophets  and  Healers  by  Seeing  Through  everv  part  of  the  Human  Body  as  if  it  were  made 
of  glass.  It  enables  one  to  Discover  and  Win  their  Future  Husband  or  Wife.  Clairvoyance  deter- 
mines Thousands  of  Important  Things  not  named  here  for  lack  of  space.  Every  Secret  of  ar^ 
value  connected  with  either  PSYCHOLOGY,  MESMERISM  and  SPIRITUALISM, 
is  Explained  so  accurately  and  simply  that  any  person  owning  this  GREAT  BOOK  can  become  a 
Good  Clairvoyant,  a Good  Mesmerist,  a Good  Psychologist,  and  a Good  Srurit  Medium,  With  a 
knowledge  of  Mesmerism,  as  this  Book  teaches,  you  can  make  any  one  tell  you  every  Secret  of 
of  their  life,  and  you  can  control  any  man  or  woman  as  a mother  does  a child.  Price  25  CentM. 


Read  in  another  place,  our  SPECIAL  ANNOUNCEMENT  of  PRICES  REDUCED^Any 
^ Books  named  there  for  50  Ct§ , Any  7 Books  for  $ | ,00.  Any  1 5 Books 


J THE  HIDDEN  KEY  THAT  UNLOCKS  THE  FUTURE. 

Old  MADGE  TOS 


OLD  GYPSiYMADGE’S 


I the  most  celebra- 
ted Gypsy  of  mo- 
dern tunes.  She 
gives  you  the  Key 
to  Unlock  tjie  Fa- 
' ture,  and  makes 


veryp< 
own  Fortune  Tel- 


ler. With  tills  Book  you  can  teU  your  own  or  any  pe  rson’s  fortune  far  better  than 
any  Astrologer,  Clarivcyant,  or  Medium  can.  It  foretells  exactly  what  will  happen 
to  you.  It  gives  tlie  HSKDOO  SECRETS  OF  LOVE;  how  to  Manage,  w hatto  Say  and  Do 
to  gain  the  love,  the  heart  and  hand  of  the  person  you  desire  to  marry.  It  gives 
Art  nf  TaIIitip-  Fnrtiinfishv  thftT.ines  of  the  Hand.  It  contains  old  Madge’s  Dic- 


you  a Charm  to  Froteet  you  from  Dangei , 

' Rose ; Who  your  Future  Husband  orWife  will  be;  the  Love  Letter  Charm;  how  to 
know  the  Sex  of  Cliildren  Before  Birth;  to  know  how  soon  you  will  Marry,  and  what  Fortune  you  will 
have ; the  Lovers  Charm.  Old  Madge’s  True  Method  of  Telling  Fortunes  by  Tea  or  Coffee  Cup  ; to  know 
if  your  Love  of  a person  will  be  Mutual ; Fortune  Telling  b^  Cards ; It  teBs  your  Lucky  Days  ’ " 


you  will  be  Successful  in ; What  your  Absent  Husband  or“Wife  is  Doing 
Whether  your  Wife,  Husband  or  Intended  is  True  to  You ; Whether  you  - 


ey  will  be"  left  to  you ; Whether  your  Marriage  will  be  Happy : How  to  be  Successful  in  your  Love  affairs; 
The  Number  of  Wives  or  Husbands  you  will  Have  ; Whether  « — ci--  * 


; Signs  how  to  Choose  a Good  Husband  orWife. 


Speedy  Marrij 
anythmg  out 

reading  this  „ , — — c, . — .. 

or  Evil  Fortune.  Dont  spurn  her  and  you  can  Control  others  and  Find 
Price  25  Cents,  or  Three  Copies  for  50  eents. 


you  will  be  Wealthy  ; Seven  Sig 
If  you  ar^in  Trouble,  < 


PARLOR  AND  STAGE  MACTo! 


ffANCIENT 
M AGpI  C^  ; " 


Or  the  Art  of  Conjuring  Unveilled.  |J,^|uUExpia 


As  performed 
by  the  wonder- 
ful Magicians 
Houdin,  CoL 
Stodare  and 
Heller,  giving 
all  their  Best 
Tricks, 


ipty  HailU.Ji.d  iCAO  jVX  i on  iXi  U.  UJ  lU  ; Ui'  OOUU  Hh  Vysn  U li  will  bUO 

Pack  to  any  Per  on’ s Pocket ; to  Make  a Card  Rise  Out  of  a Pack ; to  make  a 
Dime  Fly  into  the  Centre  of  an  Apple;  to  make  a Coin  Answer  ^estions ; to 
make  it  Shower  Real  Money ; to  Change  a Handkerchief  into  an  ^g ; to  take 
borrowed  Rings  and  Live  Dover  o t of  an  Omelet ; how  to  do  the  Solid  Ring  Trick ; to  make  Fresh  Flow- 
ers grow  from  an  Empty  Flower  Po^  ; to  , uil  Live  Rabbits  out  of  a Hat  and  then  Roll  them  into  one ; it 
teaches  the  wonderful  Sphinx  Illusion  Trick.  It  is  worth  $100  to  know  this  trick.  It  teaches  the  Indian 
Basket  Trick,  which  is  a fortune  t an  amatucr ; to  make  a Drum  hung  to  the  Ceilling  tapp ; to  make  a 
LIVING  WOMAN  Sleep  in  Mid  Air.  This  Bo^k  teac  .:s  hundreds  of  the  Best  Tricks  for  Parlor  or  Hall,  and 
you  can  learn  how  to  del^h^  a company  for  two  hours.  $1,000  has  been  received  in  a single  night  to  see 
these  Tricks  performed.  Price  25  Cts.  or  Threo  for  50  cents. 


YOUR  MANNERS  MAY  BE  YOUR  FORTUNE. 

Atlastthe  door 
is  opened  and 
theriddle  solved 
This  Book  gives 
PracticalAdvice 
and  Knowledge 
to  all  that  desire 

Cood  Behavior  and  Social  Etiquette.  orBiShili^Pe^J 

fectandGraeefui  in  their  Manners.  There  is  a Something  in  this  Book  that 
our  Artist  could  not  illustrate  nor  could  we  find  words  to  express  it.  Were  you 
ever  at  a friendly  gathering  where  everything  seemed  to  go  wrong— guests  all 
separated  by  a barrier  of  reserve— gloom  settlmg  down  on  the  scene,  when  all 


KfJ  C*.  VX  X CTOCi  VC ^ A Will  C^CXt'XXXl^  VXVf  W 11  \Jll  i»XlC  WXXCIX  iXlX 

at  once  a person  enters  who  seems  gifted  with  a spell,  like  that  of  the  old  Ma- 
gicians, the  gloom  disappears,  the  ice  thaws  and  they  all  enjoy  themselves. 
This  Book  tells  that  great  Secret— how  to  so  behave  that  your  society  will  be 

courted  and  sought  after  by  every  one.  This  is  the  wonderful  power  of  Man- 

- ^ . 


ners.  It  is  worth  to  you  more  than  Beauty.  True  Politeness,  as  this  Book  teach- 
es it, will  give  you  access  to  any  family  in  America,  and  then  you  want  nothing 
but  opportunity  to  become  great.  It  is  a charm  better  to  possess  than  talent  or  wealth.  This  Book  em- 
bracesthe  Usages  and  Customs  of  Good  Society,  Etiquette,  Social  Intercourse,  Dress,  Introduction,  Cards, 
XiOtters  and  Presents,  Convci*sation,  Morning  Calls,  Dinners,  Balls,  Evening  Parties,  Love,  Courtship 


to  act  in  any  erne: 
vulgar  habits,  in 


and  Marriage,  Riding  and  Driving,  the  Promenade,  Boating,  Staying  with  Friends,  etc.  It  teaches  how 
" cy,  or  enter  any  society  without  embarrassment,  and  howto  avoid  incorrect  and 

„ , >treet,  at  H^me,  or  in  Society.  It  is  a Perfect  Guide  to  New  Beginners  in  fashionable 

life.  Parents  should  purchase  this  Book,  and  keep  it  where  their  Sons  and  Daughters  can  easily  refer  to 
it.  It  is  a Text  Book  of  Gentility.  It  will  bring  ou  the  finer  qualities  of  a Lady  or  Genj^man,  eveniil 
>ou  were  bom  in  the  backwoods.  Price  25  Cents,  or  Three  for  50  cts.  by  mail. 

^ Youcanselectany  THREE  Books  named  below,  all  for  FIFTY  CENTS;  or  any  SEVEN 
Books  you  select  All  for  ONE  DOEEAR,  by  Mail,  Post  Paid,  provided  the  order  is  all  sent  at 

One  time.  Old  Gypsy  Madge’s  Fortune  Teller The  Secrets  of  Ancient  and  Modern  Magic 

Young’s  American  Letter  Writer The  Standard  Book  of  Politeness The  Secret  of  ^eopatra’a 

Beauty  Revealed The  Mystery  of  Love  Making  Solved ^Prof . Baron’s  Complete  Instructor  in 

All  the  Society  Dances  of  America The  Student’sManual  of  Phonic  Shorthand The  Golden 

to  Business  I4fo The  Book  of  400  Secrets— —The  Guide  to  Boxing,  Boating.  Swimming.  AcOi 


